DIGITAL VOLTMETER - F6FZK - Free

I 

OPERATING AND SERVICE MANUAL - 

DIGITAL 

VOLTMETER 

3455A 

7,- HEWLETT 

k PACKARD

OPERATING AND SERVICE MANUAL 

MODEL 3455A 

DIGITAL VOLTMETER 

Serial Numben: 1622A00101 and Greater 

IMPORTANT NOTICE 

This loose leaf manual does not normally require a change sheet: All 

major change information has been integrated into the manual by 

page revision. In eases where only minor changes are muird. a 

change sheet may be supplied. 

If the Serial Number of your instrument is lower than the one on 

this title page, the manual contains revisions that do not applv to 

your instrument. Backdating information given in the manual adapts 

it to earlier instruments. 

Where practical, backdating information is integrated into the text, 

parts list and schematic diagrams. Backdating changes are denoted 

by a delta slgn. An open delta !A1 or lettared delta (AA) on a given 

page. refen to the cotreswndinp backdatrng note on that page, 

Backdating changes not integrated into the manual are denoted by 

a numlxred delta (Al 1 wh~ch refers to the corresponding change in 

the Backdating section (Sectron VSII. 

To help minimize the possibility of electricat fire or shock 

hazards, do not expose this instrument to rain of excesive 

moisture. 

Manad Part No. 03455-90003 

Microfiche Part No. 03455-90053 

@Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company I W6 

P.O. Box 301, Loveland, CoIorado, 80537 U.S.A. 

Printed: July 1979

MEWLET T 

PACKARD 

CERTIFICATION 

Hewlett-Packard Company certvies that this product met its published specifications at the rime of shipment from the 

factory. He wletr-Packard further cerrgies that its calibrcrtion measurements are rmceeble ro the United States Na- 

tional Bureau of Standards. lo the exrent allowed by the Bureau's colibrarion facility, ond to the calibration facilities 

of other international Standards Orgunirarion members. 

WARRANTY 

This Htwlat-Paekard product is warranted against defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year 

from date of shipment [,txcept that in the case of certain components listed in Section I of this manual, the warranty 

shall be for the specified period] . During the warranty period, Hewletz-Packard Company will, at its option, either 

repair w replace products which prove to be defective. 

For warranty service or repair, this product must be returned to a service facility designated by -hp-. Buyer shall 

prepay shipping charges to -hp- and -hp- shall pay shipping charges to raurn the product to Buyer. However, Buyer 

shall pay all shipping charges, duties, and taxes for products returned to -hp- from another country, 

Hewlctt-Packatd warrants that its software and firmware designated by -hp- for use with an instrument will execute its 

programming instructions when properly installed on that instrument. Mtwlett-Packard does not warrant that the 

operation of the instrument, or software, or firmware will be uninterrupted or error free. 

LIMITATION OF WARRANTY 

The foregoing warranty shall not apply to defects resulting from improper or inadequate maintenance by Buyer, 

Buytr-supplied software or interfacing, unauthorized modification or misuse, operation outside of the environmental 

specificat ions for the product, or improper site preparation or maintenance. 

NO OTHER WARRANTY IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. HEWLETT-PACKARD SPECIFlCALLY 

DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR 

PURPOSE. 

EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES 

THE REMEDIES PROVIDED HEREIN ARE BUYER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES. HEWLETT- 

PACKARD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSE- 

QUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY. 

ASSISTANCE 

Product maintenance ogreemenis and other customer assistance agreements are available 

for Hewlert-Packard products. 

For any assisrancc, conract your nearest He wlet t-Packard Sales and Service Office. 

add^^ are provided at the back of this manua!.

Pa HEWLETT 

PACKARD 

SAFETY SUMMkRY 

T h folluwhg ufrtl pmlltima murt k obwrwd during rll phwr of apsntien, dm, mild mpdr of tAh 

inltrumsnt Rilun ro comply with them prsclutions or with spsleific worninga elmwhen in thi8 manual violatus 

mfety mndmrda of hige, mmlnufmtturs, md intended uw of ths instrument Hswlstt-Pmekard Compeny assumen no 

linbility for the ewlnmm'r failure to comply with the88 rspuirsmsnt~. This is s Safety Class 1 imtrurnsat. 

GAOUlD THE IlltTRUMEllT 

To minimize shock hazard, the instrument chassis and cabinet must be connected to an elec- 

trical ground. The instrument is equipped with a three-conductor ac power cable. The power 

cable must either be plugged into an approved three-contact electrical outlet or used with a 

three-contact to two-contact adapter with the grounding wire {green) firmly connected to an 

electrical ground (safety ground) at the power outlet. The power jack and mating plug of the 

power cable meet International Electrotechnical Commission IIEC) safety standards. 

DO NOT OPERATE IR All EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE 

Do not operate the instrument in the presence of ffamrnabl~ gases or fumes. Operation of any 

electrical instrument in such an environment constitutes a definite safety hazard. 

KEEP AWAY FROM LIVE CIRCUITS 

Operating personnel must not remove instrument covers. Component replacement and internal 

adjustments must be made by qualified maintenance personnel. Do not replace components 

with power cable connected. Under certain conditions, dangerous voltages may exist even with 

the power cable removed. To avoid injuries, always disconnect power and discharge circuits 

before touching them. 

DO NOT SERWCL OR ADJUST ALONE 

Do not attempt internal service or adjustment unless another person, capable of rendering first 

aid and resuscitation, is present. 

Because of the danger of introducing additional hazards, do not install substitute parts or per- 

form any unauthorized modification to the instrument, Return the instrument to a Hewlett- 

Packard Sales and Service Office for service and repair to ensure that safety features are main- 

tained. 

DANGEROUS PROCEDURE WARllllllGS 

Warnings, such as the example below, precede patentially dangerous procedures throughout 

this manual. Instructions contained in the warnings must be followed. 

I WARNING ) 

Dm~rora 

voltmpw, mpnbls of causing death, Ire pmnt in thb inrtrumsnt Uw ex- 

tmma mutian whms hsndling, bslting, and adjusting

I 

I 

SAFETY SYMBOLS 

Genaral Definitions af Safety Symbols Used On Equipment or In Manuab. 

Instruction manual symbol: the product will be marked with this 

symbol when it is necessary for the user to refer ro the instruction 

manual En order to protect against damage to the instrument. 

Indicates dangerous voltage (terminals fed from the interior by 

voltage exceeding 1OOO volts must be so marked). 

Protective conductor terminal. For protcctisn against electrical 

shock in case of a fault. Used with field wiring terminals to in- 

- dicate the terminal which must be connected to ground before 

operating equipment. 

/f7 OR 

- 

Low-noise or noiseless, clean ground (earth) terminal. Used for a 

signal common, as well as providing prokction against electrical 

shock in case of a fault. A terminal marked with this symbol must 

be connected to ground in the manner described in the installation 

(operating) manual, and before operating the equipment. 

Frame or chassis terminal. A connection to the frame (chassis) of 

the equipment which normally includes all exposed metal structures. 

Alternating current (power line). 

--- Direct current (power line). 

Alternating or direct current (power line). 

The WARNING sign denotes a hazard. It calls attention to a pro- 

cedure, practice, condition or the like, which, if not correctly per- 

formed or adhered to, could result in injury or death to personnel. 

The CAUTION sign denotes a hazard. 11 calls attention to an 

CAVT'QN 

operating procedure, practice, condif ion or the like, which,if nor 

correctly performed or adhered to, could result in damage to or 

destruction of part or all of the product. 

' : The NOTE sign denotes important information. It calls attention 

to procedure, practice, condition oi the like, which is essential to 

highlight.

Model 3455A 

1-2, This Operating and &Senrice Manual contains informa- 

tion necessary to install, operate, test. adjust, and service 

the Hewlett-Paekard Model 3455A Digital Voltmeter. 

1-3. Included with this manual is an Operating information 

supplement. The supplement is a duplication of the first 

three sections of this manual and should be kept with the 

instrument for use by the operator. 

14. This section of the manual contains the performance 

specifications and general operating characteristics of the 

3455~, Also listed aw available options and accessories, 

and instrument and manual identification infonation. 

1.8. Instrument identification by serial number i s Iocated 

on the rear panel. Hewlett-Packard uses r two-section serial 

number consisting of a four-digit prefix and a fivedigit 

suffm separated by a letter designating the country in 

which the instrument was manufactured. (A = U.S.A.; 

G = West Germany; J = Japan; U = United Kingdom.) The 

prefuc is the same for all identical instruments and changes 

onIy when a major instrument change is made. The suffix, 

however, is assigned sequentidly and is unique to each 

instrument. 

1-9. This manual applies to instruments with serial num- 

bers indicated an the title page. If changes have been made 

in the instrument since this manual was printed, a yellow 

"Manual Changes" supplement supplied with the manual 

will define these changes and explain how to adapt the 

manual to the newer instruments. In addition, backdating 

information contained in Section V11 adapts the manual to 

instruments with serial numbers lower than those listed on 

the title page. 

1-10. hrt numbers for the manual and the microfiche 

copy of the manual arc also listed on the title page. 

1.1 1. D ESCR lPTlO l. 

1-12. The Model 3455A Digital Voltmeter makes ac volt- 

SECTION I 

Section I 

age measurements with five digit resolution and dc voltage 

and resistance measurements with 5 or 6 digit resolution as 

programmed by the user. The 3455A employs an automatic 

calibration (AUTO CALI feature which automatically cor- 

rects for possible gain and offset erron in the andog cir- 

cuitry to provide maximum accuracy. A remavable refer- 

ence module permits external calibration of the dc voltage 

and resistance functions. The reference module can be 

removed, calibrated and returned to the instrument, or the 

module can be replaced with another recently calibrated. 

reference. A MATH feature permits voItage or resistance 

measurements to be scaled into convenient units or to be 

read directly in percent enor from a selected recerence. 

The 3455A is HPdB proflmrnabIe for system applications. 

HP-=IB is Havlett-Pockoml 's implementation of 

1-5. SPE CI F I CATIO 'NS. 

IEEE std 488- 19 75, "'srond(~rd digitaI interface 

Id. Operating specifications for the 3455A are listed in for pmgrammobIe imfmmentation ': 

Tabk 1-1. These specifications are the performance standards 

or limits again. which the inarumcnt is tested. Table 1-13. O ~ ~ O N S 

1-2 lists general operating characteristics of the instrument. 

These characteristics are not specifications but are typical The options are available u+ with the 

operating characteristics included as additional information 

Model 3455A3 

for the user. Option 00 1: Average Responding AC Converter 

Option 907: Front Handle Kit 

1.7, IISTRUMENT AND MANUAL IDENTIFICATION. Option 908: Rack Mounting Kit 

Option 909: Front Handle and Rack Mounting Kit 

Option 9 10: Additional Set of Operating Information 

and Operating and Service Manuals 

1 - t 5. Accsasorias Supplied. 

1-16. A senice kit (-hp- Part No. 03455-8441 1) consisting 

of a PC extender board and a fuse is supplied with the 

Model J455A. 

1-17. ACCESSORIES AVAILABLE. 

1- 18. The following is a list of accessories available for use 

with the Model 3455A 

Accessory No. 1 Description 

- 

I1 177A 

3411tA 

I063 1 A 

106318 

I063IC 

03455-6 1609 

3455A Reference Module 

High Voltage Probe (40 kV dc) 

HP-IB Cable 1 meter 139.37 in.) 

IP-IB Cable 2 meter (78.74 in.) 

HP-IB Cable 4 meter (1 57.48 in.) 

Inguatd/Outguard Service Cable 

1-19. Recommended Test Equipmsmt. 

1-20. Equipment required to maintain the Model 345SA is 

listed in Table 1-3. Other equipment may be substituted if 

it meets the requirements listed in the table.

Section I Model 3455A 

Table 1-1. -if ieations. 

DC Voltage 

Specifications apply with Auto-Cal ON 

mmxtram 

&.a#mm: DImplav: km.cg: (I digir = JWI% of range) 

High High High High 

Resolution Resolution Resolution RexlluHon 

Off On Off On 

.TV - t.149999V - 

1V 1 Y 2 1.49994Y 5 1.49-V 

10V I0 V z 14.9999V z 14.99999V 

lmv IOOV ? 149.999V r 149 9999V 

lOOOV lOOOV 2 1000. OOV 2 1000. OOOV 

Rmw Srleetlon: Manual. Automatic, or Remote 

Performance (High Resolution Off) 

24 hours; 23°C % l°C 

10V mnge: % (0.002% of readng + 3 dl*) 

100 & lOOW mnge: -t1(0.004% of reading + 3 chits) 

1V range: * (0.003% of reading + 4 digits] 

90 days: 23°C ?SvC 

10V range: -. (0 005% of teading + 3 dglk) 

100 & lOOOV range.: +{0.007% of reading + 3 digits) 

1V range: *.(O.M)6% of reading + 4 digits) 

6 months: 23°C 25°C 

10V range: ?(0.008% of reading + 3 digits) 

100 & 10WV mnge: r (0.01 0% of reading + 3 drgts) 

1V mnge: 2 tO.M39% of reading +- 5 digts) 

tmrp8rmture CaafCicler#: [PC to 51PC) 

O.IV range: -t(O.lXK)3% of readlng + 0.15 

drgi&S/"C 

1 year. 23°C 2 5°C 

1QV range: ? (0.013% of reading + 3 digits) 

100 & lOOOV range: =(0.015% d reading + 3 digits) 

1V range: +(0.024% of reading + 6 dlgts) 

1V range: z [0.0003% of reading + 0.015 

digits)/"C 

1OV mnge: z (0.00015% of reading + 0.01 Input Characteristics 

digitslIoC 

100 & lOOOV range: = [O.MK)39& ot readfng + .01 

digits)/"C 

Accnrmw (1 digit = .001% of range): 

24 hours; 23°C 2 1°C 

1 QV range: * (0.002 W of readlng + 1 digit) 

1V range: 2 (0.003% ol reading + 1 digit) 

0.1Y range: =(0.004% of reading + 4 digits) 

100 & lMH3V range: = (0.004% d reading + 1 d~git) 

tmpu* haErt.nea: 

0.lV through 10V range: >lQm ohms 

lOOV and lOOOV range: 10 megohm %0.1% 

[with Auto-Cal OFF) 

Mufrnm Emput blt.ae: 

High to Low Input Terminals: *1000V peak 

Guard to Chassis: * 500V peak 

Guard to Low Terminal: +200V peak 

W days; 23'C 25°C 

10V range; ? (0.005% of readlng + 1 d@t) 

1V range: ?(0.006% of reading -i- 1 d~git) 

0.1V range: t (0.007% of reading + 4 digits) 

100 & 1WV range: * [O 007% of reading + 1 dig111 

1Yorr.E Mode ReJectioa (WIWR): NMR is the ratio of the 

peak normal-mode voltage to the peak error voltage in 

the reading. 

50 Hz optration: > 60 dB at 50 Hz * 0.1% 

60 Hz operalion: > 60 dB a1 M) Hz 2 0.1 WO 

6 months: 23°C t 5°C 

10V range: + (0.008% of reading + 1 diglt) 

Effectbat Com=on Mode RejecUon (ECMR): ECMR 

is the ratio of the peak common-mode voliage to the 

IV range: ? (0.009% of reading + 1 digit] 

resulrant peak error voltage in the reading with 1 kfl un- 

O.lY range: 2 (0.010% of reading + 5 digits) 

100 & FOOOV range: *(O 010% of read~ng + 1 dlgt) 

balancc in low lead. 

AC Inpui: 

I year, 23°C 15°C 

IOV mnge: =(0.013% of reading + 1 digit) 

IY range: 2 (0.014% of reading + 1 digit) 

O.1V range: =I0.015% of reading + 6 digits) 

100 & lOMlV range: (0.015% of read~ng + 1 digt ) 

50 Hz opwation: > 160 dB at SO Hz k 0. I % 

60 Hz operation: > 160 dB at 60 Hz 0.1 % 

DC Input: 

> ladB 

~ ~ ~ ~ d ~ I d ~ l ~ ~ , ~ : = 

Performance (High Resolution On) 

64% 6ate h # b 

Ibolmtfmm B#olatlom 

toMl 5 readlngslsec. 3 readingslsec. 

Lto-oh !24 readlngsisec. 6 madingslsec. 

mlk mt. Im* 

Terpmmtmm Cwtticknb (WC to 50°C) 

1 V range: 2 (0.0003% of reading + 0.15 

digits)/"C 

IOV range: z (0.00015% of reading + 6.1 

Ruolwtlon Rmsolatllom 

digits)/"C 

100. & l w V range: 2 (0.0003% of reading + 0.1 

digitsI/"C 

5 readingslwc.

Model 3455A Section I 

Table 1-1. Specifications (Cont"d1. 

Ohms 

MaxImrm 

hn-: Dlmplmy: Accmep: 4 wlre k ohms* (1 digit = .00016'o of range) 

High High High mh 24 hours: 23°C t l'C 

Resolution Resolution Resolution Rexllution IkR range: =(0.0025% of reading -+ 4 digits) 

Off On Off On lOkIl range: 2 I0 M)45% of reading + 4 dig&) 

lOOkR rangem 1(0.0020% of reading +- 5 digits) 

.I kfl 

.14mkn - 

1000k12 range: -~(0.0120% of reading + 4 diqts) 

lkfl lkfl 1.49999kR 1.499999kfl 

10,aXlkfl range: (0. IOOQ% of reading + 4 digits) 

10 kR 10 kn 14.9Wkl1 14.99999kfl 

200kR lWkR 149 999kll 149.9999kR 

90 days; 23°C 25°C 

IOOOkR lOOOkR 1499 99k11 1499.999kR I kR range: * (0 0035% of reading + 5 digits) 

1OOMkR lM300kfl 14M 9k11 14999.99kil 1 OkR range: 2(0.0060'% of reading + 5 digits) 

100k12 range: +(0.0035% of reading + 6 digjts) 

Bmrsm 9.leemlol: Manual, Automatic, or Remote 

100akIl range: %(0.0135% of reading -t 5 d~glts) 

10,000kfl range: ?(0.1000% of reading + 5 d~gts) 

FmncCloa SIIdon: 2 wire k ohms w 4 wlre k ohms 

6 months; 23°C *5"C 

Performance (High Resolution Off) 

Tmrpnrtwe Codidark (0°C to 50°C) 

0.1 klk range. (0.0003% of reading + 0 2 

dlgiklloC 

1, 10 and lQQkR range: (0.0003% of reading + 002 

dlQitsl/"C 

la00kfl mnge: I0 TXX153h of reading * 0.02 

digits)/T 

10.000kR range: (0 004% of reading + 0.02 

dlgits)/C 

Acmm- 4 wire k ohms* t I digit = .MI4 of range] 

24 hours: 23'C f l'C 

O.lkfl range: *(O.M)3% of reading + 4 digits) 

~kfl range: ?(0.0040% of reading -t. 6 digits) 

IOkR range: ~(0.0065% of reading + 6 digits) 

lOOkR rangem ?{0.0040% of reading + 7 digits] 

lOOOkfl range. %{0.0140% of reading -I. 6 dlglts) 

10,000kIl range: e(0.1000X of reading + 6 dlgitsl 

l year. 23OC 25OC 

1 kR range: k(O.OW5sh of reading + 7 digits) 

l0kll lange: 2 10.0070% of reading + 7 digits) 

100kfl mnge: 2 (0.0045% of reading -I- 8 dqts) 

1000kIl range: + 10,0145% of reading + 3 dlglts) 

10,000kll range: 2 [0.100073 of readlng + 7 d~grts) 

*Atemncyr. 2 wire k ohms 

All accuracy specihcations are the same as 4 wire k ohms ex- 

,,pt 0 . ~ 4to k ~ readings, 

lkfl range: lr(0.0039 of reading + 1 digit) 

lOkR range: +.(0.005% of reading + 2 diyts) lnpllt characteristics 

wmhem #mmaf.td amom 

lOakfl range: ?(1).002% of reading + 2 dig~ts) 

lOOOki1 range: 2[0.012'% of readlng + 5 dlgrts) 

10.000kil range: ~(0.1% of reading + 5 digits) 

90 days; 23°C ?5T 

0.1 kfl range: *(0.005% of readlng + 5 digits) 

1 kR range: *(0.005% of rea$ing + I digit) 

IOkll range: + (0.007% of reading + 2 digits) 

100kfl range: ~(0.004% of reading + 2 digits) 

1000kIl range: k(0.0145 of reading + 5 dig~ts) 

1O.MXIkll range: =(0.100% oof readmg + 5 digits) 

6 months: 23T zS"C 

0.1 kil range: + (0.005% of reading + 6 digltsl 

1 kft range: z (0.0059; of reading + I digit) 

l0kll range: 2{0.007% d reading + 2 digrts) 

100kf1: range: ?(Q 004% of readtng + 3 dlglts) 

1000kIl range: %{Q.OI4'% of read~ng + 5 d~gts) 

10,000k11 range: ?(O. IOO% of reading + 5 dig~trl 

1 year; 23°C t5C 

0.1 kn range: c(Q.006% of reading + 7 digits) 

lkfl range: ~(0.006% of reading + 2 digits) 

loif1 range: =(0.008% of reading + 3 dtgits) 

100kfl range: 2(Q.005T9 of reading + 4 d~gits) 

1000kfl range: +(0.015% of reading + 6 dlgitsl 

10.000k11 range: *(0 100% of reading + 6 digits1 

Hm~ammm 

unknown: 

< 5 volts for oope circuit 

~4.7 volts for valid readlng 

-"I Dtl*q ~'omimm'): 

Olkfl. 1kO 

.d:D

Section I Model 3455A 

Ill.rlmrm 

hW-I D8oplay: 

High Rewlution High Resolution 

On or Off On or Off 

1V 1 . 4 ~ ~ 

10V 14.9993V 

lOOV 149.999V 

IOOOV 1090 OOQ 

R.e#m SIIacUor: Manual. Automatic. or Remote 

Fumedon Saketiom: ACV or Fasf ACV 

Table 1-1. Specifications (Cont'dl. 

AC Voltage (RMS converter) 

Performance 

Jemptr.tum CorCficlest: (0°C to 50°C) for inputs 1W of full scale: 2(0.002% of reading + 2 dlglh)/T 

AC coupled. input < 156 of full scale: 002% of reading + b digits)/"C 

AC/DC coupled. ~(0.002% of teadlng * 6 dIgitsl/'C 

Aoeurmcy: % of reading + digits or (96 of range) I' IAC Coupling)' 

FASIT ACV. SblHr-2OkH+ tlkwx- Il@kHr IHkWr-2 SOkH.' 251kHz-SOOLHf SMkUm IMh' 

ACV' SOH.*Z,kHa 20kHs.100kHz I WkHr-250kHau 251kHz-5~OhHzo 500kH1-1 MH+' 

I4 bra: 2S"C z 1°C 

amp.; ZS°C * ST 

L ran: XS'C zS°C 

I ymmt: 03°C 15°C 

~rdmuub.~ommndlubu 'FmwAC IXrarWudlwd . d d r D * r . d h r Zn4nlm,borwrwur1* rrv 

%r#h.lm+ m mAr h :WE k.* imn I* ol r a p la*mnRCtKcnuCirdmmi.bor'diVlru*l '~;dha~.r.Wlm~n~~rbrrr~tur-~Wb* 

FwAl


Mmxi~mm 

B.m#me: Wmplny: 

Table f -1. Specifications (Cont'dl. 

AC Voltage (Average Converter Opt. 001) 

High Redutlon High Resolution 

On or Off On or Off 

IV 1.49999V 

10V 14.9999V 

lOOV 149.999V 

1OOOV 1oOo.00v 

hrgr Slketlom: Manual, Automatic, or Remote 

FaactCor &l*cBor: ACV or Fast ACV 

Performance 

krmmtrm Corffidant: (WC to 5PC) 

-1 (0.WZx of reading + 2 digits)/'C 

Aeemey: 5 [% of reading + digits or (% of range) ] l 

FAST ACV' WIk5WtL 5WlhlhHr ILMx-lWkh l~H+-tSW 

ACV~ 30HpWH+ 56Hr~iOQll. 1a).lt-1WkH. 1Wklt*251kW 

24 h.: 53% ?1'C 

Wd.gm:XSOC=SOC 

6 mom: 2ST ?ST 

1 r.: 2ST 28°C 

Input Characteristics 

0.47% + 70 dlg. 

(.07%) 

0 32% + 50 Mg. 

t.mW 

0,35%+50drg, 

'G,."lmuab.dsrta. 

(kIk1Wrmp .dd001p~nluoll-kI+ 

Sprrh.r-nh me lor nw kwh m b a * 1 IIW d rangr 

' T r m w v l pu,~ 1h.n ImMr~abda I ud 1W d y 

Acrurrr n nm .prllld d 7 h r mrk k r l l pmdwt 111' 

lmpmt 1-pmdmnca: 

Front Terminals-2Mll= 1% shunted by less than l@F 

Rear Terminals-PMflz 1% shunted by less than 75pS 

Marlmum Impml Uoltanr: 

High to Law Terminals: * 1414 volts peak (Subject to a 

voll - Hz limitation) 

Guard to Chassis: 2500Y peak 

Guard to Low Terminal: 2200V peak 

imam Remdlmg ate: 

mH. Oat. t.ytL IIH. ate W L 

RU~OIH TI-: 

ACV and FAST ACV 

First reading to 4.1% of step size when Mggered coincj- 

dent with step change when on correct range 

(for AC signals with no DC componenf) 

0 09% + 25 dl9 

{.M5%) 

0 70% + M1 dig 

OSQ%+70dig 

( 07%) 

(.05051 

0.1% +25d1g. 

f.M5%1 

106%) 

0.75% + 60 d~g 

tm%I 

0.50% + 70 dig. 0.40% + 60 dig 0.1% + 30 dig. 0.75% + 70 dlg. 

1.07~) 

0.50% + 70 dig. 

(.~%i (.Q3%1 

0.40% + 70 dig. 0.12% + 35 dig. 

(.a7t9) 

0.75% + 80 dlg. 

t.M%l / @%I 

1.1 read~ngslsec. 12 readw~gslwc.

Section I Model 34556 

1-6 

Table 1-1. Specifications (Cant'd ). 

Math 

% E m X-Y 100% 

(.> 

X Is present reading. Y and Z are previously entered read- X Is present reading. Y is a previously entered reading, or 

ing. numbementered from the front panel armluesentered number entered from the front panel or by external program. 

by external program. 

Mm~lmrr Nrrh (Entered or Displayed) 

~mnlrrr Nrrbn: (Entered or Displayed) -c 199.999 9 

-. 199.999 9 

Accrrmqey: 

Accnncgi *(ACCURACY OF X READING t 1 DIGIf OF DIS. 

-(ACCURACY OF X READING r l DIGIT OF DIS- PLAYED ANSWER)' 

PLAYED ANSWER)' 

'This assumes no "Y' emr. 

'This assumes no "Y' or "F' emr. 

Raw %-Ion: Mnrsl. Automk, or Asme 

Function Clmlon: 

DC Vdts 

AC Voltr (ACV w FAST ACV) 

OHMS (2 wlr* kllohm or 4 wlrr kllohml 

TEST 

MDRMAL MODE RWECTION (50 Hz DPERATIOFIJ 

racoutlucriwrr 

fable 1-2. Typical Oprrtting Charwteristlcs. 

Effmiw Noh kndwldth 

T - 1 IBO mc for 5 &@it 6tF Hz Operation 

T - 2115 let for 6 digtt a] Hr Opsrntion 

T 1 EO rec for 5 digrt 60 Hz Owration 

T - 4/25 sec for 6 d8grt 50 Hz Operation 

COMMON MODE REJECTION 11 KILOHM IMBALANCE) 

,%3 

9- 

1m 

= 

Y 'W 

5 

2 $70 

NORHA EFFECTIVE C 

m urn 

M 14 

W !m 

rn 

1; " - 150 

2 

* m 

10 

I0 

0 

P REUurwY ,HI! 

Nwml Mode Rajmion a M log 1 - ::if T 1 

im 

PO 

w 

I 

2 rta 

+ 

U w 

: 1 9 

110 

111 

I 10 I w 

r *r~UtkCr IM,I 

1 

i 

I


EFFECTIVE COMMON MODE REJECTION (60 Mz OPERATIOW) 

urn 

Typicsl HP-I8 Handshake Tim: 

Ac~ept Data - (3455A addre- to lirten or ATN true) 

500 ~ sec per character typical (0 delay sourel 

Output Oeta - (3455R ddrwsed to tatkl 

250 pwc per chsracfar typld (0 delay acceptor1 

1-21, SAFETY COtrlSIOERATlQNS. 

1-22. The 3455A is a safety class 1 instrument (provided 

with a protecrive earth terminal j. The instrument and man- 

ua! should bc reviewed for safety symbols and instructions 

before operation. 

Table 1-2. Typical Operating Charactwristi~ {Cont'dl. 

General (Auto Cat must be on fw 75 seconds to meet 811 

specifiwtionsl 

Overload Indication: OL 

Operating Temperature: O'C to 50'~ 

Warmup Time: One hour to meeiall spmifications 

Humidity Range: < 95% R6H., 0 C tg 40 C 

Storage Temperaturn: 40 C ta *75 C 

Power: 10011201240 V +5%. -10% 48 Hz to 4aE Hz Ilrm 

operation < 60 VA 

220 V + TO% 48 Hz 10 400 Hz line operation 

< 60 VA 

Dlmenslons: 88.9 mm hlgh x 425.5 mm wide x 527.1 

mm deep 13%" high x 16%" wide K 20%" deep) 

Weights: Net - 9 kg (21 Ibs.) 

Shipping - 12 kg (28 Ibs.)

Section 1 Model 3455A 

' 

Reference Divider 

DC Transfer Standard 

Electronic Counter 

Resistan~e Standard 

Bun System Anelyzm 

Celculator 

~eclllorcape 

Digital Voltmeter 

Reoistors 

Signature Analyzer 

Table 1-3. Recommended Test Equipment 

Division Ratio Accuracy + ,001 % 

Output Voltage Range - 1 Y to 1 kV 

Output Voltages: 1 Y. 1.018 V. 

1.01 9V. 10 V 

Accuracr: i 5 PPm 

Stabilitv: f -001 % (30 days) 

50 Hz to 60 Hz 

Resistance: 1 kf2 

Accuracy: + .MK)S% 

Resistance: 100 K 

Accuracy: i .002% 

HP.1 E Control Capebllilv 

HP-I 8 Control ambiritv must 

serve as printer for 3455A 

Output data. 

Bandwidth: DC to 10 MHz 

Sweep 5me: 0.1 w to 1 secldiv 

Sensif ivity: 1 Vldlv 

Voltage Range: 10 mV to 1 OOO V 

Resolution: l0 pV 

1 Resistances: 

1 kn+lO% 

TO kR t 0.7 % 

1 Ma 20.1% 

P - Performance Checks T = Troubleshooting 

A = Adjustments 0 = Operators Check 

Fluke Model 750A 

Reference Divider 

Fluke Model 731 A 

DC Transfer Standard 

+hp Mo~el5300Ai5302A 

Messuring Sysrern 

Guildlne Model 

833011 K or 9330Al1 K 

Guildline Model 9330F100 K 

-h~- Model 59401 A 

Bus System AnslyzW 

+hp Mode1 9825A 

hp Model l8OCJD 

Otcilloscoge with 

1801 A and 18211 A 

plug-in unin 

-hp Model 3490A 

+hp Part No. 

0684-1 021 

06984357 

0698-6369 

-hp- Model 5004A 

I 

PA 

PA 

P 

A 

T 

OT 

T 

PAT 

P

Model 3455A 

2-2. This section contains information and inst ructions 

necessary to install and interface the Model 3455A Digital 

Voltmeter. Also included are initial inspection procedures, 

power and grounding requirements, environmental inforrna- 

tion, and repackaging instructions. 

2.3. INITIAL INSPECTION. 

24. This instrument was carefully inspected both rnechan- 

icaliy and electrically before shipment. It should be free of 

mars and scratches and in perfect electrical order. The 

instrument should be inspected upon receipt for damage 

that might have occurred in transit. If the shipping con- 

tainer or cushioning material is damaged, it should be kept 

until the contents of the shipment have been checked for 

completeness and the instrument has been mechanicfly 

and etectricdly checked. Procedures for testing electrical 

performance of the 34S5A are given in Section IV. If the 

contents are incomplete, if there is mechanical damage or 

defect, or if the multimeter does not pass the Performance 

Tests, notify the nearest Hewlett-Packard Office. (A list of 

the -hp- Sales and Service Offices is presented at the back of 

the manual.) IF the shipping container is damaged, or the 

cushioning material shows signs of stress, notify the carrier 

as well as the Hewlett-Packard Office. Save the shipping 

materids for the carrier's inspection. 

2-5. PREPARATION FOR USE. 

2-6. Power Requirements. 

SECTION II 

2WW 4, Irn *"I 

rzo *IN* WvmI" 

TOO volts 90 to 105 volts 

120 volts 3 08 to 3 26 volts 0.5 A 

220 volts 198 to 231 volts 0.25 A 

240 vorrs 21 6 to 252 volts 0.25 A 

Figure 2-1. Lima Voltage Selection. 

Section 11 

used far -hp- power cables. The -hppart numbcr directly 

below each drawing is rhe part number for a power cable 

equipped with a connector of that configuration. If the 

appropriate power cable is not included with the instru- 

ment, notify the nearest -hp- Safes and Service OFfice and 

the proper cable will be provided. 

2-12. Grounding Requirernsnrs. 

2-1 3. To protect operating personnel, the Nat ienal Electri- 

cal Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) recommends that 

the instrument panel and cabinet be grounded. The Model 

3455A is equipped with a three conductor power cable 

which, when plugged into an appropriate receptacle, 

grounds the instrument. 

2-7. The Model 3455A requires a power source of 100, 2-14. Bench Use. 

120.220, or 240 V ac (+ 56 - lo%), 48 Hz to 400 Hz single 

phase. Maximum power consumption js 60 Vd. 

2-1 5. The Model 3455A is shipped with plastic feet and tilt 

stands installed and is ready for use as a bench instrument. 

2-8. tine Voltage Selection. 

The plastic feet are shapcd to permit "stacking" with other 

2-9. Before connecting ac power to the 3455A, make sure 

the rear panel line selector switches are set to correspond to 

the voltage of the available power line as shown in Figure 

2-1. Also, be sure the proper Fuse Is installed. The multi- 

meter is shipped with the line voltage and fuse selected for 

120 V ac operation. 

Be sure the 50 - 60 Hz rear panel s~'tch is set 

for the proper line frequenq for your lecatiorr, 

2.1 0. Power Cable, 

2- 1 1. Figure 2-2 illustrates the standard configurations Figura 2-2. Power Cord Configurations. 

2- 1

Section I1 Model 3455A 

full-module Hewlett-Packard instruments. The tilt stands 

permit the operator to elevate the front pane[ far operating 

and viewing convenience. 

2-1 6. Rack Mounting. 

2-17. The Modd 3455A may be rack mounted by adding 

rack mounting kit Option 908 or Option 909. Option 908 

contains the basic hardware and instructions for rack 

mounting; Option 909 adds front handles to the basic rack 

mount kit. The rack mount kits are designed to permit 

the Multimeter to be installed in a standard 19 inch rack. 

When rack mounting, additional support must be provided 

at the rear of the instrument. Be sure that the air intake at 

the rear of the instrument is unobstructed. 

2-18. Ihterfgcs Connections. 

2-19. The Mode1 3455A is compatible with the Hewlett- 

Packard Interface Bus (HP-IIB). 

NOTE 

HP-lB is Havlert-Packad 3- implementation of 

lEEE std 488-19 75, 'Standard Digito I Interface 

for fiogrurn~nrrble Insrnimenrarion ". 

The Multirncttr is connected to the HP-IB by connecting an 

HP-IB interface cable to the 24-pin connector Iocated on 

the rear panel. Figure 2-3 illustrates typical HP-IB system 

interconnections and shows the 1063 1 AJBJC HP-IB Inter- 

face Cable connectors. Each end of the cable has both a 

male and female connector to simplily intcrconnection of 

instruments and cablcs. As many as 15 instruments can be 

connected by the same interface bus; however. the maxi- 

mum length of cable that can be used to connect a group of 

2-2 

instruments must not exceed 2 meters (4.5 ft.) times the 

number of instruments to be connected, or 20 meters 

(65.6 ft.), whichever is less. 

2-20. Address Selection. The HP-IB address switch, 

located on the rear panel, permits the user to set the "talk" 

and "listen" address of the instrument. The talk and listen 

address is a 7-bit code which is selected to provide a unique 

address for each bus instrument. The 3455A normally 

leaves the factory with the address switch set to a "Listen" 

address of 6 and a "talk'hddress of V. The address switch 

also allows selection of a "talk-only" mode. Refer to 

Paragraph 3-42 for address selection instructions. 

2-21. External Trigger. A BNC connector, located on the 

tear panel, is provided for an external trigger input. The 

trigger input is to be driven with TTL level signals. 

2-22. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS. 

piiq 

To prevent eiectricol shock or fire hazard, do 

not expose the instrurnent ro soin or moisture. 

2-23. Operating aad Storage Temperature. 

Figure 2-3. Typical HP-I5 Synem Intereonnectiona. 

2-24. In order to meet the specifications listed in Table 

1-1, the instrument should be operated within an ambient 

temperature range of 23°C * 5OC (73°F 2 9°F). Tht inslmmen 

t may be operated within an ambient temperature 

range of O"C to + 55"~ (+ 32°F to + 13 1 OF) with degraded 

accuracy. 

2-25. The instrument may be stored or shipped where the 

ambient temperature range is within 4 0 ' ~ to +75'~ 

(40°F to + 1 6J°F). However, the instrument should not

e stored or shipped where temperature fluctuations cause 

condensation within the instrument. 

2-26. Humidity. 

2-27. The instrument may be operated in environments 

with relative humidity of up to 95%. However, the instru- 

ment must be protected from temperature extremes which 

cause condensation within the instrument. 

2-28. Attitude, 

2-29. The instrument may be operated at altitudes up to 

4572 meters ( 1 5,000 feet). 

2-30. REPACKAGING FOR SHIPMENT. 

Nrn 

If the insmment is ro be shipped to Hewleft- 

Packard for service or repair, attach a rag to the 

instrument Edenrifying rite owner and indicating 

the sewice or repair to be accompiished. 

Include rhe model number and full serial num- 

ber of rite instrument. In any correspondence, 

identrjy the instrument by model number and 

full serial number. If you have any questions, 

mntact your nearest -hp- Sales and Service 

Office. 

Section IE 

2-3 1. The following is a general guide for repackaging the 

instrument for shipment. If the original container is avail- 

able, place the instrument in the container with appropriate 

packing material and seal well with strong tape or metal 

bands. If the original container is not available. proceed as 

~olollows: 

a. Wrap instrument in heavy paper or plastic before 

placing in an inner con t ajner. 

6. Ptacc packing material around all sides of instrument 

and protect panel face with cardboard strips or plastic 

foam. 

c. Place instrument and inner container in a heavy 

carton and seal with strong tape or metal bands. 

d. Mark shipping container '"DELICATE IKSTRU- 

MENT", "'FRAGILE", etc.

Section III Model 3455A 

3-0 

HP-la* status indiceton: High Resolution switch - swttches display from 5.112 

located rn the center of the key indicates High ResoFu- 

tron on when lit. 

TALK - lights when the 3455A is addressed to "talk". Trigger Selection K~ys - permits setection of INTER. 

LOCAL switch - permits; the operator to return the 

Display - Indicates polarity and amplitude of the 

@ measurement. Measurement results are presented in either 

5-3 12 d~glto or 6-1 R digbts depend~ng upon whether the 

HIGH RESOLUTION feature 1s off or on. An LED rn the 

upper left corner of the display rndicates sample rate of 

the 3455.4 Five LEO'S. located to ihe right of the display. 

~nd~cate whether the display vs presenting DC Voltage, 

AC Voltage, Ohms, Scale or % error measurement 

results. 

Range Selection Keys - permit selection of ranges as 

DC vorts: .I V, 1 V, 10 V. IMI v. I kv. AUTO 

AC Volts. 7 V. 10 V. f OO V. 1 kV, AUTO 

Ohms: .I K, 1 K, 10 K, 100 K, 1.000 K, 10.000 K, AUTO 

LED'S located in the center of thp! keys indicate which 

range is selected. 

key has an LEO which lights to rndlcate the trrgqer source 

Sample Rere Centrots - permit selectcon of ma~imum 

@ sample rate ai the present sample rare diuidd by 2. The 

maximum sample rate may be dlvlded by 2 uo to 6 times 

for a minimum sample rate of: maximum sample rate 

1 @ 

@ 

Binary Program Indicator - indicates when the 3455A is 

operating in the Binary Program mode. Rafar ta 

Paragraph 3-66. 

Math Controls - Selen SCALE ( E l , % ERROR 

Y 

tw x 100). or MATH OFF. The Math feature selected 

Y 

is indicated by an LED located in the key (Paregraph 

3-1 91. 

Function Selection Keys - DC Volts. AC Volts, FAST 

@ AC Voltr.2WlREXn.4WlREkn.andTEST.LEO'r 

located rn the center of the keys ~ndlcate whlch funct~on 

IS selected. 

Auto Ca'l switch - allows the Auto-Cal feature to be turn- 

a ed on or off. LED in center of Key indicates Auto-CaI on. 

Refer to Paragraph 3-29. 

@ 

@ 

@ 

ENTER controls - Recall the number stored in the Y or Z 

regis7.r 10 the display. also "shifts" the front .and 

keyboard to permit entry of new data to be stored in the 

Y or Z registers (Paragraph 3-23). 

STORE Controls - The Store controls transfar the 

number presently being displayed info the Y or Z register 

(Paragraph 3-23E. 

Rear Terminal Indicator - indicates when the rear input 

terminals have been selected. 

Figure 3-1. Front and Rear Panel Features. 

64 

1

Model 3455A Section III 

3-2. This section contains infomation and instructions 

necessary for operation of the Modtl 3455A Digital 

Voltmeter. Included is a description of operation 

characteristics, a description of the operating controls 

and indicators, and functional checks to be performed 

by the operator. 

3-3. OPEflATkllG CHARACTERISTICS. 

3-5. Befare connecting ac power to the 345519, make 

certain the rear panel lint selector switches are set to 

correspond to the voltage and frequency of the available 

power line and that the proper fuse is installed for the 

voltage selected. For rated measurement accuracy, the 

3455A should be aIlowed to warm up for at least one 

hour. 

SECTION Ill 

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 

logic of the instrument. When all these measurements 

and caSculations are compIeted. the 34S5A wilI display 

+ .8.8.8.8.8.8.8. and the self-test operation will start 

again. In order to bring the instrument out of this mode, 

any other function button must be pressed. 

3-8. En the event of a cal constant failure, the Self-Test 

operation will stop and the failing cal constant's number 

will be displayed (an integer number from 13 to 0). If 

the dummy calculation fails, a non integer number is 

displayed {e.g., 9.998 or 10.Mi2 etc.). 

3-9. The Self-Test function can be remotely programm- 

ed, as described in the programming portion of this sec- 

tion. The 3455A will output a 10 upon a succtssful com- 

pletion of the tat and if addressed to "talk." If the 

dummy calculation fails, the answer of the dummy 

calc~llation will be the output (9.998 or 10.002 etc.). If 

any auto-cal constants fail, the 3455A will not output 

any readings, (times out). 

3.6. s8R Tmt Opantlon. NOTE 

3-7. Thc internal test function of the 3455A verifies the The seCf test fmm does not test opemrion 

operation of the dc analog circuitry, inguard and of the ohms or ac sections nor the measure- 

outguard logic circuitry, and the front panel indicators ment amuracy of the 3455A. 

and display. The primary test of the dc analog circuitry 

is the measurement of various Auto-Cal constants. A 3-10, QC Yohqs Ma~rmtmt 

logic check is also performed, when all the cal constant 

measurements are taken. The logic check consists of a 3-1 1. The Model W55A measures dc voltagc from 1 

dummy cal constant calculation made in the outguard microvolt to 1OOO volts in five ranges extending from .1 

Ohms Slgnnl Terminals - supplims drhra signal fw 

4-WIRE Ohms measurements (Paragraph 3-1 21. 

Input Terminals 

GUAAO switch - Internally connects the Guard terminal 

to the LO Input terminal Ifor front panel opemtion only, 

Paragraph 3-41 1. 

GUARD Terminal 

Ohms Signal Terminals 

Input Terminals 

Guard Terminals 

REAR PANEL 

FrontlRear INPUT SELECT switch 

HP-IS" Connector - see Paragraph 2-1 8 and 3-48 

AC or AClOC Input Select~on sw~tch - refw to Paragraph 

5-14. 

Cine Frequency Selection Switch - must be set to cones 

pond to The power line frequency 450 Hz or 60 Hz). 

Reference Module 

EXTERNAL TRIGGER Input Connacror 

HP-IS" Address Sa!mtion Switch - mkr to Paragraph 

3-53. 

Cooling Fan 

Power Line Voltage Selection Switches - refer to Para- 

graph 2-8. 

Fuse - 90 W to 126 V - 0.5 amp. 198 V to 252 V - 

0.25 amp. 

AC Power Connector. 

Figure 3-1. Front and Rear Panel Features (Cont'd). 

"HP-1B IS Hewlett-Packard's implementation of IEEE Srd. 

488-1975. "Standard D~gital Interface for Programmable 

InstrumenTation".

Section I11 Model 34556 

4-WIRE MEASUREMENT 2-WIRE MEASUREMENT 

ilSIBNAL INWT GUARD nSlGNAt INPUT GUARD 

(4 WIRE) (2 W Ie) 

volt full-scale to 1OOO volts full-scale. Measurement 

results are presented in 5-I/2 digits during normal 

operation or in 6-1/2 digits when the 345% is set to the 

High Resolution mode. All ranges except the IOOO voIt 

range have 50% overrange capability and are overload 

gratected from input voltages up to ~tr 1 OOO volts. Input 

resistance in the dc function is greater than 101%ohms 

on the -1 V, 1 V, and 10 V ranges and equal to 10 

megohms on the 100 V and 1000 V ranges. Refer to 

Table 1-1 for DC Accuracy specifications. 

3-13. The Model 3455A measures resistance from 1 

milliohm to IS megohms in six ranges extending from .I 

kilohms ful scale to 10,000 kilohms full scale. Measure- 

ment results are presented in 5-1/2 digits during normal 

operation or in &1/2 digits when the 3455A is set to the 

High Resolution mode, The only exception is that the .I 

V range can only take a measurement in the 5-1/2 digit 

mode. Resistance may be measured in "CWIRE" con- 

figuration for optimum accuracy or "2-WIRE" eon- 

figuration may be selected for measurement conve- 

nience. Figure 3-2 shows proper connections for making 

resistance measurements, The nominal output signal 

current on the .1 kilohm, 1 kilohm and 100 kiIohrn 

ranges is .7 mA. The nominal output current on the 

1000 kilohm and 10,000 kilahm ranges is .7 microamp. 

Maximum output voltage is limited to less than 5 volts 

on all ranges. Refer to Table f -I for ohm accuracy 

specifications. 

Figure 3-2, Ohmmeter Meaw rement Connections. 

3455-8- 4667 

volts RMS. Readings taken in the ac function art 

display in the 5-1/2 digit mode only. Input impedance 

of both convertors is 2 rnegohms in parallel with 

< 75 pF for rear terminal input and < 90 pF for front 

terminal input. In addition to the normal ac voIts func- 

tion, the 3455A also has a fast ac volts function. The 

fast ac function has a faster ac reading rate than the nor- 

mal ac function. 

3-16. The frequency response of the true RMS conver- 

tor is from 30 Hz to 1 MHz in the normal ac volts func- 

tion and from 3QO Hz to 1 MHz in the fast ac volts func- 

tion. Both ac signals or ac plus dc signals (ac signals 

superimposed on a dc level) can bt measured by the true 

RMS convertor, Selection of the ac or ac + dc inputs 

are chosen by a switch Iccated behind the rear panels 

reference cover. Refer to Table 1-1 for accuracy 

specifications of each ac mode. 

3-17. The frequency response of the average converter 

is from 30 Hz to 250 Hz in the normal ac volts function 

and from 300 Hz to 250 kHz in the Fast ac voIts func- 

tion. Only ac signals (no dc component) can be 

measured by the average converter. Refer to Table 1-1 

for accuracy specification of each ac mode. 

3-18. In order to get accurate ac readings (especially 

with high voltage inputs at high frequencies), the low in- 

put terminaI (front and rear) should be connected to the 

guard terminal (front and rear). Refer to paragraph 3-39 

for guarding information. 

3-15. The -hp Model 3455A offers a choise of true 

RMS (standard unit) or average responding at: conver- NOTE 

tors (Option 001). Both methods measure ac voltages 

from 10 microvolts to 1000 volts in four ranges exten- The front pneI guard pushbutton appii~ 

ding from I volt to 1000 volts ranges. AIE ranges, except only for front panel inputs. Be sure to wire 

the 1OOO volts range, have 50% overrange capability and rear panel guard connections yourself, V ifare 

protected from input voltage components up to 1000 ing the m r panel input terminals.

Model 3455A Section I11 

3-20. The math feature of th 3455A allows the measure- 

ment value to be offset and/or scaled by known values 

or to be expressed in percent of a reference value. 

3.21. Sale Mods. The scale mode of the math feature is 

described by the formula: result = X-Z where x is the 

Y 

measurement value, z is the offset value, and y is the 

scale factor. This mode allows the measurement value to 

be modified by the addition, subtraction, multiplication 

or division of a known value. Addition and subtraction 

are performed by entering the nurnber to be added or 

subtracted in "2" and entering 1 in "y". The scale for- 

muIa then becomes: result = x - (* d = x - ( f z). 

1 

Division is performed by entering 0 in "z'9ad the 

divisor value in "y." The scale formula then 

becomts: result = 5 -5 Multiplication is perform- 

Y Y 

performed by dividing the measurement value by the in- 

verse of the multipIier value; that is, multiplication is 

performed by dividing by a fraction. The scale formula 

becomes: result = . X - 0 = xy. As an example: to 

1 /Y 

multiply by 10, divide by the inverse of 10 which is 1/10 

or .I. Various examples using the scale mode are as 

follows: 

a. Current Measurement: Accurate current 

measurements can be made by using a low value resistor 

shunting the 3455A's input terminals. The value of the 

resistor is then entered in the '"y" register (see 

Paragraph 3-22), and zero is entered in the "z" register 

Wirh the resistor connected at the input terminal and the 

instrument set in the voltage mode, current 

measurements can now be made. You can do this by 

connecting the input across the resistor and measuring 

the voltage drop across the resistor. This voltage drop is 

proportional to the current through the resistor. By 

switching the 3455A to the scale mode, the reading 

becomes an accurate current reading in rnilliamps. Since 

the resistor value is in kiIo ohms (R) and stored in "y", 

and since zero is stored in "z". the scale equation 

becomes: 

v-0 v 

X'Y = - = -= current in rnilliamps 

Y R R 

where R = Resistor across the input terminaZs 

V = Voltage drop across the resistor 

b. Temperature Measurement: A temperature mea- 

surement can be made by using a line or resistive 

temperature sensor. 

Assume that the sensor has a resistance of 1 kiIohrn at 

25°C and changes 5900 ppm/"C. At 0'C the sensor 

would have a resistance of 852.5 ohm (1 kilohm - 15.9 

ohms) 25). This number is divided by 1000 since the 

3455A measurement results are expressed in kilohrn and 

is entered in the "2" register to remove the offset at 

0°C. The measurement result of the 3455A is scaled ?a 

read directly in degrees centigrade by solving the equa- 

tion for the value of "y". This is done where the results 

of the equation are equal to 25°C since the sensor 

resistance is specified at that temperature. The scale 

equation becomes: 

solving for y:y = = -12459 with this number 

25 

entered in the "y" register, the 3455A measurement 

result will be presented directly in "C. 

c. Accurate 2 Wire Ohm Memrement: When trying 

to make an accurate 2 wire ohm measurement, the input 

lead resistance and the internal resistance of the 3455A 

should be subtracted out from the reading. This is done 

by setting the instrument to the desired range and short 

the input leads at the measuring point. Store a 1 in "y" 

and store the input lead resistance reading in "z". Open 

the input Ieads and connect the unknown resistor to the 

leads. With the 3455A set in the Scale mode, the value 

of the unknown resistor is displayed without the input 

lead resistance. Since a 1 is stored in "y" and the lead 

resistance (RE is stared in "z", the scale equation 

becomes: 

x-y = 

Y 1 

= unknown resistance in ohms 

whwe x = total measured resistance incIuding R 

R = lead resistance 

3.22. % Error Mods. The % error mode of the math 

feature is described by the formula: result in % = z x 

Y 

100, where "x" is the present measurement value and 

"y" is the reference value. An application of this 

feature might be an inspection rest of resist rs. This 

nominal resistor value would be entered in the "y" 

register in kilohrn (3455A) resistance measurements are 

presented in kiIohm). As an example, assume the test is 

made on a group of 750 ohm resistors with a tolerance 

of 5Vo. The nominal resistor value (750 ohms) is entered 

in the "y" register as .750. The % error equation 

becomes: result in To = x--750 x 100, A resistor with 

.750 

an actual value of 790 ohms would give a measurement 

result of: % error = .7W-750 x 100 = 5.33333%, 

750 

indicating the resistor is out of tolerance by -33333%. 

d. Limit Tmting: The Scale mode of the 345SA can 

also be used to do Limit Testing. This can be ac- 

complished since the largest number which can be

Section tlI Model 34556 

displayed is +200,000 and the smallest number is 

-200.00. If the magnitude of the display exceeds 

200,000, either a " + LL"' or a "-LL" is displayed. 

Therefore, the 'Vy" and onstan st ants must be chosen 

so that when "x" (the reading) is equal to the upper 

Iimit, the display is + 200,000 and when "xv' is equal to 

the loww limit, the display is -200,000. This can be accomplished 

as follows: 

When x = the Lower Limit, the DISPLAY should = 

-200,m 

When x = the Upper Limit, the DISPLAY should = 

+ 200,000 

therefore, -200,000 = Lower Limit - z 

Y 

and + 200,000 = Upper Limit - x 

This leaves two equations to sotve for the unknown "y" 

and "z" constants. The two constants can be found the 

following way: 

-200,000 (y) = Lower Limit - z 

+ 200,000 (y) = Upper Limit - 2 

0 = Lower Limit + Upper Limit -22 

(add these two equations) 

therefore. z = 

Upper Limit + Lower Limit 

200,000 = Upper Limit - z 

Y 

200.000 (Y) = 

Upper Limit - 

and, y = 

Y 

Upper Limit + Lower Limit 

2 

= Upper Limit - Lower Limit 

2 

Upper Limit - Lower Limit 

rn,m 

The following is an example of how to use this math 

technique. In this example a DC voltage is measured 

and compared with a Sower Limit of 10 volts and an 

Upper Limit of 30 volts: 

'Upper Limit - Lower = 30 - 10 = .m5 

Y = - 

2 = 

400,~ 400,~ 

Upper Limit + Lowet Limit = 30 + 10 = 20 

2 2 

By entering ,00005 into the "y" register and 20 into the 

register, and then pushing the SCALE and DCV 

buttons, the 3455A becomes a limit testing DYM. If the 

input exceeds 30 volts a *' + LL'Yis displayed, and if the 

input is Iess than 10 volts a "-LL" is displayed. IF the in- 

put is within the limits set, a number is dispIayed. 

3.23. Enter and Stom. 

3-24. The "Y" and "2" ENTER keys have two functions. 

When one of the enter keys is pressed, the number 

presently stored in the respective memory register is 

displayed on the front panel readout. This allows the 

operator to check the contents of the "Y'9r "Z*' 

memory registers. Pressing the enter key aPso "shifts'" 

the front panel keyboard, disabling all keys except those 

labeled in blue. These keys can now be used to enter the 

desired values to be stored in the 'Tv' or "2" memory 

registers. As the value is entered it is displayed on the 

front panel readout. Numerical values from .000000 to 

+ or - 199,999.9 may be entered in either the Y or Z 

registers. 

3-25. The STORE keys are used ta transfer the number 

presently being displayed in the "Y" or "2" memory 

registers and to return the voltmeter to normal opera- 

tion. 

3-26. The following describes how the ENTER and 

STORE features may be used: 

a. To view the value presently in memory, press the 

ENTER key of the appropriate register (ENTER Y or 

ENTER 2). To return this number to memory, press the 

STORE key of the appropriate register. 

b. To enter a new number, press the ENTER key of 

the register to receive the number. Enter the desired 

number into the display by pressing the keys labeled in 

blue. Store the number entered by pressing the STORE 

key of the appropriate register. 

c. To enter a measurement value presently being 

displayed, press the STORE key of the desired register 

(Y or 2). 

NOTE 

The operotion of the ENTER and STORE 

keys ore no! mutually exclusive. That k, the 

number being displayed may b stored in 

&her the Y or Z regis~er independently of 

the register seEected by the ENTER keys. 

3.27. High Rmolutlon Mode. 

3-28. When the 3455A is used in the HIGH RESOLU- 

TION mode, the instrument changes from a 5-1/2 digit 

measurement to a 6-1/2 digit measurement. This 

changes the measurement resolution from 10 parts/ 1.5 

million (5-1/2 digit mode) to 1 partJ1.5 million (6-1/2 

digit mode). The integration period will also change 

from 1/60 second (I /SO second for 50 Hz operation) to 

8/60 second (8/50 second for 50 Hz operation). The 

High Resolution mode cannot be used in the AC mode 

or the .I V DC and E K ohm ranges. The reading rate in 

the DC and Ohms mode will also increase when the 

High Resolwtion function is turned off. Table 3-1 gives 

the various reading rates of the DC and Ohms functions

Model 3455A Section 111 

with High Resolution turned on or off. 

3-30 The purpose of the AUTO-CAC feature is to 

eliminate offsets, gain non-linearity, and drift which 

maybe present in the analog measuring circuits of the 

345SA. This is accomplished by measuring the offset 

and gain errors and then mathematically correcting the 

measurement reading to exclude them. Each of the gain 

and error measurements, called Auto-CaI constants, are 

stored in the "memory" by the 3455A's main con- 

troller. These Auto-Cal constants are usually taken be- 

tween each sample of the instrument and are updated 

each time a new cal constant measurement is made. 

3-29. The reading rate of the 3455A increases when the 

Auto-Cal feature is turned off. Table 3-1 gives the 

reading rate of the various functions with Auto-Cal on 

or off, 

3-32. The last set of constants are used to correct 

measurements, when the Auto-CaI mode is turned off. 

As bng as the input amplifier offsets, gain linearity 

and drift do not vary the 3455A should remain within 

it's accuracy specifications. The time period over which 

these parameters will not change may vary from instru- 

ment to instrument. When the Auto-Cat function is 

disabled to obtain faster reading rates, it is recommend- 

ed to periodically return the 3455A to the Auto-Cal 

mode in order to update the cal constants. This can be 

done after a block of readings hare been taken or when 

the instrument is not in use. The instrument will then 

update the cal constants for accurate measurements. 

Allow about 6 seconds for updaring the cal constants, if 

the 3455k is in the Hold mode. 

3-34. The 3455A has three trigger modes. INTERNAL, 

EXTERNAL, and HOLD/MANUAL. The following is 

an explanation of each trigger mode. 

a. Inl~rnal Trigger: This trigger is generated inter- 

nally and triggers the 3455A to take a reading, after the 

previous operation is completed (a reading or Auto-Cal 

measurement). This trigger mode is entered when the in- 

strument is turned on, when the Internal Trigger button 

is pressed, or a Device Clear message is remotely sent. 

b. External Trigger: When the 3455A is the External 

Trigger mode, the user can triggw the instrument from 

an external trigger pulse. This trigger pulse has to be ap- 

plied to the rear External Trigger Connector and should 

have a negative TTL edge and must be at least 3 seconds 

wide. The instrument wilt take a measurement, when 

this trigger pulse is received. After the measurement is 

taken, the 34S5A can be triggered again for a new 

reading. IT the instrument is triggered while making a 

measurement, the new trigger is delayed. After the first 

measurement cycle is completed, the delayed trigger will 

iniate a second measurement cycle. Only one trigger will 

be delayed during any given measurement cycle. Any ex- 

tra triggers sent during this cycle will be ignored. 

c. Hold/Mc~nuc~I Trigger: This trigger is similar to 

the External Trigger, except it can be executed by the 

Hold/Manual button. The Hold/Manual button must 

be pressed once in order to place the 3455A in the Hold 

mode. After pressing the HoId/Manual button the second 

time, a measurement is taken. When the mtasurement 

c ycIe is completed, the Hold/Manual button can 

be pressed again for a new reading. Ir is important to 

remember that the Hold/Manual button should be 

pushed twice in order to take the first reading. If triggered 

while a measurement is taken, the trigger is 

delayed until the measurement cycle is complete. The 

delayed trigger will initiate a second measurement cycle, 

when the first one is completed. Only one trigger will be 

delayed during any given measurement cycle. Any extra 

triggers sent during this cycle will be ignored. 

3-35. Auto-CaE constants measurements also depmd on 

the Trigger mode used. An input reading and a cal cons- 

tant measurement will alternately be taken, when the 

3455A is in the Internal Trigger mode. A typica! se- 

quence would be an input reading, one cal constant 

measurement, another input reading, the next cal cons- 

tant measurement, and so on. An attempt of this se- 

quence (input reading/cal Constant measurement) is 

also made when the instrument is in the Hold/Manual 

or External Trigger modes. If, however, a trigger is 

received while a cal constant measurement is taken, this 

measurement is aborted and an input reading is taken. 

After this reading. the aborted cal constant measure- 

ment is then retaken. I I a new trigger is received before 

the cal constant measurement is finished, the measure- 

ment is again aborted and a new input reading is taken. 

The cal constant measurement can be aborted a number 

of times, depending on the function of the instrument. 

The table below lists the number of times the cal cons- 

tant measurements can be aborted. After this number 

has been reached, the trigger will be delayed and the 

Auto-Cal constant measurement is then completed. 

Functiun 

Maximum Number of CeI 

Constant Termination 

OC 128 

DC {High Resorutionl 32 

AC Fast 64 

AC Normsl 8 

Ohms 64 

Ohms (High Resolution) 16 

These numbers are aecumlative when Auto-Cal is on. 

3-36. Sanyls Rats {Displnyl. 

3-37. The SAMPLE RATE of the 345SA is set internal- 

ly and depends on the function selected, the power line

Section 111 Model 345519 

frequency, and use of the Auto-Cal and High Resolu- 

tion modes. When the Sample Rate buttons are pressed, 

the display rate of the reading are changed. By depress- 

ing the Decrease + 2 button on the front panel, the 

display rate can be decreased. Each time this button is 

pressed, the display rate is divided by two. The rate may 

be divided a maximum of six times for a display rate of 

1/64 of the maximum rate. The 3455A can be reset to 

the maximum rate by depressing the maximum button, 

after the display rate has been decreased. Table 3-1 gives 

the maximum number of readings the instrument can 

display on the front panel, in local operation. 

Func 

Function 

DC Volts 

Ohms 

AC Volts 

Fast 

AC Volts 

Table 3.1. Mahum Franr Panel Reading Rates. 

High 

Resolution 

ON 

OFF 

ON 

OFF 

ON 

OFF 

ON 

OFF 

Not 

Applicable 

Not 

Applicable 

Not 

Applicable 

Not 

Applicable 

Auto 

Calibration 

ON 

ON 

OFF 

OFF 

ON 

ON 

OFF 

OFF 

ON 

OFF 

ON 

OFF 

Maximum Sample Rate 

Maximum Sample Rate 

3 read~ngslsec (60 Hz1 

2.5 readingslsec 150 Hzl 

5 readingstsee (80 Hz) 

3.5 readingslsec I50 Hz) 

6 readingslsec 160 Hzl 

5 readingslssc 150 Hzl 

24 readingslsec I60 Hzl 

22 readingstsee 150 Hz) 

2 readingslsec t 60 HzF 

1.8 readinglsec I50 Hzl 

45 readingslsec (60 Hzl 

4 raadingslsec 150 Hz) 

3 readingslsec 160 Hzl 

2.5 readingslsec 150 Hz) 

12 readlngslsec (60 Hz) 

11 readingslsec (50 Hz) 

1.3 raadingslsec I60 Hz) 

1 .1 readingslsec I50 Hz) 

1.3 readingslsec 160 Hz) 

1 .1 readtngslsec 150 Hz). 

4.5 readingslsec (60 Hz) 

3.5 readingslrec (50 Hz) 

13 readingslsec 160 Hz) I 

1 2 readingslsec 150 Hz) 

3-39. The AUTO RANGE feature of the 3455A can be 

used to automatically uprange and downrange the in- 

strument to the optimum range. This action takes place 

when an input measurement is taken. Upranging is d ~ne 

when the reading is 150Vo of Full scale and downranging 

at 14% of full scale, The Auto Range operation can be 

observed by applying 1.4 volts to the input of the 

3455A. The range selected by the instrument is the 1 V 

range. When the input voltage exceeds 1.5 volts, the 

3455A upranges to the I0 V range. When the input 

voltage is decreased below I .4 volts, the 1 V range is 

again selected. The uprange points, the downrange 

points, and the accuracy of the instrument should be 

kept in mind when making a measurement. Tirne- 

varient inputs may cause the 3455A to constantly 

uprange and downrange. If this happens, manually set 

the instrument to the higher range. 

3-40. Measurement time may also change, when the in- 

strument is in the Auto Range mode. If the instrument Is 

not on the optimum range, a reading is taken and the 

3455A will either uprange or downrange. Another 

reading is then taken and if the optimum range has been 

found the reading will be displayed. If not, the instru- 

ment continues to uprange or downrange. A reading is 

taken on at1 intermediate non-optimum ranges untiI the 

correct range is found. The measurement time on each 

range should be added to the total measurement time. 

3-41. GUARDIHG. 

3-42. Common-Mods Voltages, 

3-43. Common-mode voltages are those which are 

generated between the power line ground point of the 

source and the LO input and power line ground point of 

the 3455A. Currents caused by common-mode voltage 

can be included in the measurement circuit, causing 

measurement errors. 

3-44. Gunrd Connection. 

3-45. Figure 3-3 illustrates three methods of connecting 

the 3455A Guard terminal to reduce errors caused by 

common-mode voltages. In example A, Guard is at 

nearly the same potential as the LO measurement ter- 

minal so that currents caused by common-mode voltage 

flows through Guard and not the measurement circuit. 

In example B, the 3455A guard switch is closed connec- 

ting guard to the LO input termina1. This allows 

common-mode current to flow through lead resistance 

Rb causing some measurement error. This connection 

may be used if common-mode voltages are not expected 

to be a problem. Example C is similar to A with the ex- 

ception that connecting guard in this manner alIows any 

common-mode current generated between the source 

low and powerline ground to flow in the measurement 

circuit. 

NOTE 

The front pnel guard pushbutton applies 

only for frunl panel inputs. Be sure to wire 

rear punel guard connections youael/, if- 

using rhe rear pone/ input terminals. 

3-46. Guarding Infomation. 

3-47. More detailed information on purpose and 

methods of guarding may be found in -hp- Application 

~oie No. 123, "Floating Measurements and 

Guarding'" This apppcation note is available through 

your nearest -hp- Sales and Service Office.

a. nm LDC*~CTW*I-~ E ~ H E C m ~ uu*r ~ -. 

m,,, 

B W-0 CDI*CTtD fl) LW A1 WLIYLICI. 

s --- 

C WhRU CDIlFOm 10 E M H -0. 

rl(lLr1w 

m c m r a 

6WeW11 

W -7- 

W CWw*r W E IRW 

tws r-mww IIb 

QlYDIIQAI 

wt -7501 

(PwDDtflllCM 

LOU rmenrr r,. 

c*uqrm r m 

- 

axe RZrkm aun 

Figure 3-3. Connecting the Guard, 

Guard should olw~ys be connecfed. either to 

the inslrumen! LO rerminaf or lo a point in 

the source circuit as indicated in Figure 3-3. 

If the guard ~erminai is left open, commonmode 

voltages may exceed the LO-to-Guard 

breakdown rating ond damog~ the insirumen!. 

5-40. REMOTE OPERATION. 

3-50. The Model 3455A is remotely controlled by 

means of the Hewlett-Packard Interface Bus (HP-10). 

The HP-IB is a carefully defined instrumentation inter- 

face which simplifies the integration of instruments, 

calc~lators, and computers into systems. 

NOTE 

HP-IB is Hewlen-Pockord's implementution 

of IEEE Sfd. 488-1975, "Sundurd Digital 

Interface Jar Progranrmoble Insrrumenra- 

lion. " 

Section 111 

3-51. The capability of a device connected to the Bus is 

specified by the interface functions it has. Table 3-2 Iists 

the Interface Functions included in the Model 3455k. 

These functions are also listed above the rear panel MB- 

IB connector (see Figure 3- 1). The number following the 

interface function code indicates the particular capabili- 

ty of that function as listed in Appendix C of IEEE Std. 

488-1975. 

Code 

SHI 

AH? 

T5 

L4 

SR1 

R LI 

PPO 

DC1 

DT1 

C@ 

El 

Table 3-2. AP-I0 Intarflee Capability. 

Interface Functron 

Source Handshake mpab1111y 

Acceptor Handshake Capabltity 

Talker {bas~c talker. serral poll. talk onfy mode. 

wnaddress to talk !f addressed to listen) 

Lrstener (bas~c Irstener. unaddress to l~sten ~f 

addressed to rslkl 

Servtce Request Capabilrty 

RemotelLocal Capab~l~ty 

No Parallcl Poll Capabrl~ty 

Device Clear Capab~lrty 

Qevlee Trlgger Capabrllty 

No Controller Capability 

Open Collector lBus Drivers 

Interface Functions provide the means for a dwice to 

receive, process and send messages over the bus. 

3-52. Messages are the means by which devices ex- 

change control and measurement information. These 

messages permit communication and/or control bet- 

ween: 

Controller and Device(s) 

Device and Device(s) 

Controller and Controller(s) 

Table 3-3 lists the Bus Messages and gives a brief 

description of each. The messages are categorized by 

Bus function. 

3.53. Address Sslection. 

3-54. The '"talk" and "listen" addresses of the 3455A 

are seIected by the INSTRUMENT ADDRESS switch. 

This switch is a seven section "Dip" switch located on 

the rear panel (see Figure 3- 1). The Five switches, labeled 

I through 5 are used to select a unique talk and listen ad- 

dress. Figure 3-4 lists the available address codes and the 

corresponding switch settings. The 3455A normally 

leaves the factory with the switch set to listen address 6 

and talk address V (decimal code 44). 

3-55, Talk Only IHo Cotrtrallsf). Tbe 3455A may be used to 

provide measurement data to another device, such as a 

printer, without having a controller on the Bus. 

However, the device must be HP-I8 compatible. The 

talk only switch must be set to the TALK ONLY posi- 

tion. In this mode the 3455A will output measurement 

1

I 

Section 111 

Ball 

out 

TibC 3-3. 011s Memaw. 

data each time a measurement sample is made. Section 

of FUNCTION, RANGE, TRIGGER, etc. is ac- 

complished manually using the front pane1 conttols. 

NOTE 

Bus supervisory role. 

Abort Uncondt!ronally terminates Bus 

cornmunicat~ons and returns con- 

trol ta the system controller. 

When the 3455A is connected lo a vstem 

with a controller, the TALK OM Y switch 

must be set to the off position. 

3-57. AT1 front panel controls, except the CINE switch, 

3-8 

I 

Model 3455A 

GUARD witch, and SAMPLE RATE switches, are 

programmable from the Bus. The program codes for 

each control ate listed in, Table 34. The program codes 

can also be determined from the front panel markings. 

For multi-control features such as FUNCTEON, 

WGE, TRIGGER, and MATH the program code 

consists of the combination of the underlined letter in 

the control group heading and the position number of 

the particutar control. See the following example: 

CONTROL GROUP CODE 

(UNDERLINED) \ 

Y5sd-fiw. 

POSITION 1 2 3 4 5 6 

PROGRAM F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 

CODE 

INSTRUMENT 

ADDRESS 

. . . . 

TALK - 

ONLY 5 1 

0 POSITION (DOWN1 1 POSITION lUPl 

ASCII Code 

Character 

Lasten Talk 

SP 

I 

# 

s 

% 

fi 

I 

I 

t 

- 

/ 

Q 

1 

2 

3 

# 

5 

5 

7 

B 

9 

< 

> 

c 

A 

0 

C 

O 

E 

F 

H 

I 

J 

K 

L 

M 

N 

0 

P 

Q 

R 

6 

T 

u 

V 

W 

X 

Y 

Z 

I 

\ 

I 

NOT USED 

Addyers Swtcher 

A5 A4 A3 A2 At 

o a o o o 

o a a o l 

0 0 0 1 0 

0 0 0 1 1 

a o 1 o o 

0 0 1 0 1 

0 0 1 1 0 

G I O O 1 l l 

o r 0 0 0 

0 1 0 0 1 

0 1 0 1 0 

0 1 0 1 1 

0 1 1 a o 

O 1 1 O t 

O f 1 1 0 

0 1 1 1 1 

1 0 0 0 0 

1 O O O 1 

1 

1 

0 

D 

0 

O 

1 

I 

0 

l 

1 O l O O 

1 0 1 0 1 

1 0 1 1 0 

1 0 1 1 1 

1 1 0 0 0 

1 1 0 0 1 

1 1 0 1 0 

1 1 0 1 1 

1 1 1 0 0 

$ 1 1 0 1 

1 1 1 1 0 

Figure 3.4. Addretr Sslsetion. 

Sbir 

Dscrrnal Code 

M) 

07 

02 

03 

04 

05 

06 

07 

OR 

W 

10 

11 

IT 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

I I 

I

Model 3455A 

Table 3-4. HP-IB Program Codes. 

3-58. The program code for single control features 

which can only be programmed on or off (AUTO CAL 

and HIGH RESOLUTION) consist of the letter 

underlined in the control heading and the number "0" 

for off or the number " 1" for on. This also applies to 

the DATA READY Request feature which is Bus pro- 

grammable only. 

Example: 

control code 

Program Code 

(off) AO ng 

(on) A 1 D 1 

3-59. Program codes for the ENTER and STORE 

features consist of the letter underlined in the control 

Section I11 

heading and thc undtrlined letter of th~ particular control. 

Example: 

cantrol group code 

[un de dined) 

control coder/b 6 

[underlined) 

program code EY EZ SY SZ 

3-60. The program code of the BINARY PROGRAM 

feature consists of only the underlined character in the 

control heading (B). 

3-62. The major portion of communications transmit- 

ted over the Bus is accomplished by data messages. Data 

messages are used by the controller to program the 

Mode1 345519 and are used by the 3455A to transmit 

measurement data. These Functions are explained in the 

following paragraphs. 

3.83. Programming. The 3455A is programmed by means 

of data messages sent over the Bus from the controller. 

These messages are composed of two parts - the ad- 

dress command and the program information. The ad- 

dress command contains the "talk" and "listen" ad- 

dresses of the devices involved; in this case, the talk ad- 

dress of the controller and the listen address of the 

3455A. The program information contains the codes of 

the 3455A controls to be programmed. Syntax of the ad- 

dress command portion of the data message is depen- 

dent upon the controller being used. For the proper syn- 

tax refer to the controller manual. Syntax for the pro- 

gram information postian consists of the program codes 

listed in Table 3-4. 

Example program data messages: 

output t o4 

unlisten 

command 

controller 

"talk" address 

Address 345SA Program 

Command Information 

CMD "2 U r, "5 K3 A0 H1 M3 K 

3455A 

"listen" address 1 

- 

MATH off 

HIGH RESOLUTION 

1 10 V RANGE 

DC Volts FUNCTION 

Program data message using the 9830A Calculator. 

3-9

Section 111 

- 

Address 

, 

3455A Program 

Command 

, 

Information 

/ 

wrt 722, "FI R3 AQ HI MI TI" 

3455A listen 

ad dress 

output to the (decimal equivalent) 

bus, includes 

the unlisten command 

and calculator talk 

address 

Program data message using the 9825A CaIculator. 

3.64, Entmring MRTW Conmntr IT and t) from ths Bar. The 

following data message illustrates the program in formation 

necessary to enter numbers into the Y and Z 

registers: 

Address Program 

Command Information 

v- n * 

(refer to Controller Ey 123.456 SY EZ 45.6789 52'" 

Manual] I 

Enters number 

in "2" Register 

L 

Programs the 

3455A to store 

the displayed 

number in the 

"Y" Register. 

Number to 

bc entered 

Prop rams the 

34554 to enter 

numerical data 

into the display 

addresses controller to 

"talk" and 3455 A to "listen" 

The number stored in the Y or Z register can be read 

from the Bus by programming the ENTER feature and 

the particular register. This transfers the number from 

the storage register specified to the display. The number 

displayed is output to the Bus by addressing the 3455A 

to "talk". The number is returned to the storage 

register by programming the STORE feature and the 

desired register. The following example illustrates how 

to read the numbers stored in the Y and Z register from 

the Bus: 

Address 

Command 

- 

wrt 722 ,&W 

Addresses the Transfers the number 

controller (9825A) stored in the Y register 

to "talk*' and the into the 3455A display 

3455A to "listen" 

j 1 Addresses 

Outputs the contents of 

the 3455A 

thc controller's "A" register 

to "talk" and 

to the display 

rhe controller 

L Specifies the 

(982SA) to con troller register 

"listen" to receive the 

number 

wrt 722 , "SY" 

I T 

J 

Addresses the 

Returns thc number in 

controller (982514) to 

the 3455A display to the Y 

"talk" and the 3455A 

to "listen" 

register 

3-85. Dmtr Rerdy Rsquwt. The DATA READY Request 

feature permits the 3455A to signal the controller upon 

the completion of a measurement. This feature would 

normally be used where the 3455A is triggered from an 

external source. In this mode of operation, the 345SA is 

programmed to the appropriate measurement 

parameters (FUNCTION, RANGE, etc.). The con- 

troller is then Free to control other instruments on the 

Bus. Upon being triggered, the 3455A makes a measure- 

ment and outputs a "Require Service" message to 

notify the controller that the measurement information 

information is ready. Upon receiving the service re- 

quest, the controller with serial poll the 34SSA to deter- 

mine the nature of the service request. Upon being poll- 

ed, the 345514 outputs a status byte, in this case the 

ASCII character "A"(decimal 65), indicating the 

measurement data is ready. The controller then disables 

the serial poll and reads the measurement data. The pro- 

gram codes for the DATA READY RQS feature are: 

I30 Data Ready Request off 

D 1 Data Ready Request on 

3-HI$. Binnq Program hrtrm. The BINARY PROGRAM 

feature permits the status of the FUNCTION, RANGE, 

TRIGGER, MATH, AUTO-CAL and HIGH RESO- 

LUTIO N controls to be determined or programmed 

from the bus in four 8-bit binary words. The BINARY 

PROGRAM feature allows faster programming of the 

3455A by reducing the number of program data bytes 

from a maximum of 12 for normal programming to 4 

data bytes for binary programming. The BINARY 

PROGRAM codes can also be read and stored by the 

controller to re-program the 3455A at a later time (see 

Appendix A). One important thing to remember is to 

send a '"B'" to the 3455A in order to put the instrument 

into the BINARY mode. Table 3-5 lists the allowable 

BINARY PROGRAM codes for each of the four data 

bytes and the front panel keys they control.

I 

Model 3455A 

3-67. The foIlewing data message examples illustrate 3455A. To read control status: 

how to read or program the front panel controI of the 

wrt 722, "F' 

Table 3-5. BlNARV PROGRAM Codes. 

F~rn BINARY PROGRAM Data 8vla 

Cantml$ Aflacnd SCALE. % ERROR. OFF IMkTHl 

Proqrsm W e 

% ERROR 61 

SCALE 62 

Ssmnd BlWARY PROGRAM Data Bym 

Conrmlr Affansd: AUTO CAL. AUTO RANGE. HIGH RESOLU- 

TION. HOLDMANUAL EXTERNAL, INTERNAL 

Thltd BINARY PROGRAM b ta @we 

mntrolr AflMsd: 10 K, 1 K. 100,10,1, .I (RANGE) 

Rogsm Code 

1 61 

62 

Faunh 8lNAAV PROGRAM Oara Bqta 

Conrroh Alfemad: T€ST. 4 WIRE Im. 2 WIRE 4n. FAST ACV. 

ACV. DCV IFUNCTION) 

Program Cods 

FAST ACV 

ACV 61 

DCV > 62 

Section Ill 

--I L Address the Set the 3455A to the 

3455A to BINARY PROGRAM 

"listen" mode 

Since normalIy four data bytes are used in Binary pro- 

gramming, the 3455A may indicate an SRQ condition 

when only a " B is sent. 

red 722 

Address the 3455A 1 

to "talk" 

The 3455A, after receiving the "talk" command, will out- 

put the front panel control status codes (4 bytes). As an 

example, if the front pane1 controls were in the "turn-on" 

state, the 3455A would output the following codes: 

I I MATH OFF 1 IOCVdt. 

AUTO CAL ON ' 1 

AUTO RANGE ON 

HIGH RESOLUTION OFF 

INTERNAL TRIGGER 

To program front panel controls: 

Address the 1 

34556 to 

""listen" 

wrt 722. "B ; K = " 

1 T I 

FUNCTION 

(depends on input appIied) 

Desired program 

codes (see Table 3-5) 

Set 3455A to 

BINARY PROGRAM 

mode 

3.68. M m u Dm. ~ Measurement data is output by 

the 34551% in the following general format: 

OUTPUT FORMAT: 2 D.DQDDDDE ? DD C&F 

Polarity of measurement 

(does not apply to ACV 

I Terminates 

or OHM measurements) 

message 

Measurement reading 

expressed in scientific 

notation 

This format is printed in the lower left comer of the 

3455A front panel for convenience, The following is an 

example of a data message output by the 3455A:

Model 3455A 

3-a?. Smtn8 IlyZ. M-. The status byte message is 

output by the 3435A in response to a serial poll and in- 

dicatcs, to the controller, the nature of a service request 

message (SRQ) from the 3455A. The following is a list 

of the basic status byte codes output by the 34554: 

Data Ready - Indicates to the con- 

mcasuremml data is being output 

to the bus. Watns of possible in- 

correct measurement information. 

It is possible for more than one of the basic status byte 

messages to be true. In this case the resulting status byte 

code would be the combintation of the basic starus byte 

codes being output. As an example, the resulting code 

for the combination of the syntax error and trigger too 

fast messages would be ASCII character J decimal code 

74. The following illustrates the status Byte rncssagt in- 

dicating the purpose of each relevant "bit". 

STATUS BYTE MESSAGE 

bits 5 and 6 sct lli~h A 

I I SYNTAXERROR 

L 

BINARY FUNCTION 

ERKOR 

TRIGGI!K TOO FAST 

NOTE 

All "bits" are low true: bit 8 is nor used, 

3-82. DATA OUTPUT CHARACT'ERIST ICS. 

3-83. The protocol used by the 345SA to output 

measurement data must be followed in order to preserve 

proper data transfer over the HP-IB, the following 

notes on data transfer over the HP-IB may be helpful: 

a. If a reading has bccn taken and thus resides in the 

output buffer, the buffer is not considered busy until 

the output handshaking begins. Thus, a new trigger will 

indicate a measurement and the new reading will replace 

the old reading. Thc old reading is lost and there is no 

SRQ condition. 

b. Onct the first character of measurement data has 

been handshakm out, the buffer is considered busy un- 

ti1 one of the following occurs: 

I. The balance of the reading is handshaken out. 

2. "Device" or "Selcctcd Device" clear is given. 

3. The 3455A power is interrupted, triggering 

while the buffer is busy wiIl lose the new 

reading and cause a "'Trigger too Fast" SRQ 

mndit ion. 

c. When triggering and taking measurements in a 

loop, sufficient time must be allowed for the 345SA to 

pcrfom the entire A-To-D measurement cycle and buf- 

fer data to btcome available after the first reading. The 

"'Wait" statements in many 9800 series calculators are 

canvenitnf methods to avoid outputting the previous 

buffer contents. This condition shows up as being "One 

reading behind" in your measurement sequence. 

d. If you know the output buffer is not busy, but 

don't know whether it is full or not, sending a '%wice'" 

or selected device" clear followed by reprogramming 

the desired conditions is a safe way to clear the output 

buffer. 

3-BE, Abort The Abort message unconditionally terminates 

all Bus cornrnuniations and mums control to 

the system controller. Only the system contsaIler can 

send the Abort message. Refer to the Operating Manual 

of the con~rolkr being used for instructions on sending 

the Aborr Message. 

3-87. In the Rmott Operating mode, the T455A takes a 

certain amount of time to respond to a trigger message. 

The overall time depends on the range, function, and 

particular controIler used. This rime may also vary from 

instrument to instrument. Table 3-6 gives the typical 

measurement times, using the HP-IB. These times are 

not part of the operating specifications OF the instru-

Model 345514, 

Figure 3-5. Operaton Chmk Flowchart. 

Section III

Model 3455A 

PERFORMANCE TESTS 

41. INI'RODUCTIOH. 4-1 1. PERFORMANCE TEST FAILURE. 

Section 1V 

4-2. his section contains perfomance and operationf 

verification test ~rmdures which can be used to verify 

that the 3455A meets its published swcifications (listed 

in Table 1-1). All tests be performed without access 

to the interior of the instrument. The performance tests 

in this section do not test the 34S5A Math Functions or 

HP-IB Interface. These functions can be rested using 

4-12. IF the 3455A fails any of the performance tests or 

operational verification test, perform the adjustments 

outlined in Section V. If the prt>biem cannot torrmted 

by the adjustment, refer to Section Vlll for 

troubleshooting information. 

the operators test procedures included in Section 111. 

4-1 3, SPEClFlCATION BREAKDOWI. 

414. The dc, nc and ohms accuracy specifications 

(Table 2-1) are grouped according to the selected inaru- 

44* tnt quipment rrquired Ihc ment function, i.e., High Resolution On or Off, ACV 

tests is listed at the beginning of tach procedure and in 

or Fast and 2-Wire or ohms. Within each 

the Recommended Test Equipment Table in Section I. 

If the recommended equipment is not available, use 

substitute equipment that meets the critical specifica- 

tions given in the table. 

4-5, PERFORMARCE T€ST CARD. 

410, Unless otherwise specified, the test signals for the 

performance tests can be applied to either the front or 

rear INPUT terminals. All tests must be performed in 

the INTERNAL Trigger Mode with AUTO CAL on and 

MATH off. For standard instruments (rms convener) 

the rear panel AC - AC/DC switch must be in the ac 

position. Other control settings are iacIudcd in the test 

procedures. 

group there are sets of 

a. 24 hour (23°C k 1°C) 

b. 90 day (23OC * 5°C) 

c. 6 months (23°C k 5°C) 

4-15, The time ptriod over which a set of specifications 

'-6. PerfOmance Tat Cards are provided at the end of 

is relative to the time the instrument is initially 

this smion for your in reording Ihe perat 

the factory or is prapcr[y 

formance of the 345514 during tither test. These cards 

ding to procedures outlined in Section V. Before 

can be removed and as a perma- proceeding with the dc, ae and ohms accuracy tests, it 

nent raord of the .incoming inspection or of a routine 

will be necessary determine which set of specifiesprfomance 

test' The Test Cards may rcprodrrced 

tions applies to your instrument. If the instrument has 

without written permission from Hewlett-Packard. 

just been received and is to be tested as part of the incoming 

inspection, test for the 90-day specifications. If 

4-7, CALIBRATION CYCLE. 

the instrument has been readjusted within a period of 24 

hours, test for the 24-hour specifications. ~ est limits for 

48. The 3455A aquires periodic verification of perforthe 

24-hour and %day specifications are included in the 

mance. The performance shoutd be tested as part of the 

tables for the accuracy tests. Test limits for the 6-month 

incoming inspection and at %day or imonth intervals, 

specifications must be derived from the specifications 

depending on the environmental conditions and your 

listed in Table 1-1. If the instrument is operated outside 

specific accuracy requirements. Two tests (performance for the temperature range for a given set of specificaand 

opertional verification) are provided in this section. tions, the appropriate temperature coefficients, listed in 

The operational verification test should be performed as Table 1-1, must bc added to those specifications. The 

an incoming inspection of the instrument. The complete 

test limits given in the tables for the dc, ac and ohms acperformance 

test can be used at the 90day or dmonth 

curacy tests do not include temperature coefficients. 

intervals, and following a complete calibration of ? he inst 

rument. 

416. Each set of specifications includes an accuracy 

specification for each voltage or ohms range. Accuracy 

is specified as a percentage of reading plus an add-on of 

one or more digits (counts). For example, the 24-hour 

DC Accuracy specification for the I-volt range (High 

Resolution Off) is: 

J: (0.003% of reading + 1 digits) 

At full salt (1 V) the least significant display digit, 

equal to 10 microvolt, is 0.001% of reading. The full- 

scale accuracy is therefore:

Section IV Model 3455 A 

4 (0.003% + 0.00 1%) = 0.004% of reading 

Similarly, at one tenth of fuB scale (0.1 V) the least signifi- 

cant digit (10 microvolt) is equal to 0.01% of reading so the 

accuracy specification is: 

k (0.003% + 0.01%) = * 0.013 k of reading 

These specifications do not include the temperature coeffi- 

cient that must be added jf the instrument is operated out- 

side of the 22OC to 24OC range. 

4-17. DC ACCURACY TEST CONSIDERATIONS. 

4-18. Because of the high dc accuracy of the 3455A, a 

precision dc calibration standard is required to verify that 

it meets its dc accuracy specifications. To thoroughly test 

the performance on aH ranges. the standard must be capable 

of deIivering outputs within the range of 0. I0000 V dc to 

1000.000 V dc. The accuracy of the standard must be such 

that its errors do not introduce significant uncertainties in 

the 3455A test readings. Ideally, the accuracy of the stand- 

ard should be ten times better than the 3455A specifics- 

tions being tested - a ten to one error reduction nearly 

eliminates measurement uncertainties caused by the stand- 

ard. To test accuracy specifications on the order of 

+ 0.005% of reading, however, a standard with a specified 

accuracy of f 0.0005% (5 ppm) would be required. Since 

this type of accuracy, over the range needed to completely 

test the accuracy of the 3455A, is generally not available 

outside of a standards laboratory, some compromises may 

be required. If you have access to primary in-house (NRS 

certified) standards or have calibrated transfer standards 

that are capable of deliverjag the required output voltages, 

we recommend that you use them. If you do not have 

access to such facilities you may. depending on your specif- 

ic accuracy requirements, choose to do one of the follow- 

ing: 

a. Use a dc calibration standard that is four or five 

times more accurate than the 3455A specifications to 

be tested. (A discussion of the potential uncertainties is 

given in following paragraphs.) 

b. Use a highly stable calibrated standard and add the 

correction factors (given on the calibration chart) to the 

345SA test readings. 

c. Send the 3455A to an -hp Service Center or some 

other NBS-certified standards facility for calibration. 

4-19. Several of today's commerciaIFy available dc calibra- 

tion standards provide the output vol rage range and resolu- 

tion needed to test the performance of the 345SA but they 

are not, in general, an order of magnitude more accurate 

than the 3455k. When using such standards it is important 

to be aware of the uncertainties or "ambiguities" that may 

be encountered. These poten rid ambiguities are described 

in the following paragraphs. 

4-20. First, consider the case where a digital voltmeter 

(DVM) is to be tested for a full-scale accuracy of * 0.01% 

of reading on its 1-volt range. The DVM is connected to a 

dc calibration standard whose specified accuracy is 

0.00 1% of setting and with the standard set to * 1.00000 V, 

the DVM reads *Q.99992 Y which is 0.008% low. The dc 

standard's speciffed accuracy is ten dimes better than the 

specification being tested and at 1 V its maximum error 

contribution to the DVM reading is 10 microvolt or 

0.001%. If the standard is 0.001% low the actual DVM 

error is - 0.003%; if it is 0,001% high, the actual DVM error 

is - 0.009%. In either case the D m is within its specifica- 

tion and, since this, measurement is not a calibration but is 

only intended to verify that the DVM meets its specifica- 

tion, the standard's error can be ignored. 

4-21. But what if the DVM reading is + 0.999908 V? Here, 

the DVM appean to be in tolerance (0.0092% low) but the 

margin is only 0.0008% which is less than the 0.001% maxi- 

mum allowable error contribution of the standard. If the 

standard's output is 0.00 1% low, the actual DVM error is 

- 0.0082% rather than - 0.0092% so the DVM is within its 

specification. If, on the other hand. the standard's output is 

0.001% high, the actual DVM enar is - 0.102% and the 

DVM is slightly out of tolerance. Chances are good that the 

DVM is within its specification but the only way to tell for 

sure is to use a more accurate standard. As the example 

points out, there are regions of ambiguity even when the 

standard is ten times more accurate than the instrument 

being tested. With a ten-to-one error reduction, however, 

these regions are relatively narrow. In this case, the DVM 

could be out of tolerance but if so, its maximum out-of- 

tolerance error is only - 0.0002%. As long as the DVM 

reading is within specified tolerances, the maximum DVM 

error that can exist is k 0.01 1% which is the sum of the 

maximum DVM error and the maximum allowable error 

of the standard. A potentid deviation of * 0.00 1% from the 

DVM specifications could, in many cases, be acceptable. 

Also, if the standard has been recendy calibrated and is 

known to be well within its specification, reading in the 

narrow ambiguous regions may reflect marginal DVM per- 

formance or indicate the need for adjustment. 

422. Now suppose the dc standard's specified accuracy is 

+- 0.0025% - only four times better than the ? 0.01% DVM 

accuracy specification. If the DVM reading is + 0,949890 

volt. it appears that the DVM is 0.01 1% low. Howewr. if 

the dc standard is 0.092% low (well within its specification) 

the DVM is only 0.009% low and is in tolerance. Conversely, 

if the DVM reading is + 1.00081 V the DVM 

appears to be 0.0081% high and we11 within its specification. 

But if the standard is 0.0023% low. the actual DVM 

emor is + 0.01 4% and the DVM is out of tolerance. 

4-23. Figure 4-1 shows how the error tolerances of the 

standard combine with those of the D W to produce the 

positive and negative ambiguous regions used in the preceding 

examples. From Figure 4-1, the following observations 

can be made: 

a. 'If the DVM reading is in tolerance by a percentage 

that is greater than the maximum allowabk error of the 

standard, the DVM is definitely within its specification.

Section IV Model 3455A 

Table 4-2, verifying its 10-volt full scale accuracy with 

High Resolution off, 

to 1000 V and center its course and fine adjustment controls. 

g. set the ~~~~~f~ standard far an output of v and 

set the 3455A RANGE to I Y. Set the 345511 GUARD 

Set the Reference Divider's Output Voltage switch to 

Im '- 

to OFF; connect the 3455A GUARD terminal to the 

High INPUT terminal. 

o. Set the 3455A controls as fo,lows: 

h. Reverse the 3455A INPUT connection to obtain a 

negative 1 V reading. Repeat steps c through f to verify 

the 1 Y and 10 Y full-scale accuracy for negative 

readings. 

i. Disconnect the Transfer Standard From the 3455A 

INPUT. Disconnect the GUARD terminal from the 

High INPUT terminal and set the GUARD to ON. 

j. Using short pieces of number 20 AWG (or thinner) 

insuiated solid copper wire, connect the Transfer Stan- 

dard and DC Null Voltmeter to the Reference Divider as 

shown in Figure 46. 

k. Turn off the DC Standard's output. Using 24" (or 

shorter) shielded cables equipped with banana-plug con- 

nectors, connect the DC Standard and the 3455A ra the 

Reference Divider as shown in Figure 4-2. 

FWNCTION ...................... DCV 

RANGE.. ....................... .I kV 

HIGH RESOLUTION. ............. .ON 

GUARD ......................... ON 

The dc standard" output should be turned 

on and the voltage adjusted by upranging or 

downranging the standard whenever the 

standard's output needs to be changed. If a 

345SA input voltage greater than 100 V is 

needed, the following procedure should 

always be fotlowed. 

p. Turn the dc standard's output on and by the 

following method adjust the standard for an output of 

+ 1000.00 v: 

I. Set the Standard Cell Voltage controls on the 1. Set the dc standard's First decade to "0". 

Reference Djvider to correspond to the calibrated 

standard-cell setting on the Transfer Standard. Set the 2. Uprange the dc standard to the 1OOO V range. 

Transfer Standard to output the calibrated srandardxell 

voltage. 3. Increase the standard's first decade so that tOOO 

V is reached by increasing the voltage in 100 V 

rn. Zero the DC Null Voltmeter on its 3 microvolt increments. 

range and then set it to the 300 microvolt range. 

q. Set the Reference Divider's Standard Cell switch 

n. Set the Reference Divider's Input Voltage switch to the Locked position. Adjust the dc standard's output

Model 3455A 

voltage and vmier controls for a zero reading on the 

null meter. 

r. Downrange the Null Meter and adjust the 

Reference Divider's course and fine controls for a null is 

obtained on the 3 rnicrovoIt range. 

s. Set the Reference Divider's Standard Cell switch to 

Open. Allow ten minutes for the Reference Divider to 

warm-up and stablize. 

t. Set the Reference Divider's Standard Cell switch to 

Momentary and, if necessary, readjust the fine control 

for a nu11 indication. Release the Standard Cell switch. 

u. The 3455A reading should be within the Test 

Limits given in Table 4-3. (1000 V, I kV range), verifying 

the full-scale accuracy at + 1 0 V with High 

Resolution on. 

AUTO-CAL may have to be turned off 

when making measurements on the 100 Y 

and 2000 V mges. This is only necessary 

when using o DC Standard sensirive lo a 

changing load impdunce. 

Table 4-2, DC Accuracy TW (High Wmalation OW. 

3455A 24 Hour 90 Day 

Test Limits Test Limits 

10 V a 9.9997 to 10.0003 9.9994 to 10.0QO6 

NOTE 

Each lime the Reference Divider Output 

Votrage setting is changed, check for null 

and, if necessary, readjust the Reference 

Divider's fine control to obtain a null indica- 

tion. 

Always downrange the Reference Divider 

befoe downranging the 3455A. When 

upranging, always upran;ge the 3455A before 

upranging the Reference Divider. 

24 Hour 

'For positive readings only. Do not apply negative voltages greater 

than - 500 V dc. 

Section IV 

v. Set the Reference Divider's Output Voltage and 

3455A RANGE to each setting (100 V and below) listed 

in Tables 4-2 and 4-3 with High Resolution on or off as 

indicated. Aa each setting, the 345SA reading should be 

within the Test Limits given in the table. (Be sure to 

maintain null when the Reference Divider" output is 

changed.) 

In the fdawing tests for negative readings, 

the inpur lo the 3455A mrrsf nor exceed -500 

V dc, due to the k 500 V guard f o chassis 

limitation, 

w. Downrange the dc standard to 1 Y output and 

turn off the dc standard's output. Reverse the polarity 

of the 3455A INPUT connection to obtain negative 

readings. Turn the dc standard's output back on. Verify 

the negative dc accuracy for all settings 100 V and 

lower. Again, do not apply more than -500 Y dc to he 

3455A INPUT. 

4-32. The 3455A ac voltmeter accuracy can be verified 

for frequencies up to 100 kHz on a11 voltage ranges us- 

ing an AC Calibrator such as the -hp- Model 

745A/746A. To minimize measurement uncertainties 

for frequencies below 50 Hz and above 20 kHz, the AC 

Calibrator should be calibrated and its error measure- 

ment control should be used to adjust out the errors in- 

dicated on the calibration chart. For example, if the 

calibration chan indicates that the 74% output is 

0.04% high at 1 V, 50 kHz, set the 745A error measure- 

ment control to + 0.04% to obtain a precise 1 V output. 

The 745A/746A can be calibrated during a routine pw- 

forrnance test using the procedures outlined in the 

745A/746A Operating and Service Manuals. Calibra- 

tion charts for these instruments are normally valid for 

at least 30 days. 

4-33. A Test Oscillator such as the -hp Model 652A can 

be used to verify the ac voltmeter accuracy of the 3455A 

for frequencies above 100 kHz (specified for 1 V and 10 

V ranges only). The required accuracy can be obtained 

by adjusting the Test Oscillator output so that the 

3455A reading at I0 kHz is the same as the reading ob- 

tained with the highly accurate AC Calibrator. This 

reference level can then be maintained to within 2 

0.25% over the 100 kHz to 1 MHz range using the 

expanded-scale meter on the Test Oscillator. If higher 

accuracy is desired, an ac-to-dc thermal triinsfer techni- 

que (Figure 4-3) can be used. 

4-34. Twt Proeedun. 

Equipment Required: 

AC Calibrator (-hp- Mode! 745A/746A) 

Test Oscillator (-hp Model 65ZA)


TEST OSMLATOR DIGIT& mTMETER 

hp 6524 hp 34554 

PROCEDURE: 

'hp KIWC I lO5lP. or 

I 13wn cvl 0. 

ssulvalel 

Apply accurate dc voltage (1 V or 3 VI from DC Standard to 

Thermal Converter and adjust DC Differential Voltmeter for 

nulr. Disconnect the DC Standard and apply the Tast Oscilletor 

ourput to both the Jherma! Converter and the 3455A. Adjust 

the Test Oscillator output level for a null indicat~on on the 06 

Differential Voltmeter. This makes the rms value of the ac input 

to the 3455A equal to the highly accurate output of the DC 

Standard. Repeat this procedure each time the Test Oscillator 

frequency is changed. 

000000 

Figure 4-3. AC/QC Thermal Transfer Measurement (Altsmate Frequency Response f est). 

a. Set the 3455A controls as follows: 

FUNCTION ..................... ACV 

RANGE .......................... 1 V 

GUARD .......................... ON 

INPUT SELECT ............... FRONT 

b. Stt the AC Calibrator for an output of 1 V, 30 Hz 

(745A 3 V range). Set the AC Calibrator's error 

measurement control to offset the 1 V, 30 Hz error in- 

dicated on the calibration chart (745A 0.1 error range). 

c. Connect the output of the AC Calibrator to the 

345511 front panel INPUT. 

Calibrator, verify the 3455A ac voltmeter ac- 

curacy for each Test Frequency, Input Level 

and 3455A Range listed in Table 4-4. The 

3455A display readings should be within the 

Test Limits given in the table. 

2, 3455A Option 001: Using the AC Calibrator, 

verify the 3455A ac voltmeter accuracy for each 

Test Frequency [ACV), Input Level and 3455A 

Range listed in Table 66. The 3455A display 

readings should be within the Test Limits given 

in the table. 

f. Set the 3455A FUNCTION to FAST ACV. 

d. 1. Standard Model 3455A: The 3455A I V, 30 Hz g. I. Standard Model 3455A: Using the AC 

reading should be within the Test Limits listed Calibrator, verify the 3455A ac voltmeter ac- 

in Table 4-4. curacy (Fast ACV) for each Test Frequency 

above 10 kHz, each Input Level and 3455A 

2. 345514 Option Oal: The 3445A 1 V, 30 Hz Range listdl in fable 4-4. The 345514 display 

(ACV) reading should be within the Test Limits readings should be within the Test Limits given 

listed in Table 4-6. in the table. 

e. 1. Standard Model 3455A: Using the AC 2. 3455A Option 001: Using the AC Calibrator, 

J

Section IV 

Tabt 4-6. AC Amncy Twt 310 Hz te IQII kHz (34SSA Option Bat only). 

90 Day* 

Test Limits 

0.99430 80 1.00570 

0.9sQO to 1 .QO400 

0.991 90 to 1.0081 0 

4.9680 to 5.0320 

4.9925 to 5.0075 

4.9565 to 5.0435 

9.9430 to 10.0570 

9.9875 to 10.01 25 

9.9875 to 10.01 25 

99.430to100.570 

99.875rotQO.125 

994.30 to F005.70 

998.65to1001.35 

*The$e test limits do not include the temperature coefficients that must be added if the instru- 

ment is operated outside of the temperarure range wer which the 24-hour or 9 Mav specifi- 

cations apply 14ee Table 1-31, Derive 6-rnonvh test limits from AC Accuracy specrfications 


the meter of the Test Oscillator and use control to main- fable 4-7. TwwWFw Ohm decursey 1 wt 

taio this reading whenever the frequency is varied. 

s. Repeat step q. 

Frequency 

(ACVl 

30 Hz 

50 Hz 

250 kHz 

30 Hz 

, TOO~HZ 

250 kHz 

30 Hz 

100 Hz 

100 kHz 

30 Hz 

' TOOkHz 

30 Hr 

10 kHz 

Frequency 

l FAST ACV) 

300 Hz 

500 Hz 

250 kHz 

300 Hz 

100 kHz 

250kHr 

300 Hz 

1 kHz 

100 kHz 

300 Hz 

100 kHz 

300 Hz 

10 kHz 

1 Y 

1 V 

1 V 

5 V 

5V 

' 5V 

10V 

10 V 

10 V 

100V 

1M3V 

1000 Y 

TOMEV 

t. Set the 3455A FUNCTION to ACV and RANGE 

to 10 V. Remove the 50-ohm termination from the Test 

OscilIator's output. Connect the 50-ohm output of the 

Test Oscillator (unterminated) to the 3455A front panel 

INPUT. Set the Test Oscil tafor frequency to 10 kHz and 

adjust its level controls for the 5 volt 34554 reading 

recorded in step 1. Adjust the meter reference controls 

far a zero reading on the meter of the Test Oscillator 

and use the level controls to maintain this reading 

whenever the frequency is varied. 

u. 1. Standard Model 3455A: Set the Test Oscitlator 

to each of the last two Test Frequencies listed in 

Table 4-5 (maintain reference level on meter of 

Test Oscillator). At each frequency setting, the 

345% reading should be within the Test Limits 

given in the table. 

34S5A 

Range 

1 V 

1 Y 

1 V 

10 V 

10V 

10Y 

10 V 

10 V 

10V 

l00V 

l00V 

1000 V 

100OV 

24 Hour' 

Test Limits 

0.94460 to 1 .mwo 

0.99630 to 1.00370 

0.99240 to 1.00760 

4.9695 to 5.0305 

4.9930 to 5.0070 

4.9590 to 5.04 10 

9.9460 to 10.0540 

9.9885 to 10.01 1 5 

9.8885 to 10.01 1 5 

99460to100.540 

99$851o100.t15 

994.60 to 1005.40 

998.75to1001.25 

Test LirnRs 

(High Ree. On1 

24 Hwr' 90 Day' 

*These last Limits do not incfude the tempsnture coefficiena 

that must be added if the instrument i s operated outside of the 

temperature range wer dtich the 24-hour or 90-clay spacifica- 

ttons apply (see Tabla 1-1 1. Derive 6-month test limits from 

Ohms Accuracy specifications listed in TaMe 1-1. 

x. 'Shis cornptetes the AC Voltmeter Accuracy Test. 

Disconnect the Test Oscillator from the 3455A. 

4-35. Ohmmmr Accuracy Twt. 

4-36. This test requires a calibmred decade resistor with 

settings that range from 100 ohms to 10 megohms. The 

correction factors indicated on the decade resistor's 

2. 3455A Option 061. Set the Test Oscillator Fre- calibration chart must be algebraically added to the 

quency to 250 kHz (maintain reference lever on 

3455A display readings to achieve the required test acmeter 

of Test Oscillator). The 3455A display curacy' 

reading should be between 4.9590 V and 5.0410 637. Tsrt Prowdun. 

Y (24-hour spec.) or between 4.9565 V and 

5.0435 V (Way spec.). Equipment Required: 

v. Set the 3455A FUNCTION to FAST ACV. Set the Decade Resistor (calibrated General Radio 

Test Oscillator frequency to 10 kHz and adjust its level Model 14332) 

controls for the 5 V 3455A reading recorded in step m. 

Adjust the meter reference controls for a zero reading a. Set the 3455A controls as follows: 

on the meter of the Test Oscillator and use the level controls 

to maintain this reading whenever the frequency is FUNCHON ........... 2 WIRE K OHM 

varied. RANGE .......................... 100 

HIGH RESOLUTION .............. ON 

w. Repeat step u. GUARD .......................... ON

Table 4.8. Four-Win Ohm Accuney Tnrt 

1 Al (Bl 

I Tist Limits Yalt Limits 

[High Res. Off) 

(High Re. On1 

Decade 

Resiltor 

rmn 

I ka 

10 kR 

100 kR 

3 MQ 

10 Mn 

3455A 

Range 

--- 

0.1 

1 

10 

100 

1 K 

10 K 

24 Hour* 

0.099993 to 0.1 0~307 

'Th~hese test limits do not include the temperature wefficients that must be added if the instrument is opermed outside of 

the tempererum mna ovar which the 24-hour or 90-day specifications apply (see TaMe 1-1 I . Derive Grnonth ten limits 

frmOhmr Accurscy specificetions listed in Table 1-1. 

Section 1V 

b. Using a shielded cable equipped with banma-plug 

connectors, connect the Decade Resistor to the INPUT 

DC Standard Systron Donner Model M106A 

Resistor (1 M# ~t 0.01 k 1 J4 W -hppart 

of the 345519. Set the Decade Resistor to 100 K ohms. number 08 1.1 -0202) 

c. Algtbraically add the Decade Resistor's correction 

factor to the 3455A reading. The algebraic sum should 

be within the test Limits given in Table 4-7, verifying the 

34SSA 2-wire ohms accuracy. 

d. Set the 3455A controls as follows: 

FUNCTION ........... 4 WIRE K OHM 

RANGE ................... . .. 0.1 

HIGH RESOLUTION ............. OFF 

90 Day' 

e. Set the Decade Resistor to 100 ohms. Connect a 

shielded cable, equipped with banana-plug connectors, 

between the 3455A OHM SIGNAL output and the input 

of the Decade Resistor. (Leave the other cable con- 

nected between the 3455A INPUT and the input of the 

Decade Resistor). 

f. Algebraidly add the Decade Resistor's mrrcetion 


be within the Test Limits given in Table 4-8 (A), verify- 

ing the 3455A 4-wire ohms accuracy with High Resolu- 

tion off. 

g. Set the 3455A RANGE to 1 and HIGH RESOLU- 

TION to ON. Set the Decade Resistor to 1,000 ohms. 

h. Algebraicaliy add the Decade Resistor's correction 


Ibe within the Test Limits given in Table 4-8(B), verify- 


tion on. 

i. Repeat Step h for each additional Decade Resistor 

setting and 3455A Range listed in Table 4-8 (B). 

0.- to 0.10001 o 

24 Hour' 

0.999971 to 1 .OW029 

9.99951 fa 10.OOiM9 

99.9975 to 100.0025 

999.876 to 100D.124 

9989.96 to 1001 0.04 

dW. DC VO17METER IHPW RESlSTAllCE TEST. 639 PERFORMANCE TEST. 

90 Day' 

0.999960 to 1.000040 

9.9993 5 to 10.0006 5 

99.9959 to 100.004 1 

999.860 to 1000.140 

9989 95 to 1001 0.05 

a. Connect the low output of the DC Standard to the 

Low Input terminal of the 3455A. Using short clip leads 

insert the 1 megohm resistor in series between the DC 

Standard's high output and the Nigh INPUT terminal 

of the 3455A. Connect a clip lead across the resistor. 

b. Set the 3455A controls as follows: 

FUNCTlON ..................... DCV 

RANGE ......................... 10 V 


GUARD .......................... ON 

c. Adjust the DC Standard for a 3455A reading of 

+ 10.00000 v. 

d. Remove the clip lead from across the 1 mtgohrn 

resistor. 

e. The 3455A reading should be between 9.99900 V 

and 10.00000 V, verifying that the input resistance is 

greater than laP%ohrns. 

f. Set the 3455A RANGE to 100 V; AWTO-CAL off. 

Reconnect the dip lead across the 1 megohm resistor. 

g. Adjust the DC: Standard for a 3455A reading of 

+ 10.00000 V. 

h. Remove the clip lead from across the 1 mcgohm 

rcsistor. 

i, The 3455A reading should be between + 9.0900 V 

and + 9.0917 V, verifying that the input resistance is I0 

megohrns * 0.1%. 

Equipment Required: 4-40. DC VOLTMETER ACCURACY 1 EST.


4-41. The DC Transfer Standard required for the e. Set the 3455A RANGE to 10 V. Sa the Transfer 

following test must be calibrated to a 1,017 V to 1.019 V Standard for an output of f 0 V. The 3455A reading 

standard cell that has been calibrated by the National should be within the test limits list4 in Table 4-10, veri- 

Bureau of Standards (NBS), If the 3455A is to be tested fying its 10-volt full scale accuracy with High Rcsolu- 

for its 24-hour accuracy specifications, the Transfer tEon on. 

Standard must be adjusted for optimum I-volt and 

10-volt output accuracy using NBS-calibrated stan- Tmhk 4-lt DC Ammq Tmt It V, 10 V Frll Swk; High 

dards. It is recommended that the Transfer Standard be Rwolution On). 

calibrated and adjusted just prior to use. After calibra- 

tion, it should be left on and, if possible, kept in a con- 

trolled environmtnc where the ambient temperature is 

within one or two degrees of the temperature in which it 

was calibrated. The following procedure should be per- 

formed in that same environment. 

4-42. If the recommended DC Transfer Standard or its 

equivdmt is nor available, an NBS-calibrated standard f. Set the 345% HIGH RESOLUTION to OFF. The 

cell (l.O1 7 v to .O1 V) cm be substituted. If this is 3455A reading should be within test limits listed in 

done, check the accuracy of the 3455~ 1 v and Table 49, verifying its l@volt full sca~e accuracy with 

10 V ranges usinn the Reference Divider recommended High 

in the pr~cedue. - 

g. Set thc Transfer Standard for an output of 1 V and 

4-43. Tmtt Pdem. 

set the 3455A RANGE to 1 V. Set the 3425A GUARD 

to OFF; connect the 3455A GUARD terminal to the 



Reference Divider (Fluke Mudel 750A) 

DC Transfer Standard (Fluke Model T31A) 

DC Standard (Systron Donner Model M1MA) 

DC Null Voltmeter (-hg Model 419A) 

a. Set the 3455A controls as Follows: 

FUNCTION ..................... DCV 

RANGE .......................... 1 V 


AUTO CAL ....................... ON 

GUARD .......................... ON 

TRIGGER ................ INTERNAL 

b. Set the DC Transfer Standard for an output of 1 

V. Connect the output of the transfer standard to the 

34554 INPUT. 

c. The 3455A reading should be within the tat limits 

listed in Table 4-9, verifying its l -volt full-scale accuracy 

with High Resolution off. 

hbk 44. DC Acc~mer Kmt It V, 10 V Frft-Scale High 

Rt#olution Off). 

24 Hour 90 Day 

Test Limits Limits 

d. Set the 345SA HIGH RESOLUTION to ON, The 

3455A reading should be within the test limits listed in 

Table 4-10, verifying its 1-volt full scale accuracy with 

High Resolution on. 

h. Reverse the 3455A INPUT connection to obtain a 

negative 1 V reading. Repeat Steps c through F to verify 

the 1 V and 10 V full-scale accuracy for negative 

readings. 

i. Disconnect the Transfer Standard from the 3455A 

INPUT. Disconnect the GUARD terminal from the 

High INPUT terminal and set the GUARD to ON, 

j. Using short pieces of number 20 AWG (or thinner) 

insulated solid copper wire, connect the Transfer Stan- 

dard and DC Null Voltmeter to the Reference Divider as 

shown in Figure 44. 

k. Turn off the DC Standard" output. Using 24" (or 

shorter) shielded cables equipped with banana-plug con- 

nectors, connect the DC Standard and the 34556 to the 

Reference Divider as shown in Figure 4-4. 

1. Set the Standard Ceft Voltage controls on the 

Reference Divider to correspond to the calibrated 

standard-cell setting on the Transfer Standard. Set the 

Transfer Standard to output the calibrated standard-cell 

voltage. 

rn. Zero the DC Null Voltmeter on its 3 microvolt 

range and then set it to the 300 microvolt range. 

n. Set the Reference Divider's Input Voltage switch 

to 1OOO V and center its course and fine adjustmmt con- 

trols. Set the Reference Divider's Output Voltage switch 

to 1m V. 

o. Set the 3455A controls as follows:

Model 345419 Section IV 

FUNCTION ..................... DCV s. Set the Reference Divider's Standard Cell switch to 

RANGE ......................... 1 kV Open. Allow ten minutes for the Reference Divider to 

HIGH RESOLUTION ............. OFF warmup and stabilize. 

GUARD .......................... ON 

Tabla 4.11. OC Aeeuncy Tblt (High Rwolutlon Mfl. 

CA UTION 

24 Hour 90 Day 

The dc standard's output should be fumed 

on ond the voltage udjrrsled by upranging or 

downranging the standard whenever the 

standard's output needs to be changed. If a 

3455.4 inpuf voltage greater than 100 V is 

needed, I he folio wing procedure should 'For positive readings only. Do not spply negative voltages 

afwar~ be followed. greater than - 500 V dc. 

p. Turn the dc standard's output an and by the Tot Tabk 4-12. DC Aenrmq T at (High Rwofntiam On). 

lowing method adjust the standard for an output of 

4- 1000.00 v: 

1. Set the dc standard's first decade to 'V". 

2. Uprange the dc standard to the 1000 V range. 

3. Increase the standard's first decade so that 3000 

V is reached by increasing the voltage in 100 V 

increments. 

'For positlve readings only. Pa nor apply negative voltages 

q. Set the Reference Divider's Standard Cell switch than dc. 

lo the Locked ~osition. Adiust the DC Standard's out- 

Diu~der 

Our~ut 

imm V. 

500 V 

100 Y 

roo V 

50 V 

la v 

5 V 

1 V 

05V 

0.1 V 

put voltage and vernier controls for a zero reading on t. Set the Reference Divider's Standard Cell switch to 

the null meter. Momentary and, if necessary, readjust the fine control 

for a null indication. Release the Standard Cell switch. 

r. Downrange the Null Meter and adjust the 

Reference Divider's coarse and fine controIs for a null NOTE 

indication. Repeat until a nuIl is obtained on the 3 

microvolt range. A UTOCAL may have to be turned off 

345% 

Range 

I~OD v 

1W0 V 

lOOa V 

lW V 

100 Y 

iao v 

10 V 

1D V 

1 V 

1 V 

24 Hour 

Test Lim~rs 

ss9.951 ro 1000.043 

499.977 ra 500.023 

99 993 rn 1OO.DM 

99.9Y57 ro 100.OW3 

49.9977 ra 50.0023 

9.9993 to 10 om7 

4 99987 to 5.000 13 

0.99935 to 1 .Dm05 

P 499981 to 0 500019 

Q.[MW93 to 0.100007 

90Oay 

Test Limats 

999.927 to F000.073 

499862 to 500.038 

99.990 to 100.010 

99.9927 10 100.0073 

49 5362 to 50.0038 

9 9w0 to ~ODOIQ 

4.999 72 to 5.00028 

0 9W32 to 1 .OOWB 

0 499966 10 0 MW34 

Q 093390 ro 0.lOOOlO

Section IV Mdel3455A 

TEST OSMLLAXWI DIGITAL VOLTMETER 

hb 652A hp 345SA 

, A J A J J A O a 

PROCEDURE: 

*hp WEL I 1o51a ~t 

1 IOMh C?VI Or 

equ "0 Ian 

IV or 3v rsonl 

Apply accurate dc voltage (1 V or 3 W) from DC Standard to 

Thermal Convener and adjust DC Differential Voltmeter for 

null. D~sconnect the DC Standard and apply the Test Oxillator 

output to bath the Thermal Convener and the 3455A. Adlust 

the Test Oxillator output level for a null indication on the DC 

D~fferential Voltmeter. This makes the rmr value of the ac input 

to the 3455A equal to the hlghlr accurate output of the DC 

Standard. Repeat this procedure each time the Te5t Oscillator 

frequency IS changed. 

m J J J A A J o 

FLUKE 

WEL 885AB M: 

a. Set the 34SSA controls as follows: e. 1. Standard Model 3455A: Using the AC 

Calibrator, vwify the 3455A ac voltmeter ac- 

FUNCTION ..................... ACV curacy for each Test Frequency, Input Level 

RANGE .......................... 1 V and 3455A Range listed in Table 4-13. The 

GUARD .......................... ON 345514 display readings should be within the 

lNPClT SELECT ............... FRONT Test Limits given in the table. 

b. Set the AC Calibrator for an output of 1 V, 30 Hz 

(745A 1 V range). Set the AC Calibrator's error 

measurement control to offset the 1 V, 30 Hz error in- 

dicated on the calibration chart (745A 0.1 error range). 

c. Connect the output of the AC Calibrator to the 

3455A front panel INPUT. 

d. 1. Standard Model 345SA: The 3455A 1 V, 30 Hz 

reading should be within the Test Limits listed 

in Table 4-13, 

2. 3455A Option 001: The 345SA 1 V, 30 Hz 

(ACV) reading should be within the Test Limits 


2. 3455A Option 001: Using the AC Calibrator, 

verify the 34S5A ac voltmeter accuracy for each 

Test Frequency (ACV), lnput Levd and 3455A 

Range listed in Table 4-15. The 345SA display 

readings should be within the Test Limits given 

in the table. 

f. Set the 3455A FUNCTION to FAST ACV. 

g. 1. Standard Model 3455A: Using the AC 

Calibrator, verify the 3455A ac voltmeter ac- 

curacy (Fast ACV) for each Test Frequency 

above 100 Hz, each Input Level and 3455A 

Range listed in TabIt 4-13. The 3455A display 

readings should be within the Tat Limits given 

I

Section IV Model 34S;SA 

Tsblu rE13. AC Accumy Tmt 30 Hz to 100 kHz (Standard Model 3455A onlv). 

1 

Test Input 

Frequenq Led ---- 

30 Hz' 1 V 

300 Hz 1 V 

10 kHz 1 V 

20 kHz 1 Y 

50 kHz 1 V 

100 kHz 1 V 

30 Hx' 5 V 

300 Hz 5 V 

20 kHz 5 V 

100 kHz 5 V 

30 Hz* 10 V 

50 Hz" 10 V 

100 HzD 10 V 

500 Hz 10 V 

1 kHz 10 V 

5 kHz 10 V 

10 kHz 10 V 

I 

20 kHz 

50 kHz 

10 V 

10 V 

100 kHz 

30 Hz' 

10 V 

100 V 

300 Hz IOOW 

10 HZ IQO Y 

I 20 kHz 

100 kHz 

100 V 

f OO V 

30 Hz' 

300 Hz 

1000 V 

1000V 

10 kHz 1OOOV 

3455A 

Range 

1 V 

1 V 

1 V 

1 V 

1 V 

1 V 

10 V 

10 V 

10V 

TO V 

10 Y 

10 V 

10 V 

10 V 

10 V 

TO V 

10 V 

10 V 

10 V 

10 V 

100 V 

loav 

ioav 

l00V 

100 V 

1000 V 

IOOOV 

1OOOV 

i. Record the 345514 reading; V. q. 1. Standard Model 3455A Set the Test Oscillator 

j. Set the 3455A FUNCTION to FAST ACV. Record 

the 3455A reading: V. 

to each of the first four Test Frequencies listed 

in Table 4- 14 (maintain reference level on meter 

of Test Oscillator). At tach frequency setting, 

the 3455A display reading should be within the 

k. Set the 3455A FUNCTION to ACV and RANGE Test Limits given in the table. 

to f 0 V. Set the AC Calibrator for an output of 6 Y, 10 

kHz. 

2. 345SA Option 001: Set the Test Oscillator frequency 

to 250 kHz (maintain reference level on 

l.Recordthe3455Areading: V, meter of Test Oscillator). The 3455A display 

reading should be between 0.99240 Y and 

m. Set the 3455A FUNCTION to FAST ACV. 

Record the 34556 reading: V. 

1.00760V (24-hour spec.) ar between 0.99190 V 

and 1.00810 V (90-day spec.). 

n. Disconnect the AC Calibrator from the 3455A. Set 

the 3455A FUNCTION so ACV and RANGE to 1 V. 

24 Hour*" 

"Frequencies below 300 Hz apply to ACV Function only. 

I 

99.920 to 100.080 

I 99.520 to 100.480 

I 

, 99.900 to 1MI.lMI 

I 99.400 to 100.600 

998.00 to 1002.00 997.50 to 1002.50 

*'These test limits do nor include the tamperature coefllcients that must be added 

if the instrument 1s operated outs~de af the temperature range- over which the 

24.hour or 9Odav specifications apPIy (see Table 1-1 1. Derive 6.month test 

limits from AC Accuracy specifications listed in Table I-?. 

in the table. o, Set the Test OscilIator for an output of 1 V, 10 

kHz. Connect the 50-ohm output of the Test Oscillator, 

2. 345514 Option 001 : Using the AC Calibrator, terminated in a 5&ohm load, to the 345519 front panel 

verify the 345514 ae voltmeter accuracy for each INPUT. 

Test Frequency (Fast ACV), Input Level and 

3455A Range listed in Table 4- 15. The 3455A p. Adjust the Test Oscillator level controls for a 3455A 

display readings should be within the Test reading as close as possible to the reading recorded in 

Limits given in the table. Step i. Set the Test OscilFator's meter switch to expanded 

scale and adjust the meter reference controls for a 

h. Set the AC Calibrator for an output OF 1 V, 10 zero reading an the Test OscilIator's meter. Use the Test 

khz. Set the 3455A FUNCTION to ACV and RANGE Oscillator's level controls to maintain this zero reading 

to 1 V. whenever the Test Oscillator frequency is varied. 

I 

I 

r. Set the 3455A FUNCTION to FAST ACV. Set the 

Test Oscillator frequency to 10 kHz and adjust its out-

Section IV 

r 

Test 

Frequency 

110 kHz 

250 kHz 

500 kHz 

1 MHz 

IlOkHr 

250 kHz 

500 kHz 

1 MHz 

Input 

Level 

1 V 

1 V 

1 V 

1 V 

6V 

6 V 

6 V 

6 V 

3455A 

Range 

1 V 

1 V 

1 V 

1 V 

10 V 

10 V 

10 V 

10 V 

24 Hour' 

Test Limits 

0.98000 to 1 .MOW 

I 

0.95600 ro 1 .W4W 

0.92400 to 1.076m 

5.8720 to 6.1280 

I 

5.7200 to 62800 

5.5500 to 6.4500 

90 Day' 

Test Limit5 

0.91750 to 1.02250 

I 

0.94500 to 1.05500 

0.92000 to 1.08000 

5.8550 to 6.1450 

I 

5.6500 to 6.3500 

5.4400 to 6.5600 

'These test limits do not inctude the temperature coefficients that must be 

added if the instrument is operated outside of the tempemure range owr 

which the 24-hour or 90-dav specifications apply (see fable 1-1 1. Derive 

Gmonth tcst limits from AC Accuracy specificatFons listed In Table 

3-1. 

putlwelforthe3455ArcadingrecordedinStepj.Ad- adjusritslcvtIcontrolsforthe6V3455Areading 

just meter reference controls for a zero reading on the recorded in Step 1. Adjust the mcttr reference controls 

mcter of the Test Oscillator and use the level control to for a zero reading on the meter of the Test Oscillator 

maintain this reading whenever the frequency is varied. and use the level controls to maintain this reading 

whenever the frequency is varied. 

3, Repeat Step q. 

u. 1. Standard Model 3455%: Set the Test Oscillator 

t. Set the 345SA FUNCTION to ACV and RANGE to each of the second four Test Frequencies 

to 10 V. Remove the 50-ohm termination from the Test listed in Table 4-6 (maintain reference level on 

Oscillator's output. Connect the 50-ohm output of the meter of Test Oscillator). At each. frequency 

Test Oscillator (unterminated) to the 3455A front panel setting, the 3455A reading should be within the 

INPUT. Set the Test Oscillator frequency to 10 kHz and Test Limits given in the table. 

T8bl0 4-15. AC Accuraer Tml 30 Hz to 100 kHz 13455A Option 001 anlyl. 

'These test llrnrts do not include the temperature coeff rcients that must be added 11 the instrument 

is operated outside of the temperature range over which the 24-hour or go-day specificat~ons 

apply (see 1 able 1-1 1. Dmrive 6-month test limits f rorn Accuracy Specifications listed In 

Table 1-1.

Section IV 

Decade 3455A 

Resistor Range 

100 R 

1 kfi 

10 kS2 

l00kn 

1 MR 

JOMn 

0.1 

1 

10 

IOO 

1 K 

1OK 

Table 4-1 0. Twa-Win Ohm Acewmy TmL 

la1 

Test Limits Test Limlts 

(High Res. Off) (High Res. On) 

'These test rimits do not include the temperature coefficients that must beadded if the tnstrument isoperated 

outslde of the temperature range over which the 24-hour or 9O.day s~clfi~atbons awlv b e Table 1-1 I. Derive 

6-month test limits from Ohms Accuracp specifications listed in Table 1-1. 

2. 3455A Option 001. Set the Test Osdllator fre- 

quency ta 250 kHz (maintain reference level on 

meter of Test Oscillator). The 3455A dispiay 

reading should be between 5.9520 V and 6.0480 

V (24-hour spec.) or between 5.9490 V and 

6.05 10 V (90-day spec.). 

v. Set the 3455A FUNCTION to FAST ACV. Set the 

Test Oscillator frequency to 10 kHz and adjust its level 

controls for the 6 V 3455A reading recorded in Step rn. 

Adjust the meter reference controls for a zero reading 

on the meter of the Test Oscillator and use the Ievel con- 

trols to maintain this reading whenever the frequency is 

varied. 

w. Repeat Step u. 

24 Hour- 

x. This completes the AC Voltmeter Accuracy test. 

Disconnect the Test OsciIlator from the 3455A. 

4-49. This test requires a ca3ibraCed decade resistor with 

settings that range from I00 ohms to 10 rnegohrns. The 

correction factors indicated on the decade resistor's 

calibration chart must be algebraicaYFy added to the 

3455A display readings to achieve the required test ac- 

curacy. 

4-50. Tart Proesdum. 

Equipment Requited: 

' 0.099593 to 0.1 00407 

0.99956 to 1.00044 

9.9989 to 10.001 1 

99.996to100.0[)4, 

999.83 to 1000.1 7 

99895to10010.5 

Decade Resistor (calibrated General Radio 

Model 14332) 

DC Voltmeter (-hp- Model 419A) 

90 Day' 24 Hour* 

Model 3455A 

0.099590 to 0.10041 0 

0.99954 to 1,00046 0.999571 to 1.000429 0.999560 to f .000440 

9.9987 to 10.001 3 9.9991 '1 to 1 0.00089 9 9989 5 ta 10.00 105 

99.994 to 1 00.006 999971 to 100.0029 99.9955 to 100.0045 

999.81 to 1000..19 999,876 to 1000.124 999.860 to 1000.1 40 

connectors, connect the Decade Resistor to the INPUT 

of the 345SA. Set the Decade Resistor to 160 ohms. 

c. Algebraically add the Decade Resistor's correction 


be within the Test Limits given in Table 4-16(A), verify- 


tion off. 

d. Repeat Step c for each Decade Resistor setting and 

3455A Range listed in Table 4-16. 

e. Set the 3454A RANGE to 1 and HIGH RESOLU- 

TION to ON. Set the Decade Resistor to 1,000 ohms. 

f. Algebraically add the Decade Resistor's correction 


be within the Test Limits given in Table 4-IqB), verify 

the 345514, 2-wire ohms accuracy with High Resolution 

on. 

g, Repeat Step f for each additional Decade Resistor 

setting and 3455A Range listed in Table 4-16(A). 

h. Set the 3455A controls as follows: 

........... 

FUNCTION 4 WIRE K OHM 

MNGE .......................... 0.1 

HIGH RESOLUTION ............. OW i. Set the Decade Resistor to 100 ohms. Connect a 

shielded cable, equipped with banana-plug connectors, 

between the 3455A OHM SIGNAL output and the input 

of the Decade Redstor. (Leave the other cable con- 

nected between the 3455A INPUT and the input of the 

Decade Resistor.) 

a. Set the 345SA controls as follows: j. Algebraically add the Decade Resistor's correction 

FUNCTION ........... 2 WIRE K OHM 

RANGE ...................... . 0.1 


factor to the 345% reading. The algebraic sum should 

be within the Test Limits given in Table 4- 17(A), verifying 

the 345SA 4-wire ohms accuracy with High ResIution 

off. 

GUARD .......................... ON 

k. Repeat Step j for each 0ecade Resistor setting and 

b. Using a shielded cable equipped with banana-plug 3455A Range listed in Table 4-17(A).

Model 34SSA 

Decade 

Resistor 

1000 

1 kn 

10 kn 100 kn 

1Mil 

10MR 

345514 

Range 

0.1 

1 

10 

100 

1K 

10K 

24 Hour4 

0.099993 w 0.100007 

099996 to 1 .ODOW 

99993 to f 0.0007 

99 996 TO F 00.004 

999.83 to f 000.1 7 

9989.5to10010.5 

Tablm 4-1 7. fwr-Win Ohm Ammq Tost 

(A) 

Test Limits 

[High Re. Off) 

*These test limits do not include the temmtature coafficlents that must be added if the instrument is owrated 

outside of the temperature range over whcch the 24-hour or 90dav specifImtions apply (see Tabla 1.1 1. Derm 

6.manrh test limits from Ohms Accuracy specifications listed rn Table 1-1. 

I. Set the 345419 RANGE to 1 and HIGH RESOLU- 

TION to ON. Set the Decade Resistor ta 1,000 ohms. 

90 Day' 

0.099995 to 0.10001 0 

0.93394 to 1.00006 

9.999 1 m 108009 

99.994 to 100.006 

999.81 to 1000.19 

9989.5 to 1001 0.5 

24 Hourg 

0.939971 to t ,000029 

9.99951 to 10.00049 

99.9975 to 100.0025 

999.:76 to 1000.124 

9989.96 to 1001 9.04 

(8) 

Tea Limits 

(High Aes. On) 

90 Day' 

0.999960 to 1.000WO 

9.99935 to 10.00065 

99.9959 to 100.0a4 1 

999.860 to f000.140 

9989.95 to 10010.05 

Section IV 

NMR = 20 Iog Peak AC Superimposed Voltage 

Effect on Reading (Volts) 

m. Algebraically add the Made Resistor" correction 

faaor to the 3455A reading. The aIgebraic sum 

should be within the Test Limits given in Table 417(B), 

verifying the 3455A Gwire ohms accuracy with High 

4-54. Tmt Pdrm Equipment Required: 

Resolution on. 

n. Repeat Step 1 for each additional Decade Resistor 

setting and 3455A Range listed in Table 4-17(0). 

DC Standard (Systron Donner Model M106A) 

AC Calibrator (-hp- Model 745A) 

Frequency Counter (-hg Model 5300A) 

Resistor (1 kR 5 10% 1/4 W -h~- Part 

a. Set the 54556 RANGE to 10 K. Str the Decade 

Resistor to 14.99 K. 

Number 0684-102'1) 

Resistor (10 kfi & 10% 1 /4 W -hp- Part 

Number 0684-1031) 

p. Using the DC Voltmeter, measure the voltage a. Connect the 1 K resistor between the 345SA High 

across the Decade Resistor terminals. The voltage and Low l*puT terminals, connect *he GUARD tershould 

be less than 4.7 V dc, verifying the maximum 

minal: to the High INPUT 

output voltage specification for a valid ohms reading. 

b. Set the 345SA controls as foItows: 

q. Disconnect the Decade Resistor. (Leave the 3455A 

OHMS SIGNAL output connected to the INPUT). FUNCTION ..................... DCV 

RANGE .......................... 1 Y 

r. Measure the voltage across the 3455A INPUT ter- HIGH RESOLUTION .............. ON 

rninals. The voltage shouId be less than 5 V dc, verifying 

GUARD ......................... OFF 

the maximum output voltage specification for an opencircuit 

condition. c. Record the 3455A reading: - V. 

4-61. EOMMOll-MODE AND IORMAZ-MODE REJECTION TEST. 

4-52. Effective common-mode rejection is the ratio of 

the wak common-mode voltage to the resultant wak error 

in the reading, with a 1 kilohrn imbalance in ;he Low 

input lead. The formula for calculating effective 

common-mode rejection (ECM R) is: 

ECMR = 20 Ion Peak Common-Mode Voltage 

- 

Effective on Reading (Volts) 

d. Connect the ZH: Standard tout~ut . . offl between 

the High INPUT terminal and the chassis of ;he 3455A 

as shown in Figure 4-6, 

e. Set the DC Standard for an output of + 500 V dc. 

f. The 345SA reading should be within 0.000050 V of 

the reading recotded in Step c, verifying that the dc 

common-mode rejection is greater - than 140 dB. 

g. This completes the dc common-mode Rejection 

453. Normd-mode rejection is the ratio of the peak ac 

normal-mode voltage to the peak error it introduces in a 

dc voltmeter reading. The formula for calculating 

normal-mode rejection (NMR) is: 

test. Turn off the DC Standard output and disconnect 

the DC Standard from the 3455A. Disconnect the 1 K 

resistor and cannect the 10 K resistor across the 3455A 

INPUT terminals (leave GUARD connected to High).

Model 345SA Section IY 

1 f 3 DIGITAL VOLTMETER 

DC ST~NO~RD PO 3455A 

SYSfROhl WNNER MOOEL MO6A 

COYVECTEC IT 

CH4SSIS GRCUNC I 

3( A A - r J A J J J A J J J A J 

1 MY-8-4111 

h. Set the AC Calibrator for an output of 1 V. Con- 

nect the Frequency Counter to the output of the AC 

Calibrator and adjust the AC Calibrator's frequency to 

50 Hz or 60 Hz * O.l%, corresponding to the power- 

line frequency being used. 

i. Record the 3455A reading: V . 

j. Disconntct the Frequency Counter and connect the 

AC Calibrator between the High INPUT terminal and 

chassis of the 3455A as shown in Figure 4-7. 

k. Without disturbing the frequency setting, set the 

AC Calibrator for an output of 70.7 V (100 V peak). 

1, The 3455A reading should be within 0.000010 V of 

the reading recorded in Step i, verifying that the 50 Hz 

or 60 Hz ac common-mode rejection is greater than 1dQ 

dB. 

m, Without disturbing the frequency setting set the 

AC Calibrator for an output of 7.07 V (10 V peak). 

Disconnect the AC Calibrator from the 3455A. 

n. Remove the 10 K resistor from the 3455A INPUT 

terminals. Connect a short jumper between the 3455A 

4- 18 

AC CALIBRATOR 

hp 7450, 

L 

- 

a n n [I [I O uno 

ELEC~KI 

@I@@@@@ 

I' 

COUNTER 

High and Low INPUT terminals. 

o. kt the 3455A RANGE to 10 V and record the 

display reading: V. 

p. Rmovc the jumper from the 3455A INPUT ter- 

minals. Connect the AC Calibrator output to the 3455A 

INPUT. 

q. The 3455A reading should be within 00.0100 V of 

the reading recorded in Step o, verifying that the 50 Hz 

or 60 Hz normal-mode rejection is greater than 60 dB. 

r. This completes the Common-Mode and Normal- 

Mode Rejection Tests. Disconnect the AC Cdibrator 

from the 3455A and disconnect the GUARD from the 


455, OC VOLTMETER INPUT RESISTANCE TEST. 


0-@ COmECTED To 

Ern =El3 CWbSSIS GROUND 

0 

Fipm M. AC Commo~Modu Reluction Twt. 

DC Standard (Systron Donner Model M 106N 

Resistor (1 Mfl 5 0.01% I/4 W -hp Part 

Number 08 1 1-0202)

Model 3455A Section IV 

a. Connect the low output of the DC Standard to the 

Cow INPUT terminal: of the 3455A. Using short dip 

leads, insert the 1 megohrn resistor in series between the 

DC Standard's high output and the High ENPUT ter- 

minaI of the 3455A. Connect a clip Iead across the 

resistor. 

b. Set the 3455A controls as follows: 

FUNCTION ..................... DCV 

RANGE ......................... 10 V 


GUARD .......................... ON 

c. Adjust the DC Standard for a 3455A reading of 

+ 10.00000 V. 

d. Remove the clip lead from across the 1 megohm 

resistor. 


and E0.OQMO V, verifying that the input resistance is 

greater than 1Olo ohms. 

f. Set the 3455A RANGE to 100 V; Auto-Cal OFF. 

Reconnect the clip lead across the I rnegohm resistor. 

g. Adjust the DC Standard for a 3455A reading of 

+ 1 0.m v. 

h. Remove the clip lead from across the 1 megohm 

resistor. 

i. The 345SA reading should be between + 9.Q900 V 

and + 9.091 J V, verifying that the input resistance is 10 

megohms f 0.1 % . 

4-58. AC YOLTMEfEfl INPUT IMPEDAlVCE TEST. 


Test Oscillator (-hp- Model 652A) 

Resistor (I Mn i 0.1 % -hp- Part Number 

06984369) 

Resistor (100 ka 0.1 070 -tip- Part Number 

081 1-1997) 


FUNCTION ..................... ACY 

RANGE .......................... 1 V 

GUARD .......................... ON 

INPUT SELECT (rear pane11 .... FRONT 

AUTO-CAL ...................... ON 

b. Connect the Test Oscillator 56-ohm output (tet- 

minated in 50-ohm load) to the 3455A front panel IN- 

PUT. 

c. Set the Test Oscillator frequency lo 50 Hz and ad- 

just its output level for a 3455A reading of 1.00000 Y. 

d. Using short clip leads, insert the 1 megohm 

resistor in series between the terminated Test Oscillator 

output and the High INPUT terminal of the 34554. 


and 0.66887 V, verifying that the input resistance is 2 

rnegohms k 1%. 

f. Disconn~t the resistor and reconnect the Test 

OsciIlatot output to the 3455A INPUT. 

g. Set the Test Oscillator frequency to 20 kHz and 

adjust its output level for a 3455A reading of 1.00000 Y. 

h. Using short clip leads, insert the 100 kilohm 

resistor in series between the terminated Test Oscillator 

output and the High INPUT terminal of the 3455A. 

i. The 3455A reading should be greater than 

0.61017 V, verifying that the input shunt capacitance is 

less than 100 pF. 

j. Set the rear panel INPUT SELECT switch to 

REAR. Connect the Test Oscillator 50-ohm output (ter- 

minated in 50-ohm load} to the 3455A rear-panel IN- 

PUT. 

k. Repeat Steps c through i to test the input im- 

pedance at the rear INPUT terminals. In Step i, the 

3455A reading should be greater than 0.70822 V verify- 

ing that the rear termha1 input shunt capacitance is less 

than 75 pF.

Hswlett-Peekard Model 3d5SA IStandsrdt Test$ Psrfomed By: 

Digital Voltmeter Data 

Serid No. 

DC ACCURACY TEST 

Input 

bvnr 

OFF 

ON 

ON 

ON 

ON 

OFF 

ON 

ON 

' 3455A 

Posltlw 

Reading Tm Limits* 

'Record 24-hwr or 90day mst limits from tabla deslgn8ted In test pmeb 

dure, Derive Srnwrth test lirnlo from sp~lf~catl~ns listed In Teble 1-1. 

+*Fw writlvs mdlnp anly. 'Do not mlv negwive wl-w Blaster than 

-500Vdc. 

AC VOLTMETER ACCURACY f EST 30 HE 70 t MHz 

(Standard Model 3455A Only1 

Test 

Frequency 

30 Hzg 

1M)kHz 

350kHt 

30 Hz* 

100kHz 

1 MHz 

1 MHz 

30 Hz* 

20 kHz 

1Ml kHz 

30 Hz* 

100 kHz 

Input 

Lwd 

1 V 

1V 

SV 

SV 

5V 

1 V 

5V 

tO V 

10V 

10Y 

100Y 

lOOV 

3465A 

Renge 

1 V 

1 V 

10 V 

TO V 

10 V 

?V 

10 V 

1DV 

10V 

1DV 

100V 

1mV 

30 Hz' 1OOOV 1MK)V 

lokHz j1MIOV 11MKIV .- 

34654 

Reading 

(ACVF 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

3466A 

Readlng 

(FAST ACV) 

-*-- 

- 

*- - -- 

- ----- 

----- 

- - 

- --- -- 

I I I 

Test Limits** 

*'Record 24-hwr ar W a y test limits from the tables designWed in the 

test procedure. Oarive 6-month test Ifmlm from rpecificetion~ listed in 

fable 1-1.

OPERATIONAL VERIFICATION TEST CARD (Cent'd). 

OHMS ACCURACY TEST 

Decede 

Resistor 

100R 

1 kn 

10 kn 

100 kn 

100 kO 

1 Mn 

10 Mn 

3455A 

Range 

Q. 1 

1 

10 

100 

100 

1 K 

lo K 

Ohmy 

Function 

4 wrre 

4 Wlre 

4 Wire 

4 Wire 

2 Wire 

4 Wire 

4 wre 

*Record 24-hour or =day teat llmlts from table designed in tea 

procedum. Darhrr Smcnth test limb fmm specificatione listed in 

TaMe 1-1. 

DC VOLTMETER INPUT RESISTANCE TEST 

345SA fm 

Renw Reading Ibn Limits

OPERAT1PNAL VERIFICATION TEST CARD 

Heden-Packad Model 3455A (Option 001) Test Performed By. 

Digital Voltmeter Dat~ 

Ssrial No. 

DC ACCURACY f EST 

3455A 3455A 

Input 3455A Hlgh Positive Negative 

Level Renw Rwalutlon Reading Readinn TmtLimits* 

OFF - - 

O.TV 1 V I 

5 V 

1OY 

10 V 

100 V 

1000 V*' 

b V 1 ON 

10 V 

10 V 

10 V 

100 V 

IOOQ V 

1 

ON 

ON 

OFF 

ON 

OM 

- 1 1 

'Record 24-hour or Wday test limits from tabledesignated In test 

procedure. Derive 6-month tat limiff from specifications listed In 

Table 1-1. 

**Far positive readings only. Do not apply negative vdtags graazer 


AC VOLTMETER ACCURACY TEST [OPT ION 001 ONLY) 

Frequency 

(ACV) 

30 Hz 

50 Hz 

250 kHz 

30 Hz 

100 HE 

25a kHz 

30 Hz 

1110 Hz 

100 kHz 

30 Hz 

t OO kHz 

30 Hz 

10 kHz 

Frequency 

(FAST ACVl 

300 Hz 

WQ Hz 

250 kHz 

300 Hz 

100 kHz 

250 kHz 

300 Hz 

1 kHz 

100 kHz 

300 Hz 

100 kHz 

300 Hz 

10 kHz 

Input 

Lwel 

I V 

1 V 

1 Y 

5V 

5V 

5V 

fOV 

10V 

10V 

200 V 

lOaV 

1 W V 

lO00V 

3455A 

Range 

1 V 

1 V 

1 V 

10 V 

10 V 

10 V 

70 V 

10V 

1DV 

100V 

10oV 

IMHIV 

lO00V 

'Record 24-hour or 90.day test limits from tables designated in the test prmedure. Derive Bmonth 

test limits from ~pecifications 


1 

- 

P 

3455A 

Reading 

fACW 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-"--- 

- 

3456A 

Reading 

[FAST ACVI Test Limits' 

------ 

----- 

--- - - 

-- -- -- 

*-- - -- 

1

OPERATIONAL VERIFICATlflU TEST CARD (Cont'd). 

OHMS ACCURACY TEST 

Decsds 

Resistor 

loon 

2 kR 

10 kSl 

100 kR 

IQO kn 

1 Mfl 

10 Mn 

Reeding 

'Record =hour ar W h y ts~t llmin from table dshgnated tn test 

procedure. Derlw &month rert IirnlU from specifications linted in 

Tabla 7-1. 


3456A Tmt 

Ran pa 

10 V 

100v 

Reeding Ten Limits 

- V 9 . m v to 10.00m V 

I-V I 9.0900Vto9.0917 V

Hewlstt-Packard Model 345SA (Standard Mods1 Only! 

Digital Vultmtar 

Orial No. 

DC ACCURACY TEST {High Raoluth oft) 

355A 

Range 

Positive Negativu 

' 1: 1 2 1 TastLimits4 

PERFORMdNCE TEST CARD 

*Record 24-hour or 90-day tesf limits from table designated In test procedure, 

Oer~ve 6month test llrnlts from ~pecifrcations lrsted In Table 1-7. 

"*For positive readmgs only. Do not apply negative voltages greater than - 500 V dc. 

DC ACCURACY TEST [High Raolution on1 

lnput 

Level 

'Record 24-hour or 90day ten limits from table designated in ten 

procedure, Derive 6-month test limits from specifimtions listed in 

Table 1-1. 

**Fur wJtW readlnm only. Do not apply nqtiva wltaw great- 

than-smvec. 

Tests Performed By: 

Date

AC VOLTMETER ACCURACY TEST 30 Hz TO 1 MHz 

(Standard Mdel3455A only) 

- 

100 Hz' 10 V lOV - ---- 

SW] Hz YO V IOV - ! 

1 kHz 10 v 10 V I 

5 kHz 10 V 10 Y I 

10 kHz 10 V 10 V 

20 kHz 10 V 1OV - 

50 kHz 10 V 10Y - 

100 kHz 10 V ?OW 

30 Hz' 

300 Hz 

10 kHz 

20 kHz 

100 kHz 

lOOV 

100V 

FOOV 

100V 

100V 

*ACV Function Only 

lOQV 

1QOV 

100V 

tOOV 

100V 

'*Record 24hour or 90-day test limits from the tables designated in the 

test procedure. Derive Bmonth test lim~ts from specifications l~sted in 

Table 1-1. 

PERFORMANCE TEST CARD (Cont'd) 

- ---- 

- 

.- 

- 

- ---- 

30 Hz* 1WOV IOMIV 

300 Hz 

10 kHz 

loOaV lOOOV, 

IOOOV I 1000V 1 - 

I 

110 kHz 1 V 1 V 

250 kHz 1 V 1 V 

500 kHz 1 Y 1 V 

1 MHz 

110 kHz 

250 kHz 

500 kHz 

1 V 

6 V 

6 V 

6 V 

1 V 

tOV 

10V 

TOV 

I 1 

- 

1 MHz 6 V 10V 

- 1 

1

'MTO-W1RE OHMS ACCURACY TEST 

M e 

Rmistor 

im n 

1 kR 

10 kn 

1mkn 

rMn 

10 MR 

MSSA 

Range 

0.1 

t 

10 

100 

rK 

10 K 

Reeding 

- 

- 

- 

High Rm. Of1 

Test Urnia* 

'Reeord 24-hour or 90-day test limits from table designated in rm 

procedure. Derive 6-month tar limns from specifications lined in 

Table 1-1, 

FOUR-WIRE OHMS ACCURACY TEST 

High Rm. Off 

PERFORMANCE TE!T CARD (Codd) 

High Res, On 

1mm 100 

IMR 1K 

10Mn ?OK - 

'Record 24.hour or 90dsy test limits from table designstmi in test 

procedure, Derive &month tea limits from specFfications listed in 

Table 1-1. 

I 

hxlinp 

- 

Rmdtng 

- 

Tea bJmitsm 

High Am. On 

OHMS VOLTAGE TEST 

I 

Voltage for Valid Reding: V I< 4.7 V de) 

Own.Cireu+t 

;yfnm 

Yottaga: V (< 5 V dc] 

COMMOW-MODE AND NORMAL-MODE REJECTION TESTS 

Refmce Tat 3655A 

Tan Llmlr 

Amding Reading (Relathre to Reference) 

DC-CMR * O.M)[W)50V 

ACCMR i 0.000010 V 

a. WMR r 0.0100 V 


Tat Limits 

AC VQDTMETER INPUT IMPEDANCE TEST 

TeM Umla' 

Front-Terminal Rmding (Stape): v (0.66443 V to 0.86887 Y1 

Front-Tmmlnal Reading (Step i): V t X.610171 

Rasr-Terrnlnal Reading (Step el:- v (0.66443 V to 0.66881 Y) 

bar- Termma\ Reading (Step k): V (> 0.70822)

Hewlett-Packard Model 3455A (Optlon 001 only) 

Digltsl Voltmeter 

Serial No. 

DC ACCURACY TEST (His Resolution off1 

I I 

Positive Nagatiw 

Reding Reading Tesl Llrnits* 

Y55A Y=5A 

PERFORMANCE TEST CARD 

"Record 24-hour or 90day test limits fram table designated in test procedure. 

Dmve 6-month test limits from specificat~ons listed In Table 1-1. 

**For positive readings only. 00 not wply negatiw volt- greater than - 500 Vdc. 

DC ACCURACY f EST [High Reaolutfon on) 

lnput 3455A 

Lml Range 

1 v 1 V 

10 V 10 V 

m v tmv 

1130 v 

TOO V loo v 

50V 1mv 

to V 1mv 

5V 10 v 

1 v 10 V 

0.5 V f V 

0.1 V 1 v 

*Record 24-hour or 90day test limits from table designated in test 

procedure, Derive &month test limits from specifications listed in 

Table 1-1. 

**For positiva readingr only. Do not apply negstiw voltages greater 


Tarts Performed By :. 

Date

+WO-WIRE OHMS ACCURACY TEST 

M e 

Resistor 

imn 

1 kn 

10 kn 

7Mlm 

1Mhl. 

10MR 

3455A 

Range 

o,i 

1 

10 

100 

1K 

?OK 

High Urn. Off 

*Ramrd 24-hcur or 90dav tegt limits from table designated in test 

procedure. DeriveSmonth test limits from specifications listed in 

Table 1-1. 

FOUR-WIRE OHMS ACCURACY TEST 

[)ecsde 

Resistor 

1WR 

1 ksl 

10kR 

1Mkn 

1MR 

10Mn 

3455A 

Range 

0.1 

1 

10 

100 

1K 

10K 

PERFORMANCE TEST CARD (Com'dj 

High Res. On 

Rsading Tsst Lirnlts' Reading Test Limit#* 

- 

- 

- 

.-) 

RWLnq 

- 

High Res. Off 

Tmst Limits* 

- 

High Re. On 

*Record 24-hour or Wday test limits from table designated in test 

procedure. Derive &month test L~mits from speclflcat~ons listed In 

Table '#-I. 

OHMS VOLTAGE TEST 

Voltags for 

1 1 1 

Valid Reading: V (< 4.7 V dcl 

Own-Circuit Voltage: V (< 5 Y dcl 

COMMON-MODE AN0 NORMAL-MODE REJECTION TESTS 

Reference Reference 3455A Test Llmir 

Step R-ding 

Reading (Relative to Reference) 

* O.M)[HMO v 

AC-CMA i 0.OM)OlO V 

0, NMR * oaioo v 

DC VOLTMETER INPUT RESISTANCE =ST 

Tat Limits 

AC VOLTMETER INPUT FMPEDANCE TEST 

I 

Resding 

- 

I 

Test Limits' 

Front-Terminal Reding (Step el: V (0.66443 \1 w 0.68887 V) 

Front-Terminal Reading [Step i): V 1>0.610171 

Rear-Terminal Readrng (Step a): V 10.66443 V ta 0.66887 Vl 

Rear-Terminal Reading (Step kl: V 1 > 0.70822)

AC VOLTMETER ACCURACY TEST (OPTION 001 ONLY) 

Frsqueney 

(ACV) 

30 Hz 

50 Hz 

100 Hz 

10 kHz 

60 kHz 

1MlkHz 

30 Hz 

50 Hr 

100 Hz 

10 kHz 

50 kHz 

Fmqueney 

(FAST ACV) 

3M3 Hz 

500 Hz 

t kHz 

10 kHz 

50 kHz 

fM)kHz 

Input 

Lml 

1 Y 

1 V 

1 V 

1 V 

1 V 

1 V 

--- 

300 Hz 

500 Hz 

1 kHz 

10 kHz 

50 kHz 

100 ~HZ 100 kHz 

5 V 

5 V 

5 v 

5 v 

5 Y 

5 V 

'Record 24-hour or 90dsy test limits frnm tables designated in rhe 

test procedure. Oerive 6-monrh test limits from specificefions listed 

in Table 1 -1. 

PERFORMANCE TEST CARD (Cont'd) 

3455A 

Range 

1 Y 

1 V 

1 V 

1 V 

3455A 

Reading 

(ACV) 

- 

10V - 

10V 

yov 1 

10 V 

10 V 

10 V 

-- 

' 

100 kHz 100 kHz 10 v 10 V 

---- 

30 Hz 300 Hz 100V 

50 Hz 

100 HZ 

500 Hz 

1 HZ 

100V 

ioav ioov 

10 HZ 10 HZ iaov ioov 

50 kHz 50 kH2 100V l0OV 

100 kHz 100 kHz 100V 10OV 

39 Hz 

50 Hz 

300 Hz 

5WHr 

lOM1Y 

IOMIV 

1OOOV 

IOOOV 

100 Hz 1 kHz 100OV lOM1V 

10 kHz 10 kHz 10MIV 1OOOY 

250 kHz 150 kHz 1 V 

250 kHz 250 kHz 6V 10 V 

- 

~-> 

10 v - 

10V ,- 

10 V - 

10 v 

10 v 

to V - 

3455A 

Reading 

(FAST ACV) 

! 

1 

Test Urnits' 

- 

TOO V - - 

l00V -, - 

- 

-, 

- 

-,

Maintenance described herein is performed 

with power supplied to the instrument, and pro- 

tective co vers remo ved. Such maintenance 

should be performed on/ y by service-trained 

persome/ who are aware of the hazards in- 

volved (fur example, fire and elecrrical shock). 

Where maintenance can be performed without 

power applied, the power should be removed.

5-1. INTRODUCTION. 

5-2. This section contains complete adjustment procedures 

far the Model 3455A Digital YoItmeler. After tlre instnr- 

ment is adjusted according to the procedures given in this 

section, it should meet the 24-hour accuracy specifications 


53. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED. 

54. The test equipment required for the adjustments is 

listed at the beginning of each adjustment procedure and 

in the Recommended Test Equipment table in Section I. 

If the recommended equipment is not available, use sub- 

stitute equipment that meets the critical specifications 

given in the table. 

6-5. ADJUSTMENT INTE RVAC. 

5-6. The 345514 adjustments should be performed at 90- 

day or 6-month intervals depending on the environmental 

conditions and your specific accuracy requirements. Adjust- 

ments should also be performed after the instrument has 

been repeaired. 

5-7, ADJUSTMENT SEQUENCE. 

5-8. The 3455A Adjustments must be performed in the 

sequence in which thcy are presented. If the dc and ohms 

accuracy of the instrument are satisfactory, the DC Zcro 

Adjustments and Reference Adjustments can be omitted 

and the RMS or Average Converter adjustments can be 

performed to optimize the ac voltmeter accuracy. 

5-9. TEST POINT AND ADJUSTMENT LOGATIOMS. 

5-10. Test points and adjustments are labeled on the top 

inner cover and rear panel (Reference Module) of the 

instrument or are shown, in figures designated in the adjust- 

ment procedurcs. 

5-11, DCZERO ADJUSTMENTS. 


DC Digital Voltmeter C-hp- Model 3490A or 3455A) 

a. Remove the 3455A top outer cover and lop inner 

cover to gain access to the A1 0 (Mother) board. 

b. Set the 3455A controls as Ibllows: 

FUNCTION.. .................. DCV 

SECTIQN V 

ADJUSTMENTS 

ZERO 

ADJ 

R65 

Figure 5-1. 100 Volt Zero Adjustment. 

RANGE.. ..................... 10V 

HIGH RESOLUTION. .............. ON 

AUTOCAL .................... OFF 

GUARD ....................... ON 

TRIGGER. ..................... INT 

MATH. ....................... OFF 

c. Set the test DVM to measure dc volts (autorange). 

Connect the DVM's low input to the AE 0 board ground nest 

point and the high input to AIOTO I (Figure 5-1 3. 

d. Adjust A10R66 (Figure 5-1) for a DVM reading of 

0 V + 50 microvolt. Disconnect the test DVM. 

e. Set the 3455A RANGE to I00 V and AUTO CAL to 

ON. The 345SA Reading should bc 0.0000 V 4 1 count. If 

it is not, repeat Steps b through d. If this does not correct 

lthe problem, refer to Section ViII for ~roublcshooting 

information. 

f. ReinstaIl the top inner cover with two or three screws 

and reinszall the top outer cover (bottom covers must be 

installed). 

g. Set the 3455A RANGE to 1 V. Connect a copper 

shorting. strap across the 3455A INPUT terminals. 

h. Allow the 345SA to run at room temperature for 

at least 30 minutes. 

i. The 345SA reading should be 0.000000 V + 4 counts. 

If it is, proceed to the DC Reference Adjustments (Pan- 

graph 5-12). If it is not, it will be necessary to change the 

valuc of padding resistor AlORl I0 as outlined in the 

following stops. 

j. Record the 3455A reading: -.

Section V Model 3455A 

Figure 5-2, 1 Volt Zero Adjustment. 

k. Remove the top covets and note the value of 

AIOR106 - if there is an Rl10 installed (sec Figure 5-2). 

Refer to Table 5-1 and record the Offset Voltage that corresponds 

to the current value of AlORl10:. (If there 

is no A lORl 10, record 0.0000M3 V.) If RI I0 is connected 

to the terminal matked "+", the poIarity of the Offset 

Voltage is negative: if R110 is connected to the terminal 

marked "'-", the polarity of the offset is positive. 

1. Add the voltages recorded in Steps j and k to abtain 

the total offset: 

rn. Refer to Table 5-1 and locate the Offset Voltage 

that is closest to fhc total offset voltage recorded In Step 1. 

Obtain a rcsistot that corresponds to that offset voltage. 

n. Rcmovc the original AIORl Ill (Figure 5-2). If the 

total offset (Step I) is positive. connect the new RI 10 

between the unnlarkcd terminal and the terminal marked 

'"-"'; if the total offset is negative, connect it between the 

unmarked terminal and the terminal marked "+". 

o, Reinstall the top covers and again allow the instru- 

ment to run at room temperature fur 30 minutes. At the 

end of that period, the 3455A reading should Se 

0.000000 V + 4 counts. IF it is not. repeat Stcps j through 

n. 

Tabla 5-1. DC Zero Adjustment Cddfng List IA1OR1101. 

'All resiston are f: 5%. 114 W. carbon. 

5-12. DC AND OHMS REFERENCE ADJUSTMENTS. 

5-13. The De Transfer Standard required for the following 

adjustments must be adjusted for optimum 1-volt and 

10-volt output accuracy using NBS-calibtated voltage 

standards. The Transfer Standard should be adjusted just 

prior to use. After adjustment, it should be left on and, ii 

possible, kept in a controlled environment where the 

ambient temperature is witbin one or two degrees of thc 

temperature at which it was adjusted. The following pro- 

cedure should be performed in that same cnvironmcnt. 

5-14. Adjustment Procedure. 


DC Transfer Standard (Fluke Model 73 1 A) 

Standard Resistor (1 kiIohm * 0,0005%; Guildline 

933011 KI 

Standard Resistor (1 00 kilohm + 0.002%; GuRdlinc 

93301100 K) 

NOTE 

AIl of the refererlce adjustments are screw 

driver adjustments and are accessible through 

holes in the rear panel of the Referettce Module 

(rear panel of insmmenr). Adjusmtenr 

Designators are marked on the panel. The 

arljusrmmrs should be perfmed after a 30- 

rninute warmup period witlr all covers irtstallcd. 

a. Sea the 3455A controls as follows: 

FUNCTION.. .................. DCV 

RANGE. ...................... 10 V 

HIGH RESOLUTIOK. .............. ON 

AUTO CAL ..................... ON 

GUARD ....................... ON 

TRIGGER. ..................... lNT 

MATH ........................ OFF 

b. Set the DC Transfer Standard for an output of I0 V. 

Using short pieces of number 20 AWG (or larger) insulated 

soIid copper wire, connect the output of the Transfer Stan- 

dard to the 3455A INPUT. 

c. Adjust the 10 V pot for a 3455A reading of 

+ 10.00000 v. 

d. Set the Transfer Standard for an output of 1 V. Set 

the 3455A RANGE to 1 V. 

e. Adjust the 10:l pot for a 3455A reading of 

1.000000 V (k 1 count). 

I. Set the 34S5A RANGE to 10 V and set thc Transfer 

Standard for an output of I0 V. 

g. Repeat Stcps c through f until optimum adjustmcnl 

is obtained.

Model 3455A Section V 

h. Disconnect the DC Transfer Standard. Set the 34S5k 

FUNCTION to $-WIRE K OHMS and RANGE to 1. 

i. Using short pieces of number 20 AWG insulated solid 

copper wire, connect the I kilohm Standard Resistor to the 

345SA INPUT and OHMS SIGNAL terminals in a 4-wire 

ohms measurement configuration. 

j. Adjust the 1 kilohrn pot for a 345SA reading of 

1.000000 kilohm. 

k. Disconnect the 1 kilohm Standard Resistor and 

connect the 100 K standard resistor using the same 4 

wire ohm measurement configuration. 

I. Set the 3455A RANGE to 100. 

m. Adjust the 1 megohm pot for a 3455A reading of 

160.0000 kilohrn (& I count). 

n. Set the 3455A RANGE to 1. Repeat Steps i through 

rn to obtain optimum adjustment. 

5-1 5. RMS CONVERTE'R ADSUSTMEMTS (A1 5 Am., 

Standsrd Madel 3455A Only). 

NOTE 

For 3455A Option 001 inshuments. refer ro 

the Average Convener Adjustments (Param 

h 5-1 61. 


ACDC Digital Voltmeter (-hp- Model 3490A or 

3455A) 

DC Standard (Systron Donner Model 106A) 

AC Calibrator (hp- Model T45A) 


FUNCTION.. .................. ACV 

RANGE.. ..................... 10Y 

AUTO CAL ..................... ON 

GUARD ....................... ON 

TRIGGER. ..................... INT 

MATH.. ...................... OFF 

AC-AC/DC(Rear Panel). ............ AC 

b. Connect a short across thc 34556 INPUT terminals. 

c. Set the Digital Voltmeter (DVM) to measure dc volts 

(auto range). Connect the DVM low input teminal to TP6 

and the high input terminal to TP8. 

d. Adjust R65 (PREAMP OFFSET kDJ) for a DW 

reading of 0 V + 10 microvolt. 

e. Connect the DVM Low io TP6 and High to Tf5. 

Adjust R56 (ABS AMP OFFSET ADJ) for a DVM reading 

of 0 V k 10 microvolts. 

f. Disconnect the DVM. Connect a clip lead between 

TP3 and TPS. Adjust R16 (INT AMP OFFSET) for a 

3455A display reading of O V + 1 count. 

g. Remove the clip lead from TP3 and TP6. Adjust R29 

(LOGGER AMP OFFSET) for a 3455A display reading 

between 0.0998 Y and 0.1002 V with a 100 mV, 100 Hz 

signal applied to the input terminals. 

h. Set the rear panel AC - ACDC switch to ACIDC. Set 

the DC Standard for an output of 10 V dc. Connect the DC 

Slandard output (Negative Polarity) to the 345 SA INPUT. 

i. Note the 34S5A reading. 

j. Reverse the polarity of the DC Standard's output and 

note the 3455A reading. 

k. Adjust R51: (AC-DC TURNOVER ADJJ sa that the 

readings in Steps i and j are equal 2 0.0005 V. 

1. Disconnect the DC Standard from the 3455A INPUT. 

Set the rear panel AC-ACDC switch to AC. 

m. Set the 34556 RANGE to 1 V. Connect the DVM 

(AC function, autorange) Low to TP6 and High ro TPS. 

Set the AC Calibrator for an output of 1 V, 100 Hz. Con- 

nect the AC Calibrator output to the 3455A INPUT. 

n. Adjust R74 (1 V, 100 Hz ADJ) for a DVM reading 

of 1 .OW00 V ? 1 count. Disconnect the DVM. 

a. Adjust R17 (GAIN) for a 3455A reading of 

1.00000 Y + 5 counts. 

NOTE 

If. in the fu!lowing steps, there is insufficient 

adjiwtment range for the I V, 10 Yor 100 V 

highfrequency (40 kHz) adjustment, the 

adjustment range can be expanded by removing 

the appropnkte jumper wire on the A15 

bomd (see Table 3-21. Refer to the A15 

board compot~enf locator (Section VlIl) for 

jumper locations. 

p. Set the AC Calibrator frequency to 40 kHz. Adjust 

R7S [I V. 40 kHz ADJ) for a 34S5A reading of 1.00010 V 

(tolerance = + 20 counts). 

q, Set the 345SA RANGE lo I0 V. Set the AG Calibra- 

tor for an output of I0 V, 100 Hz. Adjust R73 (10 V, 

100 Hz ADJ) for a 3455A display reading of 10.0000 V 

f 5 counts. 

r, Set the AC Calibrator frequency to 40 kHz. Adjust 

R72 (10 V, 40 kHz ADJ) for a 345519 reading of 

IO.0010 V (tolerance = + 20 counts). 

s. Set the 3455A RANGE to 100 V. Set the AC Cali- 

brator for an output of 100 V, 100 Hz. Adjust R94 (100 V, 

100 Hz ADJ) for a 3455A reading of 100.000 V + 5 counts.

Section V Model 3455A 

t. Set the AC Calibrator frequency to 40 kHz. Adjust 

C34 (100 Y, 40 kHz ADJj for a 3455A reading of 

100.010 V (tolerance = + 20 counts). 

u. Set the AC Calibrator for an output of 1 V, 100 Hz. 

Set the 3455A RANGE to 1 Y. Repeat Steps o through u 

until optimum adjustment is obtained. 

Table 5-2. Jumper Removal (A15 hard). 

1 V.40 kHx Jumper 2 

10 Y. 40 kHz Jumper 3 

5-16. AVERAGE CONVERTER AQJUSTMENTS (A13 

Assy., 3455A Option 001 Only). 

5-1 7. The following adjustments require an AC Calibrator 

such as the -hp Model 745k For optimum adjustment ac- 

curacy, the AC Calibrator should be calibrated at 1 V, 10 V 

and I00 V at I00 kHz. The AC CaIibrator" error rneasure- 

ment control should then be used to adjust out the 

100 kH7 errors indicated on the calibration chart. For 

example, if the calibration chart indicates that the 745A 

output is 0,W% high at 1 V, 100 kHz, set the error mea- 

surement control to + 0.04% to obtain a precise l V 

output. The 74519 can be calibrated during a routine per- 

formance test using the procedures outlined in the 745A 

Operating and Service Manual. 

5-1 8. Adjustment Procedure. 


AC Calibrator (-hp Model 745A) 


FWCTION.. .................. ACV 

RANGE. ....................... 1 V 

AUTO CAL ..................... ON 

GUARD ....................... ON 

TRIGGER ...................... INT 

MATH.. ...................... OFF 

b. Set the AC Calibrator for an output of 10 mV, 

1 kHz. Connect the AC Calibrator output to the 3455A 

INPUT. 

c. Adjust R12 (DC OFFSET) for a 3455A reading of 

0.01000 V 2 3 counts. 

d. Set the AC Calibrator to 1 V, 100 kHz (use error 

measurement control). Adjust R13 (1 V HI FREQ) for a 

3455A reading of 1.00000 V + 5 counts, 

e. Set the AC Calibrator frequency to 1 kHz (turn off 

error measurement controt). Adjust R36 (1 V LOW FREQ) 

for a 3455A reading of 1.00000 V ? 5 counts. 

f. Set the 3455A RANGE to 10 V. Set the AC Calibra- 

tor to 10 V, I kHz. Adjust R23 (10 V LOW FREQ) Tor a 

345SA reading of 10.0000 V ? 5 counts. 

NOTE 

If, in the following steps, rhm is ksuffcient 

adjustment range for the I0 V or 100 V highfrequency 

(100 kHz) adjustnlent, the edjlrstment 

range can be expanded by removi~~ the 

appropn'are jumper wire on rhe A13 board 

(see Table 5-3). Refer to the A13 board component 

locator (Section VJII) for jumper 

Iocarions. 

g. Set the AC Calibrator frequency to 100 kHz Adjust 

C 15 (1 0 V HI FREQ) for a 3455A reading of 101.0000 V 

+ 10 counts. 

h. Set the 3455A RANGE to 100 V. Set the AC Cali- 

brator to 100 V, 1 kHz. Adjust R46 (100 V LOW FREQ) 

for a 3455A reading of 100.000 V + 5 counts. 

i. Set the AC Calibrator frequency to 100 kHz. Adjust 

C34 (100 V HI FREQ) for a 345SA reading of 100.000 V 

1: 10 counts. 

j. Repeat Steps d through i untiI optimum adjustment is 

obtained. 

Table 5-3. Jumper Removal (A13 board). 

10 V. 100 kHz Jumper 2

Model 3455A Section V1 

6-2. This section contains information for ordering nplace- 

ment parts. Table 6-3 lists parts in alphameric order of their 

reference designators and indicates the description, -hp 

Part Number of each part, together with any applicable 

notes, and provides the following: 

a. Total quantity used in the instrument (Qty column). 

The total quantity of a par? is given the first time the part 

number appears. 

b. Description of the part. (See abbreviations listed in 

Table 6-1.) 

c. Typical manufacturer of the part in a five-digit code, 

(See Table 6-2 for list of manufacturers.) 

d. Manufacturers part number. 

6-3. MisceIlaneous parts are Iisted at the end of Table 6-3, 

6-4. ORDERING INFORMATION. 

SECTION VI 

REPLACEABLE PARTS 

parts by their Hewlett-Packard part numbers. Include 

instrument model and serial numbers. 

6.6. NONbLISTED PARTS. 

6-7. To obtain a part that is not listed, include: 

a. Instrument model number. 

b. Instrument serial number. 

c. Description of the part. 

d. Function and location OF the part. 

164. PARTS CHANG ES. 

6-9. Components which have been changed are so marked 

by one of three symbols; i.e., A, A with a letter subscript, 

e.g., A,, or A with a number subscript, e.g., Al A A with 

no subscript indicates the component listed is the preferred 

replacement for an earlier cornponcnt. A A with a letter 

subscript indicates a change which is explained in a note at 

the bottom of the page. k A with a number subscript indi- 

cates the related change is discussed in backdating (Section 

VII). The number of the subscript indicates the number of 

the change in backdating which should be referred to. 

6-5. To obtain replacement parts, address order or inquiry 6-1Q. PROPRIETARY PARTS. 

to your local Hcwlett-Packard Field Office. (Field Office 

locations are listed at the back of the manual.) Identify 6-1 1. Items marked by a dagger (f) in the reference desig- 

- 

Table 6-1. Standard Abbreviations. 

f 

Am 

m"m 

Smrum 

-11 m 

W - m r me*la v -1 ~4) 

nu&- .* 

mu -.I 

. ng.orr-mu U 

I--mc-l m T - 10 9 -04. SpST 

ra -nh ~ * p l r ~ h 

* 

-*Nm 

-& upCtkm* 

mcO r ~ w d m ~ ~ ~ t 14 Wl*m 

C C m w on& nmulm18mnl#h II hW.1 TC -.M'e duml 

U* . c w m obd w bl abs?.~mm Tat tl- ~a.m 

d mlf~~nrnl 4 M l m ! - 

- - - 

lo.3mrmm Otr . -r 4- IoOpY 

corn r-mg. In* LIIDMU. 10.3hnl 1.1 

~ h m r ~ . 

CDmD mW11M 0 . # trnm urn- 

'- .cmnwilon C mbrrm @ -HmI TSTR *m*lm 

m W U L V PC rmnd r#c~l 

ds m I.pT v - M U 10 - 77 f r d m V vmlU 

llPDT m**. mum- W . .d * V W * o n W W U W 

-*. --v--mzz 

OP5T -&ln.l. worr Id 

10 3- LO PI, .I "m 

Ynz Ed: ::::=: ~rn"l.1 udr* dm Nmm d k p "0lU.p 

*.cT .*wmc MO . . .wan,- 

-w --d mlhc m n I,Lm ~ par m~8mmra W . umnlu 

- 

m?, lrawlrlvln OD VL 10 p.h 18 *I* 

F +MU mr mnaucana wm anawmllon rm . . +m--ug. 

m (wddlatamrr~* mla mwl,n~ m.c p.cl*on t~ carramnu WID 

*bttsn 

fnd . r..d mu -1- ro 3 en. mom I~W-.L I- . . -W*E 

.F 411wd111 

aa4a muwrBndl.1 R -*c :t - 

GM. m u - 10 6 ID1 M~CII 

- m* M*l., @ mu r o a ~ m ~ r . ' o D a r m W W r * c g d L L + r q . 

E "01 IOt.ll -*u.kamIpnmvhm"nMl 

I 

** rnswd*~1~.nundlrn~ 

@ *rnMl.dl n* -Dl - 10- p mP13 

W -clod S. r*num -1.d OI * m U I- 

n -1ml M nnn rO ma4.l 

- 

w WCu.. Qm -em b wym @Ram-- 

-ill 

A FL I,~W D r -nw 

0 mw M WR . nrmra u . . . .- 

IIT bnrr K rn- r.wr Alm munorIgu*l v . . ..rum Nbh r*pl A4 moc*I. .Ic 

C J w L Rl mrrm~a~or W 4 

CII boa- lhvlrw K '.h S .rach X . WL.7 

m a u v u n L b r m T wm,lwm XOB . 

. M*u 

0% uno U I.*.* Tll -1wM *I 

-m 

t mr-mn 114. mrme* 7M TC Ir*lmo4m 1 nrm~rl 

r IVY P ryl T* 7m.r mw 2 Mlorl

Section VI Model 3455A 

nator column are available only for repair and sentice of exchange basis, Use the following part numbers and descrip- 

Hewlett-Packard Instruments. tions when ordering the exchange assemblies. 

6-12. EXCHANGE ASSEMBLIES. 

6-13. Exchange asssernblies ere factory repaired and tested 

assemblies and are available only on a trade-in basis; there- 

fore, the defective assembly must be returned for credit. 

For this reason, assemblies required for spare parts stock 

must be ordered by the new assembly part number listed in 

Table 6-3, 

6- 14. For service convenience, the Processor Assembly 

(A3) and Reference kssembly (A1 1) may be replaced on an 

Manufacturer 

Number 

FROM 

GM077 

00000 

0011.l 

0022U 

01 121 

01 295 

02735 

03888 

04713 

07263 

11236 

11237 

11 502 

14140 

15818 

16365 

17856 

19701 

24226 

24355 

24546 

2493 1 

27014 

27264 

28480 

32997 

34335 

56289 

71 785 

72136 

73138 

74970 

7591 5 

79727 

BG464 

91637 

9 t 833 

99800 

Processor Eschange Assembly (A3), -hp part number 

03455-69503. 

Reference Exchange Assembly (A1 1), -hppart num- 

ber 1 1 177.69501 

61 5. SERVICE KIT. 

Table 6-2. Code tisf of Manufacturers. 

Manufacturer Name 

EFCO Components 

Amp Dsutschland 

U.S.A. Common 

Jermyn lndusrries 

United Ckem~con Inc 

Allen-Bradley Co 

Texes Instr Inc SernFcand Cmpnt Div 

RCA Corp Soltd State Div 

KDI Pyrofllm Carp 

Motorola Semiconductor Produets 

Fairchild Semicanductor Diu 

CTS of Berne Inc 

CTS Keene Enc 

TRW Enc Boona Div 

Ediron Elek Div WcGraw-EdIson 

Teled~ne Semiconductor 

Dayton Rogen Mfg Co 

Seliconix inc 

MepcolElectra Corp 

Gowanda Electronics Corp 

Analog Devices Inc 

Corning Glass Works lBrsdfordf 

Specrelty Connector Co Inc 

National Semiconduetor Gorp 

Molex Products Ca 

Hewlett-Packard Co Corporete H(1 

Bourns Inc Trimpot Prod Div 

Advanced Micro Devices Inc 

Sprague Electric Co 

3RW Elek Components Cinch Div 

Elenro Motive Corp Sub IEC 

Beckman lnsrrumentr Inc Hell~t Div 

Johnson E F Co 

Littelfuse Inc 

C-W Industries 

Bergquist Co 

Dsle Electronics Inc 

Keystone Ele~trOnich Corp 

Amer Prcrr Ind Inc Delevan Div 

6-1 6. A service kit is available to aid in the repair of the 

3455A. This kit contains Processor and Reference Amm- 

blies (A3 and A1 I) and selected components necessary for 

efficient repair. The Service fit may be ordered through 

your nearest Hewlett-Packard Office. Order Service Kit 

Number 03455-69800. 

Address 

Saint-Melo France 35 

Germany 

Any Supplier of the U.S. 

Milweukee. WI 53212 

Dellas. TX 75231 

Sommewille, NJ 0887 6 

Whippany. NJ 07981 

Phoenix, AZ 85008 

Mountain View. CA 94040 

Berne. IN 4671 1 

Bwne. NC 2m7 

Menchester, NH 03330 I 

Mountain Vim. CA 94040 

M~nneawlis, MN 55407 

Santa Clara, CA 95050 

M~neral Wells, TX 76067 

Gowanda. NY 14070 

Norwood, MA 02062 

Bradford, PA 16701 

Indianapolis, IN 46227 

Santa Clare, CA 95051 

Downers Grow, l L 6051 5 

Palo Alto, CA 94304 

Riverside, CA 92507 

Sunnvvele, CA 94086 

North Adams. MA 01 247 

Elk Grove Village, I L m 7 

Wiltimentic. CT 06226 

Fullterton, CA 92634 

Wesecs. MN 56093 

Des Pfaines, I L 60016 

Warminster, PA 18974 

M~nneapolis, MN 55420 

Columbus, NE 68601 

New York, NY 10012 

Aurora. MY 14052 

I

Reference 

Designation 

I1 

ALL1 

AIL2 

A1L1 

*LC+ 

AIL5 

A1Lb 

ALLT 

AlLB 

ALLP 

AIL11 

llC12 

*LC13 

hlCL4 1 

A1110 

A1117 

AILlU 

AIL19 

AILLI 

AlCZ2 

AALZ) 

AIL24 

1 AIL23 

h l ~ 2 b 

AlcdT 

~ILLB 

hILlt 

AIL11 

AIL& &A 

I l L 3 j 

AIL* 

h1I;JS 

AlL3b 

AIL37 

AlL3u 

AlLId 

A l U l 

AlM? 

AlC43 Ag 

AlC44 AC 

AlcHl 

XlLkZ 

AAcn2 

ALLY5 

AILa 

Altbtt 

AlCW 

hlGHY I 

ArLRll 

hILUIL 

ALLK~I 

AILALI 

A1W13 

AICHlo 

A141 

h1J4 

A M 1 

AlJ% 

AlJb 

A14 r 

AIJU 

A1L 1 

11U1 

AWL 

AM3 

AAU4 

A1117 

A1Jb 

AlYI 

AIJ~ 

ALuY 

*lull 

Cls a 

HPPart 

Number 

034S5-W501 

01-03bZ 

01-0291 

Olltu-0'374 

0180-0197 

01 @O-1735 

0180-OLP7 

OLM-LX~~ 

01 BO-U31+ 

01ao-ot~r 

01 8C-1735 

01 -037* 

01 -0128 

0180-OJ74 

01-DL91 

Di 80-OcVL 

OLm-ObP3 

01 -0LZB 

do-OLYI 

0 1 8D-W4.P 

DII+UZtl 

01 BO-0291 

UI OD-DL91 

rll4WUIP8 

D l -0L'aI 

o~t4.+2.?0* 

0180-1335 

DlW-OLPL 

YIBV-1735 

0 A &+ZLrU5 

0160-0;roZ 

0 1 ~ O L P 1 

0150-OOP3 

01 w-~302 

U1 CO-OLY 1 

OIIIU-OLP1 

01W-O t 95 

0180-0~1 

OIBQ-026El 

OJW-1901 

IPUI-QLOO 

1YUi-WZOO 

I Y 01-uu5u 

19tl-OU>3 

1PCL*OY>D 

1PU-0631 

1POL-W28 

1901-UOZB 

LYOI-0050 

lVGZ-Ld34P 

IPW-0126 

LPDZ-Obll 

1901-UU53 

1902-3136 

1251-31'35 

1251-4313 

1251-3274 

12 51-3Z7b 

1.?51-2U3$ 

1251-4315 

1L 51-*>A4 

91W-013? 

IVY-0010 

111%-0d10 

IS 54-0;10 

1851-UUIJ 

185+OLIU 

I&>+ DUIV 

I# 53-ObLU 

1~53-WLJ 

11 54-UULO 

1854-DCU7 

0180-3897 

Ad SEE NOTE ON SCHEMATIC B 

d0 SEE MOTE ON SCHEMATIC 10 

*C SEE NOTE ON SCHEMATIC ID 

*G SEE NOTE OM SCHEMATIC 10 

I 

1 

3 

H 

5 

7 

5; 

1 

3 

1 

1 

2 

5 

I 

4 

2 

1 

4 

45 

3 

LZ 

5 

3 

1 

1 

2 

4 

I 

1 

I 

5 

3 

15 

B 

Table 6-3. Rephcea bh Parts 

Description 

C.C ISSEIIIILIm WT60 111 

UPhLfTOll-FXD 51OPF t.5t 300YYDC MICA 

ChPhLlfOm-FED lUF+lDS 35VDC fA 

C4P4ClmR-FXD lQUF+lOt ZOVOC TA 

C&PIClTOR-FXa Z.ZW*-iOZ ZOVK 1h 

CAP4ClTUA-FKD.22UFt-1Of35Y~1A 

ShPACITUR-FXO 2.2UFrlOt 2SvDC TA 

CAPICI IOU-FIIO .IZVF+-10% ~WDC r~ 

WPhCI TUR-FXO 1OUFu-101 ZQVOC tA 

CAP&LI~OR-FXD Z.LUF+AOI ZOVDC IA 

CAPACI TOLE-FXO .ZZUF+-10% 35VOC TA 

C~PALI~R-FXD LQUF~~OZ ZOYDC fh 

LAPhG3fDR-FXD 2mZUF +ZPX 5OdVW CEA 

CAP~C&~UK-FXD IOUF+IOI ZOVDG 7 1 

CAPILLFOR-$XU 1UFt-1OI 35VPC f A 

LAP4LITUK-FXD 1UFklOL I5VilL TA 

CAPIEITOR-FXD lOOOW+5+10S 2SVDC U 

CAPACSrUA-CYO ZZUFt-LO& IIYDC 3A 

C4PhC 1 IUH-FXP lllF+lOI 35YOC 1A 

CIPACSrOR-PXD ISOOUF+IQ0-1UL ZLYOC U 

CAP~CITOR-FXD lUF4-IOI 35VOC lh 

CAP4CITURFXO I W t l O Z 35YDt f A 

CAPAClfOA-FXO LWFlPAOL JSVOE TA 

t*PIClfOR-FXD ZODPF +-51 AODilVDC MICA 

CAPAC 1 TUN-FXO lUF+-108 35VOC 1A 

CAP*CITUR-FXU LOOP$ r-sa >OWVQC MIC~ 

LAPIE I IDA-FXO .LZM+-1OI 35VOL Tl 

CAPIC IWR-FXU lUF+lOL 3SVDC fA 

t&PhCLfWR-FXD .22 UF+-lOX35VIJCTA 

LAPACITUII-FXD .ULW +BC-20t 25MYDC ZER 

LAPACZIOU-FXII 510PF +-51 JDOYVM: MICh 

GAPICI TOR-FXD ldF+LOX YSVOC f A 

CAPICIIWR-FXO 

LAPICIIOR-FXD 

-0IW +BWZOt EDOYYDC CER 

~LOPF *-sf ~OMIVQC M~U 

CAP4C I TOR-FXD IUFI-10s 35YOC LA 

Cap*: IIWA-FXU IUF-IOZ 35UdL 14 

CAPACITOR-FXD lOOOPF +-Z(rY 2WVAC CEA 

CAPACITORFXO IUF clG% 35VDC TA 

CAPACITOR-FXD IUF +-IN 3SYDC TA 

CAPACITOR-FXD 8 8UF +-2I).b BVWC TA 

DIUIE-PMR AECT 10OV I.$* 

DlU3E-RUN ArCT IOOV k.5h 

0100€-SUIfLHINE BOW 3OOMA 2NS -1 

OIOWE-5WlTCHlNG BUV 20UMA ZHS DO-? 

OI Udt-SY1TLUlHC BOY LUUMA 2NS OW1 

OIOPE-LHR 1853518 14Y 51 PPSY TC-*711 

VIUDE-WR ALCT 40OV 750Mh 30-29 

DIOOE-AR AkCI 400V 750WA 00-29 

[HJOE-SYITLHLNG 8 0 ZOORA ~ ZNS W-1 

DIODE-JNR 6.1W 5s OWI PD..CY ft-+-0221 

DIOOE-LHR 2.blY 5.t -7 PLa.4Y TC=-.013t 

0133E-LUU EN55518 14Y 5I PO*bh fC=+?5Z 

010DE-SwlfCHlNri BOY ZOOM1 ZMS MI-J 

UIOJE-UIR 8mLloV 51 O*? P0..4Y TC-hOSZL 

LOXNELTUUI--RlMMPOSIMPE 

CUYNECTOR If-P111 M POAT TYPE 

CO'dNECTOH &RIN Y POST TYPk 

CUUHELIDH b P l l l M Pdb7 7YPk 

CUNNCLIUR-PC €lGk 15-COMIFAOII 2-ROY5 

CUNNEZlUR 1'-PIN N PUSf TlPE 

CVNNECTUK lS-S'lI4 II PUS1 IYPL 

CUIC-NLD SRH 5% LI-LO .lJDX.+*LG SRF-31H2 

IHIYSIS7W PWP Sl TWL8 PO-3eONY 

rUhNSISrOR HPM LHZZZ2 51 13-tb PO-5OQW 

IUhHSlSIQI( NPN LNZ22Z 51 TJ-ld PI)190WY 

TBlYSI STDR PUP 51 TO-18 CO-3bUMY 

IK4HS I STOH NPH ZNJLL.7 51 IU-ld P0=5O[MY 

TUAMSISfPR PUP 51 1-18 PO-3oORY 

TYIISLSTORPW51PPJJOA~FT=l5UMHL 

ranus I s r ~ PW l SI PU~~OJMW FT+ISOMHL 

TKkYSISIUR PHP SE PU=3OUMm Ff-1SOHhP 

THbrUSLSTUR PPrP 51 UAdC TO-ZZOAB PO-6OY 

CAPACITOR-FXO .tUF+80-20% 1MIVDC CER 

See Sntductlon to this aectian lor orderlnp inrotmalion 

Mfr 

Cale 

21-0 

21480 I 

56214 

56ZlP 

%28P 

%ZIP 

%Z19 

5bzmg 

1 5htB9 

1628') 

Jb289 

%28g 

ZB4BQ 

5bZBP 

5b284 

5bZBP 

WZ2U 

SCLB9 

SLZBP 

ZB*BII 

5bZB9 

5btlJ 

5L281 

72136 

5b28P 

28~83 

%La9 

56ZIP 

58289 

28183 

28480 

56209 

28480 

t8IEO 

56249 

5o~a9 

W80 

56284 

042m 

042a0 

04913 

W713 

ZBC80 

28580 

2g4BO 

MT13 

Ztl+80 

20480 

Z0CBP 

28480 

h f 1 3 

04713 

211401) 

1 

272M 

ZTZbb 

272b4 

4 

flfl5 

ZfZM 

ZfZbC 

W&00 

ZB4BO 

04711 

WT13 

ZYIBD 

04f13 

28480 

ZUlUP 

ZBCE~ 

28+80 

ZelHO 

28480 

Mfr Part Number 

03*55-66501 

DIhO-03W 

1500105XP(U512 

15001DbZPIYO6T 

15.00225X90211U 

150OZZtX9035AE 

15ODZZIX902DkZ 

~ ~ D O Z Z ~ ~ ~ O ~ ~ A Z 

15ODtWXPOZOB2 

L~OPLZ~XPOZO~Z 

150D224X9035AL 

1500l~X902032 

0160-0128 

15001ObXPRZOB2 

1500105X9035A2 

15ODlOSXV03SAZ 

ZSYBSLlOOO 

ISOOLZLX?O1112 

150DlO5XPO35~X 

(118~0bQ* 

1500105X9035U 

150010SX~035M2 

150DL05XP03512 

DM15F20 lJ030DdVlC1 

150D105X1035A2 

DILO-2204 

150032+%9035&Z 

1500105XPO35I2 

~ J O M ~ ~ X ~ S A ~ 

01bKkZb05 

0160-0362 

15PD105X9D35&2 

0150-0093 

0160-0442 

llQP105X9055AZ 

1500105~9035~ 

0160-0195 

lMD105Xm5A2 

1500105X9U35A2 

1 WD685XI1006AZ 

SRI04&9 

SR1146-9 

1901-0050 

1901-PO50 

LPW1-0050 

1NS351B 

1901-OOt8 

IPUl-OO.!B 

19U1-0350 

APOZ-0044 

5L 1033S-14 

1M53518 

1901-0050 

5L lOP39-155 

09-60-IMlt Z+OJ-O*Ij 

22-04-2Lkll 

09-60-1Wl 

I)+bWkOCI 

Z52-15-30-300 

22-0+2(1B1 

ZZ-04-Zl61 

2500-28 

1853-OOLO 

,?HZ222 

ZH2LZZ 

IB53-0010 

2HL222 

1853-0010 

1853-0020 

L ~ ~ ~ - O O Z O 

1853-OOtJ 

1853-MOP 

01603822 

63

Reference 

Designation 

htJO 

A1117 

A LU& 

Aid? 

AIJAO 

4tUll 

AIU~L 

1IJIj 

*lUIC 

AAd L5 

*LUIC 

AEU17 

AIrllU 

AldlP 

AIJIU 

AlULl 

* 1 JLc 

AIU13 

A 1 JL* 

hLJ.45 

AIUZ8 

Ald4f 

ALuL& 

AIUCY 

ALLIJU 

A3d31 

ALUM 

IlUM 

A I JA4 

4lr14B 

AAU>h 

hl.13f 

A hUjB 

AIU3Y 

#id40 

hill41 

A1 WL 

*Id41 

Aid44 

AAUP5 

AIJ4D 

AlrlsF 

*I JQU 

41J+'J 

AhI1SU 

hirl5l 

AIU%? 

h1J53 

4tJ-S 

AAJ>:, 

4AJ- 

AIrl>T &A 

~ l l l b m 

A10>3 

AIJW 

AIUbI 

AIU&L 

ALlrtrl 

*tub* 

A IU01 

Aid& 

* hU-1 

ALUM 

.IldbP 

ALUlrl 

I AIUli 

Al1L 

AA SEE NOTE ON SCHEMATIC 10 

f4PPan 

Number 

IBiWl558 

1B2Wl2.Ob 

i82WliYP 

iQl(tlS5U 

lB.?+1IV'I 

lEM-1IJb 

18 m-1ssu 

LU20-Id01 

182Pl197 

PaZ*ll9B 

IIIZ*IIP& 

1BM-114E 

l t I ~ l i P 8 

IIILO-ILPb 

1BZ~119b 

182It.lSbd 

IBzP.1568 

1Y20-1lPb 

182W119b 

L&?WllUb 

1820-1112 

LPMI)0?5 

Il2+1LBO 

1820-1196 

IrZdD-1280 

1BP1196 

IBdO-LZOB 

lUi+ldlb 

11320-1508 

lcl.?O-l3bd 

1820-1432 

11-S*32 

1120-1201 

18-11qP 

1820-lllZ 

182Q-1214 

48 dbkSbB 

11>1561 

181B-0199 

IP la-0199 

Id2+11P11 

lQI+1.2U1 

LaLC-1621 

18ZU-1199 

LSd+lL97 

1820-1196 

1820-1199 

IdZO-12Ob 

182+1X9b 

Id2+lIYF 

l S 20-1445 

1YZC-W37 

182C+llPb 

LY~+~IPB 

181~-IIPB 

1112W1197 

111291bO+ 

ItlZrl-119b 

18 d0-Id45 

182Q-114b 

18-1196 

L820-119b 

IdLO-llVb 

Id2P.ll9b 

IdJO-iIqb 

ltlLPll40 

W*1+1WL 

12W-O*BS 

ILW-0+73 

UdtiJ-ObBb 

Q3tO-Dm87 

504W017U 

4 

2 

B 

24 

I 

9 

6 

1 

z 

1 

2 

Z 

X 

1 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

L 

2 

2 

7 

z 

Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts 

Description 

IC-036ITU MUHlR TTL* WhD 

IC-PIGITLL SW~LSZTN TTL LS TPL 3 1*)& 

10-DItlThP SN74LSW ?tL LS HEE 1 

IC-DIGIIAL RC344tP TIL* OUAD 

IC-DIGITAL SN74LSMM TTL LS HEX 1 

IC-OlGIf~L SNFUSI1~M fTL LJ MEX 

IC-DIGIT*L YC~HIP T~L* WI~D 

IC-DIGITAL 5H14LSOBN TTL LS WAD 2 AMD 

IC-DIGITAL SNJUSOOH TfL L5 MJhD Z WAN0 

IC-DICllU 5N?+LS03M 11L LZ QUA0 2 NU40 

IC-DIGITAL S ~ ~ L S O T~I. ~ M is WAD z NAND 

JC-DIClTlL 

IC-DSblTAL 

SH72L503H ffl L5 OWAD Z NAND 

5k74L503M IJL L4 UUAD 2 NAHD 

IC-DICI~AL SNI*LSIl*II TIL LS HEY 

IC-DIGITAL SNJILStl4W fIL LS HEX 

Sf-01GllAC 5NfSLS125n ITL LS QUA0 l BUS 

1C-DLGIThL SN'tW5125H YlL CJ QUA0 1 BUS 

IC-OIGIIhL SM7US114N TlL LS HE* 

1C-DIGIIAL SMJ4tS174H TlL 1 5 HEX 

It-OlttlAL SMIYS114M TrL LS HEX 

It-DI6f'ThL SNfUS14N ffL LS DUAL 

OIDOE AARAV 

IC-~1611~~ SWUSLB~W ~11 LS 

IC-3lGlTAL SWU5114N 1tL LS HEX 

It-DIGITAL SHJ4LSlBlH I l L lS 

IC-l)lGlT*L SHTU.SIb3H TTL L4 BIM 

IC-DtG#TALSMfbLSlb3MTTLLJ BIN 

IL-JIGlfU SMl+LSOBH TlL LS WAD Z *I1P 

IL-DIGLlAL SHF4CSO4N 1TL 45 HE# 1 

IC-UI GllAL 5N14LS74N TIL 'LS UUAL 

IC-O~GITAL S U T ~ L S I TTL ~ ~ LS ~ 3 

It-OIGIfAL 517USlZSN T1L LS QUO 1 BUS 

IC-Dl GLrAL SNT4LSIZ5N fIC LS QUA0 1 BUS 

IC ARJIIZkPC IK RAW R#OS 

1G AMYLlfAPf 1K RhH HlUS 

IC-DIGITAL SU7US03M T TL LS QUAD 2 WAND 

LC-LIlClTAL SMIMSOBN fTL LS QUA0 2 AM0 

tL-3fGlfAL SNYU.SIZ3M IFC LS DUAL 

IC-OICltAL SHTSLSDIPI tTL LS HEX. 1 

IC-PfGLTAL 5M34LSOOH fTC CS QUAD 2 PUN0 

IC-DIGIIU SN74LSL74W T14 LS HEX 

IC-DEGlfAL SHI4LSWN TIL LS HEX 1 

It-DIEfTAL SHlOLS27N 1TL LS fPL 3 UUR 

It-DIGITAL SmUEl74W IFL LS HEX 

IE-DIGCTAL SM74LJWM tTC LS PUAO 2 WAN0 

JE-DI6ltAL SIY14lS155W fTL L5 OU41 2 

IC EHEM TTL L 8-INP 

IG-DlGIlAL SHfUStT4N 1fL CS HEX 

IC-DlCITI* SM14L503N 114 L5 PUAO 2 HA110 

~ ~ - r I.I~AL ~ a 5 ~ 4 ~ 5 TIL 0 1 LS ~ YWAO 2 HAND 

IC-DIGItY SN74LSOOM fSL LS QUAD 2 MANO 

IC-DIGITAL SM4LS4BM TIC CS 4 

1E-UIGITAL 5HIUSlT4R TrL LS ME1 

1C-3lGIfAL 5H7645155N YfL LS DUAL 2 

IC-PIClIAL SH14LSI74N 111 L5 HEY 

tt-DICI~AL SM~LSLTW~ rfL LS HEX 

IC-OIGIlhL SNJWLZI~IN flL LS HEX 

IC-OIGITAL SH74LSIT4M 1TL LS HEX 

IC-DltllAL SHI4LSIJ*H I l L LS HEX 

It-Df GlIaL SNIUSI7*N TtC LS HEX 

IC->lGSThL trS88b3R MOS* OSPL ORVA 

CIVSIhL. WAR12 1.3MHZ 

LEI€ I11C 14-PI)I PC MWNTING 

SUCKET-1 IZ Ib-LONT OIP-SLOR 1 

*lUS U111-11823 

*BUS BAR-Me23 

~ ~ ~ J E ~ P L U G - ~ W P C B L I A ~ O 

See Intrductlon to this section for ordering Information 

Mfr 

Code 

04713 

01295 

01295 

Wfll 

01295 

OIZ99 

01713 

01295 

01295 

CJ1295 

oizvs 

01295 

01291 

OlL'tl 

01295 

01295 

01295 

01295 

OIL95 

Oi 295 

01295 

Zl4EO 

01295 

0129% 

Ol295 

Mfr Part Numlwr 

It-DIGITAL 

IC-OlGlflL 

SH7USl74H T1L LS HEX 

SHfUZ32H fTL Lf QUA0 2 OR 

OIL95 

OLZPS 

Stll*CSI 7*N 

5NT415IZU 

IC-OIGI7AC SKI4LSIIaII tTL LS 3 

IC-OIGlrAL 5HTUS125N FEL LS OWAD 1 BUS 

OlZPS 

01295 

5NJ4LS138M 

SN14t 51251 

I C - D ~ G ~ ~ A L S ~ ~ * C S I ~ ~ M ~ T L L S U U 01205 ~ O ~ B U S 5 ~ 7 4 4 ~ 1 2 ~ ~ 

01295 

01295 

01295 

01295 

01295 

012PS 

OlZP5 

01295 

34335 

34335 

01195 

01295 

01295 

01245 

UIlPI 

01295 

01295 

01295 

1 01295 

01295 

01295 

02237 

01293 

OL295 

01245 

01295 

01295 

1 01295 

01295 

OlZYS 

' 28M0 

91295 

01Zq5 

01295 

01295 

01295 

2TOt4 

28480 

38180 

OOOOP 

OOJOO 

28480 

llC3+41P 

5117U527M 

SN74LSO4M 

MC34*lP 

SN14LSOW 

5117USlT4M 

~ 3 4 4 1 ~ 

SMF4LSOBW 

SH74CfOW 

SN74LSD3Y 

SMXILSON 

SHT4LJOSH 

SHF*LS0311 

SN7MSi 14N 

SNf4LS174M 

SNT4LSIZSW 

SNT4LSIZSN 

SUT4LS174U 

SN74 Sh 76PI 

SN74LSllQN 

SHtSLSlW 

1POb-0075 

SN14LSlBlW 

5MJU 51 74ll 

SH~4CSlRLB 

SH74LSLb3M 

SH14LSL&3N 

4NJ2~50Bn 

SN74LSO4Y 

5YJ4LSlrM 

SNf4LSI3lM 

SHF4LS125M 

SHTILS125M 

AM4112APL 

A*QilZAPC 

SNf4LS03fl 

5N74LSDBH 

SN74LShL3W. 

SH74LSOW 

SN74LS00M 

5N74LSl7QM 

SHTSLSObN 

SH74PST IN 

SN74CSlI4II 

5M74LSOOM 

SH74LS155F1 

93L18PC 

5H74L Slf+W 

St4741 SOPI 

LM~~LSO~N 

SH7+LSOON 

SH74LSG8N 

SHJ4LSLI4W 

EHltLS155N 

SN74LSl?*N 

SHI*LStfbM 

5M74L S172H 

SNlIL511W 

SHI+LSl?bN 

SHT4LSlt4N 

DS&BbYI 

MLO-LPOL 

1200-MO5 

1200-0+71 

080 

080 

505U-D1?0 

6-5

, SEE NOTE OM SCHEMATIC 10 

64 

Designation Number 

Tabb 6-3. Replaceable Parts 

Description 

A2 03+55-WSOZ 1 PClSSE11~Y.DtZPlhY 

h2CR1 19-05SI 34 LEO-V IS1 ME LUlF l M-2RCD IF=ZOII*-HAM 

ALbRi! 3993-05SI LED-VISI WLE WH-INT-ZMCI) IF-ZORA-MAX 

*.?CKi lPPo-C154f LtJ-VI St BLE Luk-lflTrlMC0 IFIZOIIA-MU 

ALI-UC 19W-Olr+? LED-V I S I BLE Wn-INl=2MCP IF*20ltA-M** 

*LLA> L9Pd-Ofr*F LEO-Y 1Sl BtE WR- LNT-2MCO IF*ZOM*-MA* 

*LCI(L 

ALLIII 

19 * 0517 

IPPJ-O5I'1 

UD-Y ISIBLE LUWINI-ZMCO 

LED-Y lSIQCE LUM-EHf -2HCO 

IF-ZOM-MAX 

tF=ZOMA-#AU 

AZCAII 

4dkY9 

IPPO*U5*? 

LPPD-0bII 

LCD-VISIIBLE 

LkO-VISIBLE 

LUH-IHT-ZMO 

LUM-IHT-ZMCD 

IF-ZDR*MAX 

IF-ZONk-#AX, 

A2CYla 19 'lW-05*7 L t 0-V IS1 BCE LUM-INT-IRCO IF.IOM+L--lAX 

IJLAlf 

PL-UAL 

AZLAII 

AdL1114 

A~Lu45 

llCHlb 

ALLHI1 

AlLRlU 

I2*Y19 

ALLR~U 

ALLWl 

lLvHiL 

A2LUla 

hccULC 

A C ~ ~ L S 

AICr(;rL 

ALbttd 1 

*LLRLd 

ddcM.!3 

PLcMjU 

AICHsI 

ALLH3L 

AICY33 

4LcR>* 

44b.43 J 

A ~ U A ~ L 

ALJML 

a~rlau) 

&LdbIC 

*.u>n~ 

A2 JA~u-DSMB 

A?PI 

CUP2 

&4? 

I PW-OSI7 

LP93-05SF 

I 9 %-O>O? 

IP W-U5+T 

L~PPO>~* 

195+054U 

t090-0540 

AYYv.0'140 

IY ~O-YS~U 

L9W0549 

125t-4340 

1751-3478 

rlbE3-ZU15 

008+-iLI5 

Jbd3- ILL^ 

Ub B3-3~35 

PbU3-3305 

00 a3-3335 

Ilb83-3>0> 

Yb.83-35U5 

Jbll3-3305 

008~-3305 

0683-3305 

La 10-0223 

1B 10-0229 

1CIO-UdL9 

1tll+OdZP 

l8lPOCZP 

L l l l r t . ~ 

18 1+020& 

50-9436 

8 1 hl-225* 

U34>Fulb01 

12&047l 

I 

i 

7 

t 

4 

3 

I 

5 

2 

m 

i 

1 

8 

LEO-V1SI BCE LUltiHT*tMCO tF-10Rh-kAX 

LED-Y ISIBLE LUM-IM~-~~CO ~~=zo~r-arn 

LED-Y ISIBtE LUIC IHT-2MCU IF-ZOM*-M4X 

LkD-VISIBLE LUH-IHT.2UCD IF-ZUWA-MAX. 

LED-YI SI BLE LUH- IHT-ZHCO IF-ZOMA-MAX 

LEO-V I $1 BLf LUH-I Nt-ZMCO IF-ZORh-MIX 

LEO-Y I SIBLE LUM-INT-ZUCO IF-ZOW-MAX 

LED-V IS1 BLE LWIC IN-ZUCD LF*ZOMCM** 

LkD-YtSIBLE LUM-fHf*ZMCD IF=20Uh*MAX 

to-VISIBLC LYM-INT-ZULU IF-IOMA-MAX 

LCD-Y C SI BLE LWN-1 BT-WW IF-2OMh-ICAII 

LED-Y1SI OLE LUC-INIrZRCU IF-?OW-MAX 

LEO-VISIBLE CUI+IWT-ZFICO IF*20114-MAX 

LEO-Y IS1 BLE LUK-IHf-2MCU IF-ZOM4-MAX 

L~J-VISIBLE LVM-IHT-ZMCO IF-row*-n~x 

LEO-YI SIEILE LUH-1YI-2MCO IF-tOU&--YAX 

LkD-VI SI BLE LUW-l Nf-lMCD IFm2WlA-MAX 

LED-YlSI BLE LUM-IHf*LMCD lF.dOM*-ll*% 

LtQ-VISIMLE CUM-INf-ZMCD IFmZUMA-MAX 

LCD-Y IS1 BLE CUH-IHT-2MLD IF=ZOllA-MAX 

LED-Y 1 SI BLE LUH-INT=ZRCO IF=LOMh-MIX 

CtO-Y1SlILE LU+lll=2MCU IF%?OIIA-WU 

LED--Y ISIBLE LVWIHT*ZRCU 1F.2OMA-MAX 

LED-Y IS1 BI.6 LUM-IHF-ZMLD IF.LOHA-MAX 

LkJ-VISt BLE LUH-IHT-2MCD IF-LUnA-MAX 

OISVLIV-w 

SEG -5-CHIA .wa-H 

UlSPClY-WM 

DISPLAY-HUM 

SEE 1-CHM -43-H 

SEG 1-cn*~ -4rn 

03 SPLAY-HIM StG 1-CHAR m43-H 

DISPLAY-HUM SLG IH 

no PART NUMBER: SEE m i 

CONNECTOR 16-PIN F POST TYPE 

CONTACT-CONN UNd POST TWE FEM CRP (PK) F21 

RtSlSIOR 200 5% .25# FC TC=-4OOItbOO 

At51STORLLU51.15MFCTC=-WOItbOO 

RkSI STOR 2LD 32 .25Y FC TC*-tOO/*cOO 

AkS151UR 33 5I .Z5U PC TLm-4001t500 

RE51 51CH 33 51 .25Y FC TC--4OO/*500 

RES15lW 31 TI .Z5W FC TC--400/+5OQ 

RE5151[R 33 51 -25H FL TC*-400/*500 

RESISIOR 33 51 ,25U FC fC--4OOI*500 

RtSlSIW 33 5s .25* FC rE=-4~~/*500 

RtSlSIUR 33 51 -2% FC fC3-50014500 

RESlSlDA 33 5f .Z1Y FC TC*-400/*500 

HE IUORX-RE5 8-PIN-58P 

NFlUUMK-RE5 I-PIN-SIP 

NC~WO~K-:-RES &-PIU-SIP 

.I-PIN-SPCG 

.A-PIH-SPCG 

. L-PIN-SPLC 

NtIdOKK-RLS 8-PIN-SIP .I-Plft-SPCG 

NETWORK-GS E-PIPI-SIP .1-PIM-SPCG 

HtTMOR11-RE5 8-PIN-SEP .P-PIM-SPLG 

HCTUUH11-AES 8-PIN-SIP -1-PIWSPCC 

PUSHBUTTlm SUIlCH 

*L*BLE ASSEMRLlr DISPLhYllHCLUDES PI1 

CAlCE ASSEMBLY w KEra0&kDIlNCLUDES P2) 

SOCKET-IC L*-CaLf DIP-SLUR 

See introductiou t~ thls section ror ardertm Infonnstlon 

Mfr 

Code 

28410 

28480 

2BI8O 

ZBIUO 

28400 

~8413a 

20460 

ZB4BD 

2BIBO 

28185 

20480 

28+10 

28cno 

2BIQO 

I ZB9QS 

ZB480 

28480 

28480 

Zb4SO 

ZBCd3 

201~3 

ZBQBO 

Zd4BO 

28*80 

La480 

284~0 

28400 

Za4BO 

2ICBO 

20480 

2fl180 

28480 

Ze4BQ 

2B4aO 

28483 

28*83 

~8480 

28480 

28480 

ZBlbO 

284811 

ZB480 

27281 

284[#) 

01121 

OllZl 

OLLZI 

Oh121 

OilZi I 

01121 

01121 

OIL21 

OIL21 

OLlZl 

01121 

11234 

11236 

11234 

1L23b 

11231. 

Q2483 

02483 

2BI0O 

28*80 

2B48a 

28410 


P?*JS-b45ilOl 

1**054T 

t990-0547 

199+05+7 

1990-0541 

1*9n-05*1 

IPPIF.0547 

1P90-051t 

1990-05.1 

1 9 § ~ 0 5 4 1 

1990-0547 

I990-05+1 

LPPD-O~~~ 

1990-0547 

1990-0547 

1970-05.7 

1PPWO4bt 

3990-054? 

IPPQ-0561 

1PVO-05&J 

iwa-0517 

1PPU-0547 

1WO-05U 

1990-OJ*1 

1990-0517 

1~90-05*r 

1We05bI 

1'1PW05+t 

19PO-0541 

SPPO--0547 

1990-05~ 

LP90-05.1 

1WO-05*? 

1990-0541 

19911r0547 

1990-0541 

I'JPO-05- 

1P9U-OZW 

IPPD-0540 

1490-0510 

1490-0540 

lW0-OSM) 

22-Ot-2161 

1251--3176 

~12015 

C82215 

CB2215 

C83305 

Cf133G5 

LB3301 

CB3301 

C83305 

CB3305 

LB3305 

En3305 

750-01-R390 

75WBl-R430 

750-81-R330 

750-01-R14U 

750-81-U230 

7-1-RlOK 

750-01-R10K 

SObD-9E36 

8120-2Z51 

034511-61601 

1250-Mf* I 

& 

I 

I

Reference 

Designation 

4LrlL>1 

IIIUC5L 

ALUc>l 

hlucS4 

AAOLsh 

AldL5d 

A10Llt 

A1Jc5d 

&1dL99 

ALUCUA 

l1JLoL 

AIOtb3 

A1UL45 

AiI1Lea 

AICrLRL 

AIdLk2 

1ISLks 

AArlL*l. 

A1 JCK3 

A LOCR4 

A 1 3 ~ k l 

113Lko 

AluCltg 

AI~LXLI 

A tulA IL 

IIUCYIA 

ALULUlf 

*kdCU&% 

*lock I a 

A LUCY 17 

AAJWIB 

AIUCRIY 

AIOLULL 

A IIILKLL 

hIJCUL3 

AAJCRLI 

AlUCHL5 

~IJ~HLS 

AldlYL? 

IIUC*Ld 

IAJCUL9 

AAOU3I 

hlULHJ.4 

l I U ~ d a 3 

AlULt(3* 

&IOLY35 

XtUCK3I 

AIULMI 

a LUCKSd 

&LOLA39 1 

~LIJCY+~ 

&LULL*.? 

AlaLk,~ 

AlULkCC 

l lOLR45 

AIwLk48 

hIOLRI1 

AAJEU4tr 

AIJCH4Y 

AIOLRYI 

ALULRSI 

*~uCmar 

AlrlLl(5f 

AI~LWYY 

AAWUIab 

hIUCU'rF 

11UCY3II 

AIIICaIY 

ALJCkoA 

A LJLRuP 

AAdLrm> 

AlOtKa* 

AldLAa> 

IIULmbC 

HPPart 

Number 

I11 m3-2055 

U160.LW5 

dl&Zbd= 

& l dG-Vcarl 

U L &Ul1t OL~D-~L~O 

U 1 a(t20ZA 

UI LW~CLII 

0 1 WJ-dLAU 

UILI+UI'IJ 

JIW-MY3 

I 1 WULJU 

01dO-W95 

r)Ie!J-U23J 

L 9 01-QbBb 

LY U1-Dbdb 

IYC-jAJ* 

19 GI-UUSU 

19Ul-OU>U 

1901-OU5P 

1902-01114 

I JUI-ousu 

1 Y UL-U 1 I4 

IVU-oiar 

1901-W5U 

l Y 01-0070 

I 9 02-30UZ 

IYUI-OU49 

I 9 01-OU5J 

1901-0050 

1901-OSBC 

19~1-USBC 

1901-(r58a 

I~OI-O'~BC 

1901-0350 

LPtl-0u50 

19Cl-UJSU 

IPCI-OUSL) 

14 Ct-U31C 

4901-OJ?b 

19w-o~&+ 

4902-Old4 

1901-VU5D 

IYCL-Ob>J 

19 01-OU50 

19aI-OUTU 

YPGL-OU50 

19 (rl-ausu 

1901-UU>U 

19CI-OU50 

19C1-OU5J 

1901-OU3U 

I 9CI-0050 

LPOl-UU>U 

1901-0050 

1901-OuhJ 

1 9 CL-ous a 

1901-0UZH 

I I9Oh-OUZH 

1901-0020 

19C1-UULB 

1961-OUZE 

1901-OULU 

LYOL-UULB 

I9oI-UOLB 

Lb3G1-0u2d 

I9C1-0r)LII 

lYCS-*U>J I 

19UZ-OU+Y 

1qPA-0200 

tPC1-ULDJ 

LPU-Ullb 

LY U2-UUOP 

170-OkIb 

Ohl 

L 

L 

L 

Z 

5 

L 

2 

I 

, 


Description 

CAPACI TOR-FXO .OIWF +BO-2Ot I O ~ U V K CtR 

CMACITUR-FXU .O2W *SO-205 L5YVDL CEK 

LAP4Clir)U-FXO .U2UF *dWL3& Z>YVDL CfR 

L~P~GITLIY-FIU 1UFt-201 5WdC 1A 

CAPAC llUR-F110 IUF 4-ZJZ L53VOL CFR 

CMACl TUR-FXO IIIF+-201 5OYDC TA 

CAPAC I TUR-f XD 2ZOUF*50-101 SOY= AL 

LAP4C I IUR-FXD 220UF*5+101 5OYOf AL 

CPPALI 1UH-FXO lUF+-LOI 5OYDC I & 

CAPAC I OR-FXD 1000uc *S*IOI L~VDC AL 

CAPICI TOR-FXD IOOWF*5U-IOC LSVDt U 

t1P4C ITUP-FXU 1UF4-20% 5UVDC 11 

GAUAC I TUR-FKII 4ZUUUf +100-1UZ 12VOC *L 

LAPAClrUA-FA0 tUFrlDL 5OYDL FA 

UIU3E-bEH PIP 30V 25MA r0-TZ 

OLDJE-GkN PUP 3QV Z5M* tL+TZ 

UIDOE-LNR 5.6LV $I DU-7 PD*.+Y TC.+.U16S 

010OE-SdITCHlMb aOV LlJrlMA 2MS W)-7 

U1 UOE-SUiTClllNG BOW LbQIIk LHS W-1 

1 DIUPE-3UlTCHINC 80V LOHA 2N5 -1 

OI7DE-LHR IL.LY 51 OD-I W..bY rC-hO6bS 

UIJ~E-~UZIL~IIHE BOY ZOUMA ZMI m-a 

UIODt-1NR 1b.LY Sf OU-7 P0=.4Y FC-*.PIbI. 

U~JDE-LHR IL.LV 5s OU-7 PO-,+* tc-+.OWZ 

DID>€-SUITCUM BOY 2OOWh ZNS -7 

D100E-SUllCHING BOY ZOOMA ZNS W-7 

DIOUE-LNH 2.379 5* DU-7 PD=.4Y TW-.D74% 

DI~~JE-LNR b.1~~ 51 01.1-7 ~m.4~ TC'+.OZZZ 

UI1JE-SYITCHIHG 8OV LOOMA ZHS W-1 

IIl03t-SYItCHIHS llOY ZUOM ZHS MI-7 

DIODE-GEM PRP MY ZSMA no-72 

DIODE-G~H PRP 30'1 2 5 rw-72 ~ ~ 

UIIJPE-CtN PHA JJV 25RA TU-72 

DIODE-GEM PUP NY ZSM r~-IL 

OlOD6-SUITCHlffi BOY 20Wl 2HS OU-f 

DILILXE-SWflCHINt BUY 2UOW1 ZHS m-1 

OIWUE-WlfCHING 

OIUIIE-SUITC~LNG 

80V ZOUUA 2NS 0-1 

BOY zouna 2 ~ DU-;I 5 

t)lUOE+M PKP 35V MRh DO-l 

0100E-GtH PRP 35W TOW DWF 

DIDUE-IMR IC.ZY 5t UO-7 PIT.+* I~-+.OLLE 

DrUUE-LNA 1C.ZV SI DU-I P0*.4Y Ftr+.DM% 

UIJJE-SUllGHLnG BUY ZOOM 2NS D[E-7 

vlUdE-SYlfCHIW IlOY 2dr)MA .?US W-T 

DInDE-SYITCHING BUY 200111 2NI OU-# 

DIODE-SYIICHING BOV LOOM1 ZNS DU-7 

UIJ>E-SM~ICHIN& BOY ~ O O R LHS ~ 0-3 

DIUDE-SUIVL~~UG BUV ~ u o ZNS n ~ nu-7 

UIOdE-SWIICMLW BUY 20OR* 1Hh LXI-7 

UIUDE-SYlTCMING BOV 2OURh 2MS M1-7 

UIODE-SY ITCHWE BJV ZOUR& LHS W 7 

Dl ODE-SY1 ILHlMb 80V 203WA ZHS DU-7 

UIUJE-SYlfCHING BOV LUOMA ZF1S Wff 

D!O>E-~WIlCHIHG BUV 3UJMA LNS W-J 

OIOOE-SYITCHM SOY ZUOMA 2HS 00-7 

DIUDE-SYEFCMlW BUV 30011h ZHS 0-7 

uIOJE-SWITCHING BUY 2U3M4 .?& 00-1 

W100E-PMR RtLf *OOY 750M1 DO-ZP 

OIODE-PMR MEKT 4OOV 750UA YWd9 

DIUOE-FWI RtLT WdV 75WA 0-29 

UIUDE-AIR 

UIDIE-PWR 

HEGl 4OW 75OHA DO-ZP 

ntct ~Oav YSDMA uU-ZP 

DZ UUE-RIR RECF 4OOV r>OHA 00-29 

WIUDE-PYR I(~.CI ~ O O V I>~H* UC-29 

1 

UIOOE-PYII 

DIODE-PwK 

RECI SOOV 750RA 9-29 

RtCT 400V 750114 JO-29 

UIUOt-PWR RLCT +[IOU 153MA OWdP 

DIJOE-SUI ICHIffi UUV ZOOMA lN5 W-7 

PIUJE-LMR a. IYV 58 Ow7 PO. .4Y fC-*.O22t 

DIODE-PMR RECf LOW 1-54 

DIDO€-PYR SltCF lOOU 1.54 

U13JE-ZNU 4T.>Y 5Z OV-LS PO-LY IC-+.O&lI 

UIOJE-ZMR b. IYY 5% OW7 PO-.4Y TE**.0222 

DIaIE-ZHR 47.5V 51 00-15 PO-Lw ?C-*.a811 

See kkltrod~ctlon ta thls section lot ordering lniormation 

Mfr 

Code 

28483 

29480 

28483 

56289 

2U480 

56289 

28480 

ZY+BJ 

56289 

OOZLU 

0022J 

5bZLI1 

211CBD 

582BJ 

284BO 

ZBIBO 

15810 

24&&0 

LB400 

Z8*BD 

WT13 

Z8I80 

04113 

o r 

ZBIlP 

28480 

15818 

28480 

t8+&P 

28480 

38480 

ZB+8P 

Lab80 

28480 

28180 

ZBIBD 

28480 

ZBl80 

2BlbD 

2l*BO 

or713 

04111 

214190 

tUlBO 

28480 

ZB4BU 

28+90 

28480 

28b10 

21~80 

28480 

28*BQ 

Zd480 

ZH+80 

Z8*80 

2B4hO 

ZU480 

29480 

Zkh+&U 

28t8O 

28480 

Z04Ba 

ZdClP 

18480 

tB4aO 

28480 

ZBIBO 

28460 

Zd480 

W7IJ 

wr~3 

O+Tt3 

IdOUO 

5*?11 


OibO-2055 

0160-2605 

(1160-2005 

lSO0105XOD53A2 

OlbO-OLLf 

15001P5X0050*2 

0160-2b28 

OLOO-21211 

150010~*0050AZ 

2SVB3LEOOO 

Z5VBSL1000 

1500105XOOIDA2 

0180-0695 

150010SXOO50h2 

1901-0586 

1901-OSPb 

CO J5b3C 

LYO1-0053 

LPO1-0050 

1901-0050 

SL 10939-212 

1901-0050 

SZ 10939-ZI2 

SL 1Dq>+ZIL 

1901-0050 

1901-0050 I 

LD 3552b 

1902-00b9 

1901-OJSO 

1301-0050 

1901-O5Bb 

1901-0586 

1901-O59b I 

1901-0581 

1901-0050 

1901-0050 

k901-OD50 

1901-00 50 

IPOI-03 Tb 

1901-03 76 

st 10939-242 

51 1093Q-ZC2 

1901-0050 

19oI-oo5a 

1901-DOSO 

19OldPU50 

IPUL-OJ5D 

IPOL-0050 

IPOl-0050 

1901-0010 

1901-OPM 

SPOL-0050 

IPUI-0050 

LPOl-0050 

1901-DO50 

1901-OD50 

1901-00 50 

I901-0020 

1901-OOZE 

1901-DOZB 

LPQ1-0028 

IPO~-OOZB 

1 IPO1-OOZB 

1901-ooze 

~qOl-oOL~ 

1901-0024 

1931-032& 

1901-005V 

kP02-0049 

SRIZI46-9 

S R ~ B C ~ P 

Sl-11213-335 

1902-004P 

SZ-lLZ13-335 

I 

I

Table 6-3. Replacwble Parts 

Reference 

Description Mfr Part Number 

oesiqnation I KPCr I I 

*Ions 

4IrlHL 

lIUK4 

A 1 JKC 

Aid&* 

OI~JE-ZNR ins3s~d 14v 5x PQ-5u rc-*t5a 

DIODE-S~IFCHINL BW ZOOMA zns rm-3 

DIODE-SWITCHING BDV ZMIMA ZN5 -7 

CIMHECTOR-PC EWE 154UHIIRUU 2-AOUS 

CUYNELTOR-PC EU3E IS-CUNTliUU r-ROU.5 

cWHEL~OK-PC EDGE 15-CONTIROW2 ROWS 

CUYMECIUR 10-PIN H POST TYPf 

CU~MECIDR +PIN rmr rvpt 

Rtur:nEEo 

R~LAV-REED IA inon* looouuc ~oc-COIL 

RtLAY-HEEO 14 IOOCIA 1OOIIVO1: SYDC-COIL 

AZLAI-REEU 1A 10OMA 25QVOC SVOC-CUIL 

RELAY-REED 1 A IUOMA lOOUUDC SVOC-CUIL 

CUI L-MLO 240W 5X 9-65 .L550X.315LG 

CONNECTOR 0-PIN F WSY TYPE 

CONTACT-CONN VMI WST TYPE FFM CRP IPlOPIl 

CUNHECTOR 2-PtM F POST TYPE I 

IRAMSlSrOR. FE; 

fAhMS14lOR~ FE1 

IQANSISTIIR+ FET KOYIRLF 51005 

rr&nstsrm~~. FET Itov*asr 53005 

TRAH31SIUR-JFET DUAL M-CHhN @-MOO€ $1 

TRlWSISrOR-JhE? DWL H-CHAM &MODE ?WfE 

lRLNSl5TQR NPH $1 Pm30011Y FT*Z0011HZ 

~MANSISIOR PW TI ~-3~utlw FT-~OMHL 

IkLNSISl W PW St PO-KIDMY FT-LIUMIU 

fAANS1 SrUR HPN SI PU*30UMW Fl-TOUMHL 

IRlYSISt~ HWI 51 P0*3bQPI# FT-75HHL 

lHANS151(rR. FEl 

TRANS1 SIOR. FET I 

1 

TRINSISTDR J-F~T M-CHAM wnwr~ 10-72 st 

1RANSlSfUR J-FET N-CHAM -DOE 10-72 51 

*tH*MSISTURr JFET &CHANNEL LIWB5l 

*TRAHllSfORrn JFET H-CHANNEL LY4857 

TRhHSISrDK J-FLf 2~4391 + C W &MODE 

1RLNS I STOR JlFET 2N4391 H H * M LI-MON 

fH4MSlSfOR J-PET H-CHAN WOOF TO-72 51 

IRANSIZrOR Jf ET h-CHAM WH[10t 10-12 51 

Id4Y 5 I SlOR-Aft T DUAL N-CHAM WIWOE TO-71 

THANSISfURrn fET KWURSF 53005 

IRINSISTORrn FEI KOVARSF 53009 

1YAWSISIOR J-FCT M-CMN D-HUUE TO-72 51 

TMhH5tSII)A PllP $1 PD.JDORY FK-LSOIIHZ 

TH4HhISIa PMP 51 PU*3UO** FT-l5(*IHI. 

IRIYSI SIOK PNP S I PV=IVOMI F F=15I1CIHL 

1 AC SERIAL NUMBERS 18lZAOlBMI AND ABOVE: REPW 

I I I 

a Oiodcr CR7l and CR72 awlv only to rCrlel wmbmr 1622AWl awl 4 k . 

See l liroduction to this sectian tor ordtrim Information

A1UUPI 

ALdlt90 

*IUUY~ 

AAo*Yd 

AIUUP9 

AlOA101. Rl02 

A10R103 

AIOAIW 

AiRfOS' 

4 LUKlOO 

fii~nlu? 

& LOR1 01 

4LUkll)Y 

AlORlll AA 

hlrlbl dB 

llUtl 

ALdYP 

AlOU1 

AIUUL 

*IOU3 

AIwU4 

AlUW 

AAOUb 

1~11ui 

AL~W 

&LdUY 

AIUUbL 

llUU12 

AIUUIA 

~arlulb 

AIUUI? 

AIUUIL 

*IOU11 

AIUUIC 

AIUUIV 

AlUUZI 

JLlUULd 

*LOULA 

A ArlUc4 

AIOULa 

AlOVrc 

1I11IU~I 

AiJULS 

AlJULP 

AIUIJA 

#IUUjr 

JlUUAI 

I 1UU3Q 

AIUUJII 

41UU3b 

lid438 

AlUW3d 

&LOU9 

AlJdl 

lIOY2 

A10h1 

AIJYi 

ALL bC 

0483-2015 

06 63-201 5 

uha3-~0zs 

00 83- 1025 

IIYS984SJf 

0683-ZM5 

m83-4125 

C16R3- 1335 

08994258 

0698-3697 

0757-0437 

0357435 

0157-WU 

13598-4436 

0698-31513 

07--027+ 

04-2025 

DbU-17L5 

Olrt13-4125 

a8834725 

DOP+ObUL 

PlC+OLJB 

91 03-3b79 

111 *0141 

I~Z+OIOP 

1826-0904 

182bOdb7 

lbib-Oh+? 

182baA3+f 

tezm77 

IUd6-OJ41 

183bOj41 

IYII)-ILPh 

lI32O-lLPL 

1dZD-11Pb 

laru-l~lb 

LLlZ+lIPI 

IBLO-I19b 

A8d0-1191 

La&-0343 

llii0-0471 

L B Z ~ I I Y I 

lB.?+IIqP 

182+1420 

18LWM71 

l d lB-2210 

03455-82501 

I(IL*IIPO 

IBZI)-II'IP 

III Mr119i 

I E LU-~~LO 

161LC-A112 

Itll4+Il12 

19W-047 l 

1YW-05fl 

IUdb-0150 

1U 2b-UIYP 

lllcb-0338 

18Z*OL?t 

LZUF03UP 

03 445-bib07 

0345S-bl*UII 

IZ(l0-WU 

04lLbO4&3 

504+017J 

11 171-~8609 

1 l lV7A 

I 

t 

1 

I 

2 

3 

t 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

1 

5 

1 1 

Table 6-3. Repheable Ports 

RESISIOP. 200 St -2% FC 1t~-4001+sOO 

RESISIU1 ZOO 5s -2IY fE fC--+00t+C00 

RESLSIOR ZK H . Z~Y FC rcr-+oo/*tno 

RELISTm 2K 51 .25U FC ltr-WW4100 

RESISI[Lt FXD TOW OHM .&i 

RESISTOR 2M 6% .25W FC Tt5600Ie 

RESISTOR 4.7K 5% .26W FC TC--dOY+m 

RESISTOR 13K 6% 3 5W FC TCWftBMI 

PADDING LIST lPlO 015!?4250?~ 

RESISTOR 1.87K 1% .125W f fCelOO(.l W] 

RESISTOR 6.WK I% .125W F TC'O*-TW(-25VI 

RESISTOR 4.75K 1% .125W F TC-O+rYW{-3.W) 

RESISTOR 3WK.t% .l2M F TC-W-1W13.6VE 

RESISTOR 3.32K 1% .17M F T0-WrrZM44.0V) 

RESISTOR 28K 1% .125V F TC+-101)146VI 

RESISTOR 2.37K 1% .1Z5W F .TC~(H-lOOI~5.OVI 

AESISTa 1-2EK 1Z A25Y F TE-O+LOO 

RkSlSTCR 2U 5I .25Y F t ~t--400/+100 

RESISTDR 4-711 51 .25Y FC TCm-400/+JW 

AESISrM 4.71 5Z .Z5Y Ft lt*-*00/+7MI 

RESISTOR 4.1K !i% .26W FC TMl*7W SUl1CH-IUt REED FUM A 3VA lZUOW CWf 

rR4IS.f ORER. PULSE 

TlthMSFDRMER. PULSE 

IC fit 1434C UP AHP 

IC HA zar5 OP UFP 

1E LF 355 01 AMP 

IC. J LBWUIU LM3P SEE. 

ILI J COMPUTLA CM33V SPEC. 

Itr J tPMPUIER lM33q SPEC. 

1~ OP AMP LGW.DRIFTTO~ 

IL. J L~WUTCR P H ~ ~ SPEC. P 

ILI J CDWFUlER LR339 SPEC. 

It-OIOITAL SNF*LSI74N TTL LS HEX 

IC-DIGIT& SN7U5174N rlL Lf H a 

IC-OlGlfAL SN74LSITIN Ttt LS HEX 

IC-DLGITAL SHIMSA~~N TVL LS 3 

1C-DIG13AL 5U74LS174N ttL LS HEX 

IC-UltlIhL SHT4LSL7bH TTC LS HEX 

IC-DIGIZU SMlUS174H tTL LS HEX 

IL IK 1436C [P AfiP 

IC-DIGITAL SMWCW TfL HE* I 

IC-DIGITAL SNI4tSOON fZL LS QUAD 2 MUD 

It-DIGITAL 5HT4L5HN I'tL LS HEX 1 

IC-DIG11 AL SWI*LS92R STL LS 01-X-I2 

IC-DIGITAL SWWLIW ftL ME31 f 

IL. MIIS--R~ 

FIANOPAOCESSOR ASSY INCtUDESA10R106' 

IC-JllrlTAL SPllUS03N TrL LS RUlD Z MA110 

d~ RESISTOR AlOR111 APPLIES ONLY M SERIAL NUMBERS lBnAOW11 AND ABOVE. 

AB REED WITCH AlOS1 APPLIES ONLY TO SERIAL NUMBERS 1622AM1410 AND BELMH. 

A6 REPLACE WITH AM ASSEMBLY PART NUMBER 1,11778 FOR REPLACEMENT OA EXCHANGE. 

1 I 

I 

4 

2 

1 

2 

1 

I 

1 

I 

4 

L 

1 

i 

1 

I 

1 1 

IL-DIGITAL TPRWSWN ZTL L5 HEX 1 

IC-OltiITAL SII74LIIWN ff4 L5 QUAD 2 MAMD 

IC-DI GITAL 511~1~~92~ r t 44 ~ DIY-X-12 

IC-DItl TAt SHTcCS74M T1L LS DUM 

IC-DtGffAL 5N3+LS7*N 1TL LS OWhL 

WTD- I SWTOlt LED-PDlOIXSfR IF-SMl-IF&# 

OP1I)-ISOLATOR LEbPDIUIXStR IF-5011- 

It Y RELIR 

IL V AGLTH 

IC JBIX- Y RGLTR 

It L R 320 V RGLTR 

HElT IIMK SGL TI)-ZZO-PKE 

CABLE &5S€MLYm C.~.(IHCLWES PI1 

CABLE.LWiOfYlOER 

SOCKET-It 4D

I Designation 

Tabla 6.1. Replaceabln Parts[Con~'d) 

HP Pan Numbsr Ofy hription I 

A12 

nl2~t 

~ 1 2 ~ 2 

At2C3 AH 

AI1CAl-CA* 

Al2CR5 

AlZCAG CAt 

A19CRR 

A17CR9 

Al?CAll CR15 

AIM1 

A 1702 

A1203 

~1104 

~17-2, 

A12R1 

AlZR? 

A12A3 

AlZR4 

A17R5 

A12A8 

AI7r1, R8 I 

A1?1+9 

ni?ari 

nl?Al? 

A12R13 

A1191< 

AI2Rlj 1 

At2RlfiRl?.lg.-IB 

Al?RlB 

A17R19 

&12R>I 

Al?R?2 

0355-66511 

0180-02m 

mm-air~ 

Oll;[Y-0tCll 

1901 - W,O 

1902-11177 

lw-0050 

190t -WJS 

1902.-3139 

1901-IX60 

1B50T47 

IR~~-WZO 

185t-~m~ 

1854-IKn3 

1835-0241 

I)683-1115 

0683-4315 

075V-lW5! 

Oh83-213i 

10698 - 441% 

063B -4702 

nr57-Md2 

Oi11i3- 1735 

06u3-1?15 

W,XJ - ZL.!a 

0 5A-Wa 

W98- 351 Q60683-,1735 

0157-Md7 

OW3-4335 

0684- 153s 

(SH3 1733 

01.43- 1125 

-\A SEE UO:F ON SCHEKATIC 4 

3 B SFE NOTt OV SCH:I4ATIC 4 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

3 

1 

d 

6 

3 

? 

1 

1 

1 

3 

1 

I 

I 

PC ASEMBLY. OHM CONVERTOA 

CAPACITOR FXO tUF *-2m SQVUC TA 

CAPACITORFXT) 039Uf. ln',mvw 

CAPACITUR FXD 47MIPF -10 .?MVDC 

UIOOF-SWtTCHIRC BOV XQMA 2YS Da-7 

DIO3E-LNR IN875 6 2V 5. DO 7 PO- 25W 

UlIIDE-SiYlTCHI\G 8 V 2mMA 3VS DO ? 

U~OOL-HV RFCT IKV G W W ~ w m 

DlOTE-LVR 8 23V 53 DO- I PO 4W TC-a 0534 

DIODE -SiVlTCHI%G HOV 700UA INS 00-1 

TRAICSISTOR-JFET DUAL N-CHAH D-UCOE 10-71 

THANFISTOR PNP 51 PO-~MW FT-I WMHZ 

TR*1N%IS?OR NPN SI P0=360MIV FT.75MHZ 

TRA\SISTOA NPW 7Y3431 51 to-5 PI>-1W 

TRIFISISTOH-JFET DUAL N-CHAN D MOOF TO-7% 

RESISTOR 110 W .25W FC TC--4K"BIIO 

RESISTOR 4 3K 5% 25W FC TCr-4001. 

RESISTOR 1K 14 5W F TCrO*-100 

100 

REFISTOR 11K 5% 75W FC TC- -4@3'*RIXI 

HFSIFTOR 1 13K I% 175tV F TC'O--1W 

RLSI

' 


QV Description 

Mf r 

Code 

AIZTUS OT~POOO~ 1 RCSIST~ 1001 ~t iw M TC-or200 lLS02 IIM~? 

h12rl PLOD-0679 I TMWSFCRIIEIIa PULSE 21480 1100-0s79 

Al2Ul 16-0223 Z IE LM 301A OP AMP 27014 L113DlW 

ILLW 1820-0223 IC LM 301A OP AW 2fOLb LB301AM 

All 035b-513 1 P.C. LSSEIIICtr AC CWERTER 28460 QHJ5hl5lJ 

A13C1 01-2199 4 ChPIEIf(llt-FXD 301F *-51 IO0YVI)C UIC* 21WO 01-Zls4 

AksC2 01 -4404 1 CkPACIJWFXD -1SW +-I01 IOWYOC PI*YP Z21+80 OIID-MD* 

Al3L.3 01-4401 3 CAPhCtFOR-FYO .OlV +-lot lOWYOC POLYP 28480 0160-WO1 

4I4C4 0 1-4402 1 CAP&ClXORFXD -1UF +lOl IOOWYIX POLlP 28480 Olb+L-+IOZ 

a1j~5 QI@-31Y9 CAPACITOR-FXO JOPF 4-31 JOOYVUL MICA ZB4BO OLLU-ZIPP 

Mfr Part Numbr 

h1Sb 01Hb439I 3 CAPACIIVR-FXO -082W *-lo% 2OOYVOC POLWP 21480 Ol60-WPB 

AI1Ct Dl-4398 CAPAClXOR-FXLl -D82UF +10Z 200YVDC PDlVP tU4BO 01ba-4398 

AL4kl OLbO-*IOl I CAPACITOR-FXO .OIUF +lot IQOYYOC POLYP 28480 I 01hl)r~o1 

II3CY 0 1 W +49 1 CAPAC L JnR-FXD .01W C-10s L0OYYI)C WLTP 25400 016**01 

A1jL11 (It 80-02.29 CAPlCllUR-FWD 3JUFclOf lOVUC TA 54Z8P 15003~X9Q1082 

411~12 

413L13 

AkjLAI 

o~t~o-okvr 

01 80-1735 

0140-ZIPP 

UP~C I~DR-FXD 2.2wtiot roum ;A 

CAP4CITQRFIIII .22UFt101 35YOC IA 

C4P4CITOR-FXO 30PF *-5% l0OYVDC MICA 

-2a9 

-289 

la4BO 

~ ~ w z z ~ ~ w w . ~ ~ 

L5DOZ24X903SU 

a160-ZlVP 

AlSLI5 

Ah1L10 

AlXtf 

At3C10 

A13C18 

A13C21 

A13C22 

~1~113 

01 i1-0432 

01&-07b3 

0180-0363 

OIW7-1746 

01EO-349 

01-3 

01~4187 

ow-3134 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

CAPhCITOR-Y TAM-AIR lm7/14.1PF 350V 

CAPACIYOR-FID 5PF +10S 50UUWPC M1C4 

CAPACITOR-FXD BZOPF 4% 3D3WDC MICA 

CAPACITOA-FXD 15WEcWMWDC T k 

CAPUITOR-FXD 346Ph +-I% WWVJX.PORC 

CAPACnOR-FXD DlUF *80-m 1WVDC.CPB 

CAPACLTOR-FXD 1 >UP+--10% 20VDO TA 

cwacrran-FX~ oruf +-lo% m m c CER 

tt910 

26bBO 

284M 

%?&a 

2B4m 

Z8W 

581# 

P W ~ 

114-505-125 

0160-OF63 

01W-0363 

1500156X4M082 

0160-Bl8 

alW--BOB3 

L 9 D 1 2 W 

0160-3134 

AlX24 

At3C26'AA 

~ 1 3 ~ 1 

A13C2f 

01834197 

016&0318 

0160-2150 

0140-01911 

0160-3945 

at W-WS6 

CAPACETOR-FXD 2 2UFhlOX ZOVUC TA 

CAPACIT OR-FXD 21PF t-5% SOWDC MICA 

CAPACITOR-FXD 33PF +-6% 3WWVDC MICA 

CAPACl TOR-FXD XIPF +-5%3WWVDC MICA 

; CAPACITOR-FXD WPF +- 1% 5 0 0 ~ MICA " ~ ~ 

1 CAPACITOR-FXD .OSUF *E!-2h lOOWVDC CER 

58189 

28480 

2BW 

2WW 

2 m 

28480 

1500225X9MZIAZ 

0160-01&t 

[Ilfio-21% 

014049U 

0150-w 

OJ%0(198 

~ 1 3 ~ 2 ~ DIM-El99 LAFALLTOR-FXD 30PF +-5f 30OYYDC RlCh 21*10 OlbWZlW 

A13Li3 01 -3Yf L 1 C4PhtIlDR-FXD IOPF +-Lt 1000YY4C PORC 28480 0~60-3~7h 

AA3L31 OIW-3‘JJF 1 CIIPIICITOR-E-FXO 970PF t k f lOOYWOC PORC 28480 0110-3P7l 

A13L3L 0140-0202 L CAPACIXUR-f XL) 15PF -52 SOOYYUC hICA 7213b OMIStl5WO3OOIYlCU 

ALALj3 0 1 W-3930 I LAPhCIIQR-FXW IOPF +-1% t500HYDE PURC Z&*BQ DlbD-3930 

h13C3+ 0131-0434 II CAPhClUIII-Y TWR-AIR 2-4/24.5PF 150V 7+970 189-509-123 

AA3L35 01*3581 Z CAP4ClTOR-FXD -1UF 4-201930YVM ME1 FROOZ OOTlDIbO 

A43LK1 1903237 3 OIOOE-LNR 20Y 5% M)-t PDr-CY It-**073% Wtl3 St lOPl+Xb9 

AlJLill L90A-W34 2 DIODE-EN PRR 180V ZOOM OD-7 ZMBO 1901-0033 

A13CY J 1901-OU40 24 VIODE-SUITCHING 30V SOHA 3NS OW34 Z8480 IPO1-W4U 

bI3cK4 1901-Dud3 DIOUE-UN PRR 1BOY 2DUHA W-7 ZBSBO lP01-0033 

A13CR3 1901-U5IJ 5 DEODE-StHDTI#I Z8JBO 1301-0518 

h11ClcE 1901-O5t& Di ODE -XMI 1KY 28480 1901-OSII 

&lltm/ 1PW-312& 1 DIDO€-LnR 7.32V 5s -7 PP.4Y TC-+.WBI M713 $2 1093-143 

AIILK& 19GI-Ou*W 0103.f-Sul~CHlF+6 30V 50111 ZNS 00-34 28C80 1901-0040 

A I3GU3 1JGI-0040 DIUDE-SYITCWlNG 301 SOHA ZNS V0-35 ZB+BO 1901-OD* 

413Llcl1 IY GI-UU40 DIODE-SYlllHIHL 30V SOMA 2HS BO-35 28+80 1901-0040 

AlICRlL 1901-0040 DIODE-SYIfEHlNG 30Y SOMA 2115 0-33 28+80 1401-0040 

AAILUA8 1POZ-JUQ b Z OlilOE-INR 4-7bV 2s MI-7 PD=.4Y TCw-.OlPl 0+Tl3 5.l 10939-90 

AA4LUl.r 1PW-30Bb D13DE-LHR 4.75V L% Dl+? PO*r4Y 8C---O19f M713 SL lOP3P-PO 

AlILNl5 1 POI-OU40 YIII3E-SHlfCHIHC 30V 50MA ZNS D*35 ZB*8D 1901-OO*O 

AL4LWlO LVOI-UU*U DIODE-5UlTCMlMC 30V 5onA 2Hi OW35 Zllb80 I90l-D0+0 

AlSCRLT 1901-Wh7 Z DIODE-6UlTCHtNG 201 75UA IONS 28400 LPOI~OOSF 

I43ClclB 

Al>C~13 

IA9LhLI 

AI3LMZL 

l901-0~&? 

1901-OU4U 

1 P 01-0040 

19 OI-0~40 

DIODE-SYEfSHYIC 2QV 7511* lUNS 

0103E-SY11LHlNG 30Y 5OMA 2N4 DD-35 

DIODE-SWITCHING 3I)V SUM4 2NS DQ-3s 

OIQOE-SYlTCHlNG 30Y 50UP. ZM5 D-35 

ZBIBO 

IS4BO 

2 ~ 4 ~ 

28480 

lPOll-M4? 

1901-0D*o 

0 1901-0040 

1901-OOU1 

*Ark1 0*99-W RtLAV-REEO ll 100HA IOOOVM. SUM-COIL 28480 O+PG-W83 

IIML 04 'H)- a683 IECAY-REED lb LOOMA lDD0VDC SVOC-COIC 28460 WPU-0683 

~LAYJ o+w)-oL~~ RELAY-RE~D 1~ l oon* ~ooavoc ~VK-LOIL ZB~EO (HYO-0~63 

ALWI I a frc-ou71 TAANSISIDR l l 51 ~ W-IDOMY ~ F~=ZOMHL ieleo ~a~+oot~ 

AA3UL 18+0U71 TR4 US 1 SI OR HPN 5 1 Pr)l30(lMY Ff -2ODllHZ 28480 1854-0011 

AI5U3 18:5-01&- + TRhYSI SrOg +FEl IN4392 H-CHAM D-MOO€ 0$313 ZHb19.2 

A130C 18 5PUdBb TUhftSISTUR J-FkT ZN4392 &-CHAM *MOUE 04713 3H43JZ 

413Wb ASS+OjUb IRANSISTOR J-f tF 2W3PL W-CH4H 0-MODE ~ 1 1 3 ZH4392 

n13uo 1855-0380 YA*NSISI~ J-GET zrn~9z N-~wti bnonE 01713 2~4392 

A15UI 185+0351 Z 1RhNSESIOR NRN SI TPAB PW360CY 284EO 1B54-0351 

A13Ud iB!+UO10 TnhYSISTOU PW' SI TD-18 P0=3oDMY ZB480 1853- 0010 

hlJG-4 1Y 55-0420 lHLMSI STOR J-FEI 2M391 H-CHAM MODE 04713 ZH4391 

AISULI ld%-0551 fK4HSISTOR LPN $1 l(E-18 UU-3bOWH 2&4BO L85C-0311 

AA SEE NOTE DN SCHEMATIC 2 

Scc Intraduction ta this 68ctIon tor ordering Information 

6.13

614 

AI3rllZ 

At1Ulj 

4i3U14 

* LIUC 5 

11d11 

ALJRZ 

A I >n3 

AISYC 

A13k5 

AIJRL 

I SlJRZ 

& L-lUU 

A I ~ P 

A IdBl I 

A1;IAlZ 

1 A1dAA3 

A131114 

ALSYIT 

*IjY1e 

hllML7 

A1JRAd 

hL3Kh9 

ALANLL 

4IAYdL 

1 

AISLU3 

nijuzs 

#1~1(1> 

AlJUlb 

&I JYCF 

~ l j u z d 

AlSr(LY 

AIAHJL 

h 1SM3L 

*IAN> 3 

ltJR34 

*LAM35 

M138jo 

hldn3l 

&ldrr3U 

hljR39 

*I3L(*l 

4 LJH4c 

AIJRc~ 

4 L1*14* 

lljY45 

A I ~ U ~ U 

AllUl 

alsuz 

1 *I>U1 

~1 3 ~ 4 

ALIU> 

AlsUb 

A14 

11-1 

A14CZ 

A1*L3 

AI*LO 

*I'd5 

h1-b 

HCULI 

hI4UL *A 

A 1CLY.4 

4 t*~u+ 

AlrCK3 

*k~Cdo AA 

A14bd7 

bl4LKd 

bl4CK.E 

AI*Lk 10 

18 53-9010 

LB!d-OUli 

1 i35+0420 

18 15-OLOZ 

0683-5145 

0683-2235 

Ob83-2L35 

OLYa-J+5% 

UCM-345B 

Of 37-DIO5 

0157-0270 

UL&f2235 

~083-1035 

ObU-5145 

21W33Ob 

12(Ip.33J9 

Y ~ 9 8 - ? ~ l 

0083-1034 

r) 751-0401 

DL-3122 

0683-24*5 

ObBt-ShUS 

01 57-0153 

069@-*188 

2 1W330m 

O~LU-ZOZS 

ObP*BZL5 

UbB3-ZOi5 

0663-1015 

DL 83-261 5 

Yh84-d445 

Ub0f lOJ5 

0683-51*5 

07 5I-[HSZ 

Oos3-1135 

0683-3025 

2 1 Gr)-3JOb 

O&B3-4715 

Ub98-U215 

Oh%-*ZQZ 

ObPB-4402 

ObM-4tDZ 

Oh 9&&L L 5 

OOVB-B1Lb 

069&8L16 

2 5-3911 

L B ~ ~ W > P 

tezeou59 

IB lOrY;50 

1826-0~59 

lB2blr109 

1820-WF1 

ILW-OII5 

+04+0748 

03455-LhSib 

OtX2-OW+ 

O L w + j Y B 

014+0109 

LIlW-0084 

D l W-UUBS 

OlU-2204 

IPOT-~IIT 

1901-MfB 

1901-UU40 

IVGI-UJIL 

IYUL-DJF.6 

1901-ODs 

1902-3~3I 

IPGI-UU*Q 

1901-0040 

I Y CI-OU4J 

1 

1 

I 

2 

1 

3 

1 

1 

1 

2 

5 

1 

1 

3 

4 

1 

4 

z 

3 

A 

1 

2 

1 

3 

L 

Table 6-3. Repheable Push 

Description 

TRlMSISTm PW St 70-18 P013bOW 

TRANSfSIT*I llPPl 51 Pl)r3001AI FT-200MW 

IRAHSISTOR ~ 4 2 ~ ~ 7 9 1 WROW 

lR*H5tSTOK-J6€1 WAL NXHUI 0-#ODE 51 I 

RElfSTLIR 5101 SI -34W fC lE=-IOOI*~ 

RESISTOR 22* 51 -25U FC TC-400/+800 

RESl S1DR Z2K 51 .25M Ft IC--400/+900 

RESISIW 348U LI .123Y F 1C*01-100 

RESISIJX 3488 1CIf -1ZSY F TL.O*-100 

RESIStW 1001 1X .125W F TK-O*-100 

RESlSrm 24W 1s .125W F fC.O*-lO(I 

RESlSIUl 3ZM 51 .25M FC JC=-400/*BUO 

RtStsrm IQX 51 .25Y FC TCW-+OOI*FOO 

RESISIOR 5LOR 5s ,25Y IFC 1C.-800/*900 

AA SERIAL NUMBERS 1612AOS231 AND ABOVE. NOTE Id81 ON SEUEMAfVC8. 

I 

I 

I 

RESI SIm-?MU 5011 1Df C IIOL-ADJ 17-TRll 

RESPSl01-7RRR 2K 10% C SlOf-APJ 17-TAM 

RkSISrW 1,0% if -125Y F fC*O+lOO 

RESISfOR 1OK 5I -2SY FE ?C*-4OOf*7M) 

RChISiOR 100 L -125Y F It-04-100 

RESISIat 412 II: .125Y F TC-Ot-100 

RESISIOR zoou 5s . 2 5 ~ FC ~C=-BOOI*POO 

HESISl[R 5 1 51 .ZZY FC It--400/+500 

RtSI51UR 30.1K If -1L5Y F TC*O+-lOO 

RtS1S1DR2b.7~11.115YffC-0t~00 

RE41 ST(R-TRMll 5K I01 1 SIPE-IDJ IT-TllU 

RESISIIIR 2n 51 .zw fc rc--roo/*roo 

RESI SIOR 61K .5% I?/O MATCHEO SET R?53,UE 

RkSISIW 2% 51 .t5Y FL fC=-400/+700 

YE5LSTCH kilD 51 .Z5Y FC TC*-+OOI+SOO 

RESI srm 240 51 .25~ FC rc=-*~o/t~oo 

RESISICM ZZK 5a .Z5Y FC 1Cf-40014600 

RtSJSf[R 1011 5X rZ5Y F& fL=-*OO/t700 

RESIS~W 51011 5s -25~ FC ~~*-8001*900 

Rt5tSr(R IOU 11 .IZ5Y F TC-Ot-LUP 

RESlSIm 82U 5I .2SY FC TCI-400/*800 

RESI SIm 3R 11 .25Y FC TC~-W014~00 

RESI S tm-TRMR 50U LOX C SlOE-ADJ 17-rRW 

RESISTUR +TI1 51 .ZW FC EC--4OOltbOO 

RESI STUR I07K "5% (PI0 MATCHED SET R25.3S.131 

RESISTOR 8.1171 1% .125Y F IC.O+LOO 

REIISILR 8.871 1% al25Y F TC.O+lOO 

RESISTCR B+B?K 1Z .123Y F It-Ot100 

RkSt STOR 2M .5%(PIO MATCHEDSET R25.38.43) 

RLSI SIDR 202K ,580 (PI0 uATCHEO SET A44. R46) 

RE55SlW 2~ -M IPM MATCHEBSET ~44, ~451 

RESISTOR-TRMR 500 10% c LISE-bm 17-FRM 

ItLM ZOILWAMP 

IC PM ZOLA oc *UP 

LC* F I E LINE CHIP 

cc LM 201~ w &np 

IC Ha 2625 UP IMP 

Id-DfClTAL 51174ULll tTL HEX 1 

STAIIPIntr BRS .0ZOm THK 

EXTR4ClOU-PC BW BLi PULTC .OLZ-8WTMMS 

P.C. ASSEMBLY* A0 CWVERTER 

L4PACITOR-FXO 

CAPACITOR-Fa0 

.LUF 4IO-20% lOOYYQC CER 

.UBLW +-101 1OdYVOC POLYP 

CAPACITOR-FXO 1 1 7 0 ~ +-5~ ~ ~DO~VDC MSCA 

LIP4C lTUR-FXD 

CAPACITUR-FXD 

IUF +SO-20% 

.IUF *8Q-ZOL 

LOPUVOC CEO 

100hYDC CER 

C4PACITOP;.FXO IOOPF -5L 330hYDC MICA 

OISDE-UIR ZOV 5'1 W-l ?D=-4M 

DlU3E-GEN PRP 35V WMA 0036 

tC~+-OY3Z 

DIUOE-SHIlCHIHG 30V 50M 2NS 00-35 

D~O~E-GEM PUP ~IY 50na m-r 

OI3Uk-C€N PwP 35V 50MA DO-? 

olr)~~-GEn PRP 38V W A IK) 39 

OIJJE-ZNA ZOV 51 Ow7 PD=-*Y T*+.DI3S 

013>t-5YI?CMlNG 3W 5 0 M ZUS Ow35 

IIIIUOE-SWYTCHlMG 30* TOHA 2HS Ow34 

UiilUE-SUITCHING 30Y >OM* INS 00-35 

See intrductioa to thla section for orderins Information 

Mfr 

Code 

2 ~ 1 0 ~ 11~S-001o 

38480 

04713 

185b0071 

2 ~ 4 ~ 1 

l7Ulib €421 

01121 

OLfZl 

01121 

OtbS? 

Qlb3? 

XIIIh 

2+54b 

OllLl 

01121 

Oh121 

32PP7 

JZPPt 

34541 

OLLll 

4 

03816 

01121 

01111 

2454b 

2+5lrb 

3ZPW 

01121 

284~0 

OLlZl 

OllZE 

oltza 

OZLLl 

01121 

Olllf 

2154% 

01121 

01121 

32497 

OLlZL 

28+80 

2454b 

2451b 

2+5*b 

Z~+BD 

ZB*BI) 

28180 

329.117 


C03WJ 

CElZ231 

CBZZE5 

C*F-55-Is 1-1 

CMF-55-1- T-1 

C&IIU-TD-1DOI-F 

CC.ll8-TO-24'13-F 

C02Z35 

CBI035 

t65115 

JOObP-1-503 

3OObP-1-201 

C+L/8-TD-L051-F 

CP1035 

C*-I/&-?&la-F 

PIIE5~lII-TD-+L2O-F 

t02045 

CBSIOS 

C+l/&.f0-3012-F 

C4- Lta-lPZ br2-f 

I 

2~014 

21011 

~ ~ 2 0 

LMZO~W 

1 ~ 

ZB480 3810-0250 

2r01c LUZOII~ 

20ffl0 1~26-01m 

01295 

LL3LS 

ZU4BO 

I 

28480 

244gO 

ZB+BO 

7213b 

28180 

2tl4blP 

Z84BO 

Dl713 

21480 

28*110 

28180 

ZB100 

Z8beO 

04713 

28400 1 

zabeo 

28480 

' OBO 

IOOIP-I-501 

GBZQZS 

~98-BZ&S 

CBZO25 

CB1015 

CBZ*IS 

C12235 

CUl035 

t85f45 

C4-118-10-IDOZ-F 

CB1Z33 

CB3W5 

300bt-L-JM 

C847t5 

Ob48-8215 

Ctlll-?P-EOT1-F 

C4-LIB-1*BBIl-F 

C4-1/8-TO-U&71-F 

0690-8215 

Ob9B-82 lb 

M9I-8216 

1006~-1-501 

SN74OW 

404@07+8 

034SS-bb516 

OI5a-DDM 

DlbD--434& 

On1 5F*7LJD30OUYlC1 

0150-DO04 

01 50-0081 

OlbWZZM 

SZ1093P.Ibl 

IPOL-0378 

I9Ol-OOW 

1401-03 74 

4901-O3IL 

3g01-0376 

SZ 109>9-2bP 

190~-0045 

1901-wco 

1901-ODW 

I 

I

I 

I 

I 

AIICAII 1901-0518 

*L*LHII I 1901-OD+* 

A1401 1853-0020 

A1402 1853-0034 1 

A1W3 I 18 55-0420 

A L ~ W l a 55-0034 I 

AIbUS 165EW46 I 

All* l%SEWZO 

41401 bB 

AICRZ 

06 Kb 1035 

0683-2W5 

1 

A1*R3 

OO'RI-3455 

AlfY* 

A I *A3 

08 11-2577 

0 T51-0436 

2 

1 

*I+Y~ 

AI*RT 

otn-wao 

OC48-42Zh 1 

AIIYI 

AIIYP 

0757-0140 

0 7 57-0062 

1 

1 

Al+K13 

0757-WJO I 

ALl*Ll 

AA+RlI 

A14R13. 

Al*HL* 

*LCltLb 

414R1b 

&I+UI 1 

A44ULd A& 

AIfKlP 

Alflc~J dB 

AI4U1 

AI4YdL 

*~IULJ 

AIcRL* AS 

4I+rtlb AB 

AL4RZb 

*l*ltLI 

IA*STI( 

AI~KLP 

I ALlKlrl 

AI+lul 

*Irk32 

A14YJ3 

AItRJ* 

A44YJ% 

4L+R3b 

ALlX37 

1114438 

4 L +MAC 

liL+HlU 

*l*w*l 

AIbU+L 

aLCH13 

AL~UCI a* 

A11u44 

A14A4+ 

AlCRIl 

A1PHQd 

AlSUi 

SllUL 

AlSU3 

Al+u* 

AI+U5 

A14vb 

OCW-351I 

0683-3025 

116 83-ZLL5 

Y 7 57-WCL 

08 1L-31117 

Of 9-0441 

0757-Q465 

0 7 5 ~ 0 2 7 ~ 

OB984460 

0698-ZE 

08 lL-Z>Ft 

OLm-3155 

0~x113-8215 

0183- 1035 

Ob 82- 1035 

PD'SB-3260 

0&4&8C+P 

0683-1735 

OL~S-JYZ~ 

06 $WUb*P 

ObW-3260 

Oh PB-,349 J 

0698-349P 

Ubbf I025 

UO9d-349P 

04 -243 5 

ObW-1WJS 

84-3UC5 

UaU3-3025 

01 ST-LKIZ 

07W-OH2 

~ l ~ a 3 r 4 ~ 3 5 

ObDZU35 

ob83-7055 

0883-Lob5 

0683" lob5 

0498-1415 

0751-0407 

i P ob-0070 

L9LbOO?D 

la>&-0471 

1 Slb-Oj09 

ll~U-0103 

!8i'+0118 

5a4+bd+l 

50-9013 I 

I I 

Table 6-3. Replaceable PaFts 

Description 

Oi00ESLHIl~~UV 

DIODE-SMITCHINC JOY SOW ZNS 0+35 

TRIIISISTOI PW SI Pm3OOM Ff=lSOl(Hi 

IRhMSISTOR W 51 TO-ll PP3bOMY 

fYlMSlStOR J-FET 

TA~NSIS~W J-FET 

ZM3'11 It-CHlH D--ME 

te~wn D-NODE TWF.72 51 

1RAHLISTOR-JBET DUAL M-CHIN 0-MOW TC-1, 

TRlMStSTa PW 61 PD.3WIY Fl-lSOllHl 

MSlSTOII 10K 51 .25Y FC TCNm/*7W 

RESISTOR 2K 5Z .25Y Ft tt-100E4?00 

RESITf[R 4.b4K I S .tZM F 1C-0+-LOO 

R~SI510R1M.tl.lZ5YPYYIC-0+2 

RGSIST~ 4 . 3 ~ 11. ~ .L25M F ~c=o+-~oo 

RESIST^ 1s IS .12su F TE-O+I~ 

RESIZt(R L.4W It .H5Y F It-(la-100 

RESISl[II 7.511 11 .135Y F tC'O+-100 

RtSISTm 1411 11 .135M f tC=P*-LOO 

~t5151[11 LZU: 1. - 1 ~ F 5 ~ TC~O+LOO 

RES1Sta [ll5 1. .125W F TC-O+-100 

RESISTW 3U Jf -25W FC TC--100/*T00 

RESISTm 2.24 5t -25Y FC fC=-9001+12W 

Rt5ISTm lQK I f .lZSM F TC=O+-LOO 

RFSISIIIR I9.IX LX -125Y PYM TC-04-5 

RtSlSI(R 0.tW I t .125Y F TtrOtlOO 

RESISTOR 1001 11 -125Y F TC-0*-100 

RCAISIIR 3 0 ) ~ 11. .IZ~Y F TC-ot~oo 

~ t ~ l ~ w t u ( 11 .125U F ~C.O+-IOO 

RtSlSIW BA9Klt .125U F 1C-O+-I00 

RESISfOR 1011 .iZSY PYY TC-0.-Z 

RETISTW 4.brlll lt .lZ5M F FL-0,-I00 

RES1511R 820 51 -ZSY FC tC=-+OOI+bOO 

RESISlW 1DK 5% .25M FL TC--500/*700 

RtSl SICR !OK 52 .25Y FC TC--4OOl+fOO 

REflSt[ll 4L4I IS *lZSY F TC.O+-LOO 

RtSISIDR 1.2811 -11 -25Y F rCm0+23 

RESISI~ t 7 S* ~ .ZSY FL rc--+OO/+BOO 

RESISI~ 3.91 5z .zw rc rc--4ao/*rw 

RkSISCm 1.2811 .1X .ZSM r TC-O+ZS 

RESISI~ ~ 4l# l . l ~ 5 F ~ TC=P*-100 

RESCSIQiL 40.2K LS .125Y F TC-0+-100 

RESISTW 4O.ZK 1Z *lZSY 6 fL=OtlD(l 

RrSlSTlR I K 5s .ZSY FL TC--WO/*bOO 

RtSISTm 4O.tK If -125U f 1C-0t100 

RtStSt(R2~l(St.25YFClCr+OO/*BW 

RESllhOR 10R 51 .2SU FC ltr-Q00/*700 

AFSISTLR 3OOK 5f -25W FC ICm-B00/+900 

RtSIST[3R PK 51 .25Y FC TC~-51]0f*IOO 

RESlSFW4 30K 1Z .125Y F 1C-0*-100 

RESlS1(R IOR 12 .12SY F TC=O+-LOO 

RESI5T[I\ 47K 5% .Z5W FC ICM-MO/+BOO 

RtSIST[El 30K SL .25* FC ?C--40Ol+~OO 

RESISTCR 2M 5X .25u FC TCI-P00/+110(1 

RtSlSfCR LOR 5X .25Y FC TL--900/+1100 

~ t 5 1 $ m loll 5s -25~ FC TC*-PDO/+~X~~ 

kESIST[R 0.7M 12 .lZSV F FC-Q+-100 

RkSISTIR 1B?K 1I .1Z5U F Tt'W-100 

D1ODE-UAAI 

DIOUE-ARMY 

I C OP AMP LOW-DRIFT TO- 

IL hO 51BJ OF AMP 

LC, *MR. OPERAIIUMAL 

IL LM 339 L(WP*RAIO* 

EKfRAtTOR. PA* BOARD 

P1N:P.C. IMRD EXTRACTOR 

AA SEE MOTE ON SCHEMATIC 8. 

dB SERIAL NUMB€ RS 1822AIK231 AND 

ABOVE. !ZE WTE OM SCHEMATIC 6 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

11 

2 

i 

3 

1 

1 

1 

1 

3 

I 

1 

t 

X 

I 

L 

Z 

2 

See intductlon to this section for ordedm Inlomation 

' 

Mfr 

Coda 

ZI4BD 

ZH+EO 

21410 

28580 

O+J13 

2~18a 

>a*aO 

Zl4UO 

0 1 ~ 

OllZl 

%5Ch 

1414D 

2454b 

~ 4 5 4 6 

2454b 

Z15+b 

24515 

Z454b 

245*c' 

PllZl 

OllZt 

Z454b 

lllIP 

24541 

2+54b 

om2 

OX= 

03B2 

14140 

2454b 

OllZl 

OlWl 

01m7 

Olb3? 

l97Ol 

OILZI 

0112~ 

19701 

91b3l 

ZbWb 

Z*54h 

OlllL 

2454s 

01121 

01121 

01111 

01121 

Zl5Ib 

245b1 

0112L 

Okl.?l 

DIW7 

01121 

01111 

P1BB8 

03592 

28480 

28480 

02180 

2C355 

15818 

27014 

2H80 

ZB4aO 

Mfr Part Numbr 

1WL-0511 

i*oa-o~+o 

LI33-OOZD 

1853-003+ 

281391 

1a-x-OOM 

l85+0?45 

LISZ-0020 

C~IQS 

C82DZS 

Ctl/&TQ-4b4l-F 

IZ7*-klla-A-1002-8 

c~-~/~-IP-*PLI-F 

C~L/~-TD-LOOI-F 

Ctill-ID-6491-F 

L4-l/U-KWT5Ok-F 

L+l/B-fO-t5OZ-F 

C+LI8-IO-LZ 11-F 

C+k/O-rO-bb5R-F 

L83025 

CB2265 

Cf-lfa-T~1002-F 

1150-1PbC-1912-F 

C+l/&TD-BZ51-F 

C4-118-FD-1003-F 

c+i/n-ro-m~ i -F 

Ct118-10-649R-F 

C4-If E-lPB49f -F 

lZ7+1/tti~-tW2-1 

CC-1/&-TD-+b+t-F 

CUD215 

CHI035 

CB1035 

CMF-5+1* T-1 

MF 52C-1 

128.2~3~ 

~ ~ 3 9 2 s 

KF52C-1 

EMF-5+L. Z-t 

tl-1/8-TD-402Z-F 

tCt/~-Y0-102Z-F 

CR1025 

CC~IB-T+~OZ~-~ 

ED2135 

LB1035 

LBfObS 

LB30ZS 1 

L4-118-T&100t-F 

C+-~/B-TO-~OO~-~ 

C84735 

tB2D35 

CBMS5 

CBlObS 

CBlOb5 

PME55-l/l-T*91b1-F 

c+~/E-70-1W3-F 

IPObWJO 

190tiM170 

OP-07W 

AD51IJ 

741CEWP 

LM33Pn 

5Ol(t-6042 

5000-PO*3 

613 

I

I 

A15C34 

A 15C35 

A15CX-3& AA 

A15CoP AJ 

AIKA1.1.3 

AlXA4.5 

AIXR6 

A15CA1 

AlXR8. CRO 

Al5CAl1-CR13 

A15K1, K3 &A 

A1 5C2. K4 

A1501 

b1502-a4 

A15m 

LA SEE NOTE ON SCtILMATtC 3 

AC SEE NOTE OM SCHEMATIC 3 

JJ SFE h0TE ON SCHtMATIC 3 

-\L. AN SEE NOTE ON SCHFMATIC 3 

IF- SEE NOTE ON SCHCHnrlC 3 

I HP Part Nvmbar I QW 

PC ASSEMBLY, AC RMB 

CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF 480-20% SOWVDC CER 

CAPACITOA-FXD ,027 UF MOV 

CAPACrTOR-FXD .22 UF 2MIV 

CAPACITOR-FXO .lUF A- 10'G 1MIWVDC CER 

CAPACITOR-FXD .01Wf +-lo% lIXlWVDC CER 

CAPACITOR-FXD 7WF +-5% W D C MlGA 

CAPACITOR-FXO lCWF +-5% 300WIIDC MlCA 

CAPACITDR-FXD 033 UP ZWV 

CAPAClTOR-FXD 37 UF *-lo% EUWVDC MET 

CAPACITOR-FXD lOPF r-5% 5M)WVOC CER 

CAPACITOR-FXO 2WF +-5% 3NWVUC MlCA 

CAPACITOR-FXD IOPF +-5% WOlVVOC CER 

CAPACITDR-FXO 1UF --lo% 35VDC TA 

CAPACITOR-FXD IOPF --5% Y001VWDC CER 

CAPACITOR-FXO .lUF M0-20* SQWVDC CEA 

PADDING LIST 

CAPACITOR-FXD 1WF +-5% W D C 

CAPACITOR-FXD 12PF +-5% WOWVOC 

CAPACITOR-FXO 15PF +-5% SIWWVDC 

CAPACITOR-FXO IUF t80-20'b SOWVDC CER 

EAPACITOA-FXD 346PF --I% 500WVDC PORC 

CAPACITOA-FXD .lUF ?BO-a% COWVDC CER 

CAPACITOR-FXD 39PF +-1% 5WWVK WRC 

CAPACITOR-FXD .lUF +8O-Mb XlWVDC CER 

CAPACITOR. FXD 1WF l[lOV 

CAPQCITOA-FXD BJWF +-I% SDOWVDC PORC 

CAPACITOR-FXD 43Pf +-5% 3WWVfX 

CAPACITOR-FXU 22UF +-l[pb 4MIVDC 

CAPACITOR-V TRMR-AIR 24'24 5PF 350V 

CAPACITOR-FXD RlPF +-59 ~WI'JVM: MICA 

CAPACITOA-FXO OlUF *80 -70 n lDOVDC CER 

CAPAClTOR-FXD 2 2UF +-26% SODVDC CER 

UIODE-SWITCHING XiV W A 2hS 00-35 

DIODE-SCHOTTKY 

DIODZ-SLVITCHING 3W KlMA ZNS DQ-35 

DIODE, GEN PRP 30V 25MA f 0-72 

DIODE-ZNR d 32V 5% 00-7 PD-4WTC--- 035% 

DICIDE-SWITCHING 3(W 50MA ZNS DO-35 

RECRY-REED 1A lWMA IOWVDC 6VDC-COIL 

RECAY-REED 1A 1WMA 10D3VUC 5YUC-COIL 

TRANSISTOR NPN SI FD-3WW FT-2M)MHZ 

TRANSISTOS J FET PNd331 N-CHAW U-MODE 

TRANSISTOR A-PET N CHAN D-MODE $1 

TRANS15TaR NPN 01 PD 300MW FT-7WMHz 

TRANSISTOR PNP SF PO-3WMW FT-IWMHF 

TRANSISTOR J FET 2H431 N-CHAM O MODE 

TRANSISTOR. ADBlB 

TRANSISTOR PNP SI PDm3WMW Ff.lWMHZ 

THANSISTOR NPN 51 PO-3WMW FT-2ODMHZ 

TRANSISTOR PNP 2t44917 51 PUmlM)MW 

TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD-35OMW FT-300MHZ 

TRANSI5TDR NPH SI PD mMW fT=?WHHZ 

TRANSISTOA PNP SI PD-300YW FT.lSUMHZ 

TRANSISTOR I-FET IM5765 N-CHAW D MODE St 

TIRAMSISTOR J- FET 2V1531 N-CHAM U MODE 

RESISTOR !OK 5% 25W FC TC- 400'.700 

AESl5TOR 22K 5 i .25W FC TC--4001'8ME 

AfqlSTOR S1OK 5% 35W fC TC--EVO'+m 

RESISTOR 22K 5% ,294 FC TC -400 *BIKI 

AfilSTOR 12 lK 1% .t25W F 

RESISTOR 169K 1% .175W F 

RESISTOR 20K i ~.imw F rc-a--iw 

RESISTOR 160K 1% 125W F TC-O+-25 

RESI5TORr102 1% ,125W F TC'OI-100 

RESISTOR 1B 1K 1% 1?BW F TC*+ 1W 

REFISTOR z 4~ IX .25w FC TC -PWI* 1 im 

RELilSTOA 2R7K 17 .125W F TCxW-lW 

RESISTOM 1OK 5% ?SVd FC Tt -4 -7W 

RESISTOR 22K W .ZSW FC TC--4001.8M) 

RESISTOR TRMR ?OK 10% C SIDE-ADJ 1 1-TUN 

RESISTOR 1ROK 6% 25W FC 

REFISTOR 27M 54 25W fC 

RESIFTOR ZDOK 5% 75W FC 

RE'II~TOR 300K 5%. 251Q FC 

AF515TOR YAK Sf 25W FC 

RESISTOR 5lOK 5'2 25iV FC 

RESISTOR 750K 5% 951V FC 

Mfr I Code 

I 


01CO-77MI 

0160-3976 

1W-Mq 125 

DM 15ER20JO3lXWVtCR 

0160 2055 

Ol6U 0118 

1801-m0 

1901-0518 

1901-WU 

1W1-09B6 

SZ 10939-77 

1901-WO 

a4W- 0583 

M9U-C683 

IB,4-M:Jl 

2k.1391 

1855 0082 

1x54 0071 

1853- W M 

2lu.1391 

leg-O~Y 

1853-mzo 

183-GO71 

2Nd9tl 

SPS 3611 

11154-a071 

lRi3-#XJ

I E;:zn I HP Part Numbsr I ON Description 

4040-0718 

1205-OW0 

1205-OW2 

A20 1 1 1 177-GWQ1 

SFt NOTF ON SCIIF1AAllC 3 

AB W E NOTE ON SCHEMATIC 3 

RfSlSTOR 1M)K5'4 .ZW FE ? C--m/+m 

RESISTOR 22K 58 .75W FC TC--P[W11+800 

RESISTOR 1WK 1% I?W F TCIO+-25 

RESISTOR 1 e7K 1% .1?5W F TC-O--100 

RESISTOR 4 99K 106 .125LV F TC-00 - 110 

RESISTOR-TRMR ?OK 16% C SIDE- ADJ 17 -TRN 

RESISTOR 732K 1% 125W F TC.0b- 103 

RESISTOR 7 15K 1% 125W F TC-00- 100 

RFSISTOR 267K 1% -125W F TC 0*-100 

ACSlSTOR 562 1% 175bV F TC-0*-IWI 

RESISTOR 1K 11 .fEW F TW+- 1CQ 

AESISTOR 649 1% .125W F TC=O+-IIXI 

RESISTOR 51 5% .25W FC TC-- 4IXl,+5MJ 

RFSlSTOR 51 5% .25W FC TC 400IaSW 

AtSlSTOR 392 7% tZW F TCW--IW 

RESISTOR 18fK 1% 125W F TC-0,-III[) 

RESISTOR 107K 1% l25W F TC-0t-700 

RESIXTOR 51 5% 25W FC TC- 4WI-SM] 

RSSISTOA 187K 7% 125W F TC-01-100 

RESIFTOA -a ts r~aw F TC o- loo 

RES15TOR 3.32K 1% .125W F TC-D*-100 

RE515TOR 5 1fK 7% .125W F TC.0*-100 

RESISTOR 499K 1% TZ5W F TC-0'-100 

MFSISTOR-TRUR lo-. C SIDE 

HESlSTOR 2OK 1% 1&W F TC 0--25 

RESISTOR tDK IS ,125W F TC-0.-25 

RESISTOR 23 7 1% .lXW F TCa+- I(W 

RESITTO'I SK .I*. ,1255~ F TC:O~-zs 

HFSISTOA-TAMR 20K IW C SIOE-AW f7-TRN 

RESISTOR 15 5% .?5W FC TC- IW'*S(]O 

HFSISTOH IWK 5% 25W FC TC 

RESISTOA IOK 5% .2W FC TC--.40(11+700 

RESISTOA %2 1% 175W F TC-O*-ICKI 

RESISTOR 825K 1% 125W F TCm0+- IM) 

HkSlSlOR 5K .I% .t25W F TC..O+-25 

HLSISTOR-TRUR MK 10% C SIDE-AOJ 17-TAM 

RESISTOR 1UK 5% .25W FC ~ ~--Wnt-m 

RESISTOR 13K5"6 .25W FC TC-4W -m 

RESISTOR 10K 5% .?5W FC TC--dm/o 100 

RFSlSTnR 10K 5'4 ZbW FC TC.-UW'+I00 

H~SISTDR 337 

RESISTOH- TRMR 100 10% C TOP 

RES1STOR-TRMA 5K 10% C SIDE-ADA 17-TAN 

RESISTOR-TRMR 5OK 10% C SIOE-AOJ IT-1 RN 

RESISTOR-TRMR 1K lW3 C SIDE -ADJ ll-IRh 

Rt51Sf0R 770K .5% IP/OMAfCHtOSFT 876.86.911 

llF515TOR S25K 1% law F TC 0.-lm 

RFSITOA 1K 1% 1EW F fC-0.-100 

RESISTOR 15 59. .15W FC TC--4Wm+XII) 

AFSISTOR 5491: 14 .1W F TC-04-ln 

RESISTOR 168K 1s .1W F TC-0+-10 

RESISTOR 1 EIK 1% .1W F TC-0t-10 

RESISTOR 3 37K 1% .12W F TC.01- IQO 

AFSISTQR .634 1% .aw .F TC 0'-10 

RESISTOR 1 98M .5% IPIQ MATCIIED SET R16.86.911 

RESISTOR 14 58 2W FC TC--400'-5W 

PADOIAG LIST 

RESISTOR 189K 19 I25W F TC-0--1w 

RCSISTYR 1?$K 13 125WF TC.0.-1W 

AESISTOR I&?K 1 .125W F TCzO*- 1W 

AFSfSTOR 18 7R 1% T25W F fC=O+-lOO 

HESISTOR 19 '$6 14 175W F TC-00 - IW 

AESISTOR 20K 1% 1151Y F TC-O-- 1CKl 

AESISTOR SLT, W,ATClftD 2M 5% IP'O MATCHED SET 

H76. R*. a911 

RESISTOR 2\1 5% {Pro MATCHED SET RW. R931 

RLSiTtOR 20 ?u 51 4P 0 MATCHEO SET RQ? R93l 

RESlST09-TRMRSW ?O%CSIOE-ADJ 17-TRh 

RESISTOR 808 1% 125W F TC-0. -FW 

RESISTOR 1 1M 5% 25W FC TO 

RESISTOR lMlK 5% .25W FC TC 

IC. DIGITAL SN7406hl TTL HEX1 

tC LFSBTH OP AMP 

EXTRACTOR-PC ED BLI: WLYC 062-00 THKXS 

HEAT SIN

PI 

P2 

P3 

Pd 

6 

PB 

S1 

$3. $1 

S4 

55 

S6 

57 

11 

U1 

W2 

U3 

W 1 

W 

W3 

W5 

XF1 

I 

1 o ble 63. Rsplacaa bla Partr(Cont'd] 

Description 

Mfr 

Code 


CHASSIS MOUNTEO PARTS 

B1 JfBO- t FAN-TBAX DCV 28480 3150-0288 

31s-0300 1 FILTER. AIR 284BD 319-0300 

Cl-a Ol@-oal CAPACITOR-FKO IUFI-IDX 35VDC TA 58289 1500105X9~2 

CR1 1PM-0547 LEO-VISIBLE LUM -IM-2MCD IF-ZOMA-MAX 28M 7990-0541 

F1 21 10-0201 1 FUSE .Z5A 25(1V SLO-8L0 220,?AOV OPERATION 7S915 313.1m 

21 10-0012 1 FUSE 5A 250V FAST-BC0103/tMV OPEA4TION W7M 312.W 

Jt SOB1-1131 *B 2 TERM ASSEMBLY. REAR INPUT 284m 5081-f131 

JS 

53 

t250-MIB3 

1251-3203 

0380-W3 

1 

1 

1 

CONNECTOR-RF BNC FEM SGL-HOLE-FA SO-OHM 

CWNNECfOR. 24-CONS. FEW, MICRORIBBON 

STaNWFF. LG STUDMOUNT (METRIC THREAOl 

24931 

28480 

OW6A 

28JR- 130-1 

1251-3i83 

080 r 

J4 

J5 

9300-39:Q 

5WO-fc54 

T FILTFR-LINE 

TERM ASSEMBLY. FRONT INPUT 

38480 

29680 

9100-3310 

W-7454 

1251-3201 

1251-W57 

1151-4312 

1291-3476 

1251-3277 

1251 -3276 

1251-3275 

zE:E 

3030-Do07 

3101461 

3 10 1-ZM? 

3101-2042 

3101-2216 

ma-1023 

3101-1299 

0370-rn6RS 

9100-0680 

182Q-WM 

0340-0580 

1700-0456 

1826-0181 

182641 1 f 

12W-M79 

03455-81603 

1334%-516M 

03456--6 16M 

03455-61W I 

21 10-0410 

5W1-0308 A 

9Wl-0139 

503-0318 I 

5041 - old0 

50.11 -0767 *A 

504 1 -M~O 5040-GH97 

5047 -0375 AA 

5040-6B98 

712Q-6dlll 

2 

A SERI4C NUMBERS 1622AOM11 AND ABOVE REPLACES PAR~5041-11139ANO 5347-0164 

LA SEHIAL NUUBERS 1F22AWd33 AVO ABOVE. IREPLACES0345S-MJ)3 

AB SERIAL NUklDE RS 1622AC5631 AND ALIOVE. REPLACES PART 5mQ-7458. 

1 

t 

17 

1 

2 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

1 

1 

1 

I 

1 

1 

I 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

: 

1 

2 

:1 

I 

1 

2 

1 

3 

11 

I 

CONNECTOR 3-PIPT F POST TYPE 



CONTACT CORN U'S POST TYPE FEM CRP lPlO P31 

CONNECTOR 4 PIN F POST TYPE 

CONNECTOR &PIN F POST TYPE 


'SWITCH. ROTARY INPUT SELECT 

KNOB 

SCREW-SET 440 ,125-IN-LG 

SWITCH-SL SPOT-NS MlNTR .6A 125VACtOC PC 

SWITCH-SL OPDT-NS STD 2A 2SDVAC SLDR LUG 

SWITCH-SL IIPDT-h5 SID 2A 25OVAC SLDR LUG 

SWITCH-PB DPDT 44 250VAC 

PUSH ROO 

SWITCH-PB OPDf ALfNG 45A 115VAC PC 

PUSHBUTTON. OLIVE BLACK 

TRANSFORMER, POWER 

IC LM 3W V AGLTR 

IHSULATOR-XSTR RUBBER RE0 

SOCKET-XSTR 2-CONT TO-3-PKG 

IC LM 323 V RtLTR 

IC 7H12C V AGLTR 

MCXET-XSIR 2-CONT TO-3 SLUR-TUA 

CABLE ASEEMBtY. VOtTS 

CABLE ASSEMBLY. OHM 

CABLE ASSEMBLY. HP 18 IINCLUQES J3 AN0 P31 

CABLE ASSEMBLY. POWER 

FUSEWOLDER EXTR POST 2QA ZWV ULllEC 

KEY CAP .UNL PTYGRK 

KEY CAP WNL MG IOBSI 

KEY CAP--L PWGRY 

KEY CAP- L MOSGRY 

KEY-CAP YNL 

KEY CAP-L SE *a~u 

LENS. LED 

KEY CAP- UNL 

LlTE PIPE 

WARNING LABEL' 50-60 HZ SELECTION 

2726-3 

27264 

11164 

284HO 

? 1264 

27264 

17264 

28m 

28180 

25480 

18777 

2M40 

284BO 

3480 

zanm 

2BdAO 

2WRD 

2WBO 

27014 

RG46d 

28680 

27014 

07263 

91833 

28480 

~ U B O 

284RO 

2WHO 

759 U 5 

28480 

ZRPRLJ 

2PdW 

2~:eo 

?RCEO 

?HGSO 

28620 

28480 

28480 

2MBO 

I 

09-5&7031 

22-01-2101 

22-01 1181 

1151-3476 

D9-9-7041 

EW-W-7[lBl 

W- M 7061 

3100-3380 

0370- 1103 

30#I-M]al 

G-124 D013 

3701-3M? 

3101-ZWZ 

3101- 2116 

51~0- 7023 

3107-1799 

0370-0683 

BlMI-WX 

Lt1309K 

7403 10-02 1 

1200 .OP56 

LM323K 

78 t2KC 

4601 

03455- 816W 

03455-81604 

03455-616W 

03455- 61605 

3d-3-0 10 

504)-0m 

5041 -0139 

33041-0318 

5041 ,0144 

52341-0267 

W~I-W~O 

3340 6BPI 

5041-(1325 

W40 6898 

7120-6410

Model 3455A Section VII 

7-1. INTRODUCTION. 

7-2. This section of the manual normally contains informa- 

tion necessary to adapt this manual to instruments for 

which the content does not directly apply. Since, at this 

printing, the manual does apply directly to instruments 

having serial numbers listed on the title page, no change 

information is given here. 

MANUAL CHANGES

Model 3455A Section Vlll 

8-2. This section contains theory of operation, trouble- 

shooting procedures, safety considerations, and general 

service informarion for the Model 3455A Digital Volt- 

meter. 

8-3. SAFETY CONSlDERAflOWS. 

84. Although this instrument has been designed in accor- 

dance with international safety standards, this manual 

contains information, cautions, and warning which must 

be followed to ensure safc operation and to maintain the 

instrument in safe operating condition. Scrvicc and adjust- 

ments should be performed only by qualified service 

personnel. 

SECTION Vlll 

SERVICE 

is likely ro make the insmrnent danremus. 

Intentional in f cmprion of the prorective 

grouflditzg canductor is strictly profiibited. 

8-6. It is possibte for capacitors inside the inslrument to 

still be charged even if the instrument has been discon- 

conncctcd from its power sources. 

8-7. Be certain that only fuses with the required current 

rating and of the specified typed (normal blow, time delay, 

clc.) are used Tor rcplacemcnt. TRc use of repaired fuses 

and the short-circuiting of Fuse holders must be avoided. 

8-5. Any adjustment, maintenance, and repair of the The service infomfation presented in this 

opened instrument while any power or voItage is applied 

manuaI is norntally used wit11 the protective 

should be avoided as much as possible, and, when 

covers rcmovcd and power applied ro the 

inevitable, 

should be carried out only by a skilled person who is 

instrutnent. Etrem? awailublc or rnany points 

aware of the hazard involved. 

may, if contacted, rcsuEt in pmonai ir~jclry. 

8-8. RECOMMENDED TESf EQUIPMENT. 

8-9. Test equipment required to maintain the Digital Volt- 

ANY intemption of rlrc protective groundit~g nieter is listed in Table 1-3. Equipment other than that 

conductor (irrside or ours id^ rhc ir~strumenr) or listed may bc used if it mecrs the Iistcd critical specificsdisconnection 

u f rite protect iile earth terminal lions. 

Figure 8-1. Function Block Diagram.

Section YIIl Model 3455A 

8-10. IMTRODUCTION. 

8- 1 1. The following paragraphs contain both a genera! and 

detailed description of tlie methods and circuits uscd in thc 

Model 3455A Multimetcr. The general description explains 

thc basic purpose nf each block of the functional block 

diagram shown In Figure 8-1. The detailed description 

describes the methods and pertinent circuitry used to 

accomplish the function of each block of the derailed block 

diagram. 

8-12. INPUT $WIT CHlNG AND DC AT7ENUATOR. 

8-13. General. 

8-14. The rront or rear input terminals oi the 3455A are 

sclccted by a two-section rotary switch located on the 

rear panel of the instrumart. Reed rclays are used ro perform 

all internal input switdiing wl~erc voltapes greater 

than 17 volts may be encountered. input switc],ing 

is done with FFT switches. 

8-1 5. Detailed De~ription. 

THEORY OF OPERATION 

The "Input" terminals are connected to the dc preamplifier 

input on tke .1 V dc through 10 V dc and all ~'Olinis" 

ranges by relay R 1 and FET switch Q11. Relay K5 connects 

tlre input to the operational attenuator on the 100 and 

1000 Y dc ranges. Output of the Atlenuator is connected 

to the input of tl~e dc prcarnplifier by BET switch 015 on 

the 100 Y dc rangc and by FET switch Q16 on the 1000 V 

dc range. The AC Converter output is connected to the dc 

preamp input by FET switch U3. 

8-17, Operational Attenuator. 

8-1 8. The Operational Arknuator prnvidcs a fixed attcnuation 

of 10-to-l on the 100 V dc range or 100-10-1 an the 

I000 V dc rang. Figure 8-3 slrows a simplified diagram of 

thc at tenuator. The circuit operates as a conventional opcr. 

ational amplifier with fractional gains of . I and .0 1. A gain 

of 1 is selected by FET switch Q38 when the attenuatar is 

"01 Use. The amplifier input IS protected from overload 

by diodes CR27 and CR28. Oulput of the amplifier is 

limited 10 approximately plus or minus 17 V dr by protection 

diodes CR.29 through CR3 1. 

8-16. Refer to Figurc 8-2, Simplifted Input Switching Dia- 8-1 9. AUTO CALIBRATION-DC VOLTAGE, 

gram. The front or rear inputs for "Volts", "Ohms" and 

"Guard" are selected by rear panel switclr SI. Relays K3 8-20. General. 

and K9 connect thc Ohms Converter to the ''Ohms Signal" 

term~nals. Relays K2 and K4 are uscd 10 convert the Multi- 8-21, The purpose of the Auto Catibration sequence is LO 

meter from 4-wire to 2-wire ohms measurement capability. eliminate offset and gain errors which may he present in the 

8-2 

Figure 8-2. Simplified Input Switching Diagram.

Model 34556 THEORY OF OPERATIOM Section VIII 

Figure 8-3. Operational Attenuator Diagram. 

analog circuitry of the Voltmeter. This is accomplished by 

measuring the offset and gain errors and mathematicaliy 

correcting for them. Each error measurement is stored in 

'knemory" by thc main controller as a constant. These 

constants are sequentially updated. The output reading of 

the Voltmeter is computed by the Main Controller and is 

equal to the ratio of the external input to the internal refer- 

ence, times a range factor. Figure 8-4 shows a very basic 

dizratn of the Voltmeter. 

Figure 8-4. Basic Voltmeter Diagram. 

A basic equation describing a measurement of one of the 

three inputs is: V( ) = (E( ) + E0)G; where Y( ) is the par- 

ticular output, E( ) is one of the three inputs, Eo is the 

internal offset error, and G is the circuit gain. Closing 

switch S1 applies the internal reference vol tagc. The circuit 

output would be: Yref = (E,,f + Eo) G. The offset error is 

measured by closing S2, grounding the input. The rcsul tan t 

output would be V, = E,G. Measurement of the external 

input would yield Vjn = (Ein + Eo)G. The equation dcscrib- 

ing the Auto-Calibration is: 

Output Reading = 'in * '0 x Kr 

Yref- Vo 

Substituting the basic equations into the Autc~CaI 

equation would yield: 

Output Reading = {Ein + E,) C - E,G x Kr 

(Eref+ €01 G - EoG 

This equation reduces to: 

Figure 8-5. Simplified Auto-Cal Switching Schematie. 

Output Reading = i" x Kr 

Eref 

or: the output reading is equal to the ratio of the 

8-3

Section Ylll THEORY OF OPERATION Model 3455A 

external input voltage to the internal reference volt- cat switching circuitry. The following paragraphs describe 

age times the range factor (K,). circuit operation for the various auto-cal measurements. 

8-22. Circuit Description. 

8-24, 10 V dc rnput Offset Error Measurement. Figure 8-6 

8-23. Figure 8-5 shows a simplified schematic of the auto- iIlustrates the circuit configuration for making the 10 V dc 

Figurtl8-6. 10 Y dc Input Offset Error Measurement. 

I 1 

I I 

Figure 8-7. 1 V dc Input Offset Error Measurement.

Model 3455A THEORY OF OPERATIOM Section VE I1 

OFTset Error Measurement. The DC Preamp input is 

grounded through a 100 kilohm resistor by FET swirch 

A10Q2. A DC Preamp gain of XI is selected by FET switch 

A 10Q 19. The resultant measurement is the offset voltage 

present on the 10 V dc range. This number is stored by the 

main controller [br use in correcting measurements made 

an the I O V dc range. 

8-25. 1 V dc and .1 V dc Input Offset Error Measurarnent. 

Offset error measurements on the 1 V dc and .1 V dc ranges 

arc made in the same manner as the 10 V dc range except 

for DC Preamp gains of XI0 for the I Y dc range and XI00 

for the .1 V dc range. The circuit configuration for the 1 V 

dc Offset Error Measurement is shown in Figure 8-7. A DC 

Preamp gain of XI 0 is selected by FET switch A IOQ:! 1. 

Figure 8-8 shows the circuit configuration For making the 

. E V dc Offset Error Measurement. In this case, the feed- 

back path for the DC Preamp is through Amplifier A1 0U3, 

which has unity gain, FET switch Q27, the precision I O-to- 

1 divider(AllR7 and AllR8)snd FET switch A10018 for 

a gain of 100. The resultant measurements arc storcd by t hc 

main conlroller to correct measurements made on the .I Y 

dc and t V dc ranges. 

8-26. 100 V dc and 1OOO Y dc lnput Offset Error Measure- 

ment, On the 100 V dc and 1000 V dc ranges the input of 

the operational attenuator is grounded through a 1100 kil- 

ohm resist or by relay AOOK6 and FET switch A10Q34 (see 

Figure 8.9). On the 100 Y dc range, the feedback of the 

operational attcnuator is seIccted by FET switch kt OQ35 

(attenuation of 10-10-1). The output of the operational 

attenuator is applied ro the input of the DC Preamp 

through FFT switch A30Q15. Attenuamr feedback on the 

IOOQ V dc range is selected by FET switch AIOQ39 (atten- 

uation of 100 ro 1) and is applied to the DC Prcamp input 

through FET switch A10Q16. DC Preamp gain is XI for 

both crror measuremenls. 

8-27. 10 V dc Gain Error Measurement. On the 10 V dc 

range the gain error measurement is made by applying the 

internal reference voltage (+ 10 V dc), through a 100 kil- 

ohm resistor and FET switch klOQ4, to the input of the 

DC Preamp {see Figure 8-10). A DC Preamp gain of X 1 is 

selected by FET switch AI OQ 19. The measurement result 

is stored by the main controller as the 10 V dc full scale 

conslant. 

8-28. .f V dc and 1 V dc Gain Error Measurement. On the 

1 Y dc range, thc reference voltage is applied to the DC Pre- 

amp input through the precision ten-to-one divider (A1 I R7 

and R8) by FET switches A1 OQ3 1 and A3 OQ 1 6 (see Figure 

8-1 1). phc lower end oS the ten-tmone divider is held at 

virtual ground by closing FET switch A10Q38. Output of 

the ten-to-one divider is 1 V dc. A DC Preamp gain of XI0 

is selected by FET switch A1 OQ2 1. The measurement result 

is stored by the main controller as the 1 V dc full scale 

constant. 

8-29. A separate gain error measurement is not made for 

the .1 V dc range. Since the only difference between the 

I V dc and .I V dc circuit configlrration is a precise gain of 

ten, the .I V dc gain crror constant is computcd by thc 

main controller. 

1 

1 I 

Figure 88. .f V dc: Input Offlet Error Measurement.

Section Vlll THEORY OF OPERATION Model 3455A 

8a. 1 V dc Reference Mfset Error Measurement Since separate offset Error measurement is made to include any 

the 1 V dc full scale rcferencc was derived by dividing the offsets present in the ten-to-one divider and associated 

internal reference by the precision ten-to-one divider, a circuitry. Figure 8-1 2 illustrates the circuit configuration 

8-6 

Figure 8-9. 100 V dc and 1000 V dc Input Offset Error 

Measurement. 

ATTWTW 

Figure 8-10. 10 V dc Gain Error Measurement,

Model 3455A THEORY OF OPERATION Section VIII 

for the 1 V dc Refcrcncc ~cfset Error Measurement. The 

input of the DC Preamp is grounded through the ten-to-one 

8-31. 100 V de and 1000 V dc Gain Error Measumment. 

Figure X- 13 shows the circuit arrangement ror making tlw 

divider by FET switch A10Q16. Prcamp gain is X10. 100 V dc gain error measurement. Thc reference voltagc is 

I 

I 

I 

W T 

HI 

LO 

VIRTUAL GROUND 

V1 ATZIAL GROUND 

Figum 8-1 1. .1 V dc and 1 V dc Gain Error Measurement. 

Figure 8-12. 1 V dc Reference Offset Error Measurement. 

8-7

Section VllI THEORY OF OPERAT~QN Model 3455A 

connected to the input of the operational attenuator is connected to the DC Prcamp input by FET switch 

throughFETswitchA30Q33andrelayAIOK6.Theattcnu- A10Q15.ADCprearnpgainolXlOisselectedbyFET 

ator is set to a gain oh 0.1 (10 to I attenuation) by FET swizch A1 OQ2 I. The measurement result is stored by the 

switch A10Q35. The output of the operational attenuator main controller as the 100 V dc gain error constant. 

Figure 8-13. f 00 Y dc and 1000 Y dc Gain Error Measurement.

Model 3455A f HEORX OF OPERATION Sect ion YIlE 

8-22. A separate gain error measurement is not made for 

the EOOO V dc range. Since the only difference between 

the 100 Y dc and 1000 V dc circuit configuration is a 

precise attenuation difference of 10, the 1000 Y dc gain 

error constant is computed by the main controller. 

8-33. 100 V dc Reference Offset Error Measurement. 

Since the reference voltage for the 100 Y dc range is 

divided by the operational attenuator; a separate offset 

error measurement is made to include any offsets which 

might be associated with the attenuator and FET switches 

used. Figure 8- 14 illustrates the circuit configuration for 

this measurement. 

8-34. AUTO-CALIBRATIO N - OHMS. 

8-35. General, 

836. During the ohms function the ohms converter sup- 

plies a current through both the unknown resistance and 

the reference resistance (see Figure 8-15). Since the same 

current flows through both resistors, their respective volt- 

age drops are proportional. As with the DC Auto-Cal 

sequence, the affset errors are measured and subtracted 

from the unknown and reference resistance measurements. 

The voltage developed across the unknown resistor is mea- 

sured by closing S1 while the reference voltage, developed 

across the reference resistor, is measured by closing S2. The 

value of the unknown resistance is computed by the main 

coot roller. An equation describing this computation is: 

VIRTUAL GROUND 

figure 8-1 5. Basic Ohms Measurement Diagram. 

where Rx is the unknown resistance value, V& is the volt- 

age drop across the unknown resistance, VR ref. is the volt- 

age drop across the reference resistance, Eo is the input 

offset enor, C 1 and G2 are the circuit gains of the particu- 

lar measurements, and Rr is the range factor. This equation 

simplifies to: 

037. Circuit Desription, 

8-38. .1 kS1, 1 kn. 1 MR Offset Error Measurements. The 

offset error constants dcrived for the .I V dc and 1 V dc 

ranges are also used for the .1 kKt, 1 kf2, and 1 MR offset 

error constants, since the circuit configurations are the 

same. Refer to Paragraph 8-25 for a description of these 

offset error measurements. 

8-39. 10 kR, 100 kS2, 10 MKl Offmr Error Measurements. 

Two additional offset measurements arc made to compen- 

sate for errors which might he present when making mea- 

surements on the 10 k!2, 100 k52, or 10 MR ranges. Figure 

111144531 

Figurs 8-76. 10 kfl, 100 kR, '10 Msl m et Ermr Measurement. 

8-9

Section VlII f HEORY OF OPERATION Model 3455A 

Note 1: VOLTAGE LlMlfEDTO5V. 

8-1 6 illustrates the circuit conQuration for these measure- 

ments. The DC Preamp input is grounded through a 100 ki2 

resistor by FET switch A10Q2. The feedback path for the 

X2 gain is through FET switches A10Q22 and A10Q21. 

Feedback for X20 gain is through A10Q22. isolation amp- 

lifier A 10U3, switch A10Q27, the precision 10-to- l divider 

and switch A10Q18. A separatc measurement is made for 

both gains and the results are stored by the main controller. 

8-40, .1 kS2, 1 kLl, 10 kf2 Referenea Measurements. The 

ohms reference voltage is developed across the reference 

resistance. On the .I kn through 10 kn ranges the refer- 

ence resistance is 1 kS2 (see Figure 8-17). The .7 mA 

current source is connected to the 1 kLl reference through 

relay A10K7. The 999 kS2 reference resistor is shorted 

by the cornbinat ion of relay A1 OK7 and A 1 0K8. The refcr- 

encc voltsge is applied to the DC Preamp input through 

8-10 

IMWY FRCmt 

M: PREMP 

Ym-B-.,7, 

Figure 8-17. Ohms Referenw hrtsssuremant. 

Figure 8-1 B. Simplified A/D Converter Diagram. 

FET switch AIOQ13. The reference is measured prior to 

each measurement or the unknown resistance. 

8-41. 100 kD, 1 MR. 10 Mil Referanee Measurements. On 

the 100 PrSl rangc, A1 OK7 is opened and the .7 mA current 

source is applied to the combination of R1 and R5 (I M51). 

The reference voltage developed across RI and R5 is ap- 

plied to the DC Preamp input through FET switch 

A10Q14. On the 1 Ma and lOMR ranges, relay AIOK8 is 

opened and the .7 CIA current source is applied to the 1 MR 

reference resistance. The reference voltage is applied to 

the DC Preamp input through A 10Q 14. 

842. AUTO CALIBRATION-A/D COMVERTER. 

8-43. Two Auto-Cal measurements are made to correct 

errors which might be generated in the AID Converter. One 

m s 

T[! ' WaRO rnTROLLER

Model 3455A THEORY OF OPERATION Section VEIl 

measurement is made to correct for offsets. The second 

measurement is made to correct for any difference between 

the plus and minus "run-down" current references. 


8-45. Offset Error Measurement. Figure 8-18 shows a 

simplified schematic of the AID Converter. During the 

offset error measurement all input switches to the inte- 

grator are opened. During the integration period, thc inte- 

grator is permitted to charge to a voltage equal to any off- 

set current present in the integrator circuit. At the end of 

the integration period the integrator is "tun-down" and 

the offset digitized and stored as the AID Convener offset 

error by the main controller. 

exprcssion describin the measurement of an m s level is 

V output = 4~' which states that the output voltage 

(Vo) is equal to the square root of the average of the absolute 

value of the input voltage (Vin) squared. ?'he circuitry 

used in the rrns converter solves for the expression 

which is identical to J v r 


8-51. AC Input Attenuator. The input attenuator of the 

rrns converter is an RC circuit which provides a fked 

attenuation of 100-to-I on the 100 V ac and 1000 Y ac 

ranges. Attenuator switching is performed by reed relays 

which are controlled by the inguard controller. 

8-46, Currant Ratio Meamremam During the current 

ratlo measurement the plus and minus references are 

8-52. Input Amplifier. An operational amplifier with fyred 

gains of xl and x0.1 is used as the input amplifier. The 

combination of amplifier gain and input attenuation are 

applied to the input of the integrator through diode switch used to maintain a fulbscale output of 1 V rrns from the 

iJ 1 d and U2d. The references ate switched at a 1 millisecond 

rate during tlrc integration period ( 1 33 milliinput 

amplifier. Table 8- 1 shows the input attenuation and 

amplifier gain combinations used on each range. 

secondsl. At the end of the inte~ration period. the accumulated 

ciarge on the integrator i; "run-&wn" digitized and 

stored as the current ratio constant. The purpose of this 

measurement is to correct for any imbalance hetween the 

posimive and negative current references. 

847. TRUE RMS AC CONVERTER. 

Voltage 

Range 

Figure 8-19. Simplified True RMS &nvener. 

Table 8-7. AC Converter Ranging. 

Input 

Attenuation 

Factor 

Amplifier 

Gain 

1 V 

1 

1 1 


10 V 

100 V 

1 

.01 

0-1 

1 

0.1 

0.01 

8-49. The rms converter uses operational circuitry, rather 

loO0Y .01 0.1 0.001 

than a thermal element. to convert the ac signal to a dc 

IeveI equivalent to the rms value of the input signal. Use of 

the operational rms converter perrnits faster ac measure. 

ment rates. The frequency range of the true rrns converter 

is 30 Hz to 1 MHz during normal operation and 300 Hz to 

1 MHz during fast ACY operation. Full scale output of the 

rms converter is 6.6667 V dc. Figure 8-19 is a simplified 

schematic of the true rrns converter. The mathemaiical 

8-53. Abwluze Value Amplifier. The absolute value arnplb 

fier, as the name implies, solves for the absolute value of 

the signal input to it. The operation of this circuit is similar 

to a full wave rectifier. Tha! is the negative portion of the 

signal is inverted and combined with the positive portion. 

The resultant positive signal is applied to the input of the 

squaring amplifier. 

Total 

Gain 

8-1 1 

I

Section YIIJ THEORY OF OPERATION Model 3455.4 

8-54. Squaring Amplifier. The squaring amplifier is a log 

ampIifier circuit which takes the log of the input voltage. or 

in this case since there are two transistors (Q9A and Ql IA) 

in the feedback loop, takes twice the log of the input 

voltage. Therefore, the out ut of the squaring amplifier is 

equal to 2 log, IV in I or log 7 V in 1'. 

8-55, Square Root and Averaging Amplifier. The square 

root amplifier reverses the action of squaring amplifier. 

The input to the amplikr is through logging transistors 

Q11B and Q9B. Output ofthe quare root am lifier js 

equivalent to 1 /2 log I v in I ' or log dd. The 

operations of the square root arnpIifier and the averaging 

amplifier are simultaneous and inter-dependent. The com- 

bined output of the two circuits is a dc level proportional 

to the rms value of the input signal. 

8-56. AVERAGE RESPONDING AC CONVERTER 

(Option 001). 

8-57. Genenl. 

8-58. The werage ac converter is an average responding cir- 

cuit calibrated to the ms value of a sinusoidal input. Full 

scale output of the converter is 6.6667 V dc for all ranges. 

Figure 8-20 shows a simplified schematic of the converter. 


8-60. kC Input Attenuator. The ac input attenuator is an 

RC circuit which provides a Fmed attenuation of 100.to-1 

on the 100 V ac and 1000 V ac ranges. Attenuator switch- 

ing is done by reed relays which are controlled by the 

inguard controller. Input resistance of the AC Converter is 

approximately 2 megohms. 

8-12 

lWt 

4lTNUAtQT 

K1 

FlLlER 

AWLIFIEU 

05 

Figure 8-20. Simplified Average Responding AC Converter. 

8-61. Converter Amplifier. The converter amplifier uses a 

dual FET input stage to maintain a high input impedance. 

An operational amplifier provides the necessary gain to 

drive the output stage of the converter amplifier. The out- 

put stage of the amplifier is a current driver circuit. Two ac 

fcedback paths provide fmed gains of 1 or 0.1. An integrat- 

ing amplifier (U43 is used to maintain a dc level of 0 V dc at 

the output of the Converter Amplifier. The integrating 

amplifier also determines the low frequency cutaff point 

of the Converter Amplifier. (The cut-off frequency is ap- 

proximately 300 112 on the FAST ACV mode and 30 Hz on 

the ACV mode.) A diode protection circuit is used to limit 

the output of the Converter Amplifier to approximately 

f 6 V peak to prevent saturation of the amplifier. 

8-62. AC Ranging. AC ranging is accomplished by attenu- 

ating the input signal and changing the gain of the converter 

amplifier. The input attenuator provides a fixed attenuation 

of 100 to 1. The Converter Amplifier has fixed gains of 1 

or 0.1. Table 8-1 shows the various combinations of amp- 

lifier gain and input attenuation necessary for the input 

vottage ranging. Full scale output of the Converter Amp- 

lifier is approximately J volt rms for d ranges. 

863. Rectifier and Filter Amplifier. The output of the 

Converter Amplifier is applied to a rectifier circuit which 

produces both a positive going and a negative going halfwave 

rectified signal output (see Figure 8-20). The rectified 

signals are summed to provide ac feedback for the Converter 

Amplifier. The Filter Amplifier has a f~ed gain of 

approximately 6.6. The feedback circuitry of the Filter 

Amplifier provides one pole of fdtering. The output of the 

Filter Amplifier is applied to a one pole RC filter network 

for FAST ACV operation and a two pole RC filter network 

for ACV operat ion. 

moc 

PREAMP

Model 3455A THEORY OF OPERATION Section VIII 

8-64. Output Buffer Amplifier. An OperationaI Amplifier 8-68. Circuit Description. 

with unity gain is used to isolate the output of the AC Con- 

verter. Full scale output of the AC Converter is + 6.6667 V 849. Ohms Converter Power Supply. An inverter circuit 

dc for all ranges. is used to derive power for the ohms converter. The inverter 

operates at a frequency of 30.72 kHz on 60 Hz operation 

8-65. OHMS CONVERTER. or 25.6 kHz on 50 Hz operation. Transformers A1 OT 1 and 

A1 2T1 provide complete isolation of the ohms converter. 


8-67. The Ohms Converter is a voltage limited current 

source which supplies a constant current through the 

unknown and reference resistors unti1 the output voltage 

reaches approximately 4.75 volts dc. At this point the con- 

verter becomes a constant voltage source. During the cur- 

rent mode of operation the converter supplies a constant 

current of .7 mA on the 100 ohm through 100 kiloh 

ranges or .7 microamps on the t and 10 rnegohm ranges. 

The converter becomes a constant voltage source wlren 

measurhg resistance greater than 5.8 kilohm on the 10 and 

100 kilohm ranges and greater than 5.8 megohm on the 10 

megohm range. Since the same current flows through both 

the unknown resistance and the reference resistance, the 

voltage drops across them are directly proportional. The 

unknown resistance vakue is the ratio of the voltage drop 

across the unknown resistance times circuit gain to the 

voltage drop across the reference resistance times circuit 

gain multiplied by the range constant; or 

8-70. Current Source. Figure 8-2 1 shows a simplified sche- 

matic of the current source used in the ohms converter. The 

circuit is designed to provide an output current of .7 mA or 

.7 PA. Output current is determined by resistors R3, R5, 

and R6. During the -7 mA mode of operation, (100 ohm 

through 100 kilohm ranges) relay K8 shorts resistor R3. 

The output current is then determined by R6 and is equal 

to the reference voltage (+ 6.7, V) divided by the resistance 

of R6. or I. = 6.218.87 K = -7 mA, During the .7 pA mode 

of operation, (I rnegol~rn and 10 megohm ranges) hoth K7 

and K8 are open. Resistors RS and Rtl form a divider which 

divides the + 6.2 V reference to + .7 V. The output current 

is now determined by the .7 V across R3 or lo = .7 V/1 M 

= .7 pA. Operational Amplifier UI drives output transistor 

Q4 and provides the gain necessary to maintain the proper 

output current. Rclay K7 is used to select a reference 

resistance of 1 kilohm for the .I kilohm through 10 kilohm 

ranges or 1 megohm for the 100 kilohm through 10 

megohm ranges. Both the reference resistance and the 

unknown resistance are in the Feedback circuit of the 

operat ionaI amplifier.

Section YIIl f HEORY OF OPERATION Model 3455A 

8-71. Voltage Limit. Figure 8-22 shows a simplified schematic 

of the voltage limit circuit used in the ohms converter. 

During the current mode of operation the noninverting 

input of U2 is positive, as referenced to ohms 

ground. In this mode the positive output of U2 is blocked 

by CR14, making the voltage limit circuit inoperative. As 

the resistance of Rx is increased the collector voltage of Q4 

becomes more negative. This change is coupled to [he noninverting 

input of U2 through the voltage divider composed 

of R14 and R23. AS the input of U2 approaches 0 V the 

output reverses polarity and forward biases CR14. At this 

point U2 takes control of output transistor 44 and maintains 

a constant voltage of approximately - 4.7 V dc at the 

collector. During the time the ohms converter is in the voltage 

limit mode, transistor Q3 supplies the feedback neces 

sary lo balance the current source circuit (see Figure 8-2 I). 

The converter operates as a voltage wurce when measuring 

resistances greater than 5.8 kilohn~ on the 100 ohm through 

100 kilohrn ranges and greater than 5.8 megohm on the Y 

megohrn and 10 megohm ranges. 

8-72. Overload Protection. The ohms converter is pro- 

tected from the accidential application of high valtagc to 

the nhms terminals by diodes CR1, CR2,CRI I and CK12. 

These diodes provide a current path tllrough R23 and the 

ohms reference resistance to dissipate the applied voltage.: 

High voltage diode CR8 prevents current flow t hmugh Q4 

when a ncgative voltage is applied to the "High" ohms 

terminal. High voltage transistor Q4 is biased off to pre- 

vent current tlow when a positive voltage is applied. 

8-73, DC PREAMPLIFIER. 

8-75. The DC Preamplifier provides the necessary isolation 

and amplificiation of signals from the dc input, ac or ohms 

converter, and Auto Cal circuits for use in the A-to-D Con- 

verter. The DC Preamplifier is designed to provide high 

input impedance and lincar gain characteristics. 

Figufe 8-22. Ohms Con lverfer Voltage Limit. 


8-77. Input Circuit. A dual FET (Q17) is used as the input 

to the DC PreampIifier to provide high input impedance. 

The sources of Q23 are driven by a currcnt source (Q24) to 

maintain Iinear circuit operation. Operational amplifier 1112 

provides thc gain necessary to drive the output circuit of 

the preamplifier. 

8-78. Output Circuit. The output circuit of the DC Prc- 

amplifier consists of an amplifier (Q7 and Q8) and a current 

source (Q 12). Operation of the output amplifier is similar 

to that of an inverting operational amplifier with a gain of 

approximately 30 (see Figure 8-23). The amplifier controls 

thc output by shunting current from thc current source. 

The out put circuit drives the DC Preamplifier feedback cir- 

cuitry and the AID Converter. 

8-79. Feedback Circuit. The feedback circuitry for the DC 

Preamplifier consists of two 1 O-to- 1 resistive dividers, a 

buffer amplifier, and FET switches. Figure 8-24 shows a 

simplified schematic of the feedback circuitry and lists the 

various switch closures necessary for the particular pre- 

amplifier gains, Buffer Amplifier U3 is a precision XI Amp. 

lifier used to isolate the output divider from the precision 

10-to-1 divider. 

8-80. Overload Protection. The preamplifier circuit is pro- 

tected from saturation by diodes CR4 and CRS. These 

diodes limit the voltagc difference between the drains of 

Q17. The output of the preamplifier is limited to approxi- 

mately 2 17 V by Zener diode CR7 and diode CR6 clamp- 

ing thc output stage of U2. 

8-87. Switch Bias Amplifier. The switch hias amplifier sup- 

plies a gate bias voltage for the FET switches to make the 

gate-to-source voltage equal to zero during the time the 

FET switches are ON. The bias amplifier has a unity gain 

and uses an FET input to prevent loading of the input 

signaI. Output of the bias amplifier is coupled through 100 

ki [ohm reistors to the gates of the input switching FETk.

Model 3455A THEORY OF OPERATION Section VlII 

Figure 8-23. Equivalent OC Preamplifier Output Circuit. 

Figure 8-24. DC Preamp, Simplified Feedback Circuitw.

Section VIll THEORY OF OPERATION Model 3455A 

Figure 8-25. Simpfifid Voltage Referenca Diagram. 

8-82. REFERENCE ASSEMBLY. 

3-84. The reference awrnbly Tor the 3455A contains the 

components and adjustments for the ohms converter refer- 

ence resistance, the precision ten-to-one divider, and the 

+ 10 V dc reference voltage. The reference assembly is 

designed to be removed from the Multimeter for calibration 

and contains all adjustments for the DCV and OHMS func- 

tions. 


8-86. The ohms reference circuit is an adjustable resistive 

network which supplies a precise 1 kilohm or 1 rnegohrn 

reference. The precision ten-toone divider is an adjustable 

resistance divider used to produce the 1 volt reference volt- 

a g and a prccise tcn-to-one division for use in the opera- 

tional attenuator and DC preamp feedback circuitry. Figure 

8-25 shows a simplified diagram of the reference voltage cir- 

cuit. The reference for this circuit is a package which con- 

tains a rcferencc diodc and hcater plus associated circuilry. 

An operational amplifier (U2) provides the necessary gain 

to supply a stable + 10 V dc output. Resistors Ra and Rb 

fom a voltage divider to provide thc proper feedback for 

Figure 8-26. Integrator Output Waveform. 

the operational amplifier. These resistors are a Fine-line cir- 

cuit contained in an IC package and are composed of the 

basic resistances plus padding resistors to match the divider 

to the particular reference diode. Resistance R, also 

includes a potentiometer which is used as the "fine" adjust- 

ment for calibrating the + 10 V dc output. The circuit is 

returned to the - 15 volt supply to reduce ground currents. 

8-87. ANAL0 G-TO-D IG ITAL CONVERTER (AIDE. 

8-89. The 34556 Multimeter uses a multi-dope integration 

technique to convert analog input signals to digital information. 

This method permits relatively high speed, high accuracy 

measurements. The following explanation of the AJD 

Converter operation uses t hc inlegrator output waveform 

pictured in Figure 8-26. The waveform shown is for a negative 

input voltage. For positive inputs the integrator output 

would range between 0 and - I0 volts. This waveform can 

be divided into three major portions: the integration period 

(time Ti), the rundown period (time T23 and the auto-zero 

period (time 13). During time TI, the input voltage is integrated 

and the most signifjcant digits of the output reading 

are determined. During time T2 the input voltage is rcmoved 

and [he charge remaining on the integrator capacitor 

is used to determine the least significant digits of the 

output reading. During time T3, the integrator is revt to 

approximately 0 voZts and readied for the next reading. A1 

time TI$, thc input voltage frnm the DC Preamp is appIied 

to the AID converter and causes the integrator capacitor to 

charge (period tcl ). The rate at which the integrator capacitor 

chargcs depends upon the amplitude of the input voltage 

applied (see Figure 8-27). If thc voltage at the output of 

r he integrator reaches plus or minus 10 vul ts the 10 V cornparator 

is enabled and intcrrupts the inguard controller. 

The controller switches in a reference current opposite in 

polarity amount of time (period td) and causes the integrator 

to discharge. At the end of period td, the reference 

voltage is removed aliowing the integrator to again charge 

(period tc). This charge, discharge sequence may he 

repeated throughout integration period T 1. 

8-90. The period duting which the digital counters are 

"counting" occurs during the td cycles. The total number 

of *'counts" is therefore dependent upon the number of td

Model 3455A THEORY OF OPERATION Section VlII 

I HIGH LEVEL W 

I I 

Figure 8-27. Integrator Output Waveforms for Different lnput Voltage Levels. 

cycles. The number of chargedischarge cycles depends 

upon the input voltage applied (as shown in Figure 8-27) 

and whether the voltmeter is in the 5 or 6 digit readout 

mode, For the 5 digit mode, time Ti, is 1/60 second (1 150 

second for 50 Hz operation) and approximately 16 charge- 

discharge cycles occur for a full scale input. During 6 digit 

operation, time TI is increased to 8/60 second (8150 

second for 50 Hz operation), atlowing approximately 127 

chargeldischarge cycles to occur for a full scale Input. 

8-91. At the end of time TI. the input voltage is removed 

and the reference voltage applied. The integrator is quickly 

discharged at a fured rate to approximately 0.2 volts 

(period tf). During period ts the discharge rate is slowed to 

allow accurate zero detection (paint of complete discharge). 

This type of run-down permits both speed and accuracy. 

The "counts" accumulared during the run-down 

per~od (T2) are scaled and added to those made during time 

TI for the final measurement. 

INPUT FROM 

DC PREAMP 

SINPUT W T C H W 

1 I 

-w -IW 

8-92. Circuit Description, 

883. lnput and Reference Switching. The AD input and 

reference switching is cont rolled by the inguard controller. 

The input from the DC Preamp is appIicd to the integrator 

input through a 19.8 kilohm resistor IRIS) and FET switch 

Q3. The integrator charge current due to the input voltage 

is established by R15 and Is equal to the input voltage 

divided by 19.8 kilohrns. FET switch Q3 is closed thmugti- 

out the integration pcriod (time TI, Figure 8-26) and is 

open during periods T2 and T3. 

8-94. There are four separate current references in the AJD 

Converter. Two of these are positive references and are used 

when the AID input voItagc is negative. The other two 

references are negative references and are used for positive 

inputs. In Figure 8-28 the positivc references are shown 

above the integrator input line and the negative references 

ww-m+aZ- 

Figure 8-28. Simplified AID lnput and Reference Switching Diagram.

Section VlIl THEORY OF OPERATION Model 3455A 

are below. Both thc positive and negative rcrerences have a 

"fast"' discharge rcrerence and,a "slow'" discharge rcfcrcnce. 

The fast discharge refcrenccs arc u ~ during d [tie td cycles 

of thc integralion period to discharge the intcgrator and are 

alw used Ibr the "fast rundown" period (timc tf). The 

"Pow" ddlschar~e rcrerences arc used during the "slow rundown" 

period (timc ts) only. Diodes arc used 10 switch the 

rclerences hrcau~ of their high speed switching ability. 

Thc fnllowing description uses the posilivc " faslt -d acharpe" 

referencc, consistine, of Ul a. R4, C R2 and U t d, to cxplvln 

thc refcrencc switching operation. Except Tor diffcrcnt 

input levels tu the nc~ative refercnce swilohcs, uperation of 

all reference switching is Idcnr ical, 

8-95. During the time thc switch is turned "off', diode 

CR2 is forward biascd by approximatdy - 2 V dc on the 

cathode. Current flows from the + 211 volt supply through 

R4 and CRZ. Under thiscondtlion the voltage at thc anode 

of 'U l d is negat iwe (approximately - 1 .S V dc) which revere 

biases Uld, holding it off. (The cathodc of Uld is held al 

virtual ground by the integrator.) During the "'on" condition, 

CFE is revcrse biased by applying approximately 

+ 3 V dc to tlie cathode. Diode U Id becomes furward. 

biased and allows the current to flow throuph R4 to the 

integrator input. The purpse nf diode Ula ts to cornpensate 

for the voltagc drop across switching d~odc Uld by 

ra~sing the referencc voltage by one diode drop. The reference 

currenl is dttermincd hy thc voltage across R4 (1 0 V 

dc/lO kilohrns= 1 mA). 

886. Integrator. The voltmeter uses a convenlional in te- 

grator circuit with 3 dual EET input stage for isolation. 

Operational amplifier U3 provides thc gain necessary to 

kccp rhc input voltage at 0 V (set Fipurc 8-29). 

8-97. Slope Amplifier. Tl~e purposc of thc slopc amplifier 

is to increase the spccd of the "auto-zero" functiun and 

8-18 

-10v -rw 

Figure 8-29. Simplified AJD Convener Diagram. 

rcduce sensitivity to oflsccs in the zero detect comparator. 

Tlte slope amplifier is a convcntiunal non-inverting operattional 

amplifier with a gain of 100 and is used todrive lhc 

auto-zero c~rcuitry and zero delect comparator. Seniiitiviry 

at the output of the intcgratclr is approximately .S millivolts 

per count ob output reading. 

8-98. Auto-Zem. The purpose of autwr.cro is to reset the 

integrator to a known levcl. During this modc of operation 

FET switch Q4 is closed. co~nplc!inp thc auto-zero imp 

through slopc amplifier U4. Thc tnrepralor capacitor IC7) 

is used 3s the auto-zero capacitor and stores a charprc 

equal in ampliludc and opposite in polarity to any offsets 

in tlie integrator and slope amplifier circuits. This chargc 

effectively cancels thc offset errors generated by these 

circuits. 

8-99. Sam Detect Comparator. The output sipnal of the 

zerodctcct cnmparatnr is uscd to determine the polarity of 

the output read jne. and which integrator discliargc rcfer- 

enccs to apply. The output of this circuit is approximately 

+ 5 volts for negative inputs and near 0 volts Tor positive 

inputs to the AID Convcrtct. 

8-700. Absolute Value Amplifier. As the namc implies. the 

absolute value arnplificr is a unity pain circuit which p60duccs 

a pt~sirive output for cither a positivc or negative 

input. Durlng pos~t ive inputs, the negative output of U5 

forward biases transistor 06 allowing it to conduct. For 

ncpativc inputs transistor Q6 is biascd off and amptif er U5 

conducts throeph diode CRI 2. 

8101. 10 walt Detect Amplifier. The purpose of the 10 

volt Detect Ampllficr is to detect when the charge on the 

integrator has reached plus or minus 10 voIts. This infoma- 

tion is used hy tlic inguard controller in determining when 

to apply tlie discharge refcrcnces during thc integration pcr-

Mode1 3455A THEORY OF OPERATION Section V111 

iod (time TI, Figure 8-26). For inputs less than 10 volts 

the output af the 10 volt Detect Amplifier is near 0 volts. 

As the input reaches 10 volts the output switches to 

approximately + 5 volts. 

8-102. 02 volt Detect Amplifier. The purpose of the .2 

volt Detect Amplifier is to detect when the integrator has 

discharged to approximately .2 volts during period T2 

(Figure 8-26). This information is used by the inguard 

controller in determining the point to removc the "fast- 

discharge" reference and apply the "slow-discharge" 

reference. 

8-103. INGUARD CONTROLLER. 

8- 105. Figure 8-30 shows the basic steps performed by the 

inguard controller. The inguard controller receives data con- 

taining range, function, and resolution information from 

the main controller. This data, containing 36 bits of infor- 

mation and a parity bit, is transferred serially at a rate 

determined by the main controller. The inguard controller 

decodes the information, sets the input and auto-cal 

switches to their required states, and selects the appropriate 

rangc, function, and sample time for the resolution indi- 

cated. During the measurement process, the inguard con- 

troller manages the analog-to-digital conversion sequence 

and stores the digital equivalent of the AJD input voltage. 

8.106. Upon completion of the measurement, the digital 

information is transferred from the inguard controller to 

Figure 8-30. Simplified lnguard Controller Flowchart. 

thc main controller. This information contains the measure- 

ment value and polarity plus a parity bit and is transferred 

serially at a rate dctcrmincd by the main controller. The 

inguard controller is reset to receive more information by a 

reset pulse from the main controller, 

0-1 07. Circuit Description, 

8-108. Transfer Circuit. Figure 8-31 shows a simplified 

diagram of the data transfer circuitry betwccn the inguard 

and main controllers. The direct control lines, DCQ through 

DC3, of the processors are used for communication. The 

inguard and main processors are electrically isolated by 

optical isolators. Control lines DCq and DC1 are driven by 

the main controller. During the inguard to main transfer 

mode, Line DCQ is used to indicate when the main control- 

ler is ready to receive data. Control Line DCl is used for 

the transfer-clock signal during both transfer modes. Con- 

trol Lines DC2 and DC3 are driven by the inguard control- 

ler. Control Line DC2 is used hy the inguard controller to 

indicate whether it is in a "send" or "receive" state. Transi- 

Lion from the receive to the send status indicates to the 

main controller when the inguard controller is ready to 

send data. Control Line DC3 is used by the inguard con- 

troller to indicate when it is ready to receive data during 

the main-to-inguard t ransfcr mode and to send data during 

the inguard to main transfer mode. 

8-109. Transfer signals for both data transfer modes are 

illustrated in Figure 8-32. During the main controller to 

Figure 8-31. Controller Data Transfar Circuit. 

8- 19

Section VllE THEO~Y OF OPERATION Model 34S5A 

tion, composed of 6 bits of trigger jnformation, 30 bits of 

range and function information and a parity bit, to the 

inguard controller. The inguard controller transfers 25 bits 

of information, composed of E bit of polarity infomat ion, 

23 bits af measurement data, and a parity bit, to the main 

controller. 

8-110. Reset Circuit. The reset line is driven by thc main 

controller to reset the inguard controller to the beginning 

of its program routine. Figure 8-33 shows n simplified 

schematic of the reset circuit. A pulse transformer is used 

to clecttically isolate the rcset line between the inguard and 

outguard sections of thc voltmeter. The rcset pulse applied 

to the preset input of flip-flop U32A sets the "Q" output 

high. The high ourput of U32A causes the output of U27B 

to go low, The output of U27B sets the "interrupt request" 

input of the inguard processor. Upon recciving interrupt 

request, the processor stops driving its data Lines (m 

through D7f, allowing them to go high and sets the inter- 

rupt acknowledge line high. This signal allows the output 

of U27C to go low wbkh puts the "start" address on that 

processor's data bus. The processor (after reaching its 

"start'" address) sets the interrupt acknowledge line low to 

remove the output of U27C from the data bus and to reset 

the interrupt circuit to its normal state. 

Figurtt 8-32. Data Transfer Signals. 

8-111. A/D Converter Control Cimim. Figure 8-34 

shows thc control circuitry between the inguard processor 

inguard controller transfer mode, data is valid during the and the analog-to-digital converter. There are six output 

positivc portions of the clock signal and changed during the 

negative portions. During the inguard controller to main 

controller transfer mode, data is valid during tlie negative 

lines from the inguard cantrolIer which control the input, 

reference, and auto-xcro switches in the AID Converter. 

Each output line controls one of the six switches in the 

portions of the clock signal and changed during the positivc 

portions. The main controller transfen 37 bits of in formaconverter. 

Switching information for thc AID Converter is 

set on the processor's data bus (outputs Dfl through D5) 

8-20 

Figure 8-33. lngusrd Cornroller Reset Circuit.

Model 345SA THEORY OF OPERATION Section VIII 

and transferred to the converter through output latch U15. Table 8.2. klD Convemr Switch Control Signal 

Table 8-2 describes the purpose of each of the A/D Con- Deseriptimr. 

verter switch signals and the "true" state of each. The three 

"detect" outputs of the A/D Converter are returned to 

"direct control" lines DC4 through DC6 of the processor. 

8-112. The "polarity detect" output of the converter is 

also applied to the input of the "zero detect'kircuit. The 

zero detect circuit is used to detect the end of lthe "siow" 

rundown period. At the beginning of the slow run-down 

period, the "Q" output of W32B is set to the same state as 

the polarity detect signal by a pulse from U14. The inter- 

rupt enable signal from the processor is set high to enable 

the zero detect circuit. As the charge on the AID Integrator 

passes through 0 volts, the polarity detect signal changes 

state and causes the output of the zero detect circuit to go cess. Upon completion of the AID Conversion process, the 

low. The low output from the zero detect circuit sets the processor sets r he interrupt enable signal low to disable the 

processor's interrupt input to stop the AID Conversion pro- zero detect circuit. 

1 

U28E 

S E E 

DE- 

, Signal 

LVlN 

LNRS 

HPRS 

HA2 

HPRF 

LNRF 

Figure! 834. Simplified A/D Converter Control Cirarit. 

Description 

AID Cenvatter input switch signal 

(A14031 

Negatlve ~lwdischarge referenea switch signal 

(At4bne) 

Ponirive slowdischarge referem switch signal 

Auto-tern switch signal (A114Q41 

Positiva fastdisehsrgs reference switch signal 

IA14CR21 

Nsgetiw fastdischarge reference witch signal 

IA14CR6) 

True 

Stare 

Low 

Low 

High 

High 

High 

Low

Model 34S5A THEORY OF OPERATION Section VIlI 

e. The main controller next checks to see if one of the into them. Ef the buffers are active the controller bypasses 

math functions have been selected. The math functions pr* this step. 

X-2 

vide either a scaled answer (y), 

where x is the rneasureg. 

The main controller loads the fmal answer in the dip 

answer and and ' are values by the Opera* 

X - 

play buffers and returns to the start of the program. 

tor, or a percent error answer I- x loo), where x is 

Y 

the measurement answer and y is a reference value entered 

by the operator. If the math function has been selected, the 

main controller computes the math answer. 

0.1 18. Circuit Omription. 

8-119. ROM Circuit, The main controller uses three 

ROM's to store the prbgrarns necessary to control the var- 

I. The main controller next checks to see if the HF-IB ious functions and operations of the volt meter. Each ROM 

buffers are active (outputting data to the bus). If the HP-EB 

buffers are not active, the main cadroller loads the answer 

is capable of storing 2048, eight bit "words" of program 

information and is divided into two "pages" of 1024 words 

Figure 8-36. Simplified Output Circuit. 

- HI02 

I

Section VIII THEORY OF OPERATION Model 3455A 

COMPUTE A 

RETURN TO START 

3455-&-4580 

Figure 8-37. Simplified Main Controller Flowchah 

each. Five of the six pages contain the programs necessary 

for the normal operation of the voltmeter while the sixth 

page contains a rest program to aid in troubleshooting and 

to verify proper operation. This test feature is not program- 

mable from the front panel. The ROM's are addressed by 

the main processor through the program address bus (pro- 

cessor outputs PAfl through PA9). The program infoma- 

tbn is sent to the processor through the processor data bus 

(lines DO through D7). All ROM's receive the address in- 

formation. The particular program Information received by 

the processor is determined by the program address code, 

the page select signal, and which ROM is enabled. 

8-120. Figure 8-38 is a schematic of the ROM circuitry. 

During normal operation. the test connector $1 is con- 

nected as shown. This connection disables the upper page 

(test program) or ROM Uf3 and allows ROWS U6 and U7 to 

be enabled. Removing the jumper permits only the upper 

page (test program) of U8 to be enabled. Connecting the 

jumper between ground and the "disable" connection dis- 

ables all ROM outputs to aid in testing the main processor. 

8-1 2 1 . During normal operation, the ROM*s are enabled in 

the Following manner. At turn on, only the lower page of 

U8 may be enabled. This is because the normal turn on 

state of address line PA10 is low which allows US to be 

enabled and "hoIds off' the enable circuitry for ROM's 

U6 and U7. To enable ROM's U6 or U7, the following 

sequence is used. 

a. The code to select the desired ROM and page is set 

on data Iines D0 and Dl. Line D0 is used to select the page 

and is set high for upper pages and low for lower pages. 

Cine DI is used to select the particular ROM and is set high 

to select RQM U6 or low to select U7. 

b. The device select code to select output YS of U31 is 

set on device select lines DSO through DS3. 

c. Address line PA1 0 is set high to disable ROM U8 and 

allow ROM's W6 and U7 to be addresmd. 

d. The REAUIWRITE h e is set high (write). 

The above outputs are synchronized by the clock signal. 

The combination of the output from the device select 

decoder U33 and the WRITE output from the processor 

causes a pdse at the clock input of US and sets the Q 1 and 

42 outputs to the levels of data lines DQ and Dl (page and 

ROM select data). Once U5 is set the processor data lines 

(DQ through D7) and REkDlWRITE line are released for 

other operations. Address Iine PA10 remains high as long as 

ROM U6 or U7 are to be addressed. The output of the 

ROM and page selected is then enabled when the Program 

Source Gate is set high. To return to the lower page of U8 

it is only necessary to set address line PAl@ low. 

8-122. At the beginning of an "interrupt sequence" the 

processor enables gates U3A and U3B by activating output 

Y5 of the device select decoder and setting the READ1


b. The Readprite signal enables buffers U34 and U42 

to apply the data to the RAM'S I10 lines and is also applicd 

to the R/W input of the RAM'S to cnable the write ampli- 

fiers. The negative-going pulse from output Y 1 of U41 is 

applied to the CE inputs of the RAM'S to enable them to 

store the data. Output Y1 of U41 is alse applied to the 

"cluck" inputs of U36 and U37 (thmugh U38) to incre- 

ment the address code by one upon completion of the 

"store"' operat ion. 

8-126. The processor "reads" data from the RAM's as 

follows. 

a. The processor sets 1 hc code necessary lo activate out- 

put Y 1 of U4 1 on device select lines DS@ through DS3, and 

sets the Readwrite line Fow (read). 

b. The Readmrite signal is invertcd by U4F and applied 

to the RAM's RJW input to enable ~ hc output buffers. The 

ncgativc-going pulse from output Y 1 of U41 is applied to 

the CE input of the RAM's to enable their outputs. The 

RAM output data is applied to the inputs of buffers U35 

and U43 which are enabled by the low output of gate 

U46.4. 

c. The data is read by the processor on data lincs DQ) 

thraugh D7. 

d. As with the "stere" sequence. the negative pulse 

from output Y 1 of the device select decoder is applied, 

through gate U38D, to the "clock" input of counters P136 

and U37 to Increment them to thc next address. 

Figure 8-38. Main Controlfar RAM Circuit. 

8-127. ALU Circuit. The Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU) 

provides added computational capability to the main controller 

for computing Auto-Cal constants, measurement 

data corrections, and "scale" and VO error'" math functions. 

The ALU also provides logic Functions which are used 

for certain control operations. rile ALU performs Arithmetic 

or Logic operations on two. 22 bit binary numbers in 

eight bit segments starting with the eight Icast significant 

bits. 

8- 128. Figure 8-40 shows a schematic diagram of the ALU 

circuit used. The numbers to be entered into the ALU's are 

8 bit binary codes and are entered as fotlows: 

a. The processor sets the numerical data on data lines 

D0 through D7, sets the READ/WRITE line high (write), 

and sets the device select lincs DSQ through DS3 to the 

code necessary to activate the prclpcr output of device 

select decoder U33 (output YI for number "A", Y2 for 

number "B"). 

b. The outputs of the processor and device select 

decoder are synchronized by the clock signal. 

c. The READPRITE signal enables buffers U34 and 

V42 to apply the binary information from the processors 

data output lo thc ALU input latches. The information is 

set in latches U29 and U3 1 (number "A") or U24 and U25 

(number "B") by the signal from device select decoder 

u33. 

d. The ALU operation instruction is a dbit binary code

Model 3455A THEORY OF OPERATION Section VlIl 

Figure 8-40. Main Controller ALU Circuit. 

composed of a 4bit instruction code, I bit of mode infor- used to strobe the front panel display. The Interrupt Cirmation 

to determine whether the operation is to bc an cuit has been designed so that the lnterrupt Signals arc 

arithmetic or logic function, and 1 bit of "carry" informa- assigned priorities. In the event of two or morc SimuItanetion. 

e. The operation instruction is entered into the ALU's 

in the same manner as the numerical data except, only processor 

data lines DQ through D5 are used to output the 

data. 

ous Interrupt Signals, the one with the highest priority will 

be handled lirst. The lip-IB Interrupt is assigned the highcst 

priority and will be serviced before Il~e external trigger or 

front panel interrupts. The external trigger interrupt is 

assigned the second highest prior it y and will be serviced 

before the front panel interrupt. All thrcc intcrrupt signals 

have priority over the display strobe signal. The turn-on 

8*129' The Output the ALU's is read 

the Following manner: 

the processor in 

interrupt occurs only at initial turn-on of the voltmeler. 

Figure 84 I is a sehemafs [he Main Controller 

Intcrrupt Circuit. 

a. The processor sets the READlWRITE line low 

(READ) to disable buffers U34 and U42 and sets [he 

proper code on device select lines DSQ through DS3 to 

activate output Y4 of U33. 

b. Output Y4 of U33 enables thc ALU output buffers 

U2 1 and U22 and the data is read by the processor on data 

lines DO through D7. In the event that a "carry" occurred 

during the ALU operation, the carry output (CN + 4) of 

U28 is output through gate U l6B lo set F4 of the proces- 

for. 

8-130. lnterrupt Circuit. The Interrupt Circuit is used to 

signal the main processor when the front panel switch data 

has been changed, when an external trigger has been 

applied, when t l~e HP-IB (Hewlett-Packard Interface Bus) 

needs service, or at "turn-on". The lnterrupt Circuit is also 

8.137. HP-IB Interrupt. When the HP-IB requires scrvice, 

it sets the HI'-IB Interrupt signal high. This signal is applied 

to the input of U53B. The output of U53B is applicd to 

U47B to disable the front panel interrupt circuit and 

through US2A to the interrupt gates which set the procek 

sors interrupt input. The HP-IB interrupt input Is also 

applied to U46D to set the interrupt address. Upon recog- 

nizing the interrupt input, the processor sets the interrupi 

enable low, ro remove the interrupt input, and scts the 

intcrrupt acknowledge high, to enable address gatcs U47D 

and U46D. The address gates set the intcrrupt address on 

thc processors data bus. It is possible for both the external 

trigger interrupt and the HP-IB intcrrupt to occur simultan- 

eously and sel their respective interrupt address code on the 

processor data bus. When this occurs, the processor is pro- 

grammed to vector to thc HP-IB Intcrrupt address 20 main-

Section VIII THEORY OF OPERATlOfU Model 34554 

I I 

Figure 8-41. Main Controller Interrupt Circuit. 

tain priorities. After accepting the interrupt address, the b. The positivegoing *a1 is applied to the "clock" 

processor sets the interrupt acknowledge line low to disable input of U40A to set the Q output low. This signal, applied 

address gates W46B and U46D. The processor then services through W47B and U39C, disables the input of U48A to 

the HP-I& to clear the interrupt input. prevent premature retriggering. 

8-1 32. External Trigger Interrupt. Operation of the Exler- 

naI Trigger Interrupt is the same as the HP-IB Interrupt 

with the exception of the interrupt address gate activated. 

During External Tdgger Interrupt. address gate U44B is 

used to set the interrupt address on the processor's data 

bus. 

4-t 33. Front Panel Interrupt. When the status of the front 

panel switches is changed, the switch status interrupt signal 

is set high. This removes the "clear" signals from U40 A and 

U40B and triggers the monostable mult ivibrator U48A. The 

output of the multivibrator is a negative pulse approximately 

6 miiliseconds in duration. This ne~ative signal is 

applied to intempt gates U55B and U55C to disable the 

interrupt input to the main processor. This insures that the 

processor is not interrupted by the other interrupt signals 

while rhe front pane1 is being serviced. The negative output 

of U48A ivlso applied to_the "preset" input of U40B to 

set output Q low. Output Q of U40B is applied to U47D to 

disable the interrupt address gates and through U39B to set 

the inputs of U4TA and U55C high. 

8-1 34. As the output of multivibrator U46A returns 'high, 

the following occurs: 

a. The front panel output latch is set to the new switch 

status code. 

c. t nterrupt gate USSC is enabicd to set the main pro- 

ccssor interrupt input. 

8-1 35. Upon recognizing the interrupt signal, fhc main processor 

sets the interrupt enable output low to removc the 

interrupt signal and sets the interrupt acknowledge signal 

high. Thc interrupt acknowledge signal ena'bies gate U47A 

which enables thc front panel outpul buffers allowing them 

to set the new switch slatus cedc on the processor's data 

bus (m through D7). 

8- 136. Upon accepting the switch status information, the 

processor sets the interrupt acknowledge signal low. This 

signal is applied to U47A to disable the rront panel output 

buffers and through U39A to the clock input of U40B to 

set the Q output high. This rernovcs the disable from PE47D 

and applies a disable signal to U55C wd U47A. 

8-137. When the lront panel switch is released, the front 

pane1 interrupt signal is set low. This resets the trigger 

cnable input of U48A and sets the "clear" inputs of U40A 

and U40B to return the circuit to its "ready" state. 

8-138, Display Strobe Circuit. When no interrupts are pre- 

sent, the interrupt circuii is used in the display function of 

the voltmeter. Monostahle rnultivibrater U48B Is triggered

Model 345SA THEORY 0 F OPERATIOM Section VIII 

I I 

Figure 8-42. Simplified Turn-on Interrupt Circuit. 

by output Y2 of dwice select decoder U41. The output of 

U48B is a negative pulse approximately I millisecond in 

duration and is applied to the strobe inputs of the display 

driver decoder to enable it. As the output of U4RB returns 

high, gate US33 is enabled. The low output of U53B is 

applied through U52A to the interrupt gates ra set the pro- 

cessor's interrupt input of the procesmr. Upon noting the 

interrupt, the processor sets the interrupt enable signal low 

to remove the interrupt input and sets the interrupt 

acknowledge high to enablc the interrupt gates. Thc pro- 

cessor then checks the data bus (DO through D7) for the 

interrupt address. In this case all data inputs are high which 

the processor recognizes as the display function interrupt 

address. 

0.139. Turn-On Interrupt. The purpose of the "turn-on" 

interrupt is to start the main processor at a known program 

address when power is initially applied to the voltmeter. 

Figure 8-42 shows a simplified schematic of the turn-on 

interrupt circuit. At turn-on. a negative-going pulse is 

applied ta thc "preset" input of latch U26B from the RC 

network composed-of R3 1 and C19. This sets the *Q" out- 

put high and the "Q" output low. The output is applied 

to U47C which scrs the interrupt input lo the processor. 

The Q output is applied through inverter US to the pro- 

cessor data bus (D2 through D7) to set the starting address. 

8-140. Upon recognizing the inlempt signal, the processor 

reads the start address from the data bus and sets the inter- 

rupt acknowledge output low. Thc interrupt acknowledge 

signal is applied through inverter U39A to the "clock: 

input of U26B. This sets the Q output low and the Q 

output high, disabling the turn-on interrupt circuit. 

3-14?. HP-18 CIRCUIT. 

the integration of instruments, calculators, and computers 

into systems. The HP-IB employs a 16-line Bus to inter- 

connect up to 15 instruments. Normally, this Bus is a he sole 

communication link between the interconnected units. 

Each instrument on the Bus is connected in parallel to the 

16 Bus lines. Eight of the lines are used to transmit data 

while the rernainrng eight lines are used for communicazion 

timing (Handshake) and control. Data is transmitted on 

the eight data lines as a series of eight-bit characters 

("bytes"), Normally, a seven-bit ASCII code is used with 

the eighth bit available for a parity check. Data is trans- 

ferred by means of an interlocked "handshake" technique 

which permits asynchronous communication over a wide 

range of data rates. Figure 8-43 illustrates thc HP-IB inter- 

Face connections and overall Bus structure. Bus communica- 

tion is controlled by thc five genera! interface management 

(control) Iines. These lines determine how infomar ion will 

be intcrpretzd by devices on the Bus. The data bus (lines 

1310 1 through DIO8) is used to transfer information be- 

tween devices on the Bus. The three data byte transfer 

control (handshake) lines permit synchronization of the 

data transfer on the data bus. 

8-144, Cireuit Description. 

8-f 45. Initial Turn-On, (Refer to the HP-IB Schematic for 

the following descriptions.) The interface circuit is initial- 

ized by the main controller at "turn-on". After completion 

of the turn-on sequence and before the Bus is active the 

following conditions exist: 

a. The outputs of latches UI t , U19, U20, and U26A are 

low. 

b. Signal inputs to buffers U15, U16, U17 and U18 are 

low. 

c. Inputs to interrupt gates W7A and U7C are low caus- 

ing the interrupt output (U2A pin 3) to be low (false). 

8-143. Thc Hewlett-Packard Interface Bus IMP-IB) is a d. All driver inputs and receiver outputs of Bus Transcarefully 

defined instrumentation interface which simplifies ceivers U6, U9 and U 12 are low.

Section VIII THEORY OF OPERATION 

I 

NOTE 

IF is possible for the interface circuit to momen- 

tarilv drive the Bus lines bw (true) before the 

turn-on sequence has been completed. 

8-346. Circuit Response to Bus Commands. The following 

descrlpt ion cxplains the Voltmeter interface circuit re- 

sponse to command statements received from the HP-IB 

(I-lewlett-Packard Interface Bus}. This description is divided 

into five parts as follows: 

a. Acceptance of the command data. 

b. Voltmeter execution of the command. 

c. Completion of the "'handshake" sequence. 

d. Receive Data. 

WIANDSHAKEJ Lina 

Monrgmnnt (CONTROL) Llm 

Figure 8-43. Interface- Connections and Bus Structure. 

The ATN signal is input to the Voltmeter interface circuit 

through inverter U3E and is applied to the input of buffer 

UI SA and inverter U3B, The low output of U3B disahlcs 

qualifier pates U2D, U14B, U14D and U13D and is applied 

to U?C to set its output high. The high output of U2C sets 

tile enabIe inputs of U13A and W13R. The high output of 

U13B is applied to ~hc driver B input of transceiver U9 to 

set the NDAC output low (true). This indicates to the 

HP-IB controller that the Voltmeter is ready to accept data. 

8- 149. After allowing time for the data on the Dl0 lines to 

"settle", the HP-IS controller sets the DAV (dala valid) line 

law (true). The DAY signal L input to the interface circuit 

through transceiver U9 and is applied ro the signal input of 

qualifier gate U 1 3A. The high output of U 13A is coupled 

through gate U2B and invcrler UlOD to the inputs of 

'buffer U15D and interrupt gate U7C. The low (true) outpul 

of U3C is appIied to thc input of U2A to set the interrupt 

signal to the main processor. 

e. Output Data. 

8- 150. Upon recognizing the interrupt signal, [he main processor 

enables buffers W15 and U16 to read the staius 

8-147. Acceptance of the Command Data. The follow- word. In chis case, bit 3 is set, indicating valid data is on the 

ing describes the sequence performed by the Voltmeter bus, bit 5 must be set to enable the voltmeter to go to 

interface circuit to accept command data. This sequence 

remole operation, and bit 6 is set to indicate the message is 

applies to all command statements rcceivcd from the a command statement. Thc main processor enables buffers 

HP-IB. U17 and U18 to read the data byte. 

8- 148. Thc contmIler in chargc of the IU'-IB set.$ the code 

of the command data to be transferred on data lines Dl0 l 

through Dl08 and sets the ATN (Attention) line low (truc). 

8- I5 1. After reading the data byte, the processor sets the 

"nrfd" output (1 Ql of latch U 1 1 high (true). The nsfd

Model 34SSA THEORY OF OPERATION Section VIII 

signal is applied to the enable input of qualifier gate U 13C 

and the drivet A input of bus transceiver U9. Transceiver 

U9 drives the NRFD bus tine low (true), indicating the 

Voltmeter has accepted the data, The processor next sets 

the "ndac" output (60) of latch U11 high (false). The ndac 

signal is applied through inverter U lOA no the enable jnput 

of U2B and the signal input of Ul3B. The low output of 

U13B is applied to the driver B input of transceiver U9 to 

disable it and allow the NDAC Bus Iine to go high (false). 

8-152. Execution of Command Instructions, After the 

command data has been accepted, as previously described, 

the main processor deciphers the data to determine the 

nature oft he command. This sect ion describes the interface 

circuit response to the following Bus commands: 

a. "Listen" Command 

b. "Unlisten" Cnmmand 

c. 'Talk" Command 

d. "Untalk" Command 

8-1 53. Listen Command. When the processor receives a 

listen address from the HP-tB it enables inverter U1 and 

reads the address code thc Voltmeter has been set to. This 

code is determined by the settings of switch S 1. The pro- 

cessor compares this code with the one received to deter- 

mine if it has received its listen address. Upon recognizing 

the listen address of the Voltmeter, the processor sets the 

output (pin 10) of U70 law to turn A2CR2 (listen enunci- 

ator) on (see Front Panel Assembly Schematic). The pro- 

cessor next sets the "mla" output (4Q) of U11 high (true). 

The mla signal is applied, through inverter U8D, to the 

input of qualifier gate U2C to maintain its output high. At 

this mint the Voltmeter has been addressed to listen and 

enabied to receive data messages. 

8-754. Unlisten Command. Upon recognizing the "un- 

listen" command, the processor sets the output (pin 10) of 

latch U70 high to turn A2CR2 (listen enunciator) off (see 

Front Panel Assembly Schematic). The processor next sets 

the "mla" output (4Q) of latch UI 1 low (false) to return 

the interface circuit to the "turn-on" state, 

8-155. Talk Command. When the processor receives a 

"'talk" address from the HP-IB it enables inverter U1 and 

reads the address code the Voltmeter has bccn set to. This 

code is determined by the ~ttings of address switch SI. 

l%e processor compares this code with the one received 

from the HP-IB to determine if it has received its talk 

address. Upon recognizing the talk address of the Voltmeter. 

the processor sets the output (pin 7) of latch U70 

low to turn A2CR3 (taEk enuncaitor) on (see Front Panel 

Assembly Schematic). The processor next sets the "dav 

req" output (5Q) of latch Ul t high (true). This signal is 

applied to the enable input of qualifies gate U14C. At this 

point the Voltmeter has been addressed to "talk" and is 

awaiting the removal of the ATN signal by the HP-IB 

controller before outputting measurement data. 

8-158. Untalk Command. Upon recognizing the 'bunk" 

command, the processor sets the output (pin 7) of latch 

U70 high to turn the "'talk" enunciator (A2CR3) off (see 

Front Panel Assembly Schematic). The precessor next sets 

the '*dav req"output (50) of latch U11 low (false) to return 

the interface circuit to the "turn-on" state. 

8-157. Handshake Completion. After all instruments on 

the HP-IB have accepted the command data (the NDAC Bus 

line has gone high) the HP-113 controller seks DAV high 

(data is no longer valid). This sets the receiver D output of 

transceiver U9 low. The low output of U4 is applied to the 

input of U13A and through inverter Ul OC to the input of 

qualifier gate U13C causing its output to go high. The out- 

put of UF3C is applied to the signal input of buffer U15C 

and to the input of interrupt gate U7A. Tfie low output of 

U7A is applied to the input of gale W2A to set the interrupt 

slgnal to the processor. 

8-158. Upon recognizing the interrupt signal, the processor 

enables buffers U 15 and U16 and reads the interrupt code. 

In this case bit 4 is set. indicatinn the cornoletion of a data 

byte. The processor deternrines tie nature'of the interrupt 

and sets the "ndac" output (40) of latch UI I low (true). 

The low output of U I I is applied through inverter U I OA to 

the inputs of U2B andU13R. If the ATN signal or the mla 

signal is true the output of U13B will be set high. The high 

output of U13B is applied to the driver B input of tsansceiver 

U9 to set the NDAC line low (true). The processor 

next sets the "nrfd" output (1 Q) of U I 1 low (false). The 

low output of UI 1 is applied 20 the driver A input of U9 

to set the NRFD output high (false) and to the input of 

U13C to disable it and remove the interrupt signal. This 

completes the sequence for accepting and executing command 

statements. 

&-159. Reeaive Data. Data received from the HP-IB is used 

to remotely program the Voltmeter's front panel controls 

(range, function, math, etc.). The Voltmeter must havc pre- 

viously been addressed te "listen" and set to remote con- 

trol before it will respond to program data messages. 

8-160. The following paragraphs describe the interface cir- 

cuit response to program data messages. The HP-IB control- 

ler sets the program information on Bus lines DIO 1 through 

DI08. After allowing time for the information to "settle", 

the controller sets DAV (data valid) low (true). The DAV 

signal sets the receiver D output of transceiver U9 high 

(true). The high output of U9 is applied through inverter 

U IOC to the input of qualifier gate U 13C to disable it and 

to the input of U13A. The output of W 13A is caupled 

through gate U2B and inverter UlOD and applied to the 

input of buffer UISD and interrupt gate U7C. The low out- 

put of U7C is applied to thc input of gate U2A to set the 

interrupt output to the main processor. 

8- 16 1. Upon recognizing the interrupt signal, the processor 

enables buffen U15 and U16 and reads the status word. 

After determining the nature of the interrupt, the processor 

enables buffers U17 and U18 and reads the program data. 

If the processor has read the first byte of program data 

(two bytes are required for each program step) it sets a flag


and retains the first data byte information. If the processor 

has read the second byte of information it stores the com- 

posite of the Fint and second bytes and sets the appropriate 

output of enunciator latches U65 through U70 low (true) 

to light the enunciator pertaining to the program infoma- 

tion. The processor next sets the nrfd output (1Q of latch 

hll 1 high (true). The output of U 1 1 is applied to the enable 

input of qualifier gate UI3C and to the driver A input of 

transceiver U9 which sets the NRFD bus line low (true). 

The processor next sets the ndac output (6Q) of latch U 1 1 

high (false). This signal is applied through inverter UlOA 

to the input of qualifier gate U2B to disable it and remove 

the interrupt Jgnal to the processor. The ndac signal is also 

applied lo thc input of gate U130. The low output of IS133 

is applied to the driver B input of transceiver U9 which 

stops driving the NDAC bus Iine (allows it to go high). This 

indicates to the HP-IB controlter that the Voltmeter has 

accepted the data and is ready for more data. 

8-162. Sensing that the Voltmeter has accepted the data, 

the HP-IB controller sets the DAV line high (data on the 

DIO lines is no longer vaIid) and prepares to output the 

next data byte. The DAY high signal sets the receiver D 

output of transceiver U9 low. The low output of US is 

applied to the input of gate U 13A to disable it and through 

inverter U1OC to the input of gate U13C. The high output 

of U 13C is applied to the signal input of buffer U 1 5C and 

to the input of interrupt gate U7A. The low output of U3A 

is applied to the input of gate U2A to set the interrupt out- 

put to the processor. The processor recognizes the interrupt 

signal and enables buffers U15 and U 16 to read the bus 

status word. 

8-163. Upon determining the nature of the interrupt, the 

processor sets the ndac output (6Q) of latch U11 low 

(true). The output of U 1 1 is applied through inverter U I QA 

to the input of qualifier gate U2B and to the input of gate 

U13B. The high output of U13B is applied to the Driver B 

input of transceiver U9 which sets the NDAC Bus line low 

[true). The processor then sets the nrfd output (la) of 

U 1 I low (false). This signal is applied to the driver A input 

of U9, which sets the NRFD bus tine high (false), and to 

the input of qualifier gate U13C to remove the interrupt 

signal. This completes the sequence for accepting one byte 

of program data, 

8-164. Output DMa. The following paragraphs describe 

the sequence Followed by the interface circuit to outpvt 

measurement data to the HP-IB. The volmeter must have 

previously been addressed to "talk" and the HP-I0 must 

NOT be in the command mode before the voltmeter can 

output measurement data. 

8- 165. When the Voltmeter is addres~d to talk the 'Vav 

req" output (5Q) of latch U1 I is set high (true). As the 

HPlB exits the command mode (the ATN signal is removed) 

and all bus instruments are ready to accept data 

(NRFD is high) the output of qualifier gate U14C is set 

low. The output of U 14C is applied to the input of buffer 

U 16C and the input of interrupt gate U7C. The low output 

of U7C is applied to the input of U2A which sets the inter- 

rupt output to the processor. 

8- 166. Upon recognizing the interrupt signal, the processor 

enables buffers U 15 and U 16 to read the status word. After 

determining the nature of the interrupt the processor sets 

latches U20 and U19 to the code of the first byte of mea- 

surement data. The outputs of U19 and U20 are applied to 

the driver inputs of transceivers U6 and U 12. The processor 

next enables transceivers W6 and U12 to output the mea- 

surement data to the EIP-I3 data bus (DIO 1 through D107). 

After the measurement data has had time to "settle", the 

processor sets the "dav" output (2Q) of latch Ut 1 hiph 

(true). The dav signal is applied to the input of qualifier 

gate U14A and gate U13D. The high output of U13D is 

applied to the driver D input of transceiver U9 which sets 

the DAV Bus line low (true). The processor then sets the 

dav req output (SQ) of latch Ul I low (false). This signal is 

applied to the input of qualifier gate U 14C to disable it and 

remove the interrupt signal. When the measurement data 

byte has been accepted by the receiving instmment(s) the 

NRFD line is set low and the NDAC line is high. The NDAC 

signal sets the Receiver B output of transceiver U9 low. 

This output is applied to the input of qualifier gate U14B. 

The high output of U14B is applied to the input of gate 

U14A to enable it. The low output of U14A is applied to 

the signal input of U 16D and to the input of interrupt gate 

U7C. The Iow output of U7C is applied to the input of 

U2A to set the interrupt output to the processor. 

8-167. Upon recognizing the interrupt, the processor 

enables buffers U16 and U15 and reads the status word. 

After determining the nature of the interrupt, the processor 

sets the dav req output (5Q) of latch U11 high. The ptoces 

sor then sets the dav output (2Q) of U10 low (false). This 

signal is applied to the input of gate U13D to remove the 

DAV signal from the Bus and to the input of qualifier gate 

U14A to remove the interrupt signal. This completes the 

output of one data byte. The sequence is repeated until 

each byte of measurement data has been output. 

8-168. FRONT PANEL OPE RAT1QN. 

8-169. Circuit Dsoeription. 

8-370. Control Switch= and Ennunciston. Refer to the 

Front Panel Assembly Schematic for the following deserip- 

tion. Pressing a front panel key sets one of the input lines 

to priority encoder U57 low. The output of the encoder is 

the octal equivalent of the input line selected that is, the 

output when line "17" is set low is 1 1 I, when line "12" is 

low the output is 0 10, etc. The encoder aho sets the gate 

output (pin 14) low to initiate the processor interrupt cir- 

cuit. The outputs of U57 combined with the outputs of 

gate U50A and inverter U49A are applied to the inputs of 

latch U58. The inputs to U58 make up a code which repre- 

sents the key pressed. The interrupt circuit, after a time 

delay of approximately 6 ms, sets the clock input (pin 9)

Model 3455A THEORY OF OPERATION Section VIIl 

of US8 high to latch the switch code and also sets the ioter- 

rupt input to the main processor. 

8-1 71. Upon recognizing the interrupt input, the processor 

sets the interrupt enable output high to enable buffers US9 

and U60 and reads the switch code. This code represents a 

vector addresr to the processor. The processor performs the 

program routine contained at the address indicated which 

includes transferring the new switch data to the inguard 

controller and outputting data to the front panel to change 

the necessary enunciators. 

8.172. The new enunciator data is output to the data bus 

(lines DQI through D7) by the main processor and applicd to 

the inputs of latches U6S through U70. The new enunciator 

code is contained on lines D@ through D5. Lines D6 and D7 

are applied to the select inputs of decoder U64 and are used 

to determine which output of U& will be set low. Outputs 

1Y0 through 1Y3 are enabled by the signal from device 

select decoder U41. Outputs 2YQ and 2Y 1 are enabled by 

8-173. Display, Measurement data is transferred to the 

display one number at a time. The polarity or numerical 

data is applicd to the input of latch US4 and the digit (or 

position in the display) and decimal in forma tion is applied 

to the input of latch U63. The output of device select 

decoder U41 is applied to the clock input af US4 and U63 

to larch the information. The position infomation is ap- 

device seIect decoder U33. The outputs of U64 are activated 

by the delayed clock signal from U52F and applied 

to the clock inputs of latches U65 through U70. AIL 

or~tputs of U64 are high except the one driving the latch 

which is to accept the data. The enunciators are lit when 

the autput of the latch driving them is set low. 

plied to the select and data inputs of US6 to determine the 

proper display driver to be activated. The outputs of US6 

are applied to the display drivers (Q11 through Q18) and 

are enabled by- the signal from U48B (interrupt circuitry). 

The display is scanned from left to right one number at a 

time.

Model 345514 Section VIII 

8-175. The following portions of this manuat contain 

information to aid in troubleshooting and repair of the 

3455A. This information consists of a General Block 

Diagram Theory of Operation, a Preliminary Trouble- 

shooting Chcck, and eight Service Groups. An instru- 

ment block diagram and schematics are also included in 

this section of the manual. 

8-177. R d this submion if you wish to become 

familiar with the internal operation of the 3455A. Refer 

to the simplified block diagram (Figure 8-44) for the 

following discussion. 

8-178. To understand the basic operation of the 3455A, 

the instrument can be divided into two sections. These 

sections of the Outguard Section and the Inguard Sec- 

tion. 

8-180. The Outguard Section consists of most logic cir- 

cuits and their power supplies. These circuits function as 

the internal main controller, HP-IB interfacing, and 

front panel interface of rhe instrument. 

8-181, The main controller circuits are used to control 

communication between the front panel. HP-IB inter- 

face, and the Inguard Section. The controller aIso per- 

forms mathematical calculations to correct measurc- 

ment data, and to provide instrument scaling or percent 

error readings. 

8-182. Thc hcart of the main controller circuits is a pro- 

cessor (referred to as the nanoprmessor) used in can- 

junction with the main controlIer ROMs. The processor 

and ROMs are located on the A3 board. The ALUs are 

used for calculations and are located on the A1 mother- 

board. 

8-183. The front panel is used for the manual optration 

of the instrument and to display readings. By pressing a 

pushbutton on the front panel, the controller receives a 

message to do the operation requested by the operator 

(DC, AC, etc.). The main controller then sends a 

message to the inguard controller to do the operation. 

After the operation is completed, the inguard controller 

then sends information back to the main controller. The 

infomation is then conrertcd and displayed on the 

front panel. 

8-1 84. The HP-IB circuits are used to communicate bet- 

wttn the HP-IB and the instruments main controller. 

Information can pass either from the HP-IB to the main

Smion VIIl TROUBLESHOOTIMG Model 3455A 

controller ox from the main controller to the HP-IB. Ex- 

ample: the main controller receives a message from the 

Bus EO read DC. After a reading is taken. the main con- 

troller sends the reading to the Bus. It should be noted, 

as with the front panel, the bus circuitry can interrupt 

the main controller whenever necessary (to clear inter- 

face, etc.). 

8-1 05. Inguard Section. 

8-186. 'The lnguard Smion consists of the measuring 

circuitry, a controIler, and power supplies. The main 

function of these circuits is to perform Auto-Cal, DC, 

AC, and Ohms measurements. These circuits are con- 

trdled by an inguard controller, which in turn are par- 

tially controlled by t he outguard controIler. 

8-187. The circuits used for Auto-Cal and DC 

measurements are basically the same. The Auto-Cal 

measurements consists mostly of gain and offset 

measurements of various op-amps and FETs. The Auto- 

Cal function can be turned on or off, as desired by the 

operator. 

8-188. The following procedure outIines a typical DC 

measurement. 

a. A DC signal is applied to the input of the 345SA. 

This signal may or may not be attenuated by the input 

attenuator circuits. 

b. The signal is next applied to the Main Amplifier 

through the Auto-Cal and Measurement Switching cir- 

cuits. After pre-amplifications by the Main Amplifier, 

the signal is applied to the A/D convertor (10 V DC far 

full scale). 

c. The M D convertor changes the analog signal to a 

digital signal and sends the digital signal to the inguard 

controller. The inguard controller then transfers this in- 

formation to the outguard controlIer. 

d. The outguard controller processes the information 

and displays the reading on the front panel. 

8-189. Auto-Cal measurements are taken in the form of 

Auto-Car constants and are used to compensate for in- 

ternal measurement errors. To help generate the cal con- 

stants (gain and offset), stable reference voltages (& 

10 V) and stable resistive divider (1 kfl, 100 kn, 900 kn, 

and 1 Ma) are used. These circuits are located on the 

reference module. The reference voltages are also used 

for the operation of the A/D convertor, 

8-190. The ohms convertor is used to supply the current 

for an ohms measurement and in turn causes a voltage 

drop across the unknown resistor. The voltage drop 

depends on the value of the unknown resistor and the 

range of the instrument. This voltage is measured along 

with a voltage drop across a reference resistor, by the 

DC circuits of the 345SA. The DC readings are then 

converted to digital readings and passed on to the main 

controller. The reading is then calculated by the main 

controller to an ohms reading to be displayed on the 

front panel. 

8-191. f he 3455A offers a choice of either a True RMS 

or an Average Responding AC Convertor. Both conver- 

tors changes an AC voltage to a DC voltage with an - 

amplitude of approximately + 6.7 V for a full scale in- 

put. This resultant DC voltage is then processed by the 

DC circuits, as explained in paragraph 8-188, with the 

exception of the DC attentuator circuits. The attenua- 

tion is done on the AC convertor board. The main con- 

troller receives the digital information from the inguard 

controller and is then processed to be displayed as an 

AG reading on the front panel. The following is an ex- 

planation of the differences between the convertors. 

a. True RMS Convertor: The True RMS Convertor 

can either be AC or DC coupled. 'Using operational cir- 

cuitry, the input voltage to the convertor is changed to a 

DC Pwel proportional to the RMS value of the input 

voltage. 

b. Average Responding Convertor: The Average 

Responding Convertor is only AC coupIed. An average 

responding circuit calibrated to the RMS value of a 

sinasoidal input voltage, is used in this convertor. The 

resultant DC outpur of the convertor is a voltage pro- 

portiona1 to the average value of the input voltages ab- 

solute value. 

8-192. The inguard controller controls the operation of 

the iaguard section after receiving instructions from the 

outguard controller. The inguard circuits being control- 

led are used to perform the various measurements. 

8-193. For a more detailed explanation of the 34554's 

circuitry, refer to the Theory of Operation Section in 

this manual (paragraph 8- 10). 

8.7 94. PAEL1MtNARY TROUBLESHOOTING CHECK. 

8- 1 95. 1RSf RUMERT RALF.SPLITTIHG TECHIYIPUES. 

8-1%. Before proceeding to a panicular service group 

for troubleshooting the 3455A should be half-spIit . This 

is done to determine if the failure is in the inguard or 

outguard section of the instrument. The following pro- 

cedure can be used. 

a. Half-splitting can easily be aceomp!ished with an 

InguardJOutguard Service CabIe (part number 

03455-61609) and a working 3455A (a second in- 

strument) as follows: 

1. With each 345519 turned off, disconnect the 

AlOW 1 InguardJOutguard cable assembly from 

the outguard connector (A 1 J7) on each 3455A.

Model 345SA TROUBLESHOOTING Section VIII 

2. Plug the Inguard/Outguard Service Cable 

from one instrument's outguard connector (A 157) 

to the other instrument's InguardJOutguard cable 

assembly (W 1). The instruments are now effec- 

tively half-split with one unit's inguatd section 

connected to the other unit" sutguard section (see 

(Figure 8-45) 

3. Turn on the instrument with the active in- 

guard section and then turn on the instrument 

with the active ounguard section. The display from 

the unit with the active outguard should become 

energized. If the instrument malfunction has 

disappeared, then the portion of the defective in- 

strument used (inguard or outguard) is working. 

Consequently, if the rnaIFunction remains, the sec- 

tion of the defective instrument used is in- 

operative. 

4. The defective section can be verified by 

reversing the Inguard/Outguard Service Cable 

and repeating steps I and 3. Make sure the 

3455A's are lurned off, when switching connec- 

tions. Reversing t he service cable should verify the 

defective section of the inoperative 3455A and 

also the working section. 

NOTE 

Moke sure rhe power suppEEes of the in- 

operafive 345SA are good. 

b. Once is has been determined in what section the 

defective is located (Inguard or Outguard), the correct 

Service Group can be used for component isolation (see 

Paragraph 8-198 60r a summary of the Service Groups). 

8-197. If an extra 3455A or an Inguard/Outguard Service 

Cable is not available, use the method described in 

Service Group H, Figure 8-H-2. This method is not as 

complete as the half-split technique. 

1 1 

Figure 8-45. Inguard-Outguard Cannmtions. 

8-1 98, Service Group Summary. 

8-199. The following is a summary of the various service 

groupsand should be used in conjunction with 

Table 8-3. 

failures show up as an inoperative front panet "and" a 

blank display, at turn on. Use this service group if both 

of these symptoms are observed. The turn-on circuitry is 

working properly, if there is any indication on the 

display and the front panel is operative. 

a. Turn-On Circuitry (Service Group A): Turn-on b. Auto-Car and DC Troubleshooting (Service

Section VIII TROUBLESHOOTIUG 

.. Ser- 

vice 

Group B): Use this service group if an OL (overload) 

condition is observed at turn-on, or the instrument fails 

its self-test (see paragraph 3-6), or the dc mode is in- 

operative. A self-test failure is indicated if an integer 

number or non integer number is displayed, when the 

345SA is in the self-test mode. A display of an integer 

number indicates an Auto-Cal failure and if only a non 

integer number is displayed, the failure is in the logic 

circuits. Use the half-split technique to isolate the in- 

guard and outguatd logic sections and go to Service 

Group E for the inguard logic troubleshooting and Ser- 

rice Group F for the outguard logic troubleshooting. 

Tabla 8-3. Semi= Gmp Liting 

Model 345SA 

Service Group Description Assembly Schematic 

A Turn-On Failure5 (Inguard, Outguard) Paragraph 8-A- 1 Al, A10 

8 

InguardlOutguard Isolation 

Outguard Troubleshooting 

lnguard Troubleshooting 

A 1 0 Board Troubleshooting 

A/iD Board Troubleshooting 

InguardlOutguard Transfer Tmwbleshooting 

Auto-Cal and DC Troubleshooting (Inguard) 

Auto-Cal Constants 

DC Inoperative 

General Noise Paragraph 8-8-30 A 10 

DC Noise Paragraph 8-8-32 A1 0 1 

C AC Convertor Troubleshooting Paragraph 8-C- 1 

True RMS Convertor Servicing Paragraph 84-3 A1 5 3 

AC Noise Paragraph 8-C-12 ' A1 5 3 

Miscellaneous Troubleshwting Paragraph 8-C-16 A1 5 3 

Average Responding AC Convertor Paragraph 8-C-17 A1 3 2 

D Ohms Troubleshooting Paragraph 8-0-1 A10, A12 1,4 

Ohms Noise Paragraph 8-D-11 AID. A1 2 1,4 

E AID Convertor and Inguard Logic Troubleshooting Paragraph 8-E-1 A1Q. A14 

AID Convertor Servicing Paragraph 8-E-2 Al0. A14 6, 7 

AID Noise Paragraph 8-E-8 A? 4 6 

lnguard Logic Troubleshooting Paragraph 84-1 0 A1 O 7 

F Outguard Logic Troubleshooting Paragraph 8-F-1 

Main Controller Troubleshooting Paragraph 8-F-3 

Front Panel Troubleshooting Paragraph 8-F-4 

Paragraph 8-F-8 

Power Supplies Paragraph 8-G-2 A10 11 

Reference Assembly Paragraph 8-G-3 All,A20 5 

Turn-Over Errors Paragraph 84-4 A10, A14 f, 5,6 

Other Troubleshooting Paragraph 8-6-6 Al.A3,AtO 8,11 

H Troubleshooting Diagrams 

General Troublashooting Diagrem 

Inguard Troubleshooting Diagrams 

Outguard Troubleshooting Diagrams 

Paragraph 8-H-1 


Para~raph 8-H-4 


Al, A10 

A10 

Al 

Schematics Figure 8-H-28 All 1 toll c. AC Convertor Tr~ubleshwting (Service Group 

C): Use this service group if the ac function is defective. 

Before using this service group, however, the instrument 

Paragraph 8-A-3 



Paragraph 84-8 

Paragraph 8-A1 0 

Paragraph 8-A-t 2 

, Paragraph 8-8-1 

Paragraph 8-&3 

Paragraph 8-8-1 7 

A1 A10 

Al, A3 

A10, A14 

A1 0 

A1 0, A14 

Al, A10 

A10 

A10 

A1 0 1 

8 

6.7 

5, 8, 7 

5. 6 

7,8 

should operate correctly in the dc function and Auto- 

Cal mode. 

d. Ohms Troubleshooting (Service Group D): Use 

this service group if the ohms function is defective. 

Before using this service group, the dc function and the 

Auto-Cal mode of thc 34S5A should operate correctly. 

e. A/D Convertor and Inguard Logic Trouble 

shooting (Service Group E): This sentice group can be 

used when it has been determined by the half-split 

technique that the inguard section of the instrument is 

defective. A faulty AJD Convertor or a faulty inguard 

can also be determined by an indication of strange 

readings on all functions and ranges. This strvice graup 

can also be used if a defective A/D board has been

Model 3455A T ROUBLESHOOTlNG Section VIII 

isolated by substituting it with a good A/D board. 

I. Outguard Logic Troubleshooting (Service Group 

F): This service group should be used if a defective 

autguard section has been isolated by the half-split 

technique. Helpful hints for the Signature Analysis (SA) 

method are mainly given in this group, 

g. Miscellaneous Troubleshootifig {Service Group 

G): This service group can be used for troubleshooting 

power supplies, reference assembly, turn-over errors, 

and others. The troubleshooting information in this 

group does not fit in the other groups. 

h. Troubleshooting Diagrams (Service Group 

H): Troubleshooting Diagrams may be used to service 

the 345SA in place of the other service groups. This 

group also contains a detailed block diagram and all the 

schematics of the circuits us4 in the instrument.

Section VIII Model 3455A 

0-A-1. TURN-ON CIRCUITRY (IIGUARD AID OUTGUIIRQ). 

8-A-2. Turn-On failures will show up as an inoperative front panel and a blank display. Because of 

the RAM'S timing, the LED'S which first light up will vary with instruments and also on the same 

3455A each time it is powered up. Therefore the front panel wiII usually give no clues to the reason 

for any turn-on failures. 

8-A-3. Inguard~Outgoard Isolation. 

8-A-4. Assuming that the power supplies of the 3455A are good, the Instrument Half Splitting 

Technique (paragraph 8-1 76) should be the first step in isolating turn-on Failures. Either the inguard 

or the outguard section could hang up the 3455A's turnian sequence. The front panel indication does 

not rell where the fault is Iocated . Therefore, the Hal f-Splitt ing Technique should be used to isolate 

the fault between inguard or outguard section of the 3455A. If an extra 3455A and an ln- 

guard/Outguard Service Cable is not available, the method described in Figure 8-45 may be used. 

When it is determined which section of the 3455A is at fault, go no the appropriate troubIeshooting 

section in this service group (see paragraph 8-198 and Table 8-31, 

0.A-5. Outguard Traubleshaoting (Schematic 81, 

a. Check for a clock signal at A3TP5. If no signal exists or the signal level is below 4 V(peak to 

peak), then troubleshoat the outguard clock circuit. 

b. Add A1C46 (part number 0160-3622) if the 3455A does not have one (schematic 8). 

c. Troubleshoot the outguard turn-on circuit (AIUS, U26, and associated components). Check for 

a pulse at turn-on, as shown below, which can be seen at U26 pin 9. This pulse connects to inverter 

US which holds data lines D2 through D7 low for the duration of the pulse. The processor should 

turn on at the trailing edge of that pulse, 

p- ISO-~~Q~SEC* 

d. Cheek the Nanoprocessor interrupt circuit for correct operation. The IN ENA line should be 

held high and the IN REQ line should either toggle from high to low to high, or remain high. If these 

conditions do not exist, then troubleshoot the interrupt circuit (AlU46, U47, U53, and US). The 

t urn-on circuit (A1 U26) must be working before troubleshooting the interrupt circuit. 

e. Using the Signature AnaIysis routines in Figure 8-H-20 to 8-H-27, troubleshoot the outguard 

logic. If any difficulty is observed using the signature analysis routines, go to Service Group F, 

paragraph 8-F-I for troubleshooting hints. 

f. Using the information in Service Group F paragraph 8-F-1, troubleshoot the outguard logic. 

8-A-7, The Inguard Mother Board (AIO) and or the AJD Convertor Board (A14) may cause turn-on 

failures. To isolate one from another swap a good AID convertor board (A141 with the one in the in- 

operative 3455.4. If a known good A14 board is not available, use the one from the 3455A which was 

used in half-splitting the instrument. 

B-A.B. A1 0 Motherboard 'froebleshaoting FSchsmatic 5, 6, 7t 

8-A-9. Use r he following steps in the order they are presented to treubleshoot the Jnguard Mother- 

board (A1 0).

Section VIII SERVICE GROUP A Model 3455A 

A10U34 and U35, plus associated circuits. Lines F'@ and El transfer data from outguard to Enguard 

Ffl is the data transfer line and Fl is the data transfer rate line), while F2 and F3 send data from in- 

guard to outguard (F2 is the handshake line and F3 is the data transfer line). 

b. HA2 line must bc high, if not, check TPlO. 

c. Use the Inguard/Outguard transfer circuit troubleshooting diagram (Figure 8-H-17) for further 

troubleshooting. 

d. The inguard pow- supply regulators (IOU36 to U39) can also cause transfer problems. The 

outguard should power up after the inguard. Check far a slow (more than 260 rnsec) inguard power 

supply.

Model 3455A 

SERVICE GROUP B 

0-0.1. AUTO-CAL AND OC TROUBLESHOOTIMG (INGUARD]. 

8-B2. All 345SA input signals travel through the main dc amplifier and Auto-Cal circuits. In order 

to troubleshoot D.C. and Auto-Cal malfunctions, n good fundamental knowledge of the 3455A's 

Auto-Cal and self-rest routines are required. 

8-B-3. Auto-Cal Constants. 

8-B-4. There are 14 ca1 constants used in the 3455A, which are usually zero and full scale voltage 

'"readings". These account for most offsets, gain, and drift of the input op-amps. The "readings" 

are taken periodically when the 34554 is in the Auto-Cal mode. A condensed description of all the cal 

constants are in Table 8-B-I . If n more detailed description of the cal constants is desired, refer to the 

appropriate paragraph in the Theory of Operation section of this manual. 

I 

----. 

0 

Tabla 8-8-1. AutwCal Constants 

1 V olfaet #2 -XI 0 gain with empllfier Input 

t~ed to 10:l div~der. Top of divider 

shorted to ground. Input atrenuator at X 1 

gain. 

1 V gain -XI 0 gain with amplifier tied to 

10: 1 divider with 10 V ar the top of the 

div~dsr. Input attenuator at X qaln. 

Figure 8-0-1 1 

Figure 8-0-1 2 



Section VIII

Section VIII SERVICE GROUP B Model 3455A 

8-44 

8-E5. When pressing the TEST button of the 3455A, each caF constant is measured. The first cons- 

tant measured is constant number 13. If constant 13 is within certain limits (which are internally set) 

the 34SSA will automatically measure the next constant. Ef cdnstant 13 is out 06 its limits the self test 

operation will stop. A number 13 will be displayed on the front panel of the 3455A. In order to 

measure the next cd constant, the TEST button needs to be pressed again. If all the cal constants are 

good, a logic check will be performed. The 3455A will then display + .8.8.8.8.8.8.8 when the self-test 

operation is completed. After the self-test operation is finished it will automatically start again. To 

bring the 3455A out of this loop, any function key other than TEST needs to be pressed. 

843-6. When the 3455A is in the self-test mode, and it fails this test, it will stop and display an integer 

number. This number is the number of the cal constant that faits. To continue the self-test operation, 

press the TEST button again. After all the cal constant measurements are taken, and the 3455A is still 

in the self-test mode, another measurement is taken. A dummy cal constant calculation is performed 

in the outguard sect ion of the 3455A. If this calculation is correct (answer should be lo), nothing will 

be displayed. The instrument will then finish the self-test operation. If the dummy calculation is in- 

correct, a non-integer number (e-g., 9.998 or 10.002) will be displayed on the front panel. Again, to 

continue the self-test operation the TEST button needs to be pressed. 

8-B-7 When the 3455A is used with the HP-IB system and if any of the cal constants; fail, the 3455A 

will not output any readings. If only the dummy calculation fails then the dummy calculation answer 

will be output on the bus. Ef the 3455A passes its self-test then a 10 will be output on the bus. 

8-B-8. The 34558 should not be troubleshoot for Auto-Cal malfunctions in the self-test mode. If any 

cal constants fails, including the dummy constant, use the cal constant service procedure (paragraph 

8-B-10) for troubleshooting. If only the dummy constant fails try replacing the ALU's (A1 U28,30), 

and their associated circuits, in the outguard section (schematic 8). IF the dummy constant still fai Is, 

go to the Outguard Troubleshooting Service Group (Service Group F). 

Figure B-R-1. Auto-Cal Con~nt #11 (10 V Ofid. 

Figurn 8-0-2. ArtmPl Constant # 10 (10 V Gainl.

Model 345SA SERVICE GROUP B Section VTII

Section VIII SERVICE GROUP B Model 3455A 

ATTEWTOR 

Fi~um 8-0-6. Ruto-CaI Constant #6 (1 000 V O M . 

3455-8-*5St

Model 3455A SERVICE GROUP B Section VIII 

Figure 8-8-7. Auto-Cal Constant #5 HOO V Gain). 

Figure 0-8-8. AutwCal Constant #4 (100 V Offset # lb

Section VIII SERVICE GROUP 0 Model 3455A 

Fiqun 0-B.10. Auto-Csl Conmnt #2 11 V Offia # 1).

Model 3455A SERVICE GROUP 0 Section VflI 

Figura 8-8.1 1. Auto.Cal Constant #I I1 V Ofht #2). 

Figurn 8-8-12. RdwCal Constant #[I If V Gain).

Section VIII SERVICE GROUP B Model 345514 

04.9. Auto-Cal Switch Closures. (Schanlatic 1, 5, 8, 7). 

843-10. Various tables are included in this service group which can be used as troubleshooting aids 

for Auto-Cal failures. Table 8-3-2 shows the closed switches far the measurement of Auto-Cal constant 

1 1 to 0. The function of several gates used in the Auto-Cal mode of the instrument are shown in 

Table 84-3. To find the switch drive voltage levels for Auto-Cal constants 13 to 0, Table 8-I34 

should be used. 

0-8-1 1. Cal Constants Sewiea Promdure, 

8-B-12. When the 3455A is in the Auto-Cal hode, the instrument measures one or more cal constant 

between each sample. The number of cal constants measured depends on the sample rate. In order to 

reach a certain cal constant measurement, use the following procedure. 

a. Press the DCV and HOLD/MANUAL buttons and then the AUTO CAL button of the 345SA. 

The instrument should now be stopped at a certain cal constant. 

b. Make sure the 3455A is out of the Auto-CaI made. Press the AUTO CAI, button again, if 

necessary (the light in the AUTO CAL button should be off). 

c. To Iocate the desired cal constant or to go through the cal constants completely, briefly press the 

AUTO CAL button twice to turn Auto-Cal on and off. Each time Auto Cal is turned on and off, the 

Auto-Cal circuitry will attempt to decrement through the cal constants from 13 to 0, and the return to 

constant 13. 

NOTE 

The A UrO CA L button should not be pmed on and off too fast or too 

slow, because the 3455A may remain in the same cul consrant or advance 

past more than one cal constant. A few tries may be necessary to decre- 

ment one cal constant step each time. 

Table 8-B-2. Auto-Cal Switch Closures. 

X - Closed (ON 1

Model 345SA SERVICE GROUP l 

Derignator 

W 

U5 

U6 

U8 

u9 

Tnbla 8-B-3, Gsta Function in Auto-td. 

Cmtw I 

Function 

Usrd 

Q19 XI Gain 

02 1 X10 Gsin 

022 

X2 Gain 

C128.028 

Q29,Q3 1, (132 

X 1 Buffer 

TV Reference 

Q36 

Q1& 

038 

034 

a35 

10: 1 Input to Ground 

+ 100 Gain 

10: 1 V~ctual Ground 

1 00: 1 Attenuator 

10: 1 Anenustor 

015 

10: 1 Attenuaror to Input 

Q16 

033 

100: 1 Attenuator to Input 

+ V Reference to Anenumror 

034 

02 

04 

bttenuator Input to Ground 

Low Voltage Input to Ground 

+ Y Raferenca ta Input 

Table 1-84. Swhch DMr V~ltags Lsvsla 

Pin Test Pin 

No. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 70 fl 72 13 No. 

1 (1 a 0 Q -24 -24 -24 -24 0 @ Q Q a Q 1 

T ~24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 Q -24 .24 -24 -24 2 

S L L L L L L L L H H L L L L 5 

~ H H H H L L L L H H H H H H 7 

Q C C C L H L H H L L L L L L 9 

I Q L L L L H C H H L L L L L L 10 

13 

14 

9.5 e.5 4.5 t9.5 

-24 -24 -24 -24 

-24 

Q 

+9.5 

-24 

-24 

Q 

-24 

Q 

+9,5 e.5 +9,5 

-24 -24 -24 

+g,5 +g,5 

.24 -24 

e.5 

-24 

13 

la 

1 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 1 

2 24 +24 -24 0 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 0 -24 -24 -24 -24 2 

S L L L H L L L L L H L L L L 5 

7 L t L L L C L L L L L L L L 7 

S H H H L H H L L H L L L H H 9 

1 1 L L L L L L H H L L H H L L fl 

13 -24 -24 -24 - 4 -24 -24 Q 0 -24 -24 49.9 01 -24 -24 13 

14 +I @ -24 0 +I -24 -24 Q -24 -24 -24 +1 +1 14 

1 +I 0 -24 -24 -24 -24 0 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 +1 +I 1 

2 -24 -24 .20 Q -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 0 -24 -24 -24 -24 2 

S L L L H L L L L L H L L L L 5 

The svmbots Land H refer to fTL lo& I&s where L is 23 V dc. 

Section VIII 

~ H H L L ~ L H L L L L L H7 H 

9 L L L L L L H L L L L L L L 9 

1 1 L L L L L L L L L L H L L L 11 

13 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 e.9 -24 -24 -24 13 

14 -24 -24 -24 .24 -24 .I4 0 '24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 14 

1 -24 

2 -24 

-24 

D 

-24 

-24 

-24 

-24 

-24 

-24 

-24 

-24 

-24 

0 

-24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 

-24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 

1 

2 

4 H L H H H H L H H H H H H H 4 

7 L L L L L L L L L L L L l - I - 7 

S L L L L L L L L L L L L l - I " 9 

l 

13 

14 

l & B H H B B & 

-24 -24 0 0 .24 -24 -24 

24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 

g 

-24 

.24 

H 

Q 

-24 

H R 

-24 

-24 -24 

H L L 

a -24 -24 

~24 -24 -24 

11 

13 

14 

f -24 -24 -24 -24 Q -1 -24 (1 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 2 

2 -24 -24 +24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 2 

S L L L L L L L L L L L L L L 5 

~ L L L L H H L H L L L L L L 7 

S H L L L L L L L L L L L H H 9 

I t H H H H H H H H H ~ H H H H 11 

14 +9.5 -24 -24 -14 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 ~ . +9.5 5 14 

1

Section VlII SERVICE GROUP B Model 3455A 

d. To determine which cal constant is measured, connect a high input impedance DVM (10 V 

range input impedance > 1010 ohms) to one of the points shewn in Table 8-B-5. 

e. By stepping through the cal constants from constant 93 to O and monitoring one of the 

points in Table 8-B-5, every cal constant step can be located. 

NOTE 

The vollegw listed in Table 8-84 are approximate and should only 

be used to locote A ulo-Cal constants and for troubleshooting. 

8-B-13. By using the cal constants stepping procedure in conjunction with Table 8-B-5, any 

one constant step can be located. When using this method and the 3455A is malfunctioning, 

or possibly two conditions in Table 8-B4 mag be inoperative. (Example: Readings at 

AlOTP4 and TP2 are bad). It is very unlikely, however, that all four conditions are in- 

aperat ive. If this should occur, then check the + 10 V reference and/or the inguard logics. 

Approximate A 1 OTP4 

Voltage 

VoltageattheMultiplexer 

Mode (Source of A1 0111 I 

Voltage at the Junction of 

A1 OK6 and A1 OR47 

A 1 OTP2 Voltage 

8-0-1 4, Switch Closwra Tabla. 

Tabls 0-B.5. CaI Constant Monitoring Points. 

8-B-15. Most of the switch closures used in the 3455A are listed in Table 8-B-6. This table Iists the 

previous closuses dependent on the range, function, and Auto-Cal mode of the 3455A. For 

troubleshooting malfunctions of the various aperations of the instrument, this table may be very 

helpful. 

84-1 6. Auto.Cal Troublashooting [Schsmntie 1, 73. 

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 

@@ 0 10 0 0 0 6 -10 0 0 0 0 1 0 

-- -- -- 10 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- *- -- -- 

-- -- -- -- -- -- -- - 9.9009 - -- -- -- -- 

-- -- -- -- -- -- -- *- -- -- -- 1 0 

8-B-17. Most Auto-CaI failures also show up as de failures and should be repaired first. These 

malfunctions usually show up as a failure in the self-test mode of the 3455A. The following arc a cou- 

ple of hints to troubleshoot these malfunctions. 

a. Set the 345514 to the self-ten mode and find out which cal constants are failing. 'fake the 3455A 

out of the self-test mode (press any other function button). Using the cal consltanrs service procedure, 

go to the bad cal constant. While refering to the various tables and Figures in this service group, 

troubleshoot the bad constant. 

1

Func 

AC 

AC 

AC 

AC 

4C 

Range 

1 

10 

1W 

lo[) 

i 

czt 

At 10 AC Norm 

bC 100 A C . h 

DC 

M 

DC 

11. ? 

11-3 

$1.2 

11.2 

11.2 

L1-2 

61 2 

11 9 

11.2 

n-2 

11-2 

11-2 

11.1 

11.4 

11 4 

11 4 

11.4 

1 11.4 

L1.2 

11.1 

11-4 

11.4 

11-4 

11.4 

GAL 

CAL 

CAL 

EAL 

CAl 

CAC 

CAL 

CAL 

CAL 

CAL 

CAL 

CAL 

CAL 

CAL 

10 

1MI 

10M) 

~ 

1 K 

1 K 

t K 

1 K 

O K 

10K 

IM)K 

1 K 

t M 

1 M 

10M 

10M 

1K 

1 K 

1 K 

1 I( 

]OK 

10 K 

1 0 K 

100 K 

1M 

1 M 

!OM 

IOM 

Smtchunt, 

~ n n ~ 

krat~m 

AC. Fml 

AC-Fast 

AC-Fare 

AC.Fari 

AC-No- 

DC 

DC 

OC 

Unk 

Rsl 

Umk 

Ref. 

Unk 

RmI 

un~ 

RPI 

Unk. 

RCI 

Unk 

Rat. 

Unk 

Ref 

unh 

nei 

Unk 

Rel 

Unk 

Rd 

Unk 

Re7 

Unk 

RF~ 

SERVICE GROUP B 

Tabb B-B.B. 3455k DYM Switch Clorum. 

Nore X lndcnin "Don'? Cart "' 

Ocum Cel*ct 3 

I 

AIUU13 

% 

? * m i 

P: 

0 h- 

6rne,rr 

; ~ a u m o * = a ~ 6 o ~ 5 8Za6i: B g I ~ $ 

0 1 0 l o o 

0 1 1 1 0 0 

0 0 0 1 1 0 

0 0 1 1 1 0 

0 1 0 1 0 1 

0 1 1 1 0 1 

x k rl8-8- 3 

O O K l o o 

0 0 % 1 0 0 

O O K l o o 

O O X 1 0 0 

O O x 1 0 0 

O O K 1 0 0 

1 O I O 1 O O O X l O O 

O O t 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 

O O t 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 

T O 1 0 1 . 0 

L o 1 0 1 0 

1 0 1 0 1 0 

1 0 2 0 1 0 

a o i o t a 

1 0 1 0 1 0 

1 0 1 0 1 0 

1 0 1 0 1 0 

I 0 1 0 1 0 

1 0 1 0 1 0 

1 0 1 0 1 0 

l o t a 1 0 

lo 

N ~ I ~ P U ~ 

f t 

I Ratlo 

iov Ofnor 

10V Gun 

6V Ofb111 @@@@(X)@ 

9 V 

~ W V 

amv 

OtReiL1 

o f f w * ~ x ~ @@@a@@ 

ofai @@@@a@ 

~OOV *n 

lWV Qffsm*lXiO 

1 v 

1 ~ 

OII*I 

ofhsrm @@@a@@ 

1Y Oflrelm 

1 V Gwn 

@ 

~~~~g~ 

e r . $ & z 

r 

1 

1 1 x 1 0 0 0 

1 1 x 1 0 0 0 

1 1 x 1 0 0 0 

1 , I X l O O O 

1 x 1 o e e 

t x 1 0 0 0 

1 1 X O O O O 

1 O X 0 1 0 0 

O P X O O O O 

0 O K O O 1 1 1 x 0 0 0 0 

~ O X O Q O I I X O O Q O 

1 0 ~ 0 0 0 1 1 x 0 0 0 0 

1 a x o o o a 

7 o x o o o 1 r x o o i o 

o o x a o 1 1 1 x o o 1 o 

O O X 0 0 1 1 t X O O 1 O 

1 0 X 0 0 0 1 1 x 0 0 1 0 

1 0 x 0 0 0 t 1 X O O D O 

I O X O O O 1 1 X O O D O 

t O X O O O 1 t X P O t 0 

o o x o o t t 

@ Indlca~s% tner Ins control Inn. mll bl-1 mr m e n Ihr pr10r mesurcmant Iram 

I 

Section VlII 

bare Scluf 4 WICC Wmct 5 

Al@W1T AlDUll 

(7 P 

8 6 6 5 P P. 

'"' 

X z 8 

o ~ o o x o 

O O O O X 0 

O O O O X 0 

Q O O O X 0 

O O O O X 0 

O O O O X 0 

0 0 1 O X 1! 

O O O l X 1 

~ x o o o~ o o i o x r 

I 

1 

r. 

2 r r ~ = z 5 x z 

~ 5 ; 

o x x o o o 

O X X O O O 

O X X O O o 

O X X O O O 

O X X O O O 

O X X o o o 

1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 x 5 0 ~ 1 1 x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I X 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 

1 0 1 D l 0 t O X O O 0 1 1 X O O O O O l O O X 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 

l o t 0 1 0 ~ O X O O O 1 r x o o o o o o o i x 1 o i r 0 1 0 

1 0 1 0 1 0 I O ' X O O O 1 1 I I D O O O 0 1 D O X 1 0 1 1 1 7 0 

1 0 1 0 1 0 i o x o o o 1 r x o o i o o o o t x 1 0 1 1 n i o 

I 0 1 0 1 0 O D X O O 1 1 1 X O O 1 0 0 1 0 0 X 1 0 1 1 t 1 0 

l a 1 0 1 0 o o x o o i 1 1 x 0 0 1 0 o o o t x 1 0 1 0 0 i a 

1 0 1 0 1 0 ~ o x o o o t 1 x 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 o x 1 o r o t i o 

1 0 1 0 1 0 1 O X O O O 1 1 X O O O O 0 0 0 1 X 1 0 0 0 0 1 ~ 

1 0 1 D I D I O K O O O ~ I X O O O O O ~ D X 1 O O O I I O 

1 0 1 0 1 0 1 O X O O O 1 1 X O O 1 0 0 0 0 1 X 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 

1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 x 0 0 1 1 1 ~ 0 0 1 0 0 9 O X 1 0 5 0 1 1 0 

@@@@@@ 

BBm@a@ o a K 1 o o 

@aama(2, 

a@a(P)@a 

@L%@@@@ 

@@@@@a@@@@@@ 

(FJ@ama@ 

@&)@@@@ 

m@J@a@@ 

0 1 x t 0 0 

0 0 0 0 0 1 

1 0 X 0 0 0 

0 o 0 1 o o 

o o 1 1 1 . 0 

1 0 o o o o 

1 0 0 0 0 0 

o o n o o 1 

1 o o o o o 

1 0 @)@@&I@@ O 0 1 0 

0 0 0 1 0 

~ x o o o o ~ o o a 1 

@ i @ @ @ @ @ @ 

0 0 0 1 X 0 O X X O O O 

0 0 0 0 0 0 . 1 K X O O O 

0 0 0 0 0 0 1 X X O O O 

@@@@@ @ 

@i@@@@@a 

I 

1 

1 

1 

1 

o 

1 

1 

1 

1 

0 

I x o o o o 

1 x 0 0 0 0 

1 X 0 0 1 0 

1 X 0 U 1 0 

o 1 o 1 o o 

o 1 0 o o o 

o Q o 1 0 o 

O 1 0 1 0 O 

1 K o o o o 

1 x a o o o 

t 

* 

X 

X 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

t 

0 0 0 1 X 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 

I S ~ O O X I o ~ 1 r 0 1 

n o 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 P O I 

a t 1 1 0 1 

o 

o 

n 

1 o 

n 

o 

i 

x 

~ 1 

1 

0 

o 

1 

r 

1 

1 

0 0 1 - 5 

5 5 

1 0 1 - 

D 

0 

O 

O 

0 

O 

0 

1 

O 

1 

O 

l 

H 

K 

H 

1 

1 

1 

O l O O P l i ; 

( a I ' 00 0vO1 0 0 1 

2 

0 0 0 1 0 1 , 

O O O O O t 

o o o i n 1 

@@@a@@ 

13 

@@@aJ@ @a@@@@ 12 

i o o o o 

@ 

@ 

0 0 0 0 0 

1 0 5 0 0 @ 

1 0 0 0 0 @ 

o 

o 

0 

o 

o 

o 

o 

n 

1 

t CD 

o o 0 o I @ 

0 0 0 0 1 @ 

1 o o o o @ 

1 o o o o I&) 

0 O 0 0 0 (X) 

0 0 0 0 0 @ 

@@@@a@ 

@@@@@@ 

@@@@@a 

a@(8)a@@ B 

0 

t 

@a@@@@ 6 

@Q1Qr@@Q, 5 

@@@@@a 4 

@@@C38CQ 3 

@@@(X)@@ 

@@@@am 

IgrIgr@@@@ 

11 

10 

g 

3 

1 

0

Section VIII SERVICE GROUP & Model 3455A 

b. If unable to repair the Auto-Cal failure, Table 8-B-6 may be helpful if applicable. The dc in- 

operative section paragraph 8-B-18 in this service group may also be helpful. 

84-1 8. DC Inoperative (Sebmatic 1). 

8-8-19. When the de function of the 3455A is inoperative, it can also show up as an Auto-Cal: 

failure. These failures should be serviced using the information in paragraph 8-B-3 to 8-&I5 in this 

service group. Some of dc and Auto-CaI failures may be serviced by using the following procedures. 

8.8.20. Lsaksgs and Other Various Maifunctiona 

Table 8.8-7. Possible Auto-Gal Failure Causes. 

Cal Constants Failed 34556 Msplay 

1 3 1 2 

12 

1 1 1 

10 

0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 

5 4 3 

2 1 

0 

12 9 5 4 3 

11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 

11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 

11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 

11 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 

11 10 

11 9 8 

7 6 

3 2 

I0 9 5 3 

10 

10 9 

5 

3 

0 

0 

10 6 5 1 0 

10 9 

10 

10 

5 0 

9 8 3 2 

9 7 6 5 4 3 1 0 

9 

9 

9 

7 

7 

6 

6 

5 

5 

5 

4 

4 

3 

3 

3 

2 

1 

1 

0 

0 

0 

9 3 

9 

9 

9 

3 0 

8 

7 

5 4 

5 4 

2 1 0 

0 

7 5 4 

7 4 

6 1 0 

5 4 0 

5 

5 

5 

0 

8-B-21. The fol1owing quick leakage test may be used to isolate most leakage failures. 

a. Set the 3455A to the DCV function 10 V range, with Auto-Cal off. 

b. Short and then open the input terminals of the instrument and note the change in readings on 

the display. 

I 

, .0757 

.0007 

,0000 

.0074 

9.8438 

.0000 

9.7650 

.OOOO 

9.5703 

2.5026 

6.7542 

X.XXXX 

Possible Cause 

Shorted A1 4U ld 

Open A1 4C2 

A I OQ36 Shorted 

Gate Bias 

DC Pre-amp 

DG Pre-amp 

A 1004 Shorted 

A10019 Open 

A10U3 

A 1 0Q 1 6 Shorted 

A14Q3 Open 

A 1 OQ 1 5 Shorted 

A1 OQ18 Shorted 

A 1 002 Shorted 

A1 OQ4 Open 

A 1 002 1 Shorted 

A10Q2 Open 

A10U18 or A10Q37 

Reference Supply 

A 1 OQ2 9 andlor A 1 0Q3 1 Shorted 

A1 0039 Shorted 

A10U3 or Open A1OQAl8 

A 1003 5 Shorted 

A1 OQ27 Open 

A1 OQ27 Open 

A1 0Q2 1 Open 

A1 OQ27 Shorted 

A1001 5 Open 

A1 0Q3 Shorted or A1 OK5 Open 

A10Q16 Open 

A1 0Q28 Shorted 

A 10022 or A 10Q 1 9 Shorted 

A10035 or A10K6 Open 

A1 0033 Open or A1 0Q38 Shorted 

At 4 Board or A1 0Q34 Shorted 

Where X is any number go to Service 

Group 6

Model 3455A SERVICE GROUP B Section VIII 

c. If the reading changes faster than .25 V per second, there is leakage on the multiplex node. If 

the reading on the display changes positively, either A1 0Q5 or 417 may be leaky. If the change is 

negative, A10Q2, 43, 44, 413, Q15, or 416 may be leaky. 

8-B-22. The test in the above paragraph, paragraph 8-B-21, is a quick leakage test and should find 

most Ieakage failures. A more thorough test involves checking zero and full scale voltages on a11 dc 

ranges. Start with the 10 V range and t hc other ranges in the following order: 1 V, 100 mV, 100 V, 

and 1000 V ranges. The following paragraphs contain the procedures which should be used for 

leakage failures. 

0-8-23. 1 D V Range or Canstant 10 and 11 Fail. 

a. Set the 3455A to the 10 V range, Auto-Cal on and short the input terminals. If the reading on 

the display is positive (more than 5 counts), AlOQl may be leaky. If the reading is negative (more 

than 5 counts), 42 may be leaky. To doublecheck for a defective Q t and 42, note the reading on the 

1 V and 100 mV ranges. The bad reading should also be present on those ranges. 

b. Apply + 10 V or - 10 V to the input terminals of the 3455A. Make sure the readings are within 

specification. Check the reference voltages and adjust them, if necessary. AlOTP8 should be + 10 Y 

5 100 pV and TP7 should be - 10 Y * 20 mY. If the reference voltages are good and the instruments 

readings is Iow, A10Q4 may be leaky. 

8-8-23. 1 V Rangs or Constant O, 1, and 2 fails. 

a. For the 1 V range check, da the procedure as explained in paragraph 8-8-23a. 

b. For the 1 V range Full scale check, do the FolIowing: 

1. With the 345SA set the 1 V range and Auto-Cal off, apply f I V to the input terminals. A 

voltage of + 1 Y should appear on the rnultipIex mode and + 10 V should be at AlOTP4. Ilf the 

multiplex mode reading is bad; troubleshoot the input circuit. If the reading at TP4 is bad, 

make sure AIOQ21 is turned on. Check for leaky 422, CRI2, CR 13, or a defective U3. If TP4 

reads good, set up the 345% for the self-test made by pressing the TEST button. Check for ca1 

constant 0 failing and if it does, troubleshoot the failure by using the procedure of paragraph 

8-B-10. Continue with the next step if constant 0 does not fail. 

2. By using the procedure of paragraph 8-E3-10, step to cal constant 0. Adjust the active attenuator 

for a zero reading, as read at AIOTP 1 (adjust R66). Measure the volt age at 13 pin 9 for 

exactly + 1 V. If the reading is low, 439 or 418 may be leaky. If the reading is good, check the 

operation of 436. This can be done by changing the high voltage amp offset. The 1 V reading at 

53 pin 9 should change, because the gain of the 1 V range is changed. 

8-8-25, 100 mV Range or Canstant 3 Fails, 

a, For the 100 mV range zero check, do the procedure of paragraph 8-B-22a. 

b. For the 100 mV range full scale check do the following: 

1. Apply + 100 mV to the input of the 34SSA, The instrument should be set to the 100 mY 

range with Auto-Cal. Measure for approximately + I0 V at A IQTP4 and 1/10 of this voltage at 

TP5. TP2 and TP6 should read approximately the same as TP5. If the reading at TPS and TP6 

are incorrect, check the power supplies of U3 (pins 4 and 7). The supplies should have approx- 

imately the voltage at TP6 zk 5 V. Troubleshoot U3 and associated circuitry if necessary. 

2. Adjust the high voltage amp (A10U 18) to zero, as read at TPI (adjust R66). Measure the 

voltage at the 10: 1 divider (53 pin 9) for exactIy 1 / 10 the voltage at TP2. If this voltage is incor- 

rect, 416 or Q21 may be leakly. 

8-8.28. 100 V Rangs or Constants 5, 4, and 7 Fail. 

a. The active attenuator can be checked by applying + 10 V to the input of the 3455A. With the in-

Model 3455A SERVICE GROUP B Sectian VIII 

c. Shorted FET's and W1 may show up as on "OL" indication on the display of the 3455A. This 

condition can be checked by measuring the voltages at TP4. If the voltage reads approximately -I- 16 

Y or - 16 V, then measure TP3. If TP3 appears to be floating or is at a -24 V level, short the multiplex 

node to ground. If the "OL'kndition disappears, a FET on the multiplex node is shorted. Use the 

procedure of paragraph 8-B-29a, b to firid the shorted FET. Some possibIe-FET failures may be 43, 

Q4, 415, Q19, or 421. 

8-B.30. Other Troubleshooting Hints. 

a. If either AIOKS or K6 sticks closed, it may damage the other relay. Both should be replaced. 

b. A sticking K5 could also damage R47, when K6 closes. 

c. If 9.9009 V is displayed on the 100 V and 1OOO V ranges of the 3435A with the input open, 

AIOK6 is probably shorted. 

d. AlOLf should not be too cIose to R63. Arcing couid occur for IOOO V inputs. 

e. With Auto-Cd on and AIORa adjusted, the instrument should temporarily indicate an offset 

on either the 1 V, 100 V, or 1000 V ranges. If the offset remains, 436 may be open. 

f. If all tests pass and the 100 mV range is out of tolerance, then A10Q28 may be open. 

g. If all tests pass the 345SA reads zero volts on the 1OOO V range with an input voltage, 439 may 

be open. 

h. If all tests pass and then 100 mV, 1 V, 100 V, and 1000 V ranges are out of tolerance, then 

AEOQ29 or 431 may be open. 

i. If a11 tests pass and the 100 V and 1000 V ranges are out of tolerance, then A1 0Q4 may be open 

or K6 may be shorted. 

j. If Auto-Cal constant 5 fails and the la) V and 1OOO Y ranges are way out of tolerance, then 

A10R46 or R63 could have changed value. 

k. If 17 Y appears on the multiplex node, check for a defective AlOQlS, Q18, CR12, or U12. 

843-32. Noise in the 3455A may show up in one or more functions. If more than one function is 

noisy it usually indicates dc noise. The dc noise source should be found first, before troubleshooting 

any ac or ohms noise. Go to Table 8-3, to find the correct service group for ac and ohm noise. 

04-33. DC Hoiw [Schematic I, 5, and 6). 

a. Equal amount of noise on all ranges: Noise of this nature is usually caused by the output of the 

dc amplifier (AIOUZ), the reference assembly (A I 1 or NO), or the A/D convertor (A 14). The following 

two methods can be used to find noise causing circuits. 

1. Try replacing the A/D convertor board (A14) with a known good one. If the noise disap- 

pears, go to Service Group E paragraph 8-E-14 for further troubleshooting. If the noise is still 

present or a good A/D board is not available, use the next procedure. 

2. Set the 3455A to the 10 V with Auto-Cal off. Using a high impedance DVM (10 V input 

impedance > lO1Q ohms), measure the 10 V reference at AIOTPS. If the reference voltage is 

noisy, replace the reference assembly (A1 I or A20). If TPR is good, unsolder R38 at the 

multiplex node. With a clip lead, connect TP8 to the unsoldered end of R38, Measure lthe 

voltage at TP4. Ef TP4 is noisy. U2 and its output circuit may be noisy. If the voltage at TP4 is 

quit, the A/D convertor is most likely noisy. Go to Service Group E paragraph 8-E-14 For fur- 

ther troubleshooting.

Section VTII SERVICE GROUP B Model 3455A 

b. Noisy on all ranges. 

1. Check the + 10 V reference voltage at AlmPS. 

2. Check all inguard power supplies for oscillations. Clock ringing on the supplies are nor- 

mal and should be ignored. A defective A10U36 may be noisy. 

c. Noise on positive input voltages only: Check the - 10 Y reference voltage at A1 OTP7 for noise. 

The 3455A should be in HOLWMANUAL and with Auto-Ca1 off. The noise should not be greater 

than the + I0 V reference noise measured at TP8. If the -10 V reference is too noisy, replace U7. 

d. Readings at 1/10 scale noisy and several counts low on any range: A14C2 may be defective. 

e. Noise on the 100 mV range: Short the input of the 3455A with Auto-Cal off. Measure the 

voltage level at AIOTPI . It the voltage is noisy, try replacing R69, R7 I, U 18, or 437. If TPI is not 

noisy, measure with a DVM across TP5 and TP6. The low input of the DVM should be connected to 

TP6 and the high input to TP5. If excessive noise is measured, replace U3. 

f. Noise and 5 counts to 10 counts turnover on the 1 V range: Replace A10R41 to R43. 

g. SOOQ V dc noisy: A10K5, K6, or R63 may be arcing inside. If K5 or K6 are replaced, replace 

both of the relays. 

h. Various other possible noise repairs. 

1. A10Q7 or Q8 may occasionally oscillate. Care should be taken when measuring with an 

oscilloscope. A probe connected to the output of W2 or the emitter of 47 may cause oscilIation. 

2. AIOU2 or Q6 may also cause noise. 

3. Clean the front/rear input switch (SI).

Model 3455A 

0-C-l . AC CONVERTOR TROUBtESHOOT1RG. 

8-C.2. True RMS Convsrter Sewicing (Schematic 3). 

8-C-3. Before troubleshooting the 345SA's True RMS Convertor, the instrument should operate 

properly in the dc mode. Verify for the correct operation of the dc section, before servicing the ac 

convertor. The following procedure should be followed before troubleshooting or repairing the ac 

convertor. 

a. Check the dc operation of the 3455A. Verify for correct full scale md zero scale readings on all 

ranges. 

b. Set the 34SSA to the 10 V range, ac function, and short the input, 

c. Check for approximate zero levels at A? 5TP8 and TPS, with the low input of the meter con- 

nected te TP6 (go to paragraph 8-C-4 or 8-C-6 if bad]. 

d. Short TP3 to TP6 and measure the voltage at TP1. TPI should read apptoximateIy zero. 

Remove the short (go to paragraph 8-C-8 if bad). 

e. Check for proper biasing of AISU2. The voltage at U2 pin 2 should be between -2 mY and -3 

mV. Repad R21 if necessary (R21 padding list is in the parts list). 

f. Remove the short form the input of the 345SA. Apply a I0 Y, 100 Hz sinewave at the input ter- 

minals. Check for the following voltages. 

1. With an oscilloscope, check for a sinewave at A15TP8. The amplitude of the sinewave 

should be approximately 2.8 V peak to peak with no shift in the dc level (go to paragraph 8-C-4 

if bad). 

2. A halfwave rectified sinewave sheuId be observed at TP5. The amplitude of the 

waveshape should be approximately 1.4 V peak to peak, with no shift in the dc level (go to 

paragraph 8-Cd if bad). 

3. The waveshape shown below with an approximate + .75 V dc level, should be observed at 

TP4 (go to paragraph 8-C-8 if bad), 

4. The waveshape shown below with an approximate -I V dc level, should be observed at 

TP3 (go to paragraph 3-C-8 if bad). 

5. Check for approximately + -5 Y dc at TPZ (go to paragraph 8-C-8 if bad). 

6. Check for approximately + 6.67 V dc at TPI (go to paragraph 8-C-8 if bad). 

7. Check for approximately zero volts at TP7 with the 3455A in the 10 V or 1000 V ranges. 

This voltage level should change to approximately - I5 V when the instrument is switched to the 

1 V or 100 V ranges (troubleshoot gain switching circuit, if bad). 

Section VIII

Section VIII SERVICE GROUP C Model 3455A 

g. IF all the above checks are good and the 3455A displays approximately JO V ac (with 10 V, I00 

Hz input), the RMS convertor should be ready for calibration. If the reading is incorrect, A10Q3 may 

not be turned on or may be defective. 

84.4. Preamplifier and bput Attenuatar Cimitry. 

8-C-5. The waveshape at TP8 appears to be incorrect, try the folIowing checks (except where noted, 

the input signal. should be a 10 V, 100 Hz sinewave). 

a. Check for the correct power supply voltages at U6 pins 4 and 7. Pin 4 shodd have approximate- 

ly -15 Y and pin 7 should have approximately + 15 Y. 

b. Set the 3455A on the 10 Y range and short the input terminals. Make sure TP8 can reach zero 

volts, when adjusting R65. If unable to reach zero, try changing R77 to 41 2 kR (part number: 0698- 

4540). If R77 is a 412 K resistor already, replace U6. 

c. If the signal at TP8 is riding on a high dc level, make sure CR7 and 420 are not touching any 

shielding. Also make sure Q19 is not touching the heat sink of U6. Check CR7 and 420 for shorts. 

d. If the zero reading at TP8 is good on the 10 V and 11000 V ranges and bad on the 1 V and 100 V 

ranges, try the following checks. 

I. Check the gain switching circuitry of Q16 to Q19, and US. Make sure TP7 reads approx- 

imately zero volts on the 10 V and 1000 Y ranges. On the 1 V and 100 V ranges TPT should read 

approximately - 15 V. 

2. If the gain switching is correct, lift the drain or source of Q19. Check for a zero reading at 

TP8 with the 3455A in the 1 V range. If the reading is good, replace Q19. 

3. If the reading at TP8 is still bad, short the drain to the source of 418. If the reading is then 

good, replace 418. 

4. If the reading at TP8 is still bad, short TP8 to the junction of R86 and R87. If the reading 

is corrected, troubleshoot the feedback network. 

e. If the 3455A has a history of bad Q19's replace K1, K3, and 41 8. Q18 may be damaged if QE9 

has been damaged. The timing of K1 and K3 couId be incorrect, causing Q19 to be destroyed by a 

1000 V input. Check ac calibrator output for any spikes and make sure the 107 V Hz limit has not 

been violated, 

f. If it becomes necessary to rtpIace the matched set of resistors R76, RS6, and R91, the new set 

should be properly aged. Do the following procedure. 

1. Set the 3454k to the EO V range and apply a 10 V, 100 Hz signal to the input. Note the 

reading on the display. 

2. Apply a 1OOO Y at 100 Hz signal to the input. Leave the I000 V connected for about two 

minutes. 

3. Remove the 1000 V signal and reapply the 10 V at 100 Hz signal to the input. After a cool- 

ing down period (less than 2 minutes), the reading on the display should have not changed mare 

than 25 counts from the reading in 1 above. Replace R76, R86, and R91 if necessary. 

g. If it becomes necessary to replace the matched set of resistor R91 and R93, they also need to be 

aged. Use the procedure in f above. The only exception to the procedure is to have the aging done on 

the 100 Y range rather than the 10 V range. A 100 V at I00 Hz signal should also be applied in place 

of the 10 V signaI. 

h. Other circuits on the A15 board may cause preamplifier ma!funbions. The preamplifier can be 

isolated from the other circuits by lifting R52 and R64. If the preamplifier is working correclIy, after

Model: 3455A SERVICE GROUP C %ion YE11 

lifting R52 and R64, the other circuits are causing the malfunction (absolute m p, squaring amp, 

ctc.). 

8-C-7. If the waveshape at TP5 appears to be incorrect, try the following checks (except where 

noted, the input signal should be a 10 V, 100 Hz sinwave). 

a. To check if other circuits on the A14 board causes failures in the absolute amplifier, the ab- 

solute amplifier can be isolated. This can k accomplished by lifting R52 and R53. The amplifier 

should now be operating correctly. Troubleshoot the amplifier circuit, if defective. 

b. Check the power supply rottages at pins 4 and 7 of U7. Pin 4 should be approximately -15 V 

and pin 7 approximately + I5 V. 

c. Check for an approximately 2.8 V peak to peak sinewave at tJ4 pin 6. Troubleshoot U6 and 

associated circuitry, if necessary. 

d. If the sinewave at U+ pin 6 has oscillations, reduce C22 to 10 pF (part number in parts list). Do 

not reduce C22 below 10 pF, 9s the frequency response of the ac convertor may be affected. 

e. The cathode/anude junction of CR5 md CR4 shotdd have a sinewave with siight distortion at 

the zero crossover point. Replace CR4 or CRS, if necessary. 

f; If the signal at TP5 is distorted, CR4 may have leakage. CR4 and CRS can be interchanged. 

g. If 414 or Q15 appear defective, check with an ohmmeter and replam , I 'f necessary. 

0-G8. Squaring Amplifier, Imtmgrater, and Antilo1 Cimuitq. 

8-C-9. Tht squaring amplifier, integrator, and antilog circuits are connected by feedback paths. 

Isolation of these circuits may be difficult. There are, however, some checks used to help 

troubleshoot these circuits [except where noted, the input signal should be a 10 Y, 100 Hz sinewave). 

a. In some cases it is possible to isolate the integrator from the other circuits on the A15 board. 

This can be accomplished by shorting TP6 to the cathode of CR3. The reading at TP1 should be ap- 

proximately zero. If there are great offsets at TPI , troubleshoot the integrator. 

b. Apply a 100 mV, 100 Hz sinewave to the input terminals of the 345519. The instrument should 

be in the 10 V range and display approximately .1000 V. Check for dc readings of + .82 V at TP4, -9 

Y at TP3, -.48 V at TP2, and + ,067 V at TP I. These readings may be helpful in isolating the sqaar- 

ing amp, integrator, and antilog circuits. 

c. Reapply a 10 V, EOO Hz sinewave to the input of the 3455k. Tht instrument should be on the 10 

V range. Check for dc readings of approximately + .(56 V at TP4, - 1. I5 V at TP3, -.6 V at TP2, and 

+ 6.7 V at TPI. Again, these readings may be helpful in isolating the squaring amp, integrator, and 

antilog circuits. 

d. Check the power supply voltages of U1, U2, and U3. Pins 7 of the op-amps should be approx- 

imately + 15 V and pins 4 should be approximately - 15 V. 

e. Check far a voltage drop of approximately + 3.3 V across R36. If this voltage drop is incorrect, 

412 or Q13 and their associated circuitry may be defective. 

f. For parasitic osciltations at TP3 change R36 to 649 R (part number: 069844601. 

g. If the display of the 3455A indicates an overload condition with a good waveshape at TP5,

Model 3455A SERVIN GROUP C Section VIII 

Agoinn the inptt? of the 3455A should be shorted and very little deviation 

should be noted. 

d. Short the input of the 3455A and measure the dc voltage at TP3. If the voltage is very jumpy, 

troubleshoot the squaring amplifier circuits. 

e. Short the cathode of CR3 to TP6 and measure the voltage at TP1. This voltage may jump 

around n little more than at the other test points. If the voltage is extremely jumpy, troubleshoot the 

integrator circuit. If the voltage is reiatively steady, the antilog or square root circuit may be noisy. 

8-C-15. The above procedure (paragraph 8-C-14) should isalate most areas on the ac convertor 

board that may cause noise. A few other hints and checks, given betow, may be helpful for specific 

noise. 

a. Noise on at! ranges with the input shorted: Check for -2 mV to -3 mV at U2 pin 2. IF the voltage 

is out of the correct range, it may cause a noisy zero indication. The padding resistor (R21) may have 

little or no effect in padding U2. This condition is usually caused by a leaky Q9B or CR2. Replace Q9 

or CR2, if necessary. 

b. Noisy when low frequency signal is applied to the 345SA: The fast ac switching circuitry may 

be defective. The following checks can be made to troubleshoot this circuit. 

1. Apply a 1 Y, 100 Hz signal to the input of the 345SA, with the instrument set to the 1 V 

range and to the normal ac function. 

2. With an oscilloscope, check the signal at TPl . The signal should be approximately + 6.7 

V dc, with no ripple. If the signal has ripple on it and the dc level is incorrect, perform the next 

step. 

3. Set the 3455A to the fast ac function. Measure the voltage at the junction of R4 and RS 

and the gate levels of 42 and QB. The voltage should be approximately - 15 V dc. Next, set the 

3455A to the normal ac function. The gate levels of Q2 and Q8 should be: approximately zero, 

and the junction of R4 and R5 should be approximately + 15 V dc. The gate levels of 43 and 

44 should be complimentary to the gate levels of Q2 and QB. 

c. Noisy in the fast ac mode: Check for a defective R9. 

d. Other noise: If the 30 V regulator (AIOU36) is defective, it may cause bursts of RF with hear. 

This may show up as noise on all functions and ranges of the 3455A. It would be, however, more 

noticeable in the ac function. 

8-C- 1 6. Mi-seellsneous Troubleshooting (Schematic 31. 

a. 10 kHz reading high: Check for the correct high frequency padding of R89. In order to obtain 

optimum accuracy over the entire frequency range of the 3455A, RS9 should be padded approximate- 

ly 4000 counts high with a I V, 1 MHz input. Use the Following procedure. 

I. The 3455A should be turned on and warmed up for at least 1/2 hour. All shields and 

covers should be in place. 

2. Perform the RMS convertor adjustment in Section V of this manual. 

3. Apply a 1 V, 1 MHz sinewave to the input of the 345SA. Fad R89 for a reading apptox- 

imately 4000 counts high. Check the accuracy of the ac convertor. 

b. General hints: Give the ac convertor board a good mechanical inspection. Make sure all relays, 

op-amps, capacitors, and FETs are not touching the ground plane, shields, or each other. 

c. Reading above 100 V erratic: Check for relay cases touching the ground plane. 

d. Arcing at 1000 V ac: Check for capacitors touching the shield or ground plane.

Section VIII. SERVICE GROUP C Model 345SA 

e. Unable to adjust 100 V at 40 kHz, within limits: Moving the wire connecting the R92, C29, and 

C32, C34 modes away from the shield, may raise the reading. 

f. The I00 V and 1000 Y ranges inaccurate: The R92 and R93 resistor divider may have changed 

value. K1 - K3 contacts may be resistive. 

g. Overload indication with a 1000 V at I kHz to 10 kHz sinewave applied to the input: AIOK1, 

K2, or K5 may have developed leakage. The leakage can be isolated by removing the orange jumper 

from the fronthear switch connected to K1 and K5. If the overload condition disappears, K 1 or K5 

may be defective. If the ovwload condition remains, remove the jumper from K2 and connect the 

jumper directly to the input of the A1 5 board. If the overload condition disappears, K2 may be defec- 

tive. 

h. 1 V and 10 V ranges inaccurate and out of calibration: A1 5K3 may be shorted. 

i. Full scale readings go high with an increase in temperature: A1 5Q9 or 411 may be defective. 

j. ISM counts error on the higher ac ranges: Connect guard to Iow. 

k. Differences in high frequency readings between the front and rear input terminals: Short the 

rear terminalshuard to low. 

1. The ac convertor should be calibrated with the guard cover in place. 

0-C-17. Avenglt Responding AC Convertor (Schematit 21. 

8-C-18. Due to the simplicity of the average responding ac convertors, only a few pertinent 

troubleshooting hints are given. 

a. Component location and Iayout may be critical to the convertor's freqency response. 

Capacitors, especially in the input circuit, should not be too close or too fat from the PC board. 

Make sure the relays are not touching the ground plane. 

b. The ac convertor should be calibrated with the inguard corer in place. 

c. A13Q15, U4, U5, and associated circuitry may occasionally fail. 

d. To help flatten the frequency response of the convertor, especially at 10 kHz, C25 is usually 

padded with a 33 pF capacitor (pad Iist in the parts list). If unable to bring the level down at 10 kHz, a 

28 pF capacitor may be used. 

e. To help in troubleshooting the ac convertor, the following checks can be made. 

1. Apply a 1 V, 100 Hz sinewave to the input of the 3455A, with the instrument set to the 1 V 

range. 

2. US pin 6 should have a 1 V peak to peak sinewave and TP1 should have a 5 V peak to peak 

sinewave. 

3. A 6.67 V dc voltage should be read at TP2. If this voltage is good and there is an incorrect 

reading on the display, A10Q3 may not be turned on or may be defective.

SERVICE GROUP D 

8-D-1. OHM TROUBLESHOOTl#G (SCHEMATIC 1, 41. 

8.0.2. Ohms Circuit Itolation. 

8-D-3. Before troubleshooting the ohms convertor, the 345SA should be operating correctly in the dc 

mode. Because some of the dc and Auto-Cal circuits are used in ohms, there circuits should be check- 

ed before working on any ohms circuit. The procedure below may be helpful in isolating the ohms 

section of the instrument. 

a. With the instrument set to the dc function, check the zero and full scale reading on the display. 

These checks should be made on a11 ranges / 100 mV, 1 V, 10 V, 100 V, and 1 OOO V ranges). If any 

malfunctions occur, go to Service Group B for further troubleshooting. 

b. Using the self-test mode of the instrument (see paragraph 8-B-3 for an explanation of the self- 

test), check for any Auto-CaI constant FaiIure. Go to Service Group B if any constants fail. 

c. If the dc readings on the instrument are good and the self-test passes, continue with this service 

group for ohms ttou bleshooting. 

8-0-4. Ohms Sewicing. 

8-D-5. The following checks may be useful if the ohms function is completely inoperative. 

a. Set the 3455A to the 2 wire ohms function, 1 K ohms range, and Auto-Cal off. 

b. With no load applied to the terminals of the 3455A, check the voltage across the input ter- 

minals. The voltage shouId be approximately -4.7 V dc (typically -4.5 V to 4.8 V). If the voltage is in- 

correct, the ohms convertor board (A1 2) or the input relays may be defective. Go to paragraph 8-D-6 

for further troubleshooting. 

c. When approximately -4.7 V is observed at the input terminals, the ohms convertor is in voltage 

limit. This is a correct indication with an open circuit input. Connect a 1 K ohm resistor across the input 

terrninais of the 3455A. Measure the voltage drop across the resistor. The voltage should be approximately 

- .7 V dc and indicates correct constant current operation of the ohms convertor. Go to 

paragraph 8-D-6 if the voltage is incorrect. 

d. The above steps should isolate malfunctions in the current source circuitry of the ohms conver- 

tor. If all the steps indicate correct ohms operations, the miscellaneous troubleshooting section of 

this service group may be helpful (paragraph 8-D-8). 

8-D-0, Ohma Convsrror Troubleshooting (Schematic t, 41. 

8-D-7. Ohms convertor malfunctions may be caused by the ohms convertor board itsetf, or by the 

A10 mother board. It is important to remember that the mother board and ohms convertor have interconnect 

ing ohms circuitry, Try the following procedure to trou bItshoot ohms malfunctions. 

a. With a dc voltmeter, measure the voltage across A1 2Cl. The tow side of the meter should be 

connected to TP - V and the high side connected to the plus side of C1. The meter should read + 19 V 

dc. If the reading is low by -5 V or more, A12T1 or AlOTl may be at fault. 

b. With an ascilloscope, measure the ripple across A12C1. The ripple should not be more than .I 

V peak to peak. If the ripple is too high, check AIOTI, A12T1, C3, CR4, or C1. 

c. If the voltage across A12C1 is very low or zero, look for an approximateiy 30 V peak to peak 

square wave at the anodes of CR3 and CR4. This signal should be around 31 MHz with the 345514 set

Section VIII SERVICE GROUP D Model 3455A 

far 60 Hz line frequency. If the signal is nonexistant, check far an approximately 3 V peak to peak 

signal at A10U33 pins 9 and 12. If ahere is a signaI at these pins, troubleshoot the circuit between the 

outputs of A10U33 and the secondary of A12T1. 

d. If there is no signal at A10U33 pins 9 and 12, make sure the divider ~ 13 i and U33 are operating 

correctly. Also make sure U33 is enabled by line H106, The inguard logic (Latch U 12) may be defective, 

iT the HI06 line is low. 

e. If all the above checks are good and the power supply voltages at A12TP - V and TP + V are 

good, the other ohms circuits may be defective. Troubleshoot the ohms circuits on I he A 10 mother 

board first. Make sure the correct relays and FETs are t wrned on. Troubleshoot the current nrnpli fies 

circuit and the voltage clamp amplifier circuit or the ohms convertor board. 

0-D-0, M~scellanwut Ohms Troubleshooting 'Hints. 

a. Table 8-D-1 may be helpful in troubleshooting various ohms malfunctions. The table gives 

various gain and reference resistor connections for all the ohms ranges. 

b. I K range to 10 K range inoperative: Check for the correct operation of A10Q13. 

c. 100 R range to 10 M range inoperative: Check for the correct operation A10Q14. 

d. 2 wire ohms and 4 wire ohms no? zeroing properly and the reading changes 100 counts when the 

3455A is tapped: Check for a dirty fronthear switch. 

e. 10 K and 10 M ranges read low: Check AIOQZ7, Q22, or U3. 

8-D-10. The following information may be helpful in isolating ohms offsets. Again, make sure the 

3455A works correctly in dc. 

a. Ef there is a 150 counts to ZOO counts offset on the 1 K ohm range, check A10K9. This relay 

should only be closed when the reference resistor is measured. If the 1 K ohm reading is low K9 may 

always be open. If the reading is high, K9 may be shorted. 

I 

Range Ref Ref 

In K Ohms Res Gain 

0.1 

1 

10 

100 

1 K 

I 10K 

1 K 

1 K 

1 K 

3 M 

1M 

1 M 

Table 0-D.1. Ohms Gain and Switch Catlfigrmtion. 

XI0 

X10 

X20 

X2 

XI0 

X20 

Wnk Rw 

I V V Unk 

Gain Ifsf Ref (fs) ----- 

1 Xl00 

XI0 

X2 

X20 

XI0 

.7 mA 

.7 mA 

.5 mA 

5pA 

.7 ,uA 

X2 ( 5 pA 

0.7 

0.7 

0.5 

0.5 

0.7 

0.5 

0.07 

0.7 

5 

K8 

0.7 

fs: denotes full-scale 2 Wire Ohm: K2, K4 Closed 

V1: denotes Vottage Limited 4 Wirs Ohm: K3 Closed 

Relays 

Closed 

K7, 8 

K7, 8 

K7, 8 

0 

Unk Res 

for V L 

I> K) 

(> K) 

(> K) 

(> 0) 

(> MI 

5 I I (> MI 

b. A quick offset check: Short either A10R59 or R61 and observe the reading of the 3455A. If the 

offset disappears with R59 shorted, A10Q13 and its associated circuitry may be leaky or defective. If 

the offset disappears with R61 shorted, A1 OQI4 and its associated circuitry may be leaky or defec- 

tive. 

c. If there is an offset on the 100 K ohm range, remove the bIue wire connected to AlOR59. If the 

offset disappears, 413 may be leaky.

Model 3455A 

B.Q.11. Ohms hiss (Schsmstic 1, 4). 

8-D-12. To prevent possible damage to sensitive components being measured, the ohms current 

source of the 3455A is limited to 5 V. Lower currents are used ro keep this voltage low. Because of the 

small currents, the ohms section of the instrument may be susceptible to noise. 

843-13. Before troubleshooting for any ohms noise, make sure the dc noise level is good. Check for 

noise on all dc ranges of the 3455A. If the dc operation is good, troubleshoot for ohms noise. A few 

troubleshooting hints for servicing ohms noise are given below: 

a. Excessive noise on all ranges: Check for a 19 Y dc voltages across A 12C 1. If the voltage is low 

by .5 V, A12T1 or AlW1 may be at fault. 

b. Readings decrease an each successive sample and then suddenly jump back, with the procedure 

repeating. The case of A10R63 may be touching the case of 437. 

c. Noise on the .I, 1, and I0 ranges: A10K9 may be defective, 

d. Possible noise on the 100, 1 K, and 10 K ranges with very high readings at 1/10 scale: AlZCR7 

may be defective. 

e. I/ 10 scale reading on the I00 K range is noisy and low: Check for oscillation at AIOTP4. This 

can be accomplished by setting the 3455A to the ohms function. The instrument should be an the 100 

K range, with Auto-Cal OFF, and placed in Hold/Manual. TP4 should be monitored with an 

oscilloscope. Press the HOLD/MANUAL button and observe for any oscillation at TP4. If any 

oscillation is noted, try changing A10C4 to .MI68 pF (pan number 6160-0159) and AIORI I to 1.3 K 

(part number 07574426). 

f. Noisy at I M and/or 10 M ranges: Push all wiring away from the ohms board and all input 

wiring away from the top guard cover. place the red wire, connected between the fronthear switch 

and the A10 board, next to the guard sheet metal. All wires should be kept away from transformers 

and transistors. 

g. 10 M range vety noisy: Make sure the 50/60 Hz switch is in the correct position. 

h. Noise on the 1 K range: If noise shows up on older instruments, make sure on 18 guage tenon 

coated wire is installed in the instrument. The wire should be connected between pin E of A1053 and 

the cardinal ground terminal located between K7 and K9. The wire may reduce noise on the 1 K ohms 

range as well as the I Y ac and dc ranges. 

i. Noise in ohms function: To reduce external noise in ohms function, shielded cables are very 

useful. When measuring resistance in the 2 wire and 4 wire ohms function, connect the resistor to the 

3455A with one or more shielded cables. The shields should t>e connected to each low terminal. Most 

noise, associated with external body capacitance, should be shunted to ground rat her than through 

the measuring instrumentation. The cables should not be reversed (the shields connected to the high 

terminals and the center conductor connected to the low terminals), or no shielded cables should be 

used. No shielded cables or reversed cables may cause excessive noise in ohms. 

Section VIII

Section VIII 

8-E-2. AID Convertor Sanicing (Schematic 6, 71. 

SERVICE GROUP E 

8-E-3. Before troubleshooting the A/D circuits make sure the outguard section of the 3455A is 

operating correctly. Use the half-splitting method of paragraph 8-195. The following procedures may 

be used to check the correct operation of lthe A/D circuits. 

a. Turn the 3455A off, and disconnect the AlOW 1 Inguard/Outguard Cable assembly from the 

outguard connector (A1 J7). 

b. Remove the analog tmt jumper (from A10U27 pin lo), and connect test point AlOTP9 to 

ground. 

c. Apply -10 V dc to the input terminals of the 345SA and turn the instrument on. 

d. With an oscilloscope measure the waveform at AIOTP1. The waveform should look like 

tog waveform in Figure 8-5 1. 

e. The correct waveform at TP1 generally indicates correct A/D operation. If, however, the A/D 

waveform is good and the A/D circuit is still inoperative, go to paragraph 8-E-7 for troubleshooting. 

IQV 

OV- 

- l 

I] v- 

0 "- v- 

5 V. 

0 v- 

Slgnal at A1 4 TP1 lAl0 Wavslorml. 

i 

Sim1 a1 A 1 * pin 6 Izuo detect slg~lf 

Slgnsl al A14 prn 14 1.2 Vdersci sagnsll 

Slgnal at A 14 uin t 5 I TO V detwt sngnnll. 

Nma Tho Signal# are a Nagarnvs 10 Y lnwt w~th 3455A set ro 80 Hz Opsrarnan. 1 

Model 3455A

Model 3455A SERVICE GROUP E Section YIII 

f. For no N D waveform at TPI, go to paragraph 8-E4 for troubleshooting. For an incorrect 

waveform go to paragraph 8-E-6. 

8-E-5. Since the A/D waveform is dependent on various circuits in the 3455A {input, main amplifier, 

etc.), isolation of these circuits is necessary. The method used is simply a signal tracing method with 

limited operational checks. 

a. Set up the 3455A using the procedure of paragraph 8-E-3a, b, and c. 

b. Measure the voltage at the multiplex node (sources of AlOQ1.42.43, and 44). If thevoltageis 

not -10 Y dc, the input circuit may be inoperative. The multiplex node may also be Ioaded down by 

one or more FETs. 

c. Measure for a - 10 Y dc voltage at AIDTP4. If the voltage is incorrect, troubleshoot the main 

amplifier circuit. Make sure A10Q19 is turned on. 

d. Measure the instrument's reference voltages. AlOTP8 should be + 10 V * 100 pV and TP7 

should be - 10 Y * 20 mV. If the reference voltages are incorrect, troubleshoot the reference assembly 

(A1 1 or AZO) and/or U7. The reference voltages are used on the A/D board and should be correct for 

proper A/ D operat ion. 

e. Short across capacitor A14C2 and measure the voltage at A14TPI. The voltage should be ap- 

proximately zero. If there are any great offsets, troubleshoot A 14U3 and associated circuits. If the 

voltage at TPI is good, remove the short from C2 and continue with this procedure. 

f. Short Al4TP1 to ground and measure the 0 detect, 10 V detect, and -2 V detect levels. The table 

below gives the correct detect levels. Remove the short from TPI and apply - 10 Y to TP 1. Measure 

the levels of the 0 detect, 10 V detect. and -2 V detect. See the table below for the correct levels. 

IA14TP1 Shorted A14TP1 at-1OV 

0 Detect Level z 5V z OV 10 V Detect Level z OV 2 5V 

.2 V Detect Level = OV s OV If the levels in the table are incorrect, troubleshoot A14LJ4, 5, 6 and their associated circuits. 

g. Other eirruits on the A/D board may affect A/D operation. These circuits are the input circuits 

and diode array #I and 62 and their associated circuits. Also make sure A14Q3, 44, and their 

associated circuits are operating correctly. If these circuits appear to be working correctly, the in- 

guard logic may be at fault. Go to paragraph 8-E-10 for further troubleshooting. 

a. Check for a leaky A14C2, Q5, U3, or US and associated circuits. Circuits past 214 may 

also be defective. 

b. Circuitry preceding the integrator may also cause an incorrect AID waveform. Make sure 

A14Q2, Q4, and their associated circuits are operating correctly. 

c. Check for correct operation of the detect circuitry. Paragraph 8-E-Sf may be helpful in 

troubleshooting these circuits. 

8-E-7. Corruct AID Wuveform. 

a. If the A/D waveform is correct and the A/D board is still inoperative, check the zero detect cir- 

cuit. Make sure the zero detect signal is stable with the correct voltage levels (approximately 0 Y or 5 

V).

Section VIII SERVICE GROUP E Model 3455A 

b. IF the 0 detect signal of older instruments is unstable, modify the instrument in the following 

way: 

I. Change A14R44 from a t 0 M ohm resistor to a 2 M ohm resistor (part number 0683-2655). 

2. Change A12R7, R8, R16, and R 17 from 4.99 K to 10 K ohm (part number 07574442). 

c. Check for the cormt operation of A14U5 and its associated circuitry. Since USaand its 

associated circuitry is an absolute amplitifer, the output of the amplifier (emitter of U6) should be the 

same as the signal at TPI . Therefore, pins 14 and 15 of the A14 board should also show the absolute 

value af the signal at TP 1. The correct signals for a - 10 V input to the 3455A ate shown in Figure 

8-€-I. If the signals at A14P1 pins 14, 15, and S are incorrect, troubleshoot the detect circuits. 

d. Make sure any oxidation layers have not formed on the pins of the A14 board. The pins can be 

cleaned with a soft lead eraser. 

8-IE-8, AID Woi~ (Schematic 8). 

84-9. AID noise will usually show up in all ranges and a11 functions of the 3455A. Two circuits to 

check for noise on the AID board are the integrator and the input circuits. 

a. Check for a noisy A14Q5 or U3. Make sure there are not oscillations present at TPI. 

b. Check For a stable zero detect signal at A14U6 pin 1. If the signal is unstable, U4 or eU6 may be 

noisy. 

c. Check for a noisy A14Q3. 

8-Em1 0, lnguard Logic Troubleshooting (Schematic 7). 

8-E-11. Before troubleshooting the inguard logic make sure the outguard logic is operating correctly. 

Use thc half-splitting technique of paragraph 8-195. 

a. Check the back gate bias voltage (B.G.) of the processor (A10U26 pin 387). The voltage should 

be within * .25 V of the voltage marked an the processor. If the voItage is incorrect, check for the 

correct value of pad resistor A 1 OR 105 (pad list in pans list). If the pad resistor is the correct value and 

the bias voltage is incorrect, replace the processor. 

8-E-12. Inguard Logic Troubleshaoting with no AID Waveform. 

a. The signals at A10U25 pins 34 to 37 should be the same as those on A3TP4 to TP 1. The only ex- 

ception is the signal at A1 OU28 pin 9. If the signals do not agree, check for malFunctions in the in- 

guard light isolators, A IOU34 and U35, plus their associated circuits. Line F0 and F1 transfer data 

from outguard 10 inguard (F0 is the data transfer line and F1 is the data transfer rate Iine). 

b. Tf pin 9 of A IOU28 is different than pin 37 of U26 and the HAZ line (pin I of U2T) is low, the 

pulse transformer and/or associated circuits may be defective. This interrupt circuit can be checked 

by rnanvaIly clocking AlOTP 10, and can be achieved by pulling TPlO low and then releasing it. If no 

toggling is taking place, troubleshoot the interrupt circuit consisting of AlOU32A and U2T. If there is 

toggling, check T2 or the outguard section {Al). 

c. The interrupt request lines at pin 29 of A10U26 must be high. Troubleshoot the interrupt cir- 

cuitry if necessary. 

d. Data lines DB to D7 (pin 18 to 35 of U26) and program address lines (PAB to PA7 pins 1 to 8 of 

U26) should have voltage levels from approximately zero to approximate1y + 4.5 V. Check for any 

circuits causing these tines to be loaded down. It is possible and normal to observe sharp peaks of 3 V 

to 3.5 V on some lines of W26. These peaks ate present when the Iine is in a tri-state mode. This is a 

possible and norma1 operation.

Model 3455A SERVICE GROUP E 

Mneumonic 

HAC 

HACl 

HAC2 

HAD1 

HAD2 

HAD3 

HA2 

HI01 

HI02 

HIP3 

HI04 

HI05 

HI06 

HMAl 

HMCl 

HMC2 

HMC3 

HMC4 

HMDl 

HMD2 

HMO1 

HMO2 

HPQ? 

HPD2 

HPD3 

H PO I 

HPRF 

HPRS 

HR12 

HR24 

HR34 

LACF 

LAC3 

LAC 5 

LNRF 

LNRS 

LVlN 

7 Polisrity 

lndicator 

[H = High True 

L = Low True} 

Table 0-E-l . Mnemonic Definitions. 

specific 

Function 

Indicator 

Definitions 

Line 

lndicator 

High True AC /AC Enable) 

High True Auto Cal 141 00 V, 1 kV Auto-Cal Constant lCal Constant 4, 5,6,71) 

High True Auto Cal 2 

High True Analog DC 1 (.? V, 1 V, f O V Range and Ohrnsl 

High True Analog DC 2 (100 V, 1 kV Rangel 

High True Analog DC 3 (1 k V Range) 

High True AID Zero (Enables or Resets AID) 

High True Input Ohms 1 (2 Wire Ohms Enable) 

High True Input Ohms 2 (Connects 4 Wire and Current Source) 

High True lnpvr Ohms 3 (Ohms Ref Low Measurement} 

High True Input Ohms 4 (1 K Reference Resistor Select [with HIOSII 

High True Input Ohms 5 (.7 WA Current Source Select) 

High True Input Ohms 6 (Ohms Current Source Enable) 

High Measure AC 1 (Output from AC Converter Measured) 

High True Measure Constant 3 (Measures Ohms, .l V and 1 V Offsets [Cal 

Constant 2, 3, 8, 9, 1 111) 

High True Measure Constant 2 (Measures 10 V Gain ICal Constant 101) 

High True Measure Constant 3 (1 kV Range Enable [Cal Constant 0, 1, 611 

High True Measure Constant 4 (Measures 1 V Gain ICal Constant 01) 

High True Measure DC 1 (100 V 'Range) 

High True Measure DC 2 (-1 V 1 V, 10 V Range and Measure & Unk) 

High True Measure Ohms 1 [Measure Ohms Ref, Range 100 K, 1 M, 10 MI 

High True Measure Ohms 2 (Measure Ohms Ref, Range .1 K, 1 K 10 K1 

High True Pre-Amp DC 1 Ix 20 and x 100 Gain) 

High True Pre-Amp DC 2 (x 1 Gainl 

High True Pre-Amp DC 3 (x 10 Gain) 

High True Pre-Amp Output {x 2 and x 20 Gain) 

High True Positive Rundown Fast (For Negative Input Voltage) 

High True Positive Rundown Slow {For Negative Input Valtage) 

High True Range 12 (Sets AC Converter Range 1, 10) 

High True Range 24 (Sets AC Contertor Range 10, 100) 

High True Range 34 (Sets AC Converter Range 100, 1000) 

Low True AC Fast IAC Fast Enable) 

Low True Auto Cal 3 (1 00 V, 1 kY Auto-Cal Constants LCal Constant 4, 5, 6, 

71) 

Low True Auto-Cal {I kV Range and 1 kp, 1 V Offset [Cal Constant 1, 61) 

Low True Negative Rundown Fast (For AID Positive Input Voltage) 

Low True Negative Rundown Slow (For AID Positive Input Voltage) 

Low True Voltage Input (Enables AID Input) 

e. The clear line of AFOUf S pin 1 should have an approximateIy + 5 V level. Troubleshoot U9, 

U 19, and their associated circuits. 

Section VIII 

I

Section VIII SERVICE GROUP E Model 3455A 

E. Check for a clock signal at AlOU I5 pin 9. If the signd appears to be good, the processor (U26) 

and/or the ROM (U25) may be defective. IT the clock signal is missing, check for 500 nano second 

pulses at the device select lines of U26 (pins 12 to 15). If the pulses are good, U 14 may be at fault. 

8-E.13. Ingward logic Trouiblashooting with am AID Wsveferrn. 

a. Check the light isolators and associated circuits as explained in paragraph 8-E-12a. 

b. Check for a defective AIOU26. . 

c. Check for an open AIOCR4I and CR42. These diodes may cause glitches on U26 pin 29, causing 

the processor to be interrupted cantinuously.

Model 3455A 

SERVICE GROUP F 

8-F-1. OUTGUARD LOGIC TROUBLESHOOT lMG lSCHEMATlC 8, 9, f 01. 

8-F-2. Outguard logic troubIeshooting should be done using the Signature Analysis Routines (SA) in 

Figures 8-H-20 to 8-H-27. If any incorrect signatures are observed, the following checks may be 

helpful. 

a. IF any incorrect signatures are observed check for a 1 pF capacitor across A1U49. Install one Ef 

missing (part number 0100-0291). The capacitor should be instalIed to the underside of the A1 

motherboard, with the + terminal to pin 14 of U49 and the - terminat to pin 7 of U49. 

b. If no stable signature can be located and the A3 board has been replaced, check the 1C signals. 

Make sure they are toggling with good Iogic highs and lows (approximately 4 V peak to peak). 

c. Check for the waveform shown below at the junction of AlC29 and R42. if this signal is rniss- 

ing, C29 may be defective. U48 may aEso cause the missing signal. 

1.4 msec-9 

0 v- 

0-F-3. Main Cantrollar Troubleshooting 1Schmstic 8L 

a. Data lines DB to D7 (pins 18 to 25 of U3U9) and program address lines PA0 to PA9 (pins; 1 to 8 

of U9) should have voltage levels approximately + 4.5 V peak to peak. Check For any circuits that 

may cause loading. 

b, Sharp peaks of 3 V to 3.5 Y may be obscrvtd on some lines of the processor (A3U9). This is 

normal. The peaks are present when the processor is in a tri state mode. 

e. Check the back gate bias voltage (G.B.) of the outguard processor (A3U9). If the voltage is different 

from the voltage marked on the processor (by & .35 V) check for the correct value of the padding 

resistor A3R3. ! f R3 is the correct value and the bias is incorrect, replace the A3 board. The correct 

value of R3 is listed in the following table. 

0-F-4. Front Pans1 TrouClsthooting, 

I-'F-5. Front Panel Opsmtian Ghack. 

G.R. -hp- Part No. 

a. Turn the 3455A off. Place the instrument in the SA mode by disconnecting the test jumper on 

the A3 board and disconnect the plug from AlJ7. 

b. Turn the 3445A on. Half of the instruments from panel LEDs should alternately turn on and 

off with the other half. 

c. At the time the instrument is turned on and half the front panel LEDs turn on, a 0 should be in- 

dicated on the left side of the display. The 0 should move one position to the right each time the LEDs 

change. When the 0 reaches the far right of the display, a .O will start at the left and move to the right. 

Section VIII

Section VIII SERVICE GROUP F Model 3455A 

d. The same operation takes place for 1, .I, 2, .2, 3, .3, after the .O has moved to the far right of 

the display. If any of the LEDs do not Iight, replace them or troubleshoot their drive circuits. If some 

numbers of the display are bad, troubleshoot the display and associated drive circuits. 

B.F.8. Fmnt Asnal Ssnicing (Schematic 1QL 

a. If the display blanks out any zeroes, try replacing AlU62. 

b. The proper operation of the front panel buttons can be checked by monitoring AE U5f pin 14. 

The level at pin 14 should go low (TTL) low, any time a front panel button is pressed. If this is not 

observed, try replacing U57. 

c. Pf the front pane! buttons do not operate, chtck for a high level (?TL high) at A1 J8 pins 2 and 

3. A high level ac any of these pins will disable some of the front panel buttons. Check for the correct 

operation of AlU51, U50, or U53. 

d. If the front panel has a sticky switch, try the following: With a low temperature soldering iron, 

heat the soIder connection of the LED within the switch. While the solder is warm, push the button in 

and out several times. This should straighten out the LED and relieve any pressure on the switch. 

e. If the procedure in the prmndent paragraph does not relieve sticky switches, change LED5 

A2CR5 to CRI 1, CR13 to CR22, and CR24 to CR35 from -hppart number 0990-0547 to -hppart 

number 1990-0665. These changes should bc made for instruments with serial number 1622A01336 

and below. A procedure for changing or replacing LED" are in paragraph 8-F-7. 

f. A modification to reduce key bounce is as fallows: Change kl US7 from a 93 18 to 98LI 8 (part 

number: 1820-09871, A2R17 and R18 from a 2.2 K ohm resistor pak to a f 0 K ohm resistor pak (part 

number: 1810-0206). This change should be made for instruments with serial number 1622A00906 

and below. 

NOTE 

Switch baunm can be observed by pressing the ENTER Z button and 

then pressing the MA TH OFF bur fan only once. iC/ r wo 2*s ore disphyed, 

rhe 3455A hw key bounce. 

g. For all other front panel maIfunctions use Troubleshooting Diagram 8-H-26. 

8.F.7, Front Panel LED'n Switch, and Key Cap Replacament Prmedure. 

a. Removal Procedure. 

1. Remove front frame which is held by 8 screws. 

2. Disconnect two connectors between front panel and left side of instrument. 

3. Remove front panel and ON/OFF switch. 

4. Remove 11 screws holding Display/Switch board to front pane1 and remove Display/- 

Switch (D/S) board, 

5. Pull key cap off switch body. 

6. With knife or punch, cut off or punch through the red switch body mounting studs (clean 

excess plastic off to prepare holes for new switch). 

7. Hold display board upside down with key facing down and heat LED terminals to let bad 

LED fall out. 

8. Suck out soIder holes to prepare for new LED.

Model 3455A SERVICE GROUP F Section VIII 

b. Replacement Procedure. 

1. Mount the switch body on the D/S board and be sure the body is aligned with the other 

switches (NOTE: very important as the switch may bind if it is not straight). 

2. Using a medium temperature, broad, tip sotdering iron or woodburning tool, carefully 

melt the plastic studs down into a little dome to secure the switch body. 

3. Insert LED with shorter leg toward top of board. Make sure LED is flush with the board. 

4. Replace key cap. 

5. Depress key all the way to seat LED in place, and then solder LED using a minimum of 

solder. 

6. Hold D/S board so keys point up and reheat LED terminals to allow solder to flow away 

from switch. 

7. Depress key several times to make sure key does not stick. if it sticks, repeat (6). 

8. Remount D/S board on front panel frame. 

9. Plug both connectors back into main board. 

10. Remount front panel to chassis. 

11. Replace ON/OFF switch. 

Remember to try steps (6) and (7) of "'Replace" before replacing switch; 

it could save lime. It is important to use a low or medium rempesature tip 

soldering iron, as exposure to SOO0FJor over 3 seconds could damage the 

LED'S. 

0-F.8. HP-IB Tmublsahootlng ISchsrnetic 91. 

843-9. Before troubleshooting the ZIP-IB section of the 3455A, verily that the 3455A is malfunction- 

ing and make sure the "problemq* is not due to external programming (see Section III of this 

manual). 

a. If incorrect data is sent over the HP-!B lines, make sure the data is different than what is 

displayed on the front panel. If the data is the same, the instrument's HP-IB Section is not at fault. 

b. Check For a bad connection between the instrument's HP-IB connector (53) and the connector 

of the HP-IB cable. Clean both connectors, if necessary. Use a good freon based contact cleaner. 

AIso, make sure the HP-IB cable externaI to the instrument is good. 

c. Use the HP-IB SA Troubleshooting Diagram (Figure 8-H-27) for most of the HP-IB Section of 

the 3455A. SA can check most of this section, except for the HP-IB Iines themselves. Use the 59401A 

Bus System Analyzer for these lines. 

d. Check decoders AlU19, 020, or U1 I.

8-76 

0.G-2 Powar Swgplius (Sthemstie 11). 

SERVICE GROUP G 

a. In many of the 3455A's power supplies, the voltage reference of one supply is the output of 

another. This arrangement Lies the voltages of the two supplies together. A shift in one supply is 

reff ected in the other supply. 

b. To isolate dependent supply circuits, the reference supplies should be separate from each other 

and from the circuits they supply. The following steps may be used. 

1. Use external supplies to provide st reference to dependent supplies. 

2. Use external supplies to drive circuits in place of internal supplies. 

c. Following are some voltages of the inguard power supplies. 

1. Main power supply voltages. 

AEOTPI1: +9Vto +11 V 

A10TP12: e 19.5 V to + 23.5 V 

AIOTPI3: -19.5 V to -23.5 V 

AIOTP14: + 38 V to + 44 V 

AlOTP15: -38 V to -44 V 

AlOTP + 9: + 8.1 V to + 9.9 V (Inguard processor must be installed). 

2. Ohms supply voltages 

AlOTl pins 1; and 3: 10 V rms (20 V peak to peak) square wave. 

A1 OTl and A12T1 connection: .2 V rms (25 V open circuit) square wave. 

A12T1 pins 1 and 3: 40 V rms (80 V peak to peak) square wave. 

3. Allowable noise on the ohms suppIy as measured with a true rms voltmeter. 

+ 6.2 V supply: 30 pV noise 

-6.2 V supply: 60 pY noise 

d. If the fuse of the 3455A keeps opening, check the A10 board power supply breakdown diodes 

(A10CR64, 66, etc.). Also, make sure the 3455A has been switched to the correct line voltage. 

e. Table 8-G-E lists tbe various components and ztssembiies which uses the individual power sup- 

plies. This table may be useful if a power supply is loaded down by a defective component or 

assembly. 

0-6.3. Rsfsrenm Aswmbly (Schsmatie 51. 

Tabk 8.6-1. Power Supplies Lacstions. 

a. The reference assembly of the 345SA is on the exchange program and should be returned to the 

Model 34554

Model 3455A SERVICE GROUP G Section VIII 

nearest -hp- Service Office, if inoperative. The only checks that can be made are the following. 

1. If the reading on the display jumps 10 or 100 counts when adjusting any adjustments on 

the reference assembly, the wiper of the pot may be dirty. Work the adjustment screw of pot 

back and forth to clean the wiper. 

2. Make sure an oxidation layer has not formed on any pins of the assembly printed circuit 

board. The pins can be cleaned with a soft lead eraser. 

3. Typically, the maximum noise altowed on the reference voltages (use a DYM with input Z 

> 1010) are 20 pV for the -t- 10 V reference and 30 pV for the - 10 V reference. Replace 

the assembly if excessive noise is present. 

4. The -t 10 V reference voltage at AlOTP8 should be adjustable to + 10 V A 

100 pV and the -10 V to -10 V I- 20 mV. Replace the assembly if both the + 10 V and 

- 10 V are not adjustable. Replace Al OU7 if only the - 10 V reference is incorrect. 

8-6-4. Turn-Oror Errors 1Schematic 1, 5, rad 8). 

8-(3-5. Turn-over errors are present when, for example, a positive input reading is good and the 

negative input reading is our of tolerance. This can be checked by taking a positive reading and then 

reversing the input leads. The following are a few turn-over checks and hints. 

a. When chwking for turn-over errors, the 10 V range and zero offsets should be the first things to 

check. 

b. Check the A/D converter (A14) if turn-over differences are observed. Replace, if necessary. 

c. Turn-over errors on all ranges: Unsolder CRI and CR2. from the A10 board. If 

the error disappears, CRI and/or CR2 may be leaky. Make sure the + 10 V and - 10 V 

references are good (A1 OTP8 should be + E 0 V & 100 pV and A1 0 TP7 should be - 10 V 

.+ 20 mV). 

d. Turn-over differences on the 10 V range: Check AlOU1, U2, 47, or 418. Other 

possible causes may be K 1, Al, Q2, 44, Q19, and their associated circuits. 

e. Turn-over errors on the top three ranges: Check Al OK6 and Q15. 

f. Turn-over differences on the 100 V and 1000 V ranges: Lift AIOQ9 and CR29. If the error 

disappears, CR3 1 and/or CR29 may be leaky. Do the same with CR16 and CR17. 48 may also be 

defective, 

g. The FETs connected to AIOTP2 may cause turn-over errors, if teaky. 440 may also be leaky. 

h. If the negative readings are good and all positive readings above 20 V are unstabIc on the 100 V 

range, check AlOQ36. 

04-6. Othar Troublsshootinu [Schemstie 0 and 1 11. 

a, If the instrument fails to sample in the dc volt, high resolution mode and the ac volt normal 

resolution mode. check AIC29 or U48, 

b. If the HP-IB operation is intermittent with the instrument's LED'S dim, make sure the 50/60 

Hz switch is in the correct position. 

c. If the fan refuses to spin after repeated turn-ons, change A1 R 15, 19, aad'24 from 1 1.8 kfl lo 

13.3 kn (0757-02893. This change should not be made on operating fan circuits. 

d. A good fan measures approximately 30 0 between the brown and yellow wires of the fan. A 

defective fan will usually measure between 10 R and 15 fl.

Section VIII Model 3455A 

8-H-1. f ROURLESHOOTING DIAGRAMS. 

SERVICE GROUP H 

84-2. The following diagrams in this service group may be used to troubleshoot the 345514 in place 

of the other service groups. These diagrams are separated into three groups. The first group is a 

General Troubleshaoting Diagram which can be used to isolate the two main sections of the instru- 

ment (Inguard and Outguard). The second group deals with the Inguard section and the third group 

can be used for Outguard Troubleshooting. 

8-H-4. The General Troubleshooting Diagram (Figure 8-H-2) may be used in place of the Half- 

Splitting Technique of paragraph 8-196. Since this method is not as complete as the Half-Splitting 

Technique, use it only if an extra 3455A or if an Tnguard/Outguard Service Cable is not available.

34W -8-25 

PLUG-IN THRU 

REAR OF INSTRUMENT 

TOP VIEW 

Figure 8-M-1. Assembly and Test Point Locations. 

~13- 

(OPT 001)

Start 

Turn ln~trumenr ON. Press 

The Front Penel TEST 

Button. 

Propar ~perstloi Of The TEST 

Function Is Indicated By The 

Front Rnel Going Blank For A 

Few Seconds And Then All Front 

Panel Enunciators (Except REAR 

TERMINAL) Being Lit And A 

Display of -1- 8888888 With All 

Decimals tit Or If A Failure Is 

Detected By The TEST Routine. 

A Number, From @To 13 Will Be 

Displayed. 

I 

Turn Ths Instrument OFF. 

Disconnect The Test 

Thm Proper Operation Of The 

JEST Function Indicates That 

The Majority Of The lnguard And 

Outguard Logic Is Functioning 

Properly. The TEST Function 

Does Not Check The Following 

Ciculrs: AC Converter, Ohms 

YES 

(A Number From 

I 

A Failure Code Indicates That One Or 

More Of The Auto-Cal Constants Is Out 

Of Test Limits. 

Record Number Displayed 

Jumwr On the A3 Assembly 

And The Connector 

From A1J7. Turn The 

Instrument ON. 

I 

Proper Operation Of The Outguard 

Test Routine Is Indicated 

By A Number or Character Being 

Strobed Across The Displey And 

The Enunciators Being Alter- 

Convener. Front Panel Switching. 

HP-IS Interface, And Some Of 

The Input Switching Circuits On 

The A10 Assembly. Refer To The 

HP-IB Section Of The Outguard 

Troubleshooting Procedure For Press The TEST Button 

HP-I8 Problems. Refer To The 

Schematics And Theory wf Opera- 

tron For Troubleshooting The 

Other C~reuitry. 

Read + 8888888 

The Numbers Recorded Indicate 

Which Tests Have Failed. Use The 

Front Panel TEST Troubl8rho01ing 

Information Portion 01 Tha 

lnguard Troubleshooting Section, 

Along With The Schematics To 

Troubleshoot The lnguard 

Switching. 

3455 -8-1 1 

Figure 8-H-2. General Troubleshooting Procedure nagram. 

8-79

1 1 1 - - 

TP8: TP7: 

+10 V -10 v 

0345566510 (Refer To Figure 8-1 0) 8-80 

Rev. C

SET Sl SwrTcnEs 

TO "0" 

7 

-> .*. .--- --- : .>nb..++.- , t :PYJ:d... 

-.I*- -n- -M- 

. *r. 

A1 

03455-66501 

Rev. D 

%< - 

L 

-*m 

--l*C -L7F -w- 

* 5V 4F53 (STARTlSTDP AT A3TPl) 

CH29 (START#STDP AT A3TPZI f(c ~ho 

02C2 ISTARTISTOP AT A3TP31 

73FU (START STOP A7 A3TP41 

A10. Campormt Locrtar Tablo. 

ul I~CII*.PT* I*nm106 b) 

DISCONNECT PLUG 

FADM J7 FOR TEST. 

4 - q +TI coq 

"I.. ..I 

*

Model 3455A SERVICE GROUP H Section VIII 

8-H-5, The follolking diagrams in this group can be u d to troubleshoot tho Inguard section of.the 

3455A. A EroubIeshooting procedure for the Inguard/Outguard Transfer Cicuitry is also included.

Turn The Instrument Off. 

Remve The A14 Aswm. 

bly. Disconnect The Brown 

Test Jumper On The A3 

Assembly. Disconnect. The 

Brown Tesr Jumper Lo- 

mted Batween A10V27 

And U28. Use A Clip Lead 

Ta Short A10J2 Pin 74 To 

Inguard Ground. Turn The 


Measuw The Switch Drive 

Slgnals On 41OUT5, Pins 

Select Circuit LA7 OU14. 

U26 And Associated Com- 

Replace Or ~roubt&oot 

The AID Converter IAl4 

Assemblyj. The Problem I$ 

Mosr Likely In The S41tch- 

ing Cjrcults IA14PJ1. U2. 

Q3, Q4 And Aswclatsd 

Comonnents. 

Troublashmt The lngusrd 

YES Logic Circuit (A10U15. 

U22. U26 And Associated 

Components.) 

re 8-H-3. Enguard Troubleshooting Procedure Magtam. 

Auto-Cal Circuitry TEST 13. 

8-83/8-84

- Turn The Insrrument OFF. 

Rernon The A14 Assem- 

bly. Disconned The Brown 

Test Jumper On The A3 

Assembly. Disconnect The 

Brown Test Jumper Lo- 

cated Between A10U27 

And U28. Use A Clip Lead 

To Short AlOJZ Pin 14 To 

lnguard Ground. Turn The 

Instrument ON, 

. 

- 

Use An Osc~lloscope To 

Measure the Switch Driw 

Signals On P~ns 2. 5. 7. 

10. 12 and 15 Of A10U15. 

Use A DVM To Measure Troubleshoot The l nguard 

The + 10 V Reference At Logic Circuit 4AlOUlS. 

AlOTPS And The - 10 Y U22. U26 And Associated 

Reference At A10TP7. Components). 

I 

Replace Or Troubleshoot 

The AID Converter (A14 

Assembly). The Pfoblern Is 

Most L~kely In The Sw~tching 

Circuits (A14U1, U2. 

03. 04 And Assoc~atad 

Components). 

Trouble3hoot The Device 

Select Cmrcuit (A10U14. 

A10U15 Pin 9 U26 And Associated Com- 

ponents). 

Troubl~shoor The Reference 

C~rcuitr (A1 1 Assembly, 

A10U7 And Assoti. 

ated Components). 

3455-8-2 

Figure 8-H4. Inguard Troubleshooting Procedure Diagram, 


8-85/8-86

Associated Corn- 

Figure 8-H-5. Inguard Troubleshooting Procedure Diagram, 

Auto-Cal Circuitry TEST 1 1. 

8-87/8-88 

The Switch Drlw Check Switching FET's 

Voltage At Pin 13 AlOQ2. 019 And krsocl- 

f A1OU5 AiPPrO at& Cornpone 

Select Circult (A1 0U16, 

Bias Amplifier Ckcuit 

(AIOU?, a5 And AasocFa-

With A Display Reading Of 

"30" (Test 10 Failure), 

Measure The Switch Drive 

Voltage On Pin 13 Of 

A10U6. 

Check AlOUG And Associ- 

Pin 11 Of A10U6 AlOTP3 Approx. ated Components. 

Bias Amplifier Circuit 

(AIOU1, Q5 And Associ- 

Vortage At Pin l3 

YES Check Switching FET's 

Of Approx. 4 A10Q4, 019 And Associ- 

+ 10 V dc? ated Components. 

The Gate Bias 


Troubleshoot The Logic CAlOWI, Q5 And Asseci- 

ated Components. 

U26 And Associated Corn+ 

NO 

Check A1 OW5 And Aswci- 


Troubleshoot the Devmce 

Select Circuit {A10U16. 

U14, U26 And Assoc~ated 3455-8-4 

Components). 

Figure 8-H-6. Inguard Troubleshmting Procedure Diagram, 

Auto-Cd Circuitry TEST 10. 

8-89/8-90

-22 

Start 

Wirh A Diaplsy Reading Of 

'9" (Test 9 Failure) Measure 

The Switch Drive 

Voltage 

A10U8. 

On Pin 13 Of 

Wgure 8-H-7. Inguard TrouMeshooting Procedure Diagram, 


8-91 18-92

"8" ((Test 8 Failure), Mea- 

sure The Switch Drive 

Voltage On Pm 13 Of 

Voktage Approx. 

YES 

Voltage At Pin 11 Voltege A? AlOTP3 

Select Circuir CAIOUIZ, 

U14. U26 And Associ- 

ared Components) 

Troubleshoot The Gate 

Bias ArnvFrfier Circv~t 

(AIOU?. Q5 And Associ- 

ated Cornponenrsl. 

Troubleshoot The Logic 

Circuit (AlOUIZ. U22, 


ponentsl. 

Check A10U8 And Associ- 

ared Components. 

The Switch Orlve 

Check Switching FET's 

Voltage At Pin 14 AlOQ2, 021. 022 And 

Of A1 OU4 Approx. Of Af OU5 Approx. Associated Components. 

Of A1 OU4 > 4 V dc 

The Voltage At 

AlOTPG A~prox. 

Troubleshoot The Feed. 

back Rrnpllfier (A10U3, 

09. 011, 025. 026 And 

Associated Components). 


Circu~t (A'10U13, U22, 

A10U13>4V U26 And Assoc~ated Corn- 

voncnts). 

Troubleshoot The Devlce 

Select Circuit (A1 0U13. 

U14, U26 Arrd Associ- 

ared Components) 

Check A10U4 And Assaci- 

ated Camponsnrs. 

The Gate Bias 

Voltage At A1 OTP3 


(AIOU1. Q5 And Associ- 



A10U16 > 4 V U26 And Associated Com- 

Peak-To-Pea k panentsl. 

Troubleshoor The Device 

Select Circuit (A1 OU16, 

U14, U26 And Associ- 

3455 -8-6 

Figure 8-H-8. lnguard Troubleshooting Procedure Diagram, 


8-93/8-94 

Check A10U5 And Assocl- 

ated Components.

Wtth A Display Reading 

Of "7" (Test 7 Failure). 



A1OU4. 

Voltage At Pin 10 Voltage At Pin 13 

A10U9 Approx. 


Clrcuit tAlOU13. U22. 

U26 And A~sociated Com- U26 And Associated Com- 

3455 -0-5 



8-95/8-96

7 

Start 

"6" {Test 6 Failure), Mea- 



Voltage At Pin 10 Of 

Check A10U6 And Associ- 


Check A10U6 And As~oci- 

A10U6>4 Vdc 

Voltage At AlOTP3 


Figure 8-H- 10. Inguard Troubleshooting Procedure Diagram, 


8-97/8-98 

Check Switching FET's 

A10016. 019, 034. 039, 

Relay A10K6 And Assoclated 

Components. 

Troubleshoot The Attenu- Troubleshoot The Gate Troublcshoo~ The Gate 

afor Clrcuir (AIOVlE, Bias Arnplif ier Clrcuit B~as Ampllf ~ er Circuit 

Q37, Q35, 038. 039 And IAlOU1. 05 And Assocl- 1AIDU1. Q5. And Associ- 

Associated Components). axed Components). ared Components). 

The Device Select Troubleshout The Logic Troubleshoor The Logic 

S~gnal At P I 9 ~ Of 

A10U16 > 4 V U26 And Assoc~ared Corn- 

Peak -Yo-Peak ponent5l. 

A10U16 $ 4 V U26 And Associatted Com- 

Troublcshoor The Devrce 

Select Circuit (AlOU16. 

U14, U26 And Associated 

Comwnents). 

Troubleshoot The Device 

Select Circuit IA'IOUTG, 


Components). 


Select C~rculr (A1 0U16. 

U14, U26 And Assocl- 

ated Componen~sl. 

Check A10U5 And Assocb- 

ated Componenrs;

With A Display Reading 

Ot "5" (Test 5 Failure], 

Measure The Switch Driw 


A10U4. 

nput Voltage At 

oltage At Pin '10 0 

A10U24 Approx. A10U9 Approx. 

Signal At Pin 9 Of 

Bias Ampl~fier Circuit las Amplifier Circuit 

(~70~1. a5 And ~ssoctted 

Cnmwnenrs). 


Select Circuit (A10U13, Select Circuit (A1 OU16, 

3455- D-7 U14. U26 And Associated Uf4. U26 And &$oci- 


Figure 8-H-l I. Inguard Troubleshooting Procedure Diagram, 

Auto-C4 Circuitry TEST 5. 

8-99/8-100

7 

Start 

With A Displav Reading Of 

"4" (Test 4 Failure), Mea- 

sure The Switch Orrve 

Voltalp On Ptn 14 Of 

A10U4. 

he Switch Qri he Switch Dri he Sw~tch Dri 

Voltage At Pin 10 Of Voltage Ar Ptn I Of Voltage At Pin 14 Of 

A1 0U24 Appror A1 0U9 APPTOX. 

he Devrce Selec Troubleshoot The Logic Bias Amplif~er C~rcu~t Bias Amplifier Ctrcurt 

Circuht (A10U13. V22, (AlOU1. 05 And Associ- IAlOU7, Q5 And Assocl- 


3455- D-8 Selecr Circuit lA10U13. Select C~rcu~t {AtOUl 6, 

U14- U26 And Associ- U14. U26 And Assocn- 

ted Components). 


Auto-Ca1 Circuitry TEST 4. 

Signal At Pin 9 Of Circuit (A10U16,

'3'' (Test 3 Failure) Mea- 


Vottage On Pin 13 Of 

AIOUB. 

Voltage Ar Pin 1 Of 

Voltage At Pln 2 Of 

The Gate Bias 

Voltage At A1 OTP3 

Appmx. 01 V dc 

Blas Amplifier Clrcult 813s Amplifier Circuit 

(ATOUI, 05 And Associ- 

lJ26 And Associated Corn- 

Signal At Pin 9 Of Signal At Pin 9 Of 

Troubleshoot 1 he Device f roubl~shoot The Device 

Select Circuit (A10U13. Select Circult (A10U16, Select Circuit (A1 0U16. 

U14. U26 And Associated U14, U26 And Associ- U14. U26 And Associated 

Figure 844-1 3. Inguard Troubleshooting Procedure Diagram, 


8-103/8-304 

U26 And Associated Com-

I 

"2" (Test 2 Failure) Mea- 

I 



A1 OUR. 

Check Swltehing FET's 

Voltage Approx. 

Voltage At Pin 14 M 

A10Q2, 021 And Assodated 

Components. 

Pin 11 Of A10U8 

Chsc~ ~10U8 And Assocf- 

Voltage At A1 OTP3 eted Components. 


(AIOUI, Q5 And Associ- 

The Oevxe Selen Troubleshoot The Logic 

R10W12 > 4 V U26 And Associated Com- 

Pea k-To-Pea k ponentsl. 

+ 

I Troubleshmt The Device ! 

Selecf Circuit (A1 0U12. 


The Driver Input The Gate Btas 

Voltage At Pin 9 Of Voltage At A1 OTP3 

A10U5 >4Vdc Approx. 0 V dc 

Troubfeshoot The Gate 

818s Amplifier Circuit 

(AIOU1. 05 And Associ- 

atad Components). 


SlgnaI At Pln 9 Of 

&10U16>4 Y 

Circuif (AlOUJ 6, U22, 


Pea k-To-Peak 

ponents). 


Select Circuit (A1 0U16, 

U14, U26 And Associ- 


Figure 844-14. Inguard Troubleshooting Procedure Diagram, 


8-105/8-106 

Check AtOU5 And Associated 

Components. I

7 

Start 

Of "I" (Test S Failure) 



The Driver Input 

Voltage At Pin 7 

of A10U4 >4 Y ~ C Approx. Q v dc 

Check A10U4 And Asmciated 

Components. 

Check Switching FEf's 

Voltage At Pln 1 Of Voltage Ar Pin 2 Of AlOQI6, Q21. 036, Q38 

A10U8 Approx. And Associared Com- 

ponents. 

Volta* At Pin 7 Of 

The Gate Bias 

- - 

Check ATOUG And Associhated 

Components. 

I 

oubleshoot The Logic 

rcuit (A10U16, U22, 

25 And Associated Com- 

Troubleshoor The Device 

~nenrsl. 

Select Circuit (A1 0 U21. 

U14, U26 And Assoeiated 

Components). 

Check A1 0U8 And Associated 

Components. 

AIOUS >4 V dc 

The Gate Bias 

Voltage At AlOTP3 

~pprox. Q v dc 

Troubleshoot The Attenuator 

Circu~t lA10U18, Troubleshoot The Gate 

Q37, 035, 038. 039, 040 

Bias Amplifier CircuEt 

Troubreshoot The Logic 

and Associated Com- 

(AlObll. Q5 And Assocl- 

Circuit (A10U21. U22, 

ponents}. 

ated Camwnents). 

AJOU21 > 4 V 

U26 And Associated Components] 

. 

Slgnal At Pin 9 Of 

U26 And Associated Com- A10U16 > 4 V 

Peak-To -Peak 

Troubleshoot The Oev~ce Troubleshoot The Device Troubieshoot The Device 

Select Circuit iA10U13. Select Circuit (A1 0U16. Select Circuit (AlQUI2, 

Ut4, t326 And Associated U14, U26 And Associated U14, U26 And Associated 

Components). Cornponentsl. Cornponentsl. 

A10U16>4 V 

U26 And Asxlciated Corn- 



8- 107/H-108 

Check A1 OW5 And Associat& 

Components.

9 

Start 

r-l 

Troubleshoot FO Transfer 

Circu~t (Ala9. AlOU35. 

A1OU27. AtOU28 And 

Assoelated Components).

Test Points On The 

A1 0 Assembly). 

Are The Voltages 

Within 1 5% Of The 

Marked Values 

3455-8- 13 

ov 

8 . 

"- 

. . 

T irnelDiv 

.5 psPE 

- f -, 


Power Supply and Controller Circuitry. 

8-1 13/8-114

Turn The Instrument OFF. 

Reconnect The Plug To 

A1 37. Be Certain That Ths 

Test Jumper On Thw A3 

Assembly Is Disconnectd. 

Turn The Inctrument ON. 

The Device Select 

Signal Present At 

Pin 9 Of A1 0U157 Troubleshoot The Device 

(This Signel 1s A Select Circuit tA1OUl4, 

Negatiw-Going Pulse W26 And Associated Com- 

Approximately 1 pS0c p0n0flts). 

In Duration And 

" < 

A10t123 And A1 0R79. 

Troublwhoot The AID 

Circuit 

;:;0":;5', *, 4U1 , U2, 01 

Through 04 And Asswci- 


Troubleshoo; The DC 

Preamp And lnput Switch- 

ing Circuitry [Schematic 

No. 11. Be Certain That 

- 10 V dc Is Applied TO 

The M55A Input Terrni- 

nals. 

A f Troubleshoot The Reference 

Supplies (At 1 Assembly, 

AtOU7. A14tll. U2 

And Associated Compo- 

Troubleshoot The Inte- 

orator Circuit (A1 4U3. W, 

Q5, Q4 And Associated 

Cwmwnentsl. 

Traublenhoot The .2 V De- 

tect And Abs~lute Value 

Pln 14Of The114 Circuits (A14U5. U6, (16 

And Amciated Compo- 

nents). 

Troubleshoot The 10 V 

Detect And Absolute 

Value Circuits (A14U5, 

Assemblv > + 4 V dc US, 06 And Associated 

Com~onentsl. 

Force The Integrator To 

Auto-Zero Bv Conneaing 

A Cllp Lead Between The 

Cathode Of A14CR8 And 

l nguard Ground. 

Troubleshoot The Q Detect 

Circuit (A14U6 And 

Aswciated Components). 

Troubleshoot The Infe- 

The Voltage At gratwr Circuit IA14U3, U4, 

A14TP1 Q Vdc * .2 Vdc 04, Q5 And Associated 

Components). 

Remove The Cllp Lead 

lnguard Ground And Con- 

nect It Across A? 4C2. 

Troubleshoat The .2 V 

Detect And Absolute 

Value Circuirs (A14lJ5, 

Aewmbly 0 Volts U6, M And Associared 

Components). 

Troubleshoot The 10 W 

The Voltage At meet And Absolute 

Value Circuits tA14U5. 

U6, 06 And Associated 

Components). 

The Voltage At Troubleshoot The 0 Detect 

Circuit (Al4U6 And 

Assembly 0 Volts Associated Components). 

- 

Remove The Clip Lead 

If. At This Palnt. he Problem Has Nor 

Bean Isolated To A Circuit. Recheck The 

Symptoms To Be Certain The Problem 

Is In The lnguard Section Of The Instru- 

r ment. Refer To The Theory Of Opera- 

tion And Schematics To Locate Prob- 

lems Not Covered By This Procedure. 

I 


A-to-D Convertor Circuitry. 

8-1 15/8-116

Model 3455A SERVICE GROUP H Section VIII 

8-H-a, OUTGUARD TROUBLESHOOTlC16. 

8-H-7. This section contains information and procedures to aid in troubleshooting the digital 

(outguard) portion of the 3455A. 

8-H-8. A Signature Analyzer (-hp Model SOMA) is required to perform the Outguard 

Troubleshooting procedures. If one is not available, it is suggested that the 3455A be returned to an 

-hp- Sales and Service Office for repair.

NOTE l 

7?te Siqnatum Analyzer Controls 

Should Be Set As FoIIo ws For This 

Test. 

......... 

....... 

...... 

LINE. ON (/h') 

START. \ (/Nl 

STOP.. / (OUT) 

CLOCK. ...... (OUT) 

HOLD ...... .OFF (OUT) 

SELF TEST. .OFF (OUT) 

.. 

NOTE: Or Check The + 5 V 

Signature For 4F53 (An 

Alternative Quick-Check) 

Start 

Cr) 

f urn The Instrument OFF. 

Disconnem The Test 

Jumper On The A3 Assem- 

bly. Disconnect The Plug 

From AlJ7. Set All HF-IB 

Address Switches To The 

"0" position (down). Turn 

The Instrument ON. 

Proper Dperatron 01 The Outguard Test 

Routine 15 Indicated By A Number Or 

Character Being Strobed Across The 

Display And The Fronr Panel Enunci- 

ators Being Alternately tit. 

Does The 

Instrument .MA I GO To The Main Conzroller I 

I Enter The :roubleshooting Proce- 

Outguard Test dure. 

Raut~ne? 

A 

Connect The Signature 

Analyzer As Follows: 

1. START input to 

A3TP 1. 

2. STOP lnput To A3TP1. 

3.CLOCK lnput To 

A3TP5. 

4. GND Input To Chassis 

{See NOTE 1 For Signa- 

ture Analyzer Control 

Settings.) 

--- 

Use The Signature Analy- 

zer To Check The Signa- 

tures At The Follawing 

Points: 

Location Signature 

A1 U34 

Pin 2 184P 

Pan 5 7FPH 

Pin 9 AFOP 

Pin 12 UHUC 

AT U42 

Pin 2 

Pin 5 

Pin 12 8CPA 

-The RAM Circuitty Is Working Correctly. 

Analyzer, START And 

STOP Inputs To A3TP2 

And Check The Following 

Signatures: 


A1 U34 

Pin 2 6A09 

Pin 5 5042 

Pin 9 U330 

Pin 12 9954 

A1 U42 

pin 2 PW5 

Pin 5 AH54 

Pin 9 530U 

Pin 12 2A69 

v 

'The ALU Circuitry Is Working Correctly. 

I 

Go To The Device Select 

Troubleshootlng Procedure. 

- - - -7 

'I 

I 

I 

1 

NOTE: Or Check The + 5 Y 

Signature For CH29. (An 

ASternative Quick-Check) 

I 

I 

I 

t 

I 

I 

Go To The ALU Trouble- 

shooting Procedure. 

Figure 8-H-20. Preliminary Outguard Troubleshooting Procedure Diagram. 

8-1 19/8-120

NOTE 1 

............ 

......... 

I.INL O,V (1%') 

SlslKI'. .I (IN) 

STtOP. ......... J (OCU} 

or ocii. ........ J (o it I ) 

IfCILI> .OI'I (OIIP) 

........ 

SLLC- 7-FST. .... .OF!- (OUT) 

NOTE 2 

WAVEFORM 1 

;*** t ' - 

J~meJDiv. 

.5 rsec 

0 

Star,: 

A 

Be Certa~rr That: She Test 

Jumper 011 The A3 Assemhiy 

Is Dlsconrtected, The 

Plug Is Disconnected From 

At JJ And The HP-15 

Address Switches Are All 

Set Ja The '0" positron. 

Turn The Instrument ON. 

Check The Fullowing Plns 

On R1J6 For The Volt- 

ages Listed (A3 Assembly 

Plugged In): 

Fln Vnltaqe 

A 

M 

+5V .3V 

+ 9 r ~ .5v 

L Equal To The 

Voltage Stamped 

On A3U9 k .3 V. 

Troul~leshoot The Power 

Supr3lles If The Voltage 

At A1J6 Pin 1 Is Incorrect, 

Be Certain That 

A3R3 Is The Proper Value 

For The Voltage Stamped 

On A3U9. 

I 

* 

The Clock 

1 1 Presen~ AT 

3TP57 

A 

Turn The Instrument OFF. 

Warning: Make Sum The 

3455A Is Turned Off Or 

lncarrect Signatures May 

Be Present When The A3 

Board Is Reconnected. 

Remove The A3 Assern- 

bly And Connect It To An 

Extender Board. Place 

Tape Accross Pins B 

Through K (8 P~nsl Of The 

Extender Board (To Break 

The Data Bus Connec- 

tions) And Insert It In 

AT J6. Connect The Sig- 

nature Analyzer START 

And STOP Inputs To 

A3TP3. Connect The 

CLOCK Input To A3TP5 

And The GND To The 

Chassis. (See NOTE 1 For 

Signature A~alyZer Con- 

trol Settings. Turn In- 

' struments ON. 

E 

Voltage Aesrstance 

5.0 v 

- 4.5 V 

4.64~1 

2.87 kll 

-4.OV 1.96kR 

-3.5V 

- 3 .O V 

-2.5 v 

1.37kS1 

1 .OO kS2 

715n 

.2.O V 511 fZ 

Troubleshoot The Clock 

Circuit (Schematic 8). 

Pan Srgnat ure 

+5V: 4F53 

+5V: 79FU 

Analyzer START And Optrat~ng Properly. 

Stop Inputs To A3TP4 

And Check The Following 

Refer To Schematic 8 To 

Determine 

Lrne 100 Which Through Data D71 Bus Is 

Bang HeEd. Troubleshoot 

The Conrponents Whrch 

Are Connected To This 

Line. (See Note 2.1 

In Most Cases, A H~gh 

Resolution Voltmeter 

(1 pV Resolutiun) May Be 

Used To Determine The 

Bad Component. If The 

Data Line Is Being Held 

Low, The Component W ~th 

Analy~er START And The Lowest Voltage 

STOP Inputs To A3TP2 Reading Will Generally Be 

And Check The Followrng The Faulty %rt. If The 

ttne Is Being Held High, 

The Bad Part Will Normal- 

ly Have The Highest 

Voltage Reading. 

+ 5 V: 02C2 When Troubleshooting The 

Processor Data Bus, The 

A3 Assembly Should Be 

Remod From The I tlstru- 

ment . I8c Sure f o Remove 

The Processor 

Turn The lnsrrurnent OFF. 

Remove The A3 Assembly 

From The Extender Beard 

And Replace It In The 

Instrument. (Be Sure To 

Remove The Tape From 

The Extender Board.1 Turn 


Pbn S~gnature GO To The RAM Trouble- 

shooting Procedure. 

D 7AAU 

E OC52 

F 6UAO 

H H8CH 

3455-C -18 

Figure 8-H-21. Outguard Troubleshooting Procedure Diagram, 

Main Controller Circuitry. 

8-121/8-122

Pin 

V34 1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

8 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

U35 1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

m 1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

1 I 

13 

14 

15 

16 

Signature 

7622 

1B4P 

184P 

7622 

"IPH 

7FPH 

MHK, 

AFOP 

AFOP 

7622 

UH UC 

UHUC 

7622 

4F53 

3A71 

184P 

T84P 

3A71 

7FPH 

7FPW 

0000 

AFOP 

AFOP 

3A7 1 

UHUC 

VHUC 

3A7 1 

4F53 

4F53 

F281 

AFOP'707Bm.*' 

UHUCvF757',** 

7FPH"15FUm," 

184P*97C6'.'* 

183F 

o m 

t PPS 

183c 

671 F 

FFll 

l UFP 

143A 

68PO 

4F53 

The foflowhg stgnaturn are for the outguard RAM clreufts. Tha 

signatures am -ken with the stmnfstop inputs of the signaturn 

analvmr connected M A3TPI. 

NOTE 

*-These signurures apply when U44 and U45 are 

removed from their S OC~PC~. 

*To obmln Chis slgnotum, u 10 K resfstor must be 

connected between the 5 volt TP and rhe probe tlp 

of the slgnuture unaly.?er. 

To check for proper I~gfc tmcer connecr~ons vcslfy 

slgnatun of +5 rest point Is 4F5X The rignnturts In 

is sectlon rake one or twu readlngs to smblllze, 

W2 f 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

W3 1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

Signature 

4F53 

F281 

F%PH'3AQC*,** 

W6l0H3FH',** 

8CPAmP2 F8*,*' 

PH1$'62PP*,'* 

4F53 

0000 

lPP5 

4F53 

93A F 

CIGFF 

OHAH 

4AC4 

183F 

4F53 

7622 

P6PM 

PGPH 

7622 

P961 

P961 

moo 

pH16 

pH16 

7622 

BCPA 

8CPA 

7622 

4F53 

3A71 

PGPH 

P6PH 

3A71 

PSI 

P981 

OM30 

IPH16 

PHI6 

3A71 

BCPA 

SCPA 

3A71 

4F53 

Pin I Signature 

93A F 

U6FF 

OH AH 

4AC4 

IUFP 

FFl l 

671F 

o m 

AFOP'707g'," 

184P"97C6'," 

UHUC'FJSJ'." 

7FPH*15FUg.'" 

94337 

5622 

143A 

4F53 

93AF 

UGFF 

OH AH 

4AC4 

IUFP 

FFIT 

67tF 

om0 

PHI 6'62PPa." 

&CPA*PZF8',** 

P961 'H3FH'.** 

PGPH'3A9C'," 

9037 

7622 

143A 

4F53

NOTE 1 

The Signature Analyzer Cantrols 

Should Be Set As Folfowr for This 

Test: 

LINE. +ON (IN) 

.......... 

......... 

START. \ (IN) 

STOP, ........ /(OUT) 

CLOCK. ....... /(OUT) 

HOLD ........ .OFF (OUT) 

NOTE 2 

irAc Fol/owing Is A List Of Components 

Which Are Connected Ta The Oufpuf 

Doh Bus. 

Schematic 8 Schematic 9 Schemoric I0 

The 

rectl 

To A3TP5 And The 

To The Ch-is. (See 

Output Signatura At The 

Following Points: 


Pin 12 8CPA 

Loartion Signature 

RAM, A1 Cb44 Or U45. 

A4 U36 FZ817 

Is The Signature 

NOTE 3 

Be Sure To Remow The 10 I ksa 

Resister Connected Between The 

Signature Analyzer Probe Sip And 

The +5 V Tesr Point. 

Figure 843-22. Outguard Troubleshooting Procedure Diagram, RAM Circuitry. 

8-123/8-124

Pin Signature 

CPP3 

CPP3 

03FA 

M57 

8CPU 

9954 

6457 

UPUH 

5042 

0000 

6A09 

2131 

6457 

U330 

HAF7 

6457 

CH29 

6457 

9445 

PP05 

6457 

CPOH 

AH54 

0000 

The following signatures am for the outguatd ALU &irc~itk Tha 

signatures 8rs taken with the gtartlmp inpuzs of the signature 

analyzer connected to A3TP2, 

NOTE 

*To obtuln thls signature, o 10 K resistor must be 

connected between the 5 volt TP and the probe tlp of 

the slgnoture onolyzer. 

To check for proper slgnature onalyrer connections 

wrlfy slgnature of 45 V test palnt Is CH29. 

Pin Signature 

CH29 

A81P 

UHOI* 

17A6+ 

37FH 

FH98 

9P30 

0000 

3UFF 

94AU 

32UF1 

CH29 

CH29* 

CH29" 

CH29 

CH29 

6406 

UCH6 

9U2A 

3U52 

2762 

08U7 

OP6P 

5673 

HAF7 

8CPU 

UPUH 

moo 

21 31 

32AC' 

F693 

CPP3 

5C84 

3P95 

HHFS 

MOUF 

H074 

9COF 

87C2 

CH29 

Pin 

U29 1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

'1 5 

16 

Signature 

CH29 

UCH6 

FAA3* 

3543' 

87C2 

150U 

~a74 

0000 

25H1 

HHFS 

21H1' 

CH29 

CH29' 

CH29* 

CH29 

CH29 

A81P 

SHSC 

9U2A 

3U52 

2762 

mu7 

5C08 

5673 

9445 

CPOH 

POF9 

OM30 

f84 U 

1456 

01 29 

OP6P 

HAP6 

94AU 

3H92 

9P30 

59H 2 

37FH 

IHHA 

CH29

NOTE 1 

The Signature Analyzer ConrmEs 

Should Be Set As Fo/lows For Thls 

Test: 

LINE. .......... .ON (JN) 

STAR J. ......... .I (IN) 

STOP.. ........ /(OUT) 

CLOCK. ........ /(OUT) 


SELF TEST. .... .OFF(OUT) 

Be Certain That: The Test 

Jumper On The A3 Assemblv 

Is Disconnected, The 


AtJ7 And The HP-IB Address 

Switches Are All Set 

To The 'r)'Toosition. Turn 

At A1 V46 Pin 3 

A1 U36, U37 Or U38. At AlU39 Pin 10 


1 The Signature A3 Assembly AlL132, U34. 

At A1 U46 Pin 2 U39 W2, U44. U45 Or 

At A1 U39 Pin 1 1 

2FPA? 

A1 U18, U17 Or U39 


Analyzer ST ART And 

Sf OP Inputs To A3TP3. 

Connect The CLQCK 

lnput To A3TP5 And The 

GND lnput To Chassis. 

(See Note 1 For Signature 

Analyzer Control Settings.) 

zer To Check The Dwice 

Select lnput Signatures At 

The Following Points: 

1 Location Signature I 

A1 U33 

Pin 1 

Pin 2 

Pin 3 

Pin 4 

-1 A3 Assembly Or AlU33, 

QNv7 

At A1 U46 Pin 1 AfU35. W3 Or U46. 

And Carefully Remove 

RAM'S At U44 And U45. 


RAM A1 W4 Or W5. 

At A1 U38 Fin 8 

P737? 

The Signature 

7731 7 

The Signature 

At A1 U33 Pin 13 

H4CH? 

A1 U36, U37, Or U38. 

A1 U24, U25 Or U33. 

~1 U29, U31 Or U33. 

At A1 U8 Pin 2 At A1 U32 Pin 7 1 AZUtl, U26Or 2132 

At A1 U32 Ptn TO A1 U32 Or U41 At A1 U7 Pln 5 A1 U7 Or A1 1541 At A1 U4f Pin 15 

4924? H9H37 02077 

YES YES 

~t ~1 U33 Pin 14 

A1 U23 Or U33 

5A8F? At A1 U33 Pin 15 

F54t 7 

A 1 U33 Or US1 

At A1 U33 Pin 9 A1 U33 Or A1 07 

At A11133 Pin 10 

A3 Assembly Or Al U33 

- 

The Device Select C~rcuits Are Operating 

Correctly. 


Device Select Circuitry.

The Signature Analyzer Conrmls 

Should Be Set As fo//ows For This 

Test: 

LINE. .......... .ON (IN) 

START. ......... .I (IN) 

STQP.. ........ /(OUT) 

CLOCK.. ....... /(OUT) 


SELF TEST. .... .O.FF(OUT) 

A 

Be Certa~n That: The Test 


bly Is Disconnected, The 

Plug Is Disconnect& From 

A1J7 And The HP-I8 

Address Switches Are All 

Set To The "01 " Pos~tion. 


I 

A 


Analyzer START And 

STOP knputs To A3TP4. 

Connect The CLOCK 

lnput To A3TP5 And The 

GNO lnput To Chassis. 

{See Note 1 For Signature 

Anslvzer Control Settings.) 

The HP-IB 

Interrupt Go To The HP-IB Trouble- 

Signature At shooting Procedure. 

A1 US3 Pin 5 

A9F17 

Use An Oac~lloscope To 

Measure The Display Interrupt 

Signal At A1 U53, Pin 

3. Th~s Signal Should Be A 

Negative-Going Pulse 

Appraximstely 1 rnsec In 

Duration Followed By A 

Negative-Going Pulse 

Approximately 28 msec In 

Duration. Amplitude 

Should Be About 4 V 

Peak-To-Peak. 

I 

The D~splay 

Interrupt Analyzer START AND 

+ Connect The Oscilloscope 

The 

To A1 U55 Pin 4. Press 

And Hold One Of The 

Front Panel Keys (Except 

LINE. LOCAL And 

GUARD). The Front Panel 

Interrupt Signal Should Be I 

STOP lnput To A3TP3. 

A Negative-Going Pulaf 

Approximately 15 mwc 

In Duration And 4 V Peak- Decoder A1 U41, One-Shot 

Mwlr~vibrator A1 U48, Or 

2 ~ ~ instruments o r with serial number 

1622AO1505 and below the pulse is 5 

msec wide. 

B~or instruments with serial number 

1622AOt506 and above and with a 

Rev. D of tha A1 board. Ths pulse is 

positive when keys are pushed and 

negative when keys are released. 

C~or instruments with serial number 

1622A03538 and above or where Service 

Note 3455A-13 has been implemented, 

the negative pulse is 1.5 

msec wide. 

Device One-Shot Multivibrator 

Select S~gnature 

At A1 U48 Pin 10 

Gate A1U53, Or Decoder 

AC4A? A1 U56- 

1 - 

TRACER START And 

Panel Interrup~ 

STOP lnputr T; A3TP3. 

Press And Hold One Of 

Srgnat Correct The Front Panel RANGE 

Keys. 

And Hc 

able Signal Should Be A 

Negative-Going Pulw ,AP. 

proximately '1 5 msec In 

Duration And 4 V Peak- 

To-Peak 

Connect A Clip Lead To 

The EXTERNAL TRIG- 

GER lnput {Rear Panel 

BNC). Cannect The Signa- 

ture Analyzer Probe To 

A1 U53 Pin 4. This Point 

Should Be Low (Signature 

Of 0080. and Probe Light 

OFF .) Momentarily Touch 

The Clip Lead To The 

t5 V Test Point And Then 

To Chassis Ground. 

I One-Shot Multivjbrator I 

AlU48, AlC32. A1R41, 

AlU40, Latch AlU58. 

And Gates AlU47, Or 

A1 U55. 

The Probe Go To The Displey Trou- 

Light Bl~nk 

+ 

YES 

Use The Signature Anely- 

zer To Read The Signature 

At A1 U53 Pin 6. Be Sure 

The START And STOP 

Inputs To The Signature 

Analyzer Are Connected 

To A3T P4. 

y 

nt r, r "4- r rrr u 

uu I u I r~u w~sviuy I rou- 

N ,.:, Procdure. 

The Same As 

With The Signature Analy- 

zer Prabe Connected To 

AFt155 Pin 3, Press And 

Hold One Of The Front 

Panel Keys. 

4 

To 

Use An Oscil~oscope To 

Measure The Voltage Level 

Gate At U55. 

Gate A1 U55. 

At A1 U47 Pin 8 A3 Assembly Or A1 U47. 

>4 Vdcl 

I"" 

The Interrupt Circuits Appear To Be 

Working Correctly, However, The Dyna- 

mic Operation Of The Following Com- 

ponents Has Not Been Checked: 

A1 U39 U46 Pin Pins 2 6 And 11 

A1 W47 Pins 3,8 And f 1 

AlLJ55 Pin 11 

A1 U63. 

Go To The Display Trou- 

1 6 psec if A1 C32 is a .58 pF capacitor. I bleshooting Procedure. I 

Turnan Circuit AT US, 

U26 And Associated Cam- 

panents. 


Interrupt Circuitry. 

8- 129 /a- 130

4 

S 

6 

W? 2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Probe Tp Blinks 

3AAA 

3818 

42AP 

CF2t0 

U65Am 

31CU 

JAAU' 

BAAA 

The foll&ng dgnatum am for ths wtguard Dlsp'l@v drmlm. The 

tlgnstum an taken with the ntsrllno~ hpum of the dgnaum 

analyzer connected ta A3TP3. 

T o obtaln thls s/gnaturc, o TO K resistor must be 

connecfed between the 5 vdl TP nnd the probe tlp of 

the signururt onolyrer. 

**To obtain thin sCgnmm, p m and hold the 

front panel MATH OFF key. 

fTa obtain thls Jlqnuhrrc, pms dnd hold the front 

pone1 LOW L key. 

tf To obtuln thfr slgmrttmc, press und hold the frmt 

pone! DC V key. 

fb check for proper Ioglc tmcer conncctlons veflfy 

slgnetum of +5 V test polnt h O2CZ. 

Pin 1 Signeture Pin Signsturn PFn 

US 1 1 3 ~ 5 ~ UW 1 1OZC2 VfiB 

Probe Tip Blinks 2 

6144 3 

Probe Tip Blinks 4 

A874 5 

F45A 6 

RACP 7 

330HW' 

401 Ftt 

64Wt 

64Mt 

64647 

64647 

401 F tt 

F U84 

CUM 

4F88 

5HAF 

80- 

1 AHF 

OC52' 

MP75 

6LJAOa 

H8CHg 

53A2 

0x2 

3 HE? 

CF21" 

UGSAo 

AAHH 

7AAU' 

709A

NOTE l 

The SIgnoture Analyzer Controls 

Should Be Set As Follows For Thls 

Test: 

LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . ON (IN) 

START.. . . . . . . . . . \(IN) 

STOP.. . . . . . . . . J(0UT) 

CLOCK. . . . . . . . . /(OUT) 

HOLD . . . . . . . . .OFF(OUT) 

SELF TEST. . . . . ,OFF(OUT) 

Be Certain That: The Ten 


bly Is Disconnected, The 


A7J7 And Alf HP-IB 

Switches Are Set To The 

"0 " position. Turn The 

A The Signature 

Inverter 

NOTE 2 


Inverter A1 U50. Switches 

A Cboracfer, Stortlng At The Most Significont 

Dlgit, I-r Strobed Across The 

Displny. The Characters Displayed Are 

1,2,3,4,5,6, 7,819,/,/l';L, L, Blank And 

Period. Each Character Is Strobed Across 

She DIsplay Twice. She Decimal Point 

Accompanies The Charucrsr On The 

Second Strobing Sequence. Also, In The 

Lest Significant Digit, The Decimol 

Polnt Is Llf On Each Strobe. The Only 

Meaningful Dlsploylng Of The + And - 

Signs 1s Before The Number 19 And 1 

Start Their Di'spluy Sequence. The Time 

Requlred To Run The Complete Test 

Is 3 Minutes. 

~on"ect The Signature 

Analyzer START And 

STOP Inputs To A3TP3. 

Connact The CLOCK 

Input to A5TP5 And The 

GND lnput To The 

Chassis. (See Note 1 For 

Signsturn Analyzer Control 

Settings.) 

1 

Panel LOCAL Key. 

+5 V: 02C2 

$2, $7 -S9.S13, S15-S22, 

Cable A2W2 Or A1 U5f. 

While Obwvlng AlU57 

Pin 14 With The Signature 

Analyzer, Pr- Each Of 

The Math Entry Keys 

IThos? Marked In Blue 

And The STORE Keys). 

Pin 14 With The Signstun 

Analyzer. Press Each Of 

GUARD Keys!. 

I 

Go To The Device Select 

Troublehooting Produre. 

Inverter A1 U53, Switches 

Sl-SE, S10413. S23- 

528, Cable A2W2 Or 

Input Latch A1 U51 

I IY 

Gate At U50, Inverter 

Al U49 Or A1 U58 

Gates A1 U50 lnverter 

@ ~1 ~ 49 

or ~1 ~ 5 8 

Remove The Clip Lead. 

All Front 

Panel Enunciators 

(except REAR 

TERMINAL) Light? 

{Half Of The 

Lit Alternately I With The Other 

ES I I Enunciators Are 

Connect A Clrp Lead Be- Buffer A1 U60 Or lnverter 

tween The Junctian Of Al U49, 

A1 C41 And A1 R43 (Pin 1 

Of AlU611 And Chassis 

Ground. 

NO ' 

A1 U52 Or Gates 

At A1 U52 Pin 5 A1 U46 Or A1U53. 

Gate A1U61 Or lnverter 

At U52. 

Input Latch A1 U51 Gate 

Use Schematic Ho. 11 And 

The Display Signatures 

Table Te Troubleshoot 

The Enunciator Crrcuitry. 

- 

Decimals Light? 

{See Note 2 For 

A Description 

Of The Display 

The Display Circuitry Appears To Be 

Work~ng Correctly, However, The Dper- 

atlon Of Latch A1 U58 And Output Buf- 

fers A1V59 And U60 Have Nat Been 

Checked . 

Go To The HP-IB Jrou. 

bleshooting Procedure. 

f ha Display Signatures 

Table The Display To Circuitry. Troublehmt 

Figure 8-H-26. Outguard TroubIeshwting Procedure Diagram, 

Display Circuitry. 

8-131/8-132

Pin 

U1 1 

2 

9 

6 

8 

10 

12 

14 

U2 1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

I Signature 

3504 

4FF5 

A9ff 

1682 

FF71 

09 52 

A8A9 

H166 

79FU 

CC7 5 

79FU 

FZCA 

The fotlowlng signatures are for the wtguad HP-tB circuits. The 

dgnatures sre tabn wlth the startlstop inputs af the signature 

analyzer connected to A3TP4. 

NOTE 

*To obtaln this slgnahrre, a 10 K resSsor must be 

connected between the 5 volt TP ond the probe tlp of 

the signature analyzer. 

To check for proper Fogk tracer connections verlfy 

rignature of +5 V test pofnt Is 79FU. 

Pin 1 Signature Pin ( Signature Pin 1 Signature 

79 FU 

CFF6 

6P52 

6725 

PC93 

OAlA 

9668 

1 Po3 

7 F46 

40CF 

HC7A 

7 F46 

77H9 

2A3P 

10'18 

7 F46 

A725 

390 F 

7F46 

CH2H 

7 F45 

6P52 

CFFB 

0000 

6P03 

6725 

91PF 

OAl A 

2952 

CHPH 

CHC4' 

6CQP 

2952 

A43PS 

91PF 

88H7 

390F 

129C. 

lot8 

OC93* 

CP65' 

HC7A 

F517' 

1 PO3 

883-17 

28PH 

GPO3 

Pin I Signatura

NOSE I 

rite Signature Analyzer controls 

should be set ar follows for this test: 

LINE ............ ON (IN) 

START. ......... .I {IN) 

STOP.. ........ f(0UTj 

CLOCK.. ....... /(OUT) 

HOLD. ........ OFF@UT) 

SELF TEST, .... .0FF(OUT) 

And U12 Or Output Buf- These 

Signatures Bus Transceiver A1 U12 

Correct? 

The IFC lnput (J3 Pin 9) 

Output Buffer A1 Ul6. 

At A1 U42 Pin 2 Latch A1 U4, Inverter 

AlW3. Or Gate A1 U7. 

Short The ATN lnput (53 

P I 17 ~ To Chassis Ground. 

79~17/ 

Short The REN lnput (J2 

Pin 18) To Chassis 

Ground. 


Analyzer Probe To A1 U1B 

Pin 5. 

Inverter A1U3 Or Output 

Buffer A1 U15. 

Tip Bl~nk Output Bufter A1 U11, 

ktch A1 U4, Inverters 

A1U3 And A1 U8 Or A1C1 

And A1 A ll. 

From The 

The HP-IB Circuitry Appears To Be 

Working Correctly. If The Problem Strll 

Exists: Check To Be Certain That The 

Proper Procedures flnguard Or Out- 

guard) Have Been Performed, Trouble- 

shw The ROM And Page Select Cir- 

cuitry On The A3 Assembly And The 

Circurts Listed In The Troubleshooting 

Procedures Which Have Not Been 

Thoroughly Checked. 

Figure 8-H-27 Outguard Troubleshooting Procedure Diagram, 

HP-IB Circuitry. 8-133/8-134

Figure 8-H-28. Detailed Block Diagram.

G'm VI + 

3 2 

ELEPC CCCCL CLGGC CLCLE C C C C C CCCCC CGLCC CCCCC L C C L L C 

111 rrrnr rrrrr rrrrr rrrrr rrrrr rrrrr m r r r r rrrrr rrrrrcr 

$:;: =t:f~ ~zg:: :=:>: :;=: bz:;: =t=t~ r=w-c u-un- 

0 

? 

n 

ag O 

3 

2 

c % 

E 

E U) - ar h* 

ClCLLC CCLLC CGLGC C . L C . C L CIGCCL CCGCC LLGLD LCCCvC GCCPe 

3% 

CCTI C. d C C C 5 CCCC* L-LLlr rcelrt P s t b F l C C f r r.t l CC c - f f A * 

uwwt.C rvruu UmwwC a b w L - Y ~ c C C C L C ~ P C hYb*- bwemw K 

V.GC+ U G Y " L uuvvc W C V * ~ r - ~ a a ~ I C C I SCCP- UCL-+ COW- u 

+ 

C 

- 

B 

'n 

0 

r 5 

rn 

rn 

c r e e h c Y r, +ko+r c 

" 

F 

w 

xsrxx x r ~ z r ~ Z Y F X r l r m ~ r ~ r r~ r r r x rrrrr xzsmr azmap 

Ll$A& A;$&A ;$&I& 

A.&&$A &k4,44 kk&&& &.4&4& 644,&.n g 

m*ux, % > X > h *>%=* b%=*Y ShkX* *YX*h Y % > * X bXXh> *xn*x 7 

cccsz T.CT.C L LC-EC CGCCE CI.LCE u t r c ~ UCGCG rcaec eumcU r 

I. LC. -4 m * a + . -* rn e r . ~h rc-r- *.c crr C - ~ P E hrnc-8 1 P 

C C C L C ccccc CLP=C S C C ~ L C ~ C C C ~ Y G O wcccc ~ h ~ c n 

rrccn Frrrr ccrrl rnrrc c r y 7 0 PL-~C -toe cnrce O O C ~ B 

3 

7 

CCL-+ PCCCC $CLL+ L-CLT S=$,T% nz:vz -*z;* n,+"w% -CCV-- P 

T T ~ I + n n n ~ --*I ~ 7 1 T T C 

I h 

*+*rC **+*+ 

U L E T ~ lrtere 

Ot L" C C L L L 

1 1 1 v C t n I 1 CC VIPhk I-rC 

J 

r ccm 

LhkrF e h C h h NhhhG ICAk* I I ba VmOC W Y * e h COC PC C 

L S c C * F F C L O C C C C C C L C C L C C C r LhrC) OL V La

l 

Model 3455A 

Reference 

Designation 

~ A U C A L 

A l J c l ~ 

Aiu~Yr 

aiu~>* 

4 IJcs, 

*I*L~u 

ALU&>I 

PllJcbo 

*A JLbI 

AIdLur 

AIJLOL 

4IJLOJ 

AIULcS 

IIULov 

AIJWI 

~I~~LNL 

AIJIYI 

AluLn4 

A1 JLda 

4IUbhe 

A l u ~ k l 

A14~ru 

AIULk* 

IkULrCli 

AhIUclZ 

A IUln 1 J 

AAUL*AW 

~~JLMLJ 

~IUC~I. 

3JLKl7 

IIJLdLM 

ALuCHIb 

* L JCdLl 

AlJLNiL 

h 1JLIIL> 

AAJc*c+ 

4IdLNCS 

AlJLhc) 

A LdLfid 1 

A I ~ ~ U 

AAJLdL* 

A~Ju*A 

AlJL*IL 

Alucdrr 

AAuIHSC 

ALULUJ> 

A1uCrjr 

AWLI(S~ 

AIVLl(4d 

&IrlLU>'# 

AlUCkhl 

A LWCLCL 

IIJLh*I 

A i dLU+t 

AIOLRSS 

AldLlt* 

Ai&LR*I 

AIJ~.MQU 

A IdCusY 

AlrlLUSI 

AAULU3L 

AlJLkz?r 

*IUU~+ 

A4dLn~5 

AIYCMlb 

AlMR*l 

IhILN5U 

AlUU>Y 

h1JCkol 

AIDCAUI 

IArlC.hb3 

btocae4 

I1 JLdO> 

41ULnbL 

HPPan 

Number 

41 td-id>? 

G I LPCLJS 

Jluu-ibJ2 

~1 C~-U,JS 

dl&uLL/ 

Jkd-u-JJ 

UL bU-CbCJ 

01 d-LuLd 

Old-JclU 

JIb+Ucll 

JItU-UL13 

JLUU-UiJJ 

dl d-W/> 

UiM-dc,d 

19 bl-YrUu 

~ ' E ~ ~ - U ~ J U 

LY U:->bJ* 

l'#C1-Udrrl 

IYLI-UuW 

1C4-rlU~U 

LY OL-Y A44 

L9Gl-OU?d 

lwcl-uld4 

A'#iL-UrJ* 

1YCI-Uc>J 

LVCI-OOSU 

LV GL-dUU2 

I~~L-OU+Y 

IY UI-U*>J 

19G1-01)50 

I ~ C L - N ~ ~ D 

LY Cl-05lb 

I Y UL-ubrl~ 

19 OI-O>JC 

IPUL-Ud>O 

1PCl-OulJ 

&%La-UdSd 

I9 I)l*OJSJ 

1Ycl-U>Iu 

I LOCI-USID 

lqU-U4U+ 

lPU2-UIY 

19 dl-U073 

IYCI-O~JJ 

AV C 1-0~5d 

L ~ ~ L - Y U ~ U 

19Cl-Od>S 

L 9L1-OU50 

I Y LIL-~u>U 

19 Cl-0054 

19El-OubJ 

lY01-OUYO 

19 Cl- rlrlll) 

IPUI-UJJU 

IY cl-uu*~ 

19CI-O~FJ 

I PCI-OUIU 

A qat-ouiu I Y 01-OULI 

19Cl-OULI 

i9Cl-UvLd 

17U-Oc25 

1Y CI-UUlrl 

IYU1-UU28 

APU4-UULU 

1'4C1-OuLO 

1Y F1-ad28 

LY CI-UUIJ 

1QUZ-Ud+Y 

AqCI-ULUJ 

AVCl-ULdJ 

1 PU-UI TO 

1Y 62-UU*P 

1YU-Olfo 

I 

1 

L 

1 

o 

Z 

5 

5 

* 

i 

~ I~IOUE-GLM 

Repluc~eable Pasts 

bription 

LAP~ZIFLIH-+%II .rllWF +bO-Lu& IUOCVUC CtR 

CAPAClTUR-kI(U .rlZUf +dU-Lut LSmVJL LEH 

14PACtIUk-FxO .ULUt *.srridt ~Y*YIIC Lrm 

~-PACtlu+t~u IU+*-LO: %UYUL IA 

CIPACI TUk-FXU tUf *-LA I s s Y h CCK 

LAPIC 1 Idk-~AU LJFc-ZJ-: lrUYJt IA 

L&?AC I rUR-FAD L;OUF+5u-13t >UUUC AL 

LhPAL I IUH-FAd rLOuP45lrlU. >ilVlri A1 

CA?AL I1Ufi-FRII IUb-*-LU I 'rrlV3C 1 A 

LAP~C LTUU-F)IJ l l r l l ~ ~ ~ t b ~ - lL~VUC r l . AL 

CIYALlTJR-**D AUOUJFt54-LUb L>YUt AA 

~~?&CtIll~-tll~ SclF*-lul ~IIVUC 14 

L*SACIIU!A-6x0 %LJUJF*lWJ-134 13VOL 4L 

LAYACIIUH-*A& AJF+-40; >OYJL 1& 

UII.Jt-kkNPRPlu~L5R4IU-fL 

uiu~t-l;th PRY JUY ~5na rlrr~ 

UIJuE-LsA hbcV 5: uIJ-7 00-.4d ll-*.JIbh 

UI UJE-SdlTLHlsb SOU LddrlP ,?HI 011- T 

rrl .ld€-bYlTL~~lNb 83Y d~*lUd cha uJ-l 

Ul~SE-~~l?~tlIhu BJV ZWOMA ZHS &I-l 

W113E-lNM IC.ZV 

51 110-1 PIl=.4Y IC-+.Oobl 

b1 JJL-~II~ ~rll.ulr ~ Q V ZU~RA LN> 011-7 

I)lJ>t-LNR lu.2V 5l aI1-1 Y**.Ch TC=*.O(rD; 

UlJdt-1NK 1Q.ZU S i l]II-7 P.F+*m rLt+.Oobl 

UI111E-SYlrlHlVG EIOV 130RA Zh* lid-? 

UIGtlE-SUlTChlNli dOU LU3** LHh Hi-1 

UIU3E-LHAL-ATY hXDUllPU*.+d SC=-.d741 

U~O>E-ZNI O. IYV 5t DGT PIJ= . 4~ ILS*. JLL; 

UI J~E-S~ ITLHI~~~ aou c ~ ~ nLIY:. a UJ- r 

(IIUdL-SYITCH1NG *OV 2UOMA LRS QRf 

DlDDt-GtH PUP SUV 25-4 lu-I.? 

0li)UL-GtN PGP >JV 25111* 1U-72 

UIJ3E-GtN PAP JJV L5*4 Id-72 

UIOUt-lrtH Y8C 4GV LSMv TO-?.! 

UtUOE-5Y ITCHIYG IVY 2UUHA 2N5 U+l 

U1U>t-~CITCHI.Yu 8UV LuUM4 ICHh hl-7 

DIOPE-SYITLHlffi IDV L0dM4 LNS DU-7 

OIJJE-SNllCHWG d3V LdJMA Lki UU-1 

DIUOE-LkN PUP 35V aIlrl4 UU-7 

PHY 35v son* nu-r 

UIOOE-LHR Iu.LV 5& dd-7 PIP.4.d TC.*.Obbf 

DIUJE-INK lb.ZV 54 OC-1 PO=.*. lL.+.Obb4 

III J3E-SrlILHING &UV LOUMA 2Pli W-? 

d1Vdt-5nlTLHtHb dJV LJUnU ZMr UJ-7 

USUJ~-S*~~CHING b 4 ~ ~WOMA ZNS u0-I 

O~~UE-SUIZC~~H~ dou ZUOM~ ZN* D*? 

UIJJE-SrnLI~ntu~. BOY duun* zni u-7 

~IJJE-S~lI~nlfdG dOV Luonh ,?US Dlr-1 

UIUJC-5ulICHLHlr 8UV ZOJM* LH'r UI-7 

UIUDE-SYIILHIYG BOY 20UkA 2k5 W-7 

UIUDE-SYllCMLMG 8rlV LJUR* >HE UU-7 

DISJk-SWIILHIN~ SbV LJ1Hh LNS W-1 

UIU>E-SdJTCHING BOY iurlh4 LN4 UO-I 

OlOdE-SWIICHlhG BOY 2U3YA LMS W-J 

UIODE-S~I~LHW BUY ZUOUA 2Ni bu-t 

UIUUE-SYI~C+~I~+IA ltUY 23dM ZHS DU-7 

UIUJE-5Ulf~llING BUV L03AI LH> 00-7 

OIUDC-P*R RCLI IOOY I>DMA OU-19 

UIOJE-PYk UtCI 4UOY J50UA JkcY 

OIIUDE-PYR 

QIUDE-FUR 

HkLl rOJV 75Mb 00-19 

KtCf 4DOV 75URA 00-19 

DIDPE-PYR 

UIUOt-PYR 

UIUAE-PWH 

H~LK ~OUV 151)** U+LO 

RtCf 40UV ?>a** JD-Zq 

RtLT 4OOU ?>dRA UU-LY 

UIOOE-WR KtGT *OOV 73UMb JO-29 

DIODE-RIU RtCt *OW 75UR4 JU-29 

UIUPt-PYR KLCT 4JUV 75ARA JU-Lq 

Y113DE-SalfCHIUG LldV IUOUA LHS W-7 

UIOJE-LUX o.IYV 5% DL+$ Prl=.%M lC*+.322< 

OIOI1E-hrR RCCT IOOV 1.5A 

OCLIrlE-RIM RtCl LOOV 1.54 

UI>J~-LN* h t . ~ 5 i OU-1% plr~u 

UIOJE-LNR Om IYV 5% dVr l PI#* .4* TC.+.OZZ% 

OI33t-LNH 47.5U 5S Ocl-15 PD.Id IL*+.U€ll~ 

KC-+.oat* 

I 

Mfr 

Code 

Zd*83 

Zd*13 

2d*83 

>ad81 

ld4lO 

SoZUJ 

ZB4UO 

Lb+8J 

3~283 

OUZL'J 

OJL.?J 

50283 

2d4&O 

5 

Zdf a0 

2 

15813 

3U+b0 

2H+B3 

26460 

35713 

28433 

(14113 

OI?L3 

28*U0 

ZBIBO 

15829 

J~SBO 

LdbB3 

31480 

ZBWG 

1&*80 

idle0 

Ld*80 

28480 

21480 

2drU0 

28480 

2d+bU 

28680 

04ll3 

04114 

28487 

2oSdO 

28480 

Zal8O 

28080 

zahao 

28LMD 

3tllllII 

281110 

2UlbO 

ZdbdQ 

2 ~ 6 ~ 0 

28180 

28CBO 

Ld4dO 

28480 

2a183 

ZBC8D 

21*&0 

28480 

284b0 

28480 

28510 

LB4UO 

2Ib8D 

ZB4UO 

2d480 

WFlY 

OlJl3 

04113 

Id480 

34113 

1POl-O>IC 

1901-058a 

t D 35634 

IYOL-0013 

1901-0050 

1901-0050 

St 10339-2C2 

1901-0050 

SL lO939-2*2 

SL tP93+Z6Z 

1901-0050 

1901-0050 

LO35526 

~902-(1069 

LPOL-OP5U 

1901-0353 

1901-P58b 

1901-05Bs 

lPU1-058b 

IPUI-OSIb 

1901-0355 

19U1-0050 

1901-0050 

1901-0050 

I9Ot-03 Jb 

POI-OJ IC 

$2 1093J-Z*i 

SL L(rPJ~Xl2 

hJO1-OD5D 

IJ01-0050 

1901-00M 

190t-OD50 

L9uL-OJ SD 

1901-0050 

1901-0050 

1901-00% 

1901-0059 

1301-0050 

1901-0050 

IPOL-0053 

19Uk-0050 

1901-0050 

1901-0050 

IPUI-ooze 

IJOL-OOZ& 

k9Ol-OOZB 

1901-0028 

1401-0325 

1901-O323 

1101-0028 

1901-0038 

IPO1-0028 

IPJP-0326 

lqOt-0050 

1902-004P 

5RIBlk-9 

SRl846P 

SL-~LZL~-M~ 

1902-OD W 

52-11213-335 

Saaion VIII 


Y~bO-ZOS~ 

OlbO-2405 

UlbWtb(l5 

1503L05%110>1.&? 

UtbU-O1CI 

I9LIDI.O5$JUSdlZ 

0180-2bLd 

OldO-Zb>d 

15931 J>%30SQAE 

ZSVIhLIUUO 

.?SUBSClOOO 

1500 L05XO05JA2 

0180-OeV5 

1 ~ 0 0 1 O ~ ~ O O b O l ~ 

8- 137

Referenee 

Designation 

HPPart 

Number 

DlD3E-fnY >.UV 5C 00-7 PW*.+3 TC-+.01bX 

DlLlSC-LNA 1N5351d 14Y 51 PO-5H rC-*fSX 

DIODE-SYIrCHlNb BUY ZOORA LNS UD-7 

DIDRE-SwlTCHlHG BW lDOMA 2HS -7 

*suntt w PICTR 

Wldt-NES 2.cYWMIFI -01-Ull 

CUIMEC JUR-PC LUGE L5-CLYITIIIUY >-Rots 

GUNNELTOR-PC EuSE 15-LUhtlAUY 2-ROUS 

c ~ ~ t b f O h - PEDGE C I5-KINTtROW2 ROW 

EUYUECTUR 1 W I N I Pa51 IYPE 

CUYNELlUH I-PIH M PUS1 lYPt 

tkLlVrRECD 

R~cAY-REEU 1h 100- IOOOVuC 5YDC-tUI1 

RCS~Y-AEkP 1A 100111 1UOOVM. SVOC-LOIL 

RcLAY-KEkO 14 1UOMh ZSUVDC 5Wl)C-COIL 

RELAY-REEU 11 1UOMb AOOUYX. 5VOC-COIL 

ItELhI-WED 1A IDOIF* lO00Yh: 5VIX-t01C 

RtLAV-REEU 14 IOOMA 250WK 5VUC-CDlL 

RtLhY-EEU 11 100*A ZSOVlrC 5WOC-COIL 

RtLAV-RtED 111 LOOM4 Z>UVbC 5YUL-CUIL 

CUIL-MLD Z40lm 5r -65 -L5'rO%.3Y51b 


CONTACT-CONN urn m r TYPE FEM CRP wrn~11 

CUHNECTOR 3-PlM F POST TYPE 

~KAMS~STORI FtI 

TUlNSISTWA. FET 

TYhNSl STOR* Fk1 KWARIC 53005 

frtlMSI STOR. FET II0VAU.F 51003 

TUA*SI SIUR-JFET DUAL H-CH4N WMDE SI 

tR4MSlSlW-JFE? DUAL eCH&H FIYIUE Tb7L 

THIIISISTOR HPrl 51 Pl)r30OIIY Fl-ZJOMHt 

IltANS15rOR PW 51 PMAhUM3 FT-+dMHL 

TH&M5ISfUG PHP S1 P0=>30** PT-IYOMHL 

IRhH4 1 STOR HPN &I PY-3UUW Ft-ZOUMWZ 

TRI.YSIST1R NEW SI PO-3bUIIa FI=7>MUZ 

WB1-7M7 IH&HS1 STUR. FEf XMAAS 53005 

18 55-U~Ib Z fklMSISToR--JFtl DyU *-CHAR WIYIDE 10-71 

b081-7047 IHhf44LSTWg FET KllVAUSf 5300~ 

5081-To(? fH4NSLSlOR. Ftl KOVARSF 53005 

5381-7W7 Tt(AvSl hlrll(. Fir KUVARSf 5,003 

LC S%u+.?o 11 TaAwSIStOH J-ktlZN*3Yl h-CMAHQ-MWE 

18 jCYOB7 TlrlNSl STOY Am 51 PO=360Mn FT-15MHZ 

LuH-Owl1 

~a+oort 

IrllUSISFW NPN Sl PU-300113 Fl.ZJOUHL 

T~M~ISFDR HPH SI PO-3oo~w fr-zoun~~ 

L(I :+OULLI 

Ie?*U>b8 b 

TuhNSfirM PHP b2 PU*)UUII* fT*I3WMZ 

trtilHhlSfOR J+kT &CHIh WNWE KU-IL SI 

LU55-03bU TrllNSlSfUR 4-kt1 M-CHhW &*JDb 19-12 51 

la:+ OlbB lR*HSISTWR J-FEY N-LHAN U-IIUI)€ ?Q-72 $1 

Ibl'l-OLlr 2 *TdAH.SISTUI. JET kCHANHEL 2 W ~ r 

I;r 55.UC44 *IRANbfSTUK~ JFET kCUbNNEL LY4857 

18 :5-d+23 TuhNSlSTuR J 4 k I Ztu4391 N-CMAN L1-HUDE 

L855-W23 Th1H51SlUR J-FS1 LNCJPl M-EHLIY 0-MOUE 

Id S'rU3wrl Tn&NSISTOR J-+ET IY-CHAN WODk f0-72 St 

lYfrSu~ar( THINSISTLM J3El K-CHAW QHODt TWYL Sf 

ili>rU~*u TA~YSISTOR-JF~I auu. R-LHAY wnrlot T+71 

W81-?w? T~ANSIST~AU~ ftf K&AR$+ 53305 

-1-7W7 TR~WS~SIURI FtT RUYAUCF 53005 

It! :I-O>OP TkAH41 STUR J--FEI +CHAW D-MU BE TO-72 

LB3+(IWLU TdANSI STOR PW SI PUmj00Md FT- 153MHf 

I d53-OULO TllbH>l5TUR PUP 51 P;)=3UOHM FT=l>OIICU. 

lo!>-u~t~ ~uhlublsrulc PW &I m=>rla*u. TI-ISOM~L 

ld-ori~~ ~I.~YSILTUR KPM SI PU.SUOW* FT-~OSMUL 

Ed%-OUT1 InlMalSTOH hPN 51 PO=303Mm Ft-2PUHHL 

LllS*UUrU TP.AN$IST~R YNP 51 PW=JJOMY FT=lbDMHZ 

JalJ-Our2 

dU IPUlrjL 

1109d-8147 

L 

hi 

~ t ~ l l5 r~ l 51 1 ~ 5~ P* ~C-W-ZO 

UES1S11*c >UI frr 5Y PU fC-JI-LO 

AtilSt[R. IUUL 5P .LSW tL r&=-+OO/*BW) 

OuP8-BI3F RthlSrW 1004 51 .ZhU CC IC--400/*8OU 

Uav3-ra3> 4 HLa15fW 196 5% .2SY FL ~L=-+DO/*~WU 

Vbe24PS 

UI.d+d++I 

VF!u?-O~tb 

J I >?-us40 

2 

z 

MrSl SLUR 3+0% 51 -1% fC TCm-dOO/+PJD 

H?SlSTM LhUX 5L .25d FC fC--dOO/+'IOD 

R L S ~ S I5h I ~ it *~LLVL F ~C=D+-IJO 

Mtilb#m Lb* 11 . &Zh F TL=U*-~O~ 

Outlf 1355 Y ~i~lSllutlJK>Z.25dFtIL~-400/*700 

1 W l B O B AM0 ABQVE: REWCESa#131(12S 

I I 

(only to urhl rmrmen 1622A[r)411 and .bovk 

Description 

Mfr 

Code 

Model 3455A 

Mfr Part Numh

I 

Refemnee 

Designation 

AIUUIL 

IIJKL3 

AIddL* 

AIr)Yk> 

&AULtlm 

41UR11 

*IUI(Io 

ALdAlY 

4IU*,?l 

AIdMZC 

AIJRZ~ 

4AJlcr* 

&lUHL> 

AIUUD 

~ ~ d r t ~ f 

A bus 

4 1 5 ~ ~ 3 

h ~ d n r l 

IIJKjC 

nidmad 

ALdRd* 

hIUL3> 

AlLlK3o 

A1ult3E 

AlJY)& 

41Ulr3t 

AAdm*A 

*IJ!~PL 

4lrlk*l 

~ l u ~ + t 

AhJKC7 

A 1 JWiO 

AlUu+I 

AIdr4a 

IlJK*U 

AlJdS1 

*IJK>d 

a ld*>s 

41dUb* 

A1 J*>> 

ALllH5b 

AlrlrrSt 

*1JUSII 

JIU*~~ 

Ildnbl 

IlJotbL 

4AUllCJ 

* IUHO* 

AIJ-1 

*1Ul(bo 

AlJlcol 

hA~&od 

Aldb* 

AlJH71 

aAJk7t 

AIJR74 

AlllKl* 

rlJx71 

ALJH7u 

Alud77 

AlvjR7u 

AlOr(79 

AIUHdl 

Abunns 

XIUNmI 

AIJ*I+ 

AlJko, 

AAUU~U 

bLrl~aI 

AlUrt8u 

ALUKOY 

I &Id-91 

&AdwVd 

mIJIIY> 

hhl~d* 

HPPart 

Number 

ObU-3aL~ 

ubYrLiIs? 

JbU3-131a 

uat3-a.r s 

JoU-1535 

Jo83-203 S 

UbW-WtV 

ObW-313b 

Ubr13-%25 

duR3-5mdb 

nar13-1535 

JbW-8777 

rlc'HI-++I9 

obuf-i423 

U L ~ + ~ L L ~ 

JDLE>I~~ 

(109d-tiljl 

obru-8~3s: 

JL83-50Llr 

aoa9-~ti> 

Wb%+B?>7 

Utlll-3415 

YON-BIID 

O(1113rZrl35 

009&877F 

00W-87 37 

UbS&Bu9J 

Uh'M-SOY2 

Uo9d-WY3 

OOW-B~~T 

Ob~I3->llj 

JoW-8777 

ua 11-3461 

Idl+Ucs2 

I1 1+0~3L 

UoYB-a131 

Obtl+ZuZ5 

UC~J-LCL~ 

UIOYrrlJJL 

Obq(l-TJ32 

ULS1-5145 

UbW-(IJLJ 

Jo4llcb31J 

OSV~-LO*I 

UDt3-1Uvl 

0658-1737 

da 11-dtor 

obw-dr~ I 

UoUE- I5J5 

.i IOU-Ad13 

r16 63-ZllL 7 

OcLa-BlJ? 

JrSPOub:, 

0l:I-hu5 

rlulJ-LUI > 

11151-UsSJ 

JO&-*I,> 

~083- 1Y9> 

O(r(L+Lul> 

1 Q o d ~ * / L 7 

d(rBA-4?~7 

m-8177 

0683-)015 

r)thJ-Ylr> 

uuV8-old7 

Due)-ib=> 

dm%-dF3f 

~6%-8117 

P ~ ~ M - U I ~ I 

uDd3->Ah> 

Oud3-btl5 

~udl-Lu~> 

OLJj-dLib 

JCI)I-AJLP 

Omtr)-l~LS 

ran, 

r 

L 

t 

d 

r 1 

3 

B 

I 

1 

15 

I 

1 

I 

2 

1 

1 

L 

2 

I 

2 

5 

2 

1 

1 

1 

6 

1 

c 

4 

Repikeable Parts 

Description 

~LLISIW IS* 5; ..?in* FE r~--+oo/+boo 

*51,JWI. FXO 1000 UHII .*a 

Yt&iSIlN 14k 11 .tit53 f 3C.W-IJO 

m,.it srm L.LK TP .ZW FC rt.-4ao/+roo 

RtllSSlU LZU 5r .l5r FC tC=-*UU/+*00 

Mf r 

Code 

RrSlSfOR 1alK 5I r25Y FC IC.-QU(If+7OU 

OllZt cS33Ts 

HcSlSlW 100K 5C -35U LL IC--+OUf+adO 

OlLLl CBIOI~ 

RtSlslrLR 100 58 .LW Ft IL.-*00/*500 

0112l 

I ~ Z ~ ~ S ~ ~ B . L K ~ L . L ~ * F C . T L - - * O U ~ + 01121 ~ O ~ 

CBlDL$ 

CBB.425 

HISlhTM lSK >i .2># FL 1L'-*OJ/+tlOd 

YllLl LBIS35 

I 

RtStSfl*L PUlt li .ZIW FL JC'-*00/+UUO 

REhLSIUR 14I1 11 .1Z5w F TL=S+-100 

AFSI511W 17.8s I* .Id'lH F IL.O+-I00 

Oil21 

24545 

2454b 

CWdO3S 

C4-118-f0-1 lW-F 

C+1/B-T3-17BL-F 

U C ~ ~ S ~ ~ ~ ~ . ~ ~ > ~ ~ ~ ~ U F C T L - - OLlZl ~ U D / + CBSW5 J O O 

AvllSIW 5.611 SL .ZSY FC ~C~-tUU/+JOO dLlZk C85b25 

atstsrm 3 ~ o n si .r>* kc rr--aoo/+qoo 

RCSIbTW IOU* 5X .25d LC ICm-4OOI+bUP 

RL~ISIW Iun 5g .25w FL fC.-4~0/+700 

H ~ S I S ~ 5.d W 511 .25n FL IC~-403/+700 

A~SISIIS q10 >I .ZS. FC ~C=-*IUI+LOP 

Rc~lSf[lt LOOK 5t .25h CL fL--400/+800 

RtllSTUA 70.0 iI 1Y PY 11*0*-111 

*r(ESI STI11. f W 10 M R -05 

HtSlSlOR ZUK 51 .25W FC JC.-SOO/+hOP 

rt&SISIORm FX0 13OY UHll rU5 

RF515TW lOOK 52 ~2511 EL IC--4rlOf+1100 

HkslSrM 201 1% -125M F fCm0+2> 

RtSI5IClil IbUK 1: .LS.bd F rf*i)+-Lb 

RL.SI5IW .?OK 1z .lL5Y F fL.34-25 

RESLSTW toon 5% .~5m CL rC.-4UO/aBOO 

REIISIM 511 !at .25d FL r~~-IJO/+800 

RbSISTm. FYO 1000 UHH .US 

Rt5l b I tVE 5ET lUU/lOU KOHM (FNCLUOES RB31 

NttwDR6-US 8-PI EI-SI P .I-PIN-SPLG 7XlIXIK 

NklWOuK-Rt?r @-PI H-SIP . I-PI N-SPCG 7X100K 

ktS1STOR LOOK 51 .29M CC It--4OP/+B00 

Hi>tSIW JK 5s .25* FC IC=-4OU/+?PO 

RCSIITW b.211 51 .C~Y 8-L 1~=-400/+ 100 

KL5ISIW Itl 1% .I254 F IL=J+-1OU 

R ~ S I S ~ W IR 1.s .IL~W F 1~=3-103 

RtSLSTUR 510R 3L -25Y FC l**-404/*900 

I~ESISTU~~ 51 -12 ,115~ F IL*J*-25 

HLaISiDR 5K .It .I25* F IC=U*-L% 

HI SISIW iuon 101 ic tt ic=~*#at 

R:*IST[A 1001 LUX ZY LC IL*O+oBi 

RcStilUR LOOK 51 .Z5r CL 1i.-100/*100 

RESL SKIVE SFI. LOM~ICYO KOHM {lMCLUDES Rt7) 

UFSISTURI FAO IJUO unn .IJ> 

HLLlSlORf51151 .ZSWFCIC*-QOOI+UUO 

HLSI 5 TIM-rHMR 50 LO& L 1 UP-A01 1-TRN 

RtblSTITI 2K 5t .2>M FC fE--4OP/+?O0 

AtSISIUR IrlUK 54 .Z>d LC TLr-*OU/*BUJ 

K~slblU( IUuX IS .lL5- F IC-Or-LOO 

HtilSIW IUUK 12 .lL5r F IL'OO-~OU 

UcS.ISI[Y1 2IIU >4 .25k FL I;=-*JOl+bUU 

Rt51511X b1.W 1s .Idad f l&*O+lOU 

~LSL~IW *.?Y >t .25* hE li=-WO/+IIXI 

ALSISILY. LOK I X -25, iL ILI-*UO/+1UU 

RcllS1UR ZuK 5s .dSh fc IC--iJO/*dVU 

ULIISIW r.ll 54 .2ra PC li--4uOl+7Lld 

NLSlSlUR L7K Y& .15r tC ILr-sOO/tfOD 

At 51 STUR FKO lMlO OHM .05 

RtllLlW SIC 5% 25W FC TCmIs8W 

wcS1hrM YLOU 5Z ,211m tC lt*-dOOltPJ3 

HLSISIIJA IOuK >L .Lb# LL I,l-4Oll/*d~O 

R L ~ STL& I XLUh 54 .2>w FC Ttl-SJU/+700 

ISI IS^^ IUUK 5l .25m CL I.*-*rlO/+a00 

K~SISIUR. f * LOOU ~ uHn .Oi 

RL~ISIUII b * ~ ~UOO UH* -0-r 

RtblSTUR >LU 56 .2hW b i IL=-*UOI*CGO 

RrSiSllll 51U 52 .L51 +L fC'-*OU/+hUO 

HtIlSILP. ZUU !PI .L5d FL Ic~-QJOladOl) 

rtcSlblUl ZJK bL .,?>A I-C !l.=-&vll/+lrlrl 

kt51 SfLR 1K 56 .25* FL TL'-*OJ/+~~I) 

H:SISIUI LK 5. .Z>Y FL ILa-n)J/+?UO 

OLLZI 

2&483 

2*5&5 

01121 

ULlll 

01121 

OLLJL 

O ~ ~ L L 

01121 

011.!1 

OllZI 

91131 

28480 

01121 

28483 

01121 

93888 

03888 

03eU8 

OLIZI 

Ollil 

26+83 

ZBCBO 

SlrZBP 

58289 

011ZL 

OklLL 

DLIZL 

19701 

lJTOL 

0li2i 

03888 

U3UBB 

01121 

51131 

OllZl 

38183 

LYCBO 

01121 

731 JB 

01121 

OlldL 

2OSCb 

Z+T+b 

OLLL~ 

Z454b 

01121 

01II1 

OllCl 

0112k 

DLILL 

28480 

OF121 

Oh121 

UlllL 

UllLl 

Ollll 

10463 

L8483 1 

1 Olldl 

OlL21 

01ItL 

01121 

OLLLI 

OIlLL 

~~15145 

LBlOls 

L11035 

L85bZS 

CBP~LS 

CBLD14 

R5-LA 

0498-8776 

Chi035 

0698-8117 

- .- 


tai535 

0698-8711 

C4-1/O-T@-lb52-F 

CBIBZ~ 

LBZZhS 

CBlO45 

PHE55S 

*WE555 

PME555 

~ ~ 1 0 4 5 

CB5135 

0698-B77? 

0811-3+61 

2 16CHIO+KP?fi 

2IbLHlO4*9PM 

CElOI5 

LBZ025 

tab225 

MF5L1/8-~0-10W-F 

HF5CIl0-IW1004-F 

~~15143 

PRE~5-1/~-~P-5POl-U 

PVE 55-118-10-5001-8 

neta+1 

Ha1041 

K81W5 

0811-3*b1 

0698-d177 

CBJ535 

72- LO1-0 

CUZOZS 

C810S> 

C*- 1/8-TO-1 OU3-F 

C*-118-TO-1003-F 

CB2015 

C+L/B-TO-bLPL-F 

CB*F25 

Cb1DJS 

LbLU35 

LbCTZS 

CB4725 

Mi=-8777 

CB2025 

Cdll45 

CB1045 

CB1035 

CUl045 

0698-8777 

O~JB-BY?? 

C85115 

tB51f5 

LdZUj5 

LILO33 

LUML~ 

CUZ035 

I 

I

I 

Model 3455A 

A12 

A12C1 

A12C2 

A12C3 AB 

A12CR1-CAI 

A12CR5 

AIZCRfi. CR7 

A12CR8 

AlZCAQ 

AIPCRII-CR15 

Al?Ol 

AIZQZ 

At20.3 

A1204 

A1705 

A12R1 

Al?RZ 

AllR3 

AtZR4 

AtZA5 

ATZR6 

A12RI. R0 bg 

At2RO 

A12Rll 

A17R12 

A17A13 

Al2Rll 

A12R15 

A12R16. R17 AL, A0 

A12A18 

A12R19 

A11A21 

0345M12 

018bm33. 

0160-0164 

0 1-0157 

1931 -M15U 

19024717 

1901-W5.0 

1901-0036 

1902-3 139 

1901-W50 

1815-0217 

1~53-wm 

18M-W87 

1854-0079 

1855- 0347 

0685-1115 

0883-4325 

OF57-WD 

0685-2735 

0698-4465 

06984ZOT 

0751-W42 

0683-1235 

a683--4115 

OGA3-I425 

0683 -3035 

0698-345 1 

ma-2135 

0157-(#42 

08834335 

WK4-1535 

0683-1135 

0683-1 125 

AA SEE NOTE ON SCHEMATtC 4. 

A B SEE NOTE ON SCHEMATIC 4, 

1 

1 

1 

? 

1 

1 

t 

1 

1 

1 

3 

1 

4 

6 

3 

2 

1 

1 

1 

3 

1 

PC ASSEMBLY. OHM CONVERTOR 

CAPACITOR FXD 1UF+-20% SWDC TA 

CAPACITOR FXD .039UF - 10% ZM) Y DC 

CAPACITOR FXO 47~~+-104, ~WVOC 

DIODE-SWITCHrNG 80V ZWMA 7NS 00-7 

DIODE-ZNA IN025 6 2V 5% DO 7 P0-.2W 

DIODE-SWITCHINGBOV 2WMA 2hlS W-7 

DIODE-WV RECT 1KV BOOMA W-29 

D103E-ZPdR 825V 5% 00-1 PP.46U TC-+.Orn 

DIODE-SWITCHIVG BOV lOOMA 2NS Mt7 

TRANSISTOA-JFET OVAL N-CHAN D-MODE Te71 

TRANSISTOR PNP $I PO-WMW FT-IMMHZ 

TRANSISTOR MPN SI PD=36aUW FT-75MHZ 

TRANSISTOR NPH 2N3439 SI TQ-5 PD-IW 

TRAUSISTDR-JFEf OVAL N-CHAN D MODE -71 

RESISTOR 110 5% .?5W FC TC--400t+800 

RESISTOA 4.N 5% .25W FC TC-4OOP7W 

RESISTOR 1M 1% 5W F TM+-100 

RESISTOR 27K 5% .25W FC tC--4IXI/+8W 

RESlFTOA 1.13K 1% T25W F TtQ*-1W 

RESISTOR 8.87K 1% 125W F TC.0+-100 

RESISTOR IOK 1% ,125W F TC.O*-1MI 

RESISTOR 12K 5% .ZW FC TC---/em 

RESISTOR 410 5% 35W FC YC--4001+E00 

RESISTOR 24K 5% .25W FC TC4Wh700 

RESISTOR XIK 5% .25W FC TC--dIX1!+800 

REStSTOR 133K 1% .tSW F TCW-1W 

RESISTOR 21K 5% .XW FC fC.-W/*8MI 

RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W FTCIO+-1W 

RESISTOR 13K 5% .?5W FC TC.-40DI+B00 

RESISTOR 15K 5% .25W FC TCdM)l+&00 

RESISTOR 12K 5% .25W FC TC---bM]I*BW 

RESISTOR 1 1% 5% .75W fC TC=-UW1*7a0 

2- 

56289 

78480 

28183 

284ED 

04713 

1848a 

284m 

04713 

28.180 

28460 

=dm 

28480 

57735 

78480 

01 121 

01 121 

18701 

01 121 

2P546 

24566 

03292 

01121 

01:21 

01121 

01121 

245-49 

I 01121 

03292 

I 01121 

01 191 

01 121 

01 121 

Mf r 'Part Number 

WE166512 

1!iD0105X01)50AZ 

OlMI-OlM 

01W-0157 

1901 a(K0 

1 N RE 

1901-W 

1901-0033 

SZ 10839 158 

1901-WO 

1855-EM7 

1853-0020 

1856 0087 

2N3439 

1855-0247 

CB1115 

CM?a5 

MFlC112-TO-1034-F 

C82135 

C4- 1,3-m-1131 -F 

C4-118-TO-BB71- F 

CP -118-TQ-lW(I-F 

CBl235 

CBd715 

C82425 

033035 

C4-llg-TQ 1313-F 

C02735 

C4- 1~-TO-1002-F 

C84335 

C81535 

CO 1235 

tB1125 

I 

I

Section VIII 

Refemce 

Designation 

ALILIA 

bICLULL 

AI*YI 

AI*u< 

414U3 

Al*lk 

*I cu5 

A14w 

A14111 

lACRL 

AIW~ 

&h+u* 

AL*Y> 

41+k(r 

ALSMI 

A1IHU 

SAM9 

AI*MLJ 

AhWAL 

AIhAhi 

Al4Ull* 

~ 1 4 ~ ~ 4 

AlrHll 

A141tAb 

*ir*at 

*I4*kd *B 

hl+rllY AB 

414McJ A8 

Al**LA 

AL4UdZ 

ALlrYJ 

AIPULI bB 

A14WZSI AB 

ll4YLb 

A14KLI 

A441126 

AlbI(L3 

A14k3w 

ALIWL 

Al-bYdL 

ALCMjA 

AICM35 

AICUSl 

kl*Yjb 

*l*kl7 

4Itllja 

A 14haly 

AI ~ R P U 

A141111 

AICU~Z 

*I***> 

Al+m*+ b* 

kL4s45 

AL4d4- 

A1bYb7 

~ l h u s d 

AI4U1 

114UL 

*1*Uj 

AL4US 

h1su5 

*I*- 

Replocea ble Parts 

I HP Part 

Mfr 

Number QW Description Code 

lg(ll-U~38 

IVOI-OU*J 

II U-O(ELU 

1n~r0u3+ 

LB 5+Ddrl 

1055-0033 

405+Ma 

kBSr0u~U 

ObllS- 101 Ob83-2025 

YOPB-3155 

uu 11-25 II 

a r 57-&3o 

~TW-OL~D 

U D W - ~ I Z ~ 

U1 St-W40 

07 57-MbJ 

U7:J-MiU 

0098-3511 

06 83-3UL 5 

DOB+LLb> 

U7 ST-WCL 

UB ll-3UlT 

O~~T-OHL 

075~-WCB 

07 51-(n73 

06984460 

OIBB-3726 

Ud 11-2- I l 

0696-3152 

U(rB+BL15 

UbBP 1035 

Ub 4%- 1035 

UbW3ibO 

OLW-8u4P 

tl0O+d73s 

ObU>->SIL!z 

U0 9d-tlO4Y 

Oh 98- 3LbU 

3bPB-3*99 

UbYJ-1*Y9 

JCD>-IIIIY 

YbYO-JIV9 

Oh 313-2415 

u0~luJS 

08 8A->u%7 

Ub U3- 3uZ > 

01 St-**.? 

U'IS'I-NIL 

00b+4rh 

Bb 83-2b35 

Ub 83- 2055 

3ob3-lUb'J 

UL U3- IUb5 

dCYt+(-t415 

o 8 $?-Om7 

ISCo-OO?U 

~YLbtuIu 

18~bWJl 

l.llrbOaJ9 

A U ~ + Y L U ~ 

18cb-Ol3(1 

IUQJ-OUCI 

34~ GJ-PUG I 

AA SEE NOTE ON SCHEMATICS. 

A 0 SERIAL NUMBERS 1672A05231 AM0 ABOVE. SEE NOTE ON SCHEMAT1C 8. 

1 

I 

A 

1 

1 

1 

I 

I 

I I 

OlDDE-SM)TT#V 

DIDDE-SUttCUlfiG 3PV 50W 2NS 0-35 

THNSI staR PW st Po-3wnw ~r-150mz 

IMhNSISTOR PW SI T+l8 PI).3bOMU 

tn4HSl SIOR J-FET 2NC3Pt M U l H WHOM 

7*1111S1 STOR J-FET M-LH&U 0-MWE TO-72 51 

TRAWSISTUR-JFEI DUAL H-fnhn D-nw m7? 

f u ~ ~ S t l f DPPlP R SI Pllr3001LI ft-ISOWL 

I IILS~ST~A 10K 51: .25m FC tt-+0~/*700 

RE511Tl% JII 5i .25W FC TC--WO/+TOO 

A~SISTW h . 1% ~ .ILSM F rc=o+too 

2 R~SISTOR IDK .I* .LLTW PYU rc-a+-z 

L HLSIST~R 4.32~ LX .125Y F tc=urtoa 

R~SXSROR LK IS .rzsm F re-o+~oo 

1 m AsbISl[R b.49K 12 .IZSU F ICBOt-I00 

1 *tSlSIIR 7.SK 1X .1ZSd f tL*O+-LOO 

3 R L ~ ~ S T1W 5 ir ~ -12511 F ~L=o+-100 

1 RtSIST[R Z.L1U 1% .125U F fLlO+-100 

1 

2 

1 

1 

3 

1 

1 

I 

I 

J 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

L 

c 

RtSlStLR -5 If .L25Y F TL-04-100 

REStSlLIR 3K 5: .25W FC lC=-*OUI*TOO 

RLSIhTM 2LM 5% .LbW FC fL=-YUO/+LLOO 

RtSISl(R loll Li .125Y F fC*O+-IOU 

RtbISIaR 1P.BK If .lZSd Pdd TL-O+-5 

AkSISt(R B.ZW If -125.Y F FC*0*-100 

RZSISJ~ iow la .125m F rc=o+-LOO 

RSblSIIR 301K 11 -125d F T&*O4-100 

RtS1SlW 6~1Z.lZ>rlFI.C=0+-100 

H~SIZIUR 8.44K14 -125~ F IL*O+-IOO 

RESlStIR 10K .If .125* PYd lC-O*-2 

RtSITlW 4.64K 1X .1LYd F lCmU*-100 

RESIS?U BZll 51 -ZSY FL TL.-+OU/t*CQ 

UiSlSIUI 10K 54 m25C *C 12~-hUUI+?DU 

Rc5111a 1OK 5% .ZbY FL TC'-WU/+7OP 

RESlSTOI bb4K la .125.1 C TL*O*-100 

KcSISIW 1.LdM .lX .Z>M F SL*Ucll 

RELISTUI 21K 54 .25Y FL fC=-4OOl*daO 

K6aISI&l 3*Y* >I .Z5M FL Ti--+UU1*7UO 

RcSlSlW 1.LM .kS .L5Y F TC-U+-25 

RCSISIW 4b+K 12 -125~ F fC=Ot-LOO 

RESI SIUI W,ZK 1Z -12'rd F 1Cmrl*-100 

L(CS IU( ~ 0 . 2 LX ~ .115d F f~mO+-l00 

RfSlSllA 1K 51 .25d FL fL*-fOo/*bUO 

RtjlSrIYI 4rl.>K 12 .l.?Su F fL*Ut-IOU 

RLSISTOR 24< 51 .&5U FC TCa-b001*bOd 

RtSl JllR 106 5; FL IG=-fOJ/+IQO 

tit STSIW JOJI: 41 .L>Y FL I~=-d00/+9UO 

Rchl 5rM 311 111 -25s FC TC=-4UU/*tOO 

AtSISIw 10K 1X .IL5Y F IcBU*-100 

-- 

2UIUO 

ZB18D 

38+10 

28I80 

04713 

128480 

ra+so 

za+ao 

OfW7 

01121 

Zh545 

14149 

24546 

24546 

ZCSfl 

Z454s 

2255% 

24546 

24543 

Olt2l 

01121 

2*5*h 

1bL43 

2454b 

2*44b 

om2 

On57 

0337 

LY701 

WllZl 

Ollfl 

I9701 

Jlblt 

2f54b 

L45CI 

OllLl 

2P56S 

OlI21 

Oll2L 

DILL1 

01121 

25555 

RtSISTIR t01( 1Z .lZ5Y F fL*U*-EOJ 

n:~lir[lt ctn 51 .~5u FI. ~~*-4rl0/+80a 

ZCSII 

011~1 

RkbtStDR 10K 51 .L5Y PC 1C'-4OO/*dOrl 

HCSISIUI m 5. .25* kc l ~ = - ~ d r l / * l l ~ ~ 

RtalSILR IUR S i mZ5d FC 3c~-YJI11*llQO 

DLLL1 

01607 

OllLl 

RkSlStrR L3M >'l .L>k FC IL*-9OU/+llrlO 

Uc5141W 9.76K I & .kl5.l F rC=U+-iUO 

~~stsrm I&IK LI .IZW F ~t*o*-iilo 

IEIJDE-*RM** 

bI u.rlt-ARI(*Y 

t~ OP AMP LOW-DRIFT fO-69 

1, hU )1dJ nP ARP 

14. &MR. UYtltAf IUNU 

IL LM $39 LWPA&AT~~* 

LXTRILIUR. 0.1.. itb~au 

YINtP.C.nkI~MdL*LKLLIJ4 

Modd 345519 


1301-0511 

1901-03W 

1153-0020 

1853- 0031 

ZN*391 

1855-0033 

1855-md~ 

~asa-OOZD 

CEtO3S 

C12025 

C*-11&-10-4**I-F 

I214-IE Lb-S-kDD2-d 

CS-118- rO-IILL-'F 

C4-I/#-TO-IOOL-F 

t+l/U-fO-6491-F 

CI-L/8-TG-75DI-f 

E4- I/B-t0-7502-F 

CS-LIB-la-2211-F 

C+-Ill-TO-bhSA-F 

CB3DZ5 

C&L2bI 

L*-118- 10-1 002-F 

&3SO-l/S-C-19BZ-f 

C4-L/B-IJ-B251-F 

C4-LIB-TO-4OJ3-F 

I 

~bl/~-~~-~ll 

-F 

ctlld-rrl-8a9U -F 

C4-1/8-1+8"91 -f 

14143 I iZ?+L/l&-b-1002-~ 

.?+S*b C4-LIB- TU-*b+I-F 

01121 C08215 

QlBOl CR1035 

01607 CR1035 

r11637 tMF-55-1+ 

MF5LL-1 

La2735 

CB3Y25 

WS 52L-1 

1-1 

Dl12k 

ulada 

aasz 

ZB4BO 

2atr0 

02180 

3355 

L>*IU 

~ 1 0 1 * 

~ a 4 m 

L.4b;D 

CW-35-1. 1-1 

C4- tl$;-T+b32Z-F 

C4- LIB-IU-COZZ-F 

LBLDZfr 

C6- LIB-TO-IOdZ-F 

C82435 

LO1035 

t$30*5 

C%3025 

Lb-lld-TO-1022-F 

C4-I/U-13-IOOZ-F 

~a*?35 

CB2035 

CBm55 

CBlUbS 

CBt065 

P*E5S-Lld-lO-JYal-F 

~*-1j&-13-1823-F 

19~t-OP ra 

IqW-WlJ 

DP-07W 

hOblbJ 

Ic1Ct319 

CM~JJN 

J O ~ S - * ~ 

>OOO-YUIA

. 

bignation 

A1S 

AlXl 

A 1 m 

A15(;3 

AlSC* 

AlXS 

A1XB 

A1X7 

A l W 

At- 

A15C11 

A15Cll 

AlX13 

A15C14.C16 

AlEC18 

AlXl t-l#,C21 

A15C22' 

A l K 2 3 . ~ 

A1W5 

A16C38 

At5CSf 

A 1 W 

A15G'B,WO 

A1531 

dl532 

A1533 dP 

A1534 

A1535 

~ 1 5 ~ 6 - dh 

h1€€40 h.l 

AlxR1.?,3 

A15C R4.6 

Al5CRB 

A15CTtr 

A 1 XRB, cm 

AlSCRf l-CR13 

AT3Kl.KS AA 

A16K2. K4 

A1501 

A 1502-01 

A f5O5 

A15M 

~1501 

6?5@ 

nr6moit 

A15012 

~15013 

AlbOl* 

A15011 

A15016 

AlS(Lt7 

A15018 

A750lqm 

A15R1 

A15A2 

A15R3 

A't5R4 

A15R6 

A15RBa 

AfSR'I 

AWAB 

A75K3 

A15R11 

A15Rll 

A15A13 

A15R14 

A15A1S 

A15R16 

A15R17 At 

Al5Rl8 AL AM 

A15R10 

AlbR?1* 

All- 

A& SEE MOTE ON SCHEMATIC 3. 

AC SEE MOTE ON SCHEMATIC 3. 

8J SEE MOTE ON SCHEMATIC 3. 

'HP P at Numbsr 

031S4515 

nlW151 

0170-MJBB 

01m-ms3 

0180-3WP 

OtW-3134 

0180--203 

0160-22M 

0180-0163 

0160-3686 

0160-3264 

01404198 

0160-2757 

01804291 

0160-7351 

01504121 

0160--2257 

0180-5250 

0180-2261 

01511-0'21 

01RO-334919 

0150-0121 

Ot60-3945 

0150-0121 

016a-d4SO 

OI6b394g 

016b7m 

016-86 

01714438 

0140-11193 

oiwm55 

016@-0128 

1901 -OW0 

1801~0518 

1401-MWO 

1801-0586 

1802-3073 

tBOt-[1010 

WBO-WB3 

D d M W 

IRM-0071 

1855dXI 

1855-3 

tB54iW11 

1853-WZD 

1055-Olm 

185.44753 

18Ki420 

18%--WI 1 

1853- 

18W-0215 

1854-Wll 

1853iwm 

1 1855-0081 

7855420 

M3-1036 

0683-2235 

0683-5145 

0683-2135 

0583-5145 

OB38447U 

0157-WM 

08984308 

0157-W49 

069&8692 

m98-3262 

W8-3158 

0683-2455 

069&3456 

m3- 1035 

D683-2235 

9103-3161 

21&30% 

0698-83M 

0757-0417 

ma% 1815 

0683-2245 

0683-2445 

W82-XM5 

(K83-X45 

0683-5145 

0693-7545 

1)68X-1555 

01k.?-WO1 

AL.IH SEE NOTE Oti XHEMATIC 3. 

b ., ,., ., ....rr.,r..-s.r. 

Oty 

1 

B 

1 

1 

1 

1. 

1 

PC ASSEMBLY. AC RlnS M Wt€4-&&15 

C#PACltOR-FXCJ .lUF *B&im m D C CER 

CAPACITOR-FXO ,027 UF 

CAPACITOR-FX0 22 UF lOoV 

CAPACITOS-FXD .1UF *-10% 1 m D E CER 

Z4m 

28480 

01~0121 

01- 

01-SDSP 

CAPACITOR-FXD .01Uf L l O I 1 W D C CER 2MaO OlRD-31M 

WPACITOTOR-FXD 750PF 65% m C € MtCA 

CAPACITOR-FXD l W F +-5- XMWVM: MICA 

2BPBO 

28480 

01SM35 

018b12W 

CAPACITOA-FX0 .033 YF SWV 2MRO (H-163 

CAPACITOR-FX0 "27 UF +-to% W D C MET 784RO 01-3688 

CAPAClTOA-FXO ZOPF 65% m 

CAPACITOR-FXD m F +-5% m 

D C CER 

D C MlCA 

78W 

72138 

016a-7X4 

DM 15FZDl m I C R 

CAPACITOR-FKD IOPF 4 4 % W V V C CER 

38480 01m-2257 

CAPACITOR-FXD IUF LID% 35VOt T4 

CAP&CITOR-FXO 10DF +-5% W W V K CER 

CAPACITOR-FXO .lUF 40-20% WVDC CER 

PADDING LIST 

CAPACITOR-FXD 1WF +-5U 5 W D C 

CAPACITOR-FXD 12PF +-5% SWWVDC 

CAPACITOR-FXD 15PF +-5% SWWVDC 

CAPACITOR-FXO 

CAPACITOR-FXD 

CAPACITOR-FXD 

.IUF +BO-?(pr WVOC CER 

MPF &-I% MWVDC WRG 

.lUF *80-23% MWVDC CEA 

CAPACITQS-FXU 3 9 +-I% ~ ~ WVQC PORC 

CAPACITOR-FXU .IUF +BO-21]% W V D C CFA 

Z CAPACITOR. FXOl lOPF lOOV 

1 CAPACITOR-FXD 

CAPACITOR-FXD 

01WF *-I% SII(1WVOC WAC 

43PF +-5% 3M)WVDC 

? 

3 

1 

CAPACITOR-FXD 22UF +-1[IX 4OOVDC 

CAPACITOR-V TRKU-AIR 2 4/24 5PF 3WV 

CAPACITOR-FXD 82PF *-5% 30WNDC MICA 

CAPACITOR-FXD aru~ +m -m IWVDC CER 

CAPACITOR-FXD 2 IUF +-20* 500VOC CER 

OIOOE-SWITCHING 30V W4A 7hlS 00-36 

DIODE-5CWOTTCY 

1 DIODE-SWITCHING 9W W A 2HS 00-35 

1 DIODE. GEY PRP S[EY &MA TO-72 

DIODE-ZNR 4 32V 5% 00-1 P+4WTCI-.WB* 

DIODE-SW1TCHIVG 30V WAA 2NS -3E 

RELAY-REED 1A IWMA t000VOCIVDC-#IL 

RELAY-REED 1A IOOMA 101X)VDC I VDC-COIL 

TAANSISTOR NPN 51 .501300MW F'I-2WMHZ 

TRAkSISTOS J-FET IMP391 Y-CHAh D-MODE 

1 TRANSISTO? J-FET N-CHAU 0-MODE SI 

TRANSIZTDS NPY Dl PO-XXIWW F'.I(HIMHz 

JPANSISTOR PNP SI PD-JWKW FT-15DMHt 

TRANSISTOR J-FET 2'44391 h-CHAN 0-MODE 

2 TRANSISTOR. AOBI~ 

TRANSISTOR PNP SI PDLmW FT-ImHZ 

TRA%SISTOR NPN SL PD-300MW FT-MOMHZ 

I TRAN5,STOR PNP 2N481f 31 PO-W 

1 TRA~SISTOR FIPV $I PD-3SOHW FT-3OOMHX 

TRANSISTOR KPY 51 PD'XWMW FTllWMHZ 

TRA4SlSTOS PhP 51 PD-3WUW FT-'MUHZ 

1 TRANSISTOR J-PET 2N5245 N-CHAh D-MODE SI 

TRANSISTOR J-FET 3h14391 N-CHAK 0-MODE 

RESISTDR IOK 5% 25W =C fC.-Wl*fOO 

RESISTOR ??K 5% 25W FC TC--403/CB[XJ 

AESISTOR 610K 5% 25W FC TC--8M)/*9W 

RESlSTOA 25K 5% 3SW FC TC-AW .OM) 

RESISTOR 5tDK 5% 25W FC TC--rn 

PADDING LIST 

RES'STOR 638K 1% .125W f 

RESiSTOR 19 1K 1% .1ZW F 

RESISTOR 1A.9K 1% .125W F 

-9W 

I RESISTOR XIK 1% 125W F 16-0+-100 

1 RtSlSTOR 16OK 1 % 125W F TC-O+-25 

I 

1 

t 

RESISTOR 40 2 1X.125W F TC.O*-10IE 

RFSISTOA 26 1K 7% 12SW F TCW+-1MI 

RkSlSTOR 24M 5% 25W FC TC.-OW/+flW 

1 REhISTOR 2R7K 1% .l?SW F TC*-100 

RCSISTOR 1 0 6% ~ .~SW FC TC -a/-7m 

RCSlSrOR 22% 53 .25W FC TCY1103/+6W 

RESISTOR TRMR MU 10$ C SIDE-hDJ 17-TAM 

RESISTOW-TRMR 5K 10% C SIDE-AD, 

RESISTOR 73ZK 15 115W F fC-01-tM) 

RESIST04 562 1% 125W F TC-1M) 

PADOIYG LIST 

RESlSTOA 180K 5% .25W FC 

RFSISTOR 22DK 5% 25W FC 

RESISTOR 34DK 5% .25W FC 

RESISTOR 3WK 5% .25W FC 

RESISTOR 36DK 5% .25W FC 

RESISTOR 510K 5% .15W FC 

RESISTOR 7WK 5% .25W FC 

RESISTOA t 5M 6% 35W FC 

17-TRH 

1 RCSISTOR 100 1% .125W F TC-0.-100 

567- 

2E480 

?am 

1BdBO 

1 zwm 

ZWBO 

20480 

28480 

ZM Wl 

28480 

2 8.1 80 

28lW 

384W 

?RUN 

3RMO 

71970 

72136 

?A~R[) 

284811 

28480 

2B4BO 

38480 

2MBO 

04113 

28480 

28480 

28480 

28480 

M713 

28480 

28480 

18480 

04713 

1840 

2e.W 

38eBI1 

07163 

M713 

28400 

28480 

01785 

04113 

O'hZI 

Qt 121 

01 121 

01131 

011?1 

24w 

14W8 

24546 

03291 

01718 

24- 

24546 

01'21 

24W 

01 121 

01 121 

329s7 

a744 

03292 

2 

01 121 

01 121 

01 151 

01121 

01 121 

01121 

01121 

01121 

74W 

1 5 D U 1 0 5 X ~ 

0 160-2157 

01 9-0 i 2 1 

0160-2257 

nim-27w 

0160-1261 

01W4121 

01W-3949 

0~50-0131 

0163-3445 

0153-0121 

0160-4480 

016D-3948 

016LF-73W 

0183-59R6 

184-EC-125 

Q~l5k.9MImlCR 

0160-2055 

01fiGD128 

1Wl-ow0 

1401-0518 

140110060 

lBO1-OSBB 

SZ 10Q39-77 

1801 -0040 

WQb0883 

0490-0683 

1854-007 1 

9N4JBf 

1055-W 

1854-W71 

1853-KG'O 

2\439' 

1854-0763 

1853-0020 

1854-a07 1 

P.4917 

SPS 361 1 

1854-Mll1 

1 BSJ-OM0 

2N5245 

1N4391 

Cnl035 

CB2235 

CA5145 

C82235 

C851P5 

c4-1m-fo-bBBl-F 

C4-l~-IO-1212-F 

C4-1W-TD-1B2-F 

iCll&TO-849R-F 

CEh-983-H3PO 

C4-118-TO-4022-F 

C4-lm-TO-2612-F 

CBWSS 

484- L%-fa-2673-F 

CB1035 

CB2235 

mX-1-103 

3006P-1-rn 

MCSC IlsTO 73ZJF 

C4 lr&TO-WR-F 

CB1845 

~022~5 

CR2W 

CB3045 

CR36P5 

C85146 

C87545 

C01555 

C4-13-fe1WR-F 

I

1 A 1 B 1 C I D I E 1 F I 

SER. NO. lg2LOOOK) 

/AND 

NOTE 1 

NOTE 2 

3455-C -45% 

Port SI is a reed switch which is used as a voltage breakdown device. The Offset Adjustment is mode by connecting a resistor between 

This port is used on 03455-66510 Rev. B assemblies only (serial the unlabeled lead and either the "+" or "-" lead. Refer to Section 

numbers 1622A004 10 and below). V for the Offset Adjustment Procedure. 

C~mp~l~nl CoI 

C1 

2.3 

4 

56 

7.9. 11 

12 

13.15 

16 

17 

18.19 

21.22 

23.25 

26.27 

28.29.31 

32.34 

3536 

37.39.4149 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

51 

52.53 

54.57 

5859.61 

62.63.65 

66 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

B 

C 

D 

A 

E 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

C 

D 

B 

C-D 

D 

E 

F 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

Cornwnent 

CR1.2 

3.5 

6 

7.6 

9. 11 

12.13 

14 

15 

16-17 

1819. 21.22 

n 

24 

2526 

27.28 

29.31 

37.39 

4142 

4344 

4547 

4849. 51-56 

57 58 

59 

6160 

6568 

69 

71.72 

El 

E2 IWow Kg) 

Col 

B 

D 

E 

F 

B 

D 

E 

F 

B 

C 

F 

B 

C 

A 

C 

D 

0 

A 

B 

C 

A 

B 

C 

D 

F 

D 

A 

A-B 

bmpgMn1 

Jl 

2 

3 

4 

5 

JMl-2 

3 

K1.2 

3 

4.5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

L1 

AlO. Component Loutor Table. 

Col 

CD 

E-F 

A 

8.C 

E 

F 

D 

A 

B 

A 

B 

A-B 

B 

A-B 

A 

Comwnent 

01.5 

6 

7.9. 11 

12 

13.16 

17.18 

19, 21.22 

23.29 

31.32 

33.36 

37.39 

4041 

4243 

4445 

46 

A Serial numbers 1622A01806 and above replaces C4: 0160-01 54 (.22 pF) 

RN:0683-2025 (2 K) 

The new values improve stability in the X2 6AN configuration. 

Col 

C 

D 

E 

F 

C 

C-D 

D 

E 

F 

B 

A 

B 

E 

A 

B 

Component 

R1 

2 

34 

7.9. 11 

12.19 

21.27 

28.29.31.37 

38 

39.4144 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

61.58 

59,6142 

63 

€465 

66.69. 71-72 

73 

74.78 

79.61 

82.63 

84 

85 

86.89.91-92 

93.96 

97.99 

101.102 

103 

104.105 

106.107.111 

10&109 

Col 

A 

E 

C 

D 

E 

F 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

B 

C 

C.D 

F 

C 

A.0 

A 

B 

C 

D 

F 

B 

D 

A 

B 

E 

F 

B 

C 

0 

E 

F 

Sl 

Component 

T1 

2 

U14 

56 

7 

8 

9 

11 

12-13 

14-15 

16.1 7 

18 

19 

21 

22.23 

24 

25 

26 

27.29.31.35 

36 

3 7 

36 

39 

,Wl 

Vl 

CoI 

A 

B 

F 

0 

E 

F 

C 

D 

C 

D 

E 

F 

B 

C 

D 

F 

C 

D 

E 

F 

8.C 

C.0 

D 

D.E 

F 

F

SHOWN IN REAR 

TESUINAL POSTION 

--- ACTIVE ATTENUATOR -4 

NOTE I 

IN OLDER IWSTRUUENTS I 

TW KI SCHEUA'IC IS 

NOTE 

REFER TO TABLE 8-6 FOR FET 

SWI-CH STATES BY FVNCTION 

AVO RANGE. 

-24V 

Figure 8-H-29. Input and Auto-Cal Switching Schematic. 

I 8- 147/8-148 

-- -- -- 

COPYRIGH' 1976 BY HEWLETT - -- PnCUARO COUDAUY Y.3.,..',, 

I 

I 

I 

I

A13 

03455-6651 3 

Rev. A 

AA For serial numbers 1622A02436 and above. The preferred value for C25 was changed from part 

number 016621 50 (33 pF) to improve frequency response near 10 kHz.

4 R 2 - 

A15 

Rev. B & C 

(Instrument %rial No's 1622A0000 and greater) 

A1 5 

03455-6651 5 

Rev. A 

(Instrument Serial No's 1622100905 and below.) 

AA C37, C38 and R97 have been added and the value of A15R59 has been changed from 10 kR to 

100 kS2 to eliminate transients during auto-ranging which cause inaccurate "first" readings. 

(Instrument Serial No's 1622A00906 and greater.) 

4 R89 has been made a "selected" value to improve the accuracy at 1 MHz. (Instrument Serial 

No's 1622A00101 and greater.) 

4 C36 and R96 have been added to reduce offset at elevated temperatures. (Instrument Serial 

No's 1622A00906 and greater.) 

4 Relay K3 has been changed to a different type to prevent arcing during auto-ranging when 

1000 V is applied to the input. (Instrument Serial No's 1622A00906 and greater.) 

4 The values of potentiometers R72 and R75 have been decreased to improve the temperature 

stability of the input amplifier circuity. The value of resistors R81 and R85 have been increased 

to center the pots. Previous values were: R72, 200; R75, 2 K; R81, 5.1 1 K; R85,562. These 

changes have been made on instrument with Serial No's 1622A00906 and greater. 

4 The following component changes have been made to improve the down-scale linearity of the 

RMS convener: R 17; from 2 kR to 5 kR. R23; from 68 kS2 to 100 kR. R25; from 25 kS2 to 

100 kR. R5l; from 100 R to 200 R52; from 10 kS2 to 20 kR. R53; from 5 kR to 10 kR. 

These changes have been made on instruments with Serial No's 1622A0511 and greater. 

AG Serial numbers 1622A01000 and above. Replaces 0757-0417 (562 R) to increase the teroadjustment 

range. 

AH Serial numbers 1622A01806 and above replaces 5080-9080. The new part is not hand-selected. 

AI Serial numbers 1622A01656 and above replaces R36: 0698-4450 (324 fl) and R95: 0757-0407 

(200 R). R95 provides improved & compensation. R36 essentially improves temperature stability. 

Aj Serial numbers 1622A02256 and above. Added as ac bypass of CR3. 

AL Serial numbers 1622A01956 and above. Replaces 0757-0486 (825 K) to increase the offset 

adjustment range. 

AM Serial numbers 1522A01206 and above the following component changes were made to im 

prove input amplifier temperature stability: 

Old Part No. 

R81: 0698-3382 (5490) 

R82: 06384308 (16.9 K) 

R83: 06984429 (1870) 

R85: 06984459 (634) 

R71: See padding list as per Table 6-1. 

AN Serial .numbers 1622A03136 and above. Improved specifications on U3 and U1 make the expanded 

offset adjustment range no longer required. R18 and R31 were changed from part 

number 06984540 (41 2 K) to 732 K to reduce this range and improve stability. 

A0 R66 was changed from 200 K (0683-2045) to 16 K 10683-1 635) to improve the first 

reading after switching from the 10 V range to the 100 V range. 

A~ C33 was changed from .1 pF (0160-3581 to .22 pF (0160-3986) to improve accuracy at 

30 Hz. 

ne5-s& 

3455-8- c

Figure 8-H-31. True RMS AC Convertor Schematic. 

8-151/8-152

SER. NO. 1622100410 

,AND BELOW 

A10 

0345586510 

Rev. C 

NOTE 1 : UNKNOWN RESISTANCE IS MEASURED - 

NOTE 2: REFERENCE RESISTANCE IS MEASURED + 

NOTE 3: K9 IS CLOSED DURING REFERENCE MEASUREMENT 

NOTE 4: K2 AND K4 ARE CLOSED DURING 2-WIRE KC2 MEASUREMENTS 

I 1 NOTE 5: K3 IS CLOSED DURING 4-WIRE KO MEASUREMENTS 

YSS-n-4SOI 

A12 

0345566512 

Rev. A 

AA 

The value of resistors R7, R8, R16, and R17 have been changed from 4.99 kS2 to 10 kS2 to 

properly bias differential amplifiers Q1 and Q5. These changes have been made on instruments 

with Serial No's 1622A01056 and greater. 

AB The value of resistor R7, R8, R16, R16 have been changed from 10 K (0757-0442) to 4.99 

K (0698-3279) and C3 has been changed from .039 pF (0160-0164) to .W47 pF 

(01 60-01 57) to eliminate first reading errors. These changes have been made on in- 

struments with serial numbers 1622A04831 and above.

I 

n CONVERTER 

A12 1 03455-66512 

t 

- - - - -- 

VOLTAGE CLAMP AMPLIFIER 

1% A 

I O ] INWARD O ~ ~ ~ MOTHER L ~ - ~ WARD ~ I O 

I

CKT. SIDE A E M S CKT. SIDE A E M S 

A1 I 

03455-6651 1 

Rev. A 

I 1 

COMP S IDE I 5 7 9 1 1 IS 

CKT. SIDE A E M S 

A20 

03455-66520 

Rev. A 

A1 I 

03455-6651 1 

Rev. B 

Aao 

03455.66520 

Rev. B 

A Serial Numbers 1622A016956 and above A20 replaces all, part number 03455-6651 1, 

AA Serial numbers 1622A02106 and above replaces 0160-0820 (.05pF) as frequency compensation 

to supress U2 Oscillations. 

& Replaced with A20 assembly only for serial numbers 1622A05871 and above. 

8-155

SER. WO. ~400110 

AND BELOW 

. 

1 

JI I 

A 

A10. Component Locator Table. 

Col 

C 

D 

E 

F 

C 

C.0 

D 

E 

F 

B 

A 

B 

E 

A 

B 

Co~POIIent 

C1 

23 

4 

5.6 

7.9. 11 

12 

13.15 

16 

17 

1819 

21.22 

23.25 

26.27 

28.19.31 

32.34 

35.36 

37.39.4149 

45 

46 

4 7 

48 

49 

51 

52.53 

54.57 

58.59.61 

6263.65 

66 

Comnmt 

CRl-2 

3-5 

6 

7-8 

9. 11 

12-13 

14 

15 

16.17 

18.19. 21-22 

23 

24 

25-26 

27-28 

29.31 

37-39 

4142 

4344 

4547 

4849.51.56 

57.58 

59 

61-64 

65-60 

69 

71.72 

El 

€2 (Below Kg1 

Col 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

B 

C 

D 

A 

E 

A 

6 

C 

D 

F 

F 

C 

D 

B 

CD 

D 

E 

F 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

Cornwnent 

Rl 

2 

34 

7.9. 11 

12.19 

21.27 

28.29.31.37 

38 

Col 

B 

D 

E 

F 

B 

D 

E 

F 

B 

C 

F 

B 

C 

A 

C 

D 

D 

A 

B 

C 

A * 

B 

C 

0 

F 

D 

A 

A-B 

Col 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

B 

C 

Camwnmt 

J1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

JM1.2 

3 

K1.2 

3 

4.5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

L1 

Component 

Sl 

T1 

2 

U14 

56 

7 

B 

39.4144 D 

45 

46 1 ! 

Col 

A 

B 

F 

D 

E 

F 

C 

9 

11 

12.13 

14.15 

16.17 

18 

19 

21 

22-23 

24 

25 

26 

27.29.31.35 

36 

37 

38 

39 

Wl 

Y1 

Col 

C.D 

E-F 

A 

0.C 

E 

F 

D 

A 

B 

A 

B 

A-B 

E 

A.B 

A 

47 

48 

49 

61.50 

59.6162 

63 

64.65 

66.69. 71.72 

73 

74.78 

79.81 

82.83 

84 

85 

66.89.91.92 

93.96 

97 99 

101 102 

103 

lM.105 

106~107,111 

108.109 

. - 

D 

C 

D 

E 

F 

B 

C 

D 

F 

C 

D 

E 

F 

8-C 

C-D 

D 

BE 

F 

F 

Cornwnent 

01.5 

6 

7.9. 11 

12 

13.16 

17.18 

19. 21.22 

23.29 

31.32 

33.36 

37-39 

4041 

4243 

4445 

46 

C 

C-D 

F 

C 

A.6 

A 

B 

C 

D 

F 

B 

D 

A 

B 

E 

F 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F

Figure 8-H-33. Reference Assembly. 

8-157/8-158 5 

I - - -- -- -- I 

3.55-4-4549 

COPYRIGHT I976 BY HEWLETT-PACKARD COMWY

A10 

0345566510 

Rev. C 

A10. Component Locator Table. 

Comoonent 

C1 

2-3 

4 

56 

7-9. 11 

12 

13-15 

16 

17 

18-19 

21-22 

23-25 

26.27 

28.29. 31 

37-34 

3536 

37.39.4149 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

51 

52-53 

YI-57 

58-59.61 

67.63.65 

66 

Comwnent 

01.5 

6 

7.9. 11 

12 

13.16 

17.18 

19. 21.22 

23-29 

31.37 

33.36 

37.39 

4041 

4243 

4445 

46 

Cot 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

B 

C 

D 

A 

E 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

C 

D 

B 

C.0 

D 

E 

F 

8 

C 

D 

E 

F 

Cot 

C 

D 

E 

F 

C 

C.0 

D 

E 

F 

B 

A 

8 

E 

A 

B 

Component 

CR1-2 

3-5 

6 

7.8 

9. 11 

12-13 

14 

15 

16-17 

18.19. 21-27 

23 

24 

75.26 

27-28 

29.31 

37-39 

41-42 

4344 

4547 

48-49. 51-56 

57.58 

59 

6164 

6568 

69 

71-72 

El 

E2 IBelow Kg1 

Commnent 

R1 

2 

34 

7.9. 11 

12.19 

21.27 

28.29. 31.37 

38 

39.41.44 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

51.58 

59.6162 

63 

64.65 

66.69. 71.72 

73 

74.78 

79.81 

82.83 

84 

65 

86.89. 91.92 

93-96 

97 99 

101 102 

103 

104.105 

106.107. 111 

108.109 

Col 

B 

D 

E 

F 

B 

D 

E 

F 

B 

C 

F 

B 

C 

A 

C 

D 

D 

A 

B 

C 

A 

8 

C 

D 

F 

D 

A 

A.B 

Cot 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

B 

C 

C-D 

F 

C 

A.8 

A 

8 

C 

D 

F 

B 

D 

A 

B 

E 

F 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

Canwonens 

Jl 

2 

3 

4 

5 

JM1.2 

3 

K1.2 

3 

4.5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

L1 

Component 

Sl 

T1 

2 

U14 

56 

7 

8 

9 

11 

12.13 

14.1 5 

16.17 

18 

19 

21 

22-23 

24 

25 

26 

27-29. 31-35 

36 

37 

38 

39 

Wl 

Y1 

Cot 

C.D 

E.F 

A 

B.C 

E 

F 

D 

A 

B 

A 

B 

A.B 

8 

A4 

A 

Col 

A 

B 

F 

D 

E 

F 

C 

0 

C 

D 

E 

F 

B 

C 

D 

F 

C 

D 

E 

F 

B-C 

C.D 

D 

D- E 

F 

F

-mt- 

4 9 - b "; @ - : =m= 03 3E

A 8 C D 1 E F 1 

Component 

C1.5 

6.9 

11.12 

13.14 

16.17 

18.19 

21 

22 - 

23-29 

31.33 

34-39 

41 

42 

43.44 

46 

A1 

03455.66501 

Rev. D 

Col 

A 

B 

B 

C 

C 

D 

D 

0.E 

E 

E 

F 

F 

G 

F 

C.0 

Comwnent 

CRl 

2.9 

91-13 

14-15 

16 

Col 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

I 

-

W D NDAC SRO DAV IFC DIOI Dl 7 EOI OIU3 

"+ ++ 9eQ.9

AA 

4 

4 

A2 

03455-66502 

Rev. A 

A1 

03455-6650 1 

Rev. D 

Dl- 

Resistor R68 has been added to instruments with Serial No's 1622A00906 and greater so the *,I. WZ- 

AmnAr'nmo' 

instrument can be externally triggered by a switch closure to ground. Capacitor C43 has been 

added to eliminate a pulse which was coupled to the clock signal. The addition of these 

components changed the 03455-66501 Assembly from Rev. A to Rev. C. 

A1 U57 has been changed from a standard power TTL to a low power TTL device and resistor 

assemblies A2R17 and R18 changed from 2.2 kS2 to 10 kS2 to reduce the effects of switch 

contact resistance. This change has been made on instruments with Serial No's 1622A00906 

and greater. 

Resistor R69 and capacitor C44 have been added to filter out pulses caused by switch bounce 

to eliminate "double entries" in the MATH mode. Addition of these components change the 

03455-66501 assembly from Rev. C to Rev. D. This change has been made on instruments 

with Serial No's 1622A01506 and greater. 

CRl 

2.9 

11-13 

A1 Component Locator Table. 

P h w\ 

CRI 

o ~ 

4 

I 

Crn3' 

w7. 

0 

- 

Crn43 ~ n 1 6 3 

D n r l m u z D y r o a w D m D u o n ~ 

'83 ~ w ~ ~ 

- RI- --RI- -4s- -mo- 

C R ' 3 1 

-RZ- --RO-- 67- 4- -RIF 

-R3- I I 

\

Figure 8-H-38. Front Panel Assembly. 

8-171/8-172

5 

I A I I C I 0 I E I F I 

SER. NO. 142.0014 

-RI- 

A10 

0345586510 

Rev. C - 

I 

Comwnent 

C1 

2-3 

4 

56 

7-9. 11 

12 

13-15 

16 

17 

(El9 

21.22 

23.25 

2827 

2E29.31 

32-34 

3536 

37.39.4149 

45 

46 

4 7 

46 

49 

51 

52-53 

54-57 

5859.61 

62-63.65 

66 

-- . I I 

Col 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

B 

C 

D 

A 

E 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

C 

D 

B 

C.D 

D 

E 

F 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

T& I 

-=a- 

Y 

I 16 1 g- 1 1 -g- j 1 -s- 1 

Bmwnmt 

CRl-2 

3-5 

6 

7.8 

9.11 

12.13 

14 

15 

16-17 

18-19. 21-22 

23 

24 

2526 

27-28 

29.31 

3759 

4142 

4344 

4547 

4849.51-56 

57.58 

59 

6144 

6568 

69 

71.72 

El 

€2 (&?low K9) 

bl 

B 

0 

E 

F 

B 

D 

E 

F 

8 

C 

F 

B 

C 

A 

C 

D 

D 

A 

B 

C 

A 

8 

C 

D 

F 

D 

A 

A-B 

Component 

Jl 

2 

3 

4 

5 

JM1.2 

3 

((1.2 

3 

4-5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

L1 

AlO. Component Locator Table. 

Col 

CD 

E-F 

A 

B-C 

E 

F 

D 

A 

B 

A 

B 

A-B 

B 

A-8 

A 

Component 

01-5 

6 

7.9. 11 

12 

13.16 

17-18 

19.21-22 

23-29 

31-32 

33-36 

37-39 

4M1 

4243 

4445 

46 

Col 

C 

D 

E 

F 

C 

CD 

D 

E 

F 

B 

A 

B 

E 

A 

B 

A 

Component 

Rl 

2 

34 

7-9, 11 

12.19 

21-27 

28-29.31-37 

38 

39.4144 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

51.58 

59.6162 

63 

64.65 

66-69. 71-72 

73 

74-78 

79.81 

62.83 

84 

85 

86-89.91-92 

93.96 

97.99 

101.102 

103 

104.105 

106-107. 111 

108-109 

'F 

52 I 

Col 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

B 

C 

C.D 

F 

C 

A.8 

A 

B 

C 

D 

F 

B 

D 

A 

B 

E 

F 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

S1 

Component 

Tl 

2 

U14 

56 

7 

8 

9 

11 

12-13 

14.15 

16-17 

18 

19 

21 

22-23 

24 

25 

26 

27.29.31-35 

36 

37 

38 

39 

W1 

Y1 

. . 

Col 

A 

B 

F 

D 

E 

F 

C 

D 

C 

D 

E 

F 

B 

C 

D 

F 

C 

D 

E 

F 

8.C 

C.0 

D 

DE 

F 

F 

I 

3455-C -45% 

,$En. WO. l6224004lI 

AND A8OM

Figure 8-H-39. Power Supply Schematic. 

8-173/8-174 11

I 

' *hJll 

Section VIII 

R efe ren m 

Designation 

A1Ju 

rA*f 

A148 

r l w r 

aIJlu 

&lull 

S I J ~ 

*IJLY 

AlJI> 

Allll" 

AIJrf 

A1U1b 

vlJll 

d1J~lJ 

I IJLL 

AAUC* 

41 Jsa 

A IJL* 

-IJL'J 

lA4LO 

ALJL'I 

*Aurb 

AS4l+ 

Illrldd 

Sl"~l 

A1 416 

AlJ1a 

*Ad* 

... 

A*, SEE HOT€ OH SCHEMATIC 10 

HP Part 

Number 

Description 

IL-YlrilIAL P.C34*1P It&* UUIU 

I*-JIvIIAL Lh74L52TN ITL LL 1PL 3 NCR 

I,-OIuIlAL ~Hr4L5u+S 111 L> HLA 1 

IL-ltbllA1 HLI*+LP TlC* 4Ubd 

1~-Jtcal4L rNfvLLSW iTL L> lttx 1 

I:-UIGSTIC hNl4LbfW I f L CS DJAL 

UIUllE ARRAY 

11-UIGllhL aHf4LblllN TIC LS 

1C-JIGITAL SN74CSlThH I I L lb HEX 

tL-UtbtTAL Shl4LIIBIN TIC Lb 

Ib-UIGITAL SB7NSIPQN TIL Lh ME# 

IC-3IGIIAL SN74LS32H r1L L5 P74D 2 VY 

IG->IrlTAl 5Nt4k513dM 1'fL LS 3 

li-UldllAL aNI*Lb125N flL La QUA* 1 *US 

1L-3lblfAL sNthLSlZ>h 1IL LS dl40 1 BUS 

IL-JIGITU SNI*LS~~~ t r LS ~ tll~ 

It-OIGfTAC IttP4LSlb3N TTL LS !dl* 

It-JLblfhL 

IL-)I;I~A~ 

SN7+l.%OBN Ilk LI uJ4U 2 AID 

~NI+LSO+H TTL ~i nt* L 

Ic-YlulTAL hNISLJl4N 11L La NJAL 

It-JIGIIAL SYi+LS13EN 1VL LS 3 

Ib-SltiLtAL hMr4L5115N ITL LS uUhJ 1 BUS 

1L-OIGllAL INTW+SI~~H 1lL Lh JUAO 1 BUS 

ti hHYIIZAPC LN RAM HMOb 

11. AMYllLAPl L* RAW H*tJ> 

I*-DIGITAL SNf4LSO3M 1 l L LL 4UAU 2 Y4Nd 

IC-JIuITAL 5fi70LSbBH JrC LS WAD 2 AN0 

1L-31GITAL SHI*LSIZIW IFL CS UUAL 

IL-3lGlTAL *H.f4LSO4N TfL LS HtL 1 

IC-3ltillAL SH14LSWIY ITL La UUAU 2 HAHD 

1L-DIGITAL SUP4LSI74h TTL LS HEX 

1.-JllrITAL SNI4tSO4H TTL LS HE* 1 

LC-i)ItITAL JlltbCSZlN I r L LA TPL 3 NOR 

IL-JIGffAL SN74LS114H ClL Lh HEX 

IC-Ol GtTAL hH7CL5001~ TTL La 4UAU 2 N*HU 

IC'Ulbl?&L SNI4LSl55M f TL CS DUAL d 

IC ENCDR lTL L E-INP 

IT-1ICttAL SN74LSLIbN 1IL LS HE* 

IC-JIGlfhL SNf4LSOJN l?C LS 1UAO i HAND 

~U-DIUIIAL sU7QLIU3H TTL LS uJA3 Z HAHU 

IC-PllilTM Skl4LSOON 11L Li ilU4U 2 M*M 

It-JltlTU SMNTCUN I I L L4 b 

Il-JlGlfAL >NTrLII:HI IIL L> HEX 

1:-lltlfAL sHrWSi55H TTL LS UUAL Z 

IL-OltlIAC SWI+LSlI*N IIL CS HtX 

IL-DIGITAL ~ N T ~ L S ~ rft T ~ ~5 M MEX 

tc->IGIraL SM7U4174N TTL LS HEX 

IC-JIGflAL Std74LSI74H IT4 LS HE* 

LL'DIGIrAL hN14LS174M TlL Li HLX 

IC-~~GITAL SH~+LSIT~V TTL L> 

Lay5 LALm UUlHlZ 1.3 MHZ 

Model 3455A

A* SEE MOTE OH SCHEYK 

HPPsR I 

Number 

Reahable Parts 

LC>-VISlbLE PUM-lrrfrZRt3 IF-LOW-MIX 

LED-Y L610LE LUM-INT=ZRC3 IF=LJHl-MAX 

LtJ-VI 51 BLt LUM-tNF-2NCU IF.ZOS+MA% 

LC$-VI SI ME CUY-EHT-L~CP af-zw*-a** 

LkU-YIIIIYE WM-1Hl-ZWLJ IF*ZUHA-9AX 

LEO-Y ISZ dLt LUM-lnt-2ACD IF-2OMh-WAX 

LkO-VI $1 BLE LUM-1 Nr-ZMCO I F-ZDMA-RAE 

LEQ-V I51 BLE LUH-INt-ZHtO IF=ZOR4-MAX 

CkD-VlStBLt Wlt-INT-LhL3 1FuZdMPmAt 

LED-YI SIBLE LU)F-INT-ZMCO If-ZOUA-MA* 

LtD-YISt OLE LUM-1NT-lMCU IF-ZUMA-MAX 

LEQ-VISIBLE LUM-INT*ZACU IF-ZOM-MAX 

tO-VISI BLE LU!+tPn-ZRCO IF-2uHA-MAX 

I 

LtV-VISI BLk LUllrINT=2MCP IF=2UII&-R*E 

CtV-V I SI BLE LUM-INf-ZRLU IF-LilMA-MAX 

LtU-VISIBLL LUM-lilt-WLI IF-ZURA-MA% 

LtO-YLSl BLE LUFINf-ZMED IF-TOMA-RAE 

LtD-VILI BLE U#-l Hf*Z)ICQ IC*ZJRA-UPX 

LEP-Y ISI BLL ~un-~~r-~rlcu IF=ZUMA-UAX 

L t 5-VP $1 BLE LUW-f Hr-2NC3 1F -LOMA-MAX 

LEO-Y IS1 BIE Lull-1 N7-ZMCD tF*10111--lA* 

Li3-VlStBLC LUM-INT-ZMLO IF-LOW-MA* 

LEP-VISIBLE 

L~P-v I SI&L~ 

LUN-INT-LACU IF-LOWCIIIX 

LUM-IM~=~HCS IT-ZUHA-NAX 

CtS-V I JI$LE LUM-INTrlllLW IF=LOMA-**X 

DILPL4Y-WM Stt 1-MM .4rH 

NO PART NUMBER.SEE A2W1 

Mfr 

Code 

Mfr %a Numb

I 

Designation Number 


r)jiS5-b4501 1 P.C. hSSEMdLYw PROCtSScl6 2BllO 03455-be503 

03465-68603 REBUILT EXCHANGE XSEMBLX 26480 05465-69503 

A K 1 1 UISIF.OLI9 3 €*PAC1 IOU-FXU 3-3VF+-ZOL I5YUC Ih 96283 150J335X001312 

AJlf 01 O*JCl> CAPACI FOR-FXU 3.3UTb-LOO I5VJC [A 5b2B9 1508335Z5015AZ 

ASCJ UlU-ULIJ LAPhL ITOR-FIU >.3UF*-SOL LSYUC FA 5bZB3 1500335XDOY 5AE 

Akll. A2 OI?X-F--OLBJ RrsESfm Zll It . l t l W F fC-0,-1W 245+5 C4-li&1+200L-F 

h3Y3* 

obw-$455 

U6W-9151 

JbYB-Uud3 

04 W-4423 

&7 5r-acdU 

Ob40-379U 

J?SI-U4Lb 

3 

I 

1 

A 

I 

L 

PADDING LIST 

m~h~brllr C.~M ~r .irsw r rc-+toas wt 

RtSlSIW 2.~7rt It .lZSY F IC=O+-lOM15VI 

RtsISltX 1-9M 1I .I.?SY F tC=rl*-lilM4.W) 

KtStbTM 1.J3II 1: .LLSY F rt=0+-103(35VI 

RkhISIW 1U 1; .125m F IE=3+-1JO 130V1 

RtSISIW ILB I4 -1L5h F IC*O+-100(2.5V~ 

RtStSTw 511 1.I "IL5M 6 TLmW4~10~h2.0V~ 

z+s*b 

Z451b 

L*5Cb 

24545 

lf 54b 

21514 

2+5+b 

cr-i/e-ra-+b+~-~ 

C4-166-I€+ZBTI-F 

L4-118-T3-LVbl-F 

Lkl/B-TO-l3tL-F 

t4-l/U-T0-100L-F 

C*-lld-TO-71517-F 

C4-11a-T+511~-F 

njdt 

IWL 

Aiuh 

IbdWltU I 

1ULD-1LJI 

lbLl+IIYd 

1;-OlGlTAL SMf4tSNh frC LS UJW d MU 

It-JIbITAt rnl4LSOBN TtL L5 OUW Z 4ND 

IL-DIGIlAl 4hF4L5OdN TtL L4 3dhU r NAN0 

01195 

01295 

01295 

SRT4iSOBN 

MT4LSOBM 

LN74LSO3N 

hjJI 

*dub 

1dW-1399 

1 ~ l l 2 ~ 3 ~ 

IL-D1611hC 

I IC-3IGrTU 

SNI+LSUbH ?rL L5 HtX 1 

dkf4LS1?5N 11L LS UUAU 

01295 

OIL95 

SHTILSQOY 

SN74LSI X5H 

&%a XB ~tl-o~ba 1 *LED rurtr(05 za*ao 1818-02- 

nruf LU 10-UCe5 1 *LC* HORMOh Late0 1818-0265 

A3JU IdlB-Wo4 1 .tLr *Cn-MUi 284YO 1B1R-OZb* 

hjd'# 1820-1091 2 IL-DICISAL MU 28110 18.?U-1bPC 

II)c)-o~*~ 0 E~TRICWR-PC 80 BLK ~ ~trt .DLL-OU-THKWS zN+aa 4010-~74a 

AC SERIAL MWBERS 1822A0190B AND ABOVE: REPLACES O 1WlSD 

L I t I 

I 

244bO 

I 

I

Model 345SA Appendix A 

APPENDIX A 

A-2. The following section of this manual gives some remote programming (HP-IB) examples for 

the 3455A. These examples are given in the HP Basic I-hp- Mode1 9830A/B ControlIer ), HPL (-hp- 

Model 9825A Controller), and Enhanced Basic (-hp- Models 9835AJB and 9845A/B) Controller) 

languages. 

A-3. For effective program writing, it is advisable to write a good algorithm first. Then write the 

3455A program using the HIP-IB information in Section III of this manual and the appropriate con- 

troller manual. Most -hp- controller manuals have a summary or the HP-I B messages (usua1ly in the 

HP-IB section) in a tabutar form. These messages are written in the respective controller languages 

and are given as sample HP-IB operations. This informat ion and the following program examples 

can be very helpful when you start writing programs for the 3455A. 

A-4. Program Erample #I: In this program example, the 3455A is set up to take 50 readings quickly 

(with Auto-Cal off) and stores them into an Array. Each reading is printed out after all the readings 

have been taken. The 345SA is then set back to the Auto-Cal mode to insure accuracy. The programs 

in this example perform basically the same functions using different languages. The first program in, 

this example is written in the HP Basic language, the second in HPL, and the third in Enhanced 

Basic. 

Example t 1 (HP Basic). 

1Ci DIH HC501 

J 

20 [ HD " qIJ6" q 'F I F7 T;il'3HQDn' Etegin For ... Next Loop 

Set DVM to DCV IF? 1. Autonnga (R71. HoldtMnnual IT31, 

Auto.Cal Off (ABF end Date Ready Off 11101. 

30 FlIlF I=l TI:\ 70 Address DVM ta Listen, Contmllsr to Talk. 

40 EVIL '""lJ6" ,- ,-, Format the Output. 

50 FOT;:MmT ::F 

60 I~UTPU'T 1: 1 3 4 " - ' "' 

Trl ,yqIl ",sr tc" 

C' -1 

-113 > ,:-,I:, , :;. 5 i 2- 

E:8 FI:rF:PlHT El 3, 6 ~ormmt 

Trigger the DVM (GET). 

Set DVM to Talk. 

the Output (mading). 

l?O EtjTEf? r, 13.91j 1 e1: 1 Enter ths Output into Variable. 

hyI! h',?lJ~'', m'fil- 

FOR l=f To so- 

PRI t4T HC I 1- 

NEXT 1,- 

Complsta For. ..Next loop. 

Auto-Cd on to Maintain Accuracy 

Begin For ... Next Loop. 

hint the Entire Array. 

Cornplats For ... Newt Loop EE4 

Ends tha Program.

Appendix A 

Example # 1 (HPP). 

Dimension the Array, 

0: diil n[ 581 -Assign Name to the DVM Address. 

1 : d F 0 " 11 I.! R Q 7 

: cr r t. 

2 :-Set DVM to OCY IF1 1. Auto~ngm IR71, Ho!~!MBM~~ (T31, 

" D 1.1 pl" 3 " F 2 F: 7.' l-2 T 3 A 0 D 0 /Auto- el OH tA01, Data Rnsdy Off (Dl) 

C 

2:: fc~r I=l to 50 Beain For ... Next Loon. 

4: t.1-7 "T!tlpp" Trigger DYM 1GET). 

- 

5: red "D~.~ri~"~ H[ I l--entsrthsRsadingimov.r 

6: next. 1 

"~il.~pI"r "Hi" omplete For ... Next Loop. 

8: +21j 6 ~ A I I ~ O - on t~ ~aimain C ~ ~ccuncy. I 

7 : I , 

In: Pt-~, Hl I1 

12: ~1 r- "~ll,~ll~L' 

\ ~ ~ l ~ t ~ For...Nsxt LOOP. 

1 3 : 5 I:. .3 

14: end 

+ 2 7 7 8.2 

Example # 1 (Enhanced Basic) 

!ear the DVM (set to turn on atate), 1SDC). 

Advance Printer 3 Spaces, 

nds the Pmgram. 

/ Choose Option Base for Array tseta Note). 

OPTILltI RH5E 1 Dimensim the Amy. 

llIP1 \ro ] t.n.3.: 1'50 / Use Variable fw DVM Address. 

~ll..ll,\=',?~~ Set DVM to OCV CED, Autmnge (R71, HoldlManual tT3). 

0 U J PlJ T D 1,) pl ; " F 1 F: 7 T 2 T 3 D 11 WAuto-Cttl Off (All, and Oats Ready Off 108 

FlIlF; It+l~jey=i 

TI] 50 Benin For ... Next Loop. 

TRIGI~ER II~.J~;I f rigwr DVM (GETI. 

E1.I TER nl,!l;l; l#,!ol t. 11.q~ ( 1 ~-II~F.:< ::\ 

Enter the Reading into Variable. 

tjExT 1 lwIdpy, 

[II-ITFIJT ~II.,J~~~ "'(j 1 Complete For ... Next Loop, 

F 1 )(ED is -~utu-~al on to Maintain Accuracy. 

b1AT F'R T t,IT '#:'a l ~aae- Formet the Amy. 

-print the Entire Away. 

Ends the Program. 

Note: Refsr to Controller Manual for Explanation of Option Baae 

A-5. Program Example #2: When the 3455A is in the Binary mode, another feature called the 

""Learn Mode" can be used. With this feature, the set-up of the instrument (FlT3, etc) can be learned 

by the contxotler to be used later on in the progtam. This can be accomplished by sending the 345SA 

an ASCII "B" in the Data Mode and reading the next four bytes output by the instrument into a str- 

ing variable. The instrument can then be reprogrammed to the previous set-up by using the string 

variable instead of program codes. It is important to remember to program the 3455A into the Binary 

mode by sending an ASCII "B". The instrument can transfer its set-up information to the controller 

in the Binary mode only. The following programs show how the "Learn Mode" feature can be used. 

These programs are written in the HP Basic, HPL, and Enhanced Basic languages.

Model 3455A Appendix A 

Example # 2 {HP Basic1 

,Dlmanaion Variables. 

St~s 20 Into "Yard -69 100 into "2" Registers of OVM 

Sat DVM to DCV (FI), Scale {MI 1, HoldlMbrmal IT3), High 

1.0 IIIM Rt lB J i E:$.[ 20 Resolution Off (H0). Auto-Cal on (A1 I, 10 V Range (A31, 

and Binary Program lB1. 

20 ~,tqrr " *71,16" 7 

3!3 CPjD "?U6" r 

413 CPlD "'?~5"- Format ?he Output. 

YO FClF'MFiT 4Bi F6.8 / ,-Entar Output imo String Variabk. 

60 Eb.ITEF! I: 1: 7 50 :'I 65 Enter First Four Charactem d Output into Strlng Varinble 

70 E:$[ 5 J-B$[ 13 1 

Set DVM to ACV 1F31. Meth Mf fM3k, and Autorsngs on 

88 l:PlLl " '7lJ6" ? " F2P1:IF;7 " W1. 

98 FOR I=l TO 10 

0eain For.. , Next Lmp. 

---- 1 El0 [.MI1 '*l~lJ&'' 

1 lcl FDi?MflT 3B 

1261 l~llJTF'I_IT (137 118:j2563 83 51,, 

1:>0 1:'i"lD "9',;5" 

Address DVM to Listen, Controllor to Talk. 

Fornot the Omput. 

Trigw the DVM IGm. 

148 FClRMAT Fi 2:. 6 

151" ENTEE (1 123 140:1I7[ 

166 tEXT I 

I I\ 

178 FOR J=i Ti1 5 

18Q HAIT 100 

I?EI IlISp A 

Set DVM to Talk. 

Format the Output Iraeding). 

Emer the Output of the DVM into Varinble. 

Complete For ... Next ~oop. 

Local Controllsr Opsratlon wkhout DVM, 

200 t,IE)(T J 

218 t:ND "3lJt5" 

228 FORMAT "B" 

Set DVM to Listen. 

Fomat to s ~ DVM t Fmo Blmarf Mode. 

238 llUTplJT 1': 113 2;:8 $89 

Set up DVM to Binary Information in String, 

24!J ctllD "?IJg" Set 'DVM to Listen, Comroller to Talk. 

250 Fl:lF;rl~T 38 Fomt the Output. 

260 I:IIJTPUT 13 q 250 256 8 5 1~--. 

270 c ~ 1 ~ 

Trigger the DVM (GtETI. 

"#3~,r5~ 

280 FI:IRIIAT F 1:3.6 sat DVM to ant. 

2'30 EHTEF 1 zg# :> I:\- Format tb Output (meding). 

308 FOR I=1 TI:I 18 Entar Output into Variable. 

3iB - FORHAT F13.5 y B a g i n F o r . . . ~ e i t ~ o o p . 

.jLu 11lFF:ITE 1; 151 318:>fi[ 1 1 

330 t.IE:.:T I 

'1 

340 Pl?IIl.IT 

350 FQRMHT F13.Bq ' li Complete Fw ... Next LOOP. 

350 ClR I TE i 11"; I 358 .:I 1: 

Skip a space on Default Printer. 

370 FpItdT Format the Defauk Printar. 

380 PI? 1 l+lT Print Vab in Variable. 

4 10 UlJTPlJT ( I:> 3 256 4 '5 

Sklp a Space on Default Prlnter. 

Skip a Space on Default Printer, 

420 END sat DVM to Listen, Controller to ~atk. 

Clear the DVM [set to turn-on statel, (SOC). 

Ends tha Program.

Appendix A 

Example # 2 EHPL) 

8: die, FIG 16 33 

1 : pjpv "1l:ll,li1jv 7 

.? . 

Dlmensim VarirMo. 

Model 3455A 

Asmlgn Nsmo to the OVM Addma. 

Ston 20 into "Y" and -891 00 Into "2" kwistem of DVM. 

r., bjl-?. 

3: f pit 

'*~t>l'l"C 

cif:? r 

Format Output. 

Set DVVM to OCV (Ft l, HoldlMsnwl n31, Hlgh Rmlutlon 

Qff (HB~. Scale (MI 1. 10 V Rawe (R31, and Binary Praeram 

j: ,jlrt r " F ~ T ~ T ~ H ~ M ~ F : ~ B ~ ( B I . 

6: t-pd "~I\.I~I'' c B$ Entire Binary Characters Into Stdng. 

7 : 1,~ rt " nv~~" 7 "F'>P13E7 " 

DVM to ACV (F3k, Msth Off (M3). and Autwange 

8: for 1-1 to 10 

9: t.rg "~I~*I~I" A 

10: red "Dvrn"!RTI 

i 1 : t.rem$t, I 

z i 

Fur. ..Next Loop* 

Trigger the DVM (Gm. 

12: fxd 0 

13: for ,A-i to 58 

nter Output of DVM into Variabk. 

Fw...Next toop. 

4 : i . 1ClE1 

15: dsp 1 

1 6 : n e :.: t 3 

cl r+ D ,! I,l 

1 8 : t- 1-+g '* D I.! 1.1 '" 

g 

~+-dst-up 

Format Output. 

Locat Cantroller Opsratktn withan DVM. 

DVM to B~MW Information in Stdnu. 

Triwr the OVM IGm. 

19: red ''D~lyi" 7 

Enter Output into Variable. 

.- - - 

dkl: fxd kn Fomrst the Output. 

21: fc1w 

33. = '. '-amgin For. ..~ext Loop. 

L ~ ~"lr-t. . HC 13 

7 

Mnt th €nth Amw. 

23: t-,gxt X 

24: f m t t 4 , 0 a h R t;ompbte Fot...Next LMp. 

2 5 : b,l 1- t. 1 6 r E:+- 

ormat ttm ~eteult Printer. 

" 2 G : 1:. 1 t- D

Model 3455A 

Example #2 (Enhanced Basic) 

Choose Option Base for Array lsw Note). 

10 [IPT I I:lt{ E:HE;E 3. 

i .-, -. IiIPi .,imsnSion th. *nay. 

'Use Variable for DVM Addreas. 

30 1 , . .--'.:,.-* 

"1'1--, ;.L 

3 1 [IUTFUT T I V ~ " ; E'fZQS'f Ez-64 1 OnsZ'' 

Appendix A 

Stom 20 into "Y" end 491 00 into "Z" Registere of DVM. 

Format the Output S?amment, 

90 IMHGZ #~13A 

5 8 IUT U T 1 ,,,I vl /I 5 I 1.1 4 0 ; " F 1 T 2 T 3 H 0 11 1 E 3 ESht WM to OCV fF11, HoMd'ManwaI tT31" High Resolution 

1; 

Off (HI). Scare (MI 1. 10 V Range lR31, end &nary Program 

60 ENTER 11l.ri;l; E! l na rv$ 

[Bl. 

7 - j U OUT.F'U1 rltl~f,: " F3M3F.1" 

Enter Bfneq Charactem into String. 

80 

FC~F. ~r-l~:fe.-=l TO 10' 1 

I- $0 TPIGLEF n~pi Set DVM to ACV .(F3), Math Off I'M1 1, a d Autorange M7). 

1 1 EflTEF Dufi j Rprp 1 i t. ~.rrJp :? f tnd~x 

:I\ 

hgln Fw...Next Laop. 

1 10 HE;.;? Tndp:< \Triggar ma DVM (GET). 

120 Lcrc o. 1 ,I:~FIP Enter Output of WM inta Variable. 

130 HnIT 180 

140 BISP ,I 

Complete For ... Next Loop. 

iSl3 IJEXT ,_I Local Controller Operation withwt DVM. 

168 CF!.!TF'IjT D ~ f4 i " E" 9 E i na r.~.$ Set-up DVM to Binary Informatkn in Strlng. 

1 

189 

TF' 1 GILEF: D~,lfi~ 

EtjTEF;' Tll..lrl; F:~IJ.I~ i 179 

Trigger ths OVM lGm. 

Enter Outnut into Variable. 

181 FIXEPI 6 Format the Output. 

198 

141 

200 

PtRT PP l \%IT t71.1~11 j t. ild~-~~~~ FIXED 13 

pEIt.!T IISIb1C; "k:" ;Rending! "A'" 

ths Entira 

Format the Default Printer. 

2 1 0 C t- E fl F: 11

DIGITAL VOLTMETER - F6FZK - Free

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?